Grant Thornton
January 2022
Revenue from Contracts
with Customers
Navigating the guidance in
ASC 606 and ASC 340-40
This publication was created for general information purposes, and does not constitute professional
advice on facts and circumstances specific to any person or entity. You should not act upon the
information contained in this publication without obtaining specific professional advice. No representation
or warranty (express or implied) is given as to the accuracy or completeness of the information contained
in this publication. Grant Thornton LLP (Grant Thornton) shall not be responsible for any loss sustained
by any person or entity that relies on the information contained in this publication. This publication is not a
substitute for human judgment and analysis, and it should not be relied upon to provide specific answers.
The conclusions reached on the examples included in this publication are based on the specific facts and
circumstances outlined. Entities with slightly different facts and circumstances may reach different
conclusions, based on considering all of the available information.
The content in this publication is based on information available as of December 31, 2021. We may
update this publication for evolving views as we continue to monitor the implementation process. For the
latest version, please visit grant.thornton.com.
Portions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification
®
material included in this work are copyrighted by
the Financial Accounting Foundation, 401 Merritt 7, Norwalk, CT 06856, and are reproduced with
permission.
Contents
1. Overview ................................................................................................................................................. 6
1.1 Joint Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition ...................................................... 8
1.2 AICPA Revenue Recognition Task Forces ............................................................................... 9
1.3 Private Company Council .......................................................................................................... 9
2. Scope .................................................................................................................................................... 10
2.1 Sales of nonfinancial assets .................................................................................................... 11
2.2 Interaction with other guidance................................................................................................ 12
Collaborative arrangements .......................................................................................... 122
Contributions received .................................................................................................... 13
3. Identify the contract with a customer .................................................................................................... 14
3.1 Criteria for recognizing a contract............................................................................................ 14
The parties have approved the contract and are committed to perform ......................... 17
The entity can identify each party’s rights ....................................................................... 18
The entity can identify the payment terms for the goods or services .............................. 19
The contract has commercial substance ........................................................................ 19
It is probable the entity will collect substantially all of the consideration......................... 19
3.2 Contracts that do not ‘pass’ Step 1 ......................................................................................... 26
Reassessing the Step 1 criteria ...................................................................................... 28
3.3 Contract term ........................................................................................................................... 30
Termination provisions .................................................................................................... 30
3.4 Portfolio practical expedient .................................................................................................... 33
3.5 Combining contracts ................................................................................................................ 35
4. Identify the performance obligations in the contract ............................................................................. 37
4.1 Identifying promises ................................................................................................................. 37
Immaterial promises ........................................................................................................ 40
Shipping and handling ..................................................................................................... 43
Preproduction activities ................................................................................................... 44
Stand-ready promises ..................................................................................................... 45
4.2 Identifying performance obligations ......................................................................................... 47
Capable of being distinct ................................................................................................. 48
Distinct within the context of the contract ........................................................................ 49
4.3 Series of distinct goods or services ......................................................................................... 57
4.4 Customer options for additional goods or services ................................................................. 62
The exercise of a material right ....................................................................................... 72
4.5 Nonrefundable upfront fees ..................................................................................................... 73
4.6 Warranties ............................................................................................................................... 78
5. Determine the transaction price ............................................................................................................ 82
5.1 Variable consideration ............................................................................................................. 83
Constraint on variable consideration ............................................................................... 90
Volume discounts ............................................................................................................ 94
Rights of return ................................................................................................................ 99
Distinguishing variable consideration from optional goods or services ........................ 102
Minimum purchase commitments ................................................................................. 104
Reassessing variable consideration.............................................................................. 106
5.2 Significant financing components .......................................................................................... 107
Adjusting for a significant financing component ............................................................ 113
Presentation .................................................................................................................. 115
5.3 Noncash consideration .......................................................................................................... 115
Contents 4
Subsequent measurement of noncash consideration ................................................... 118
5.4 Consideration payable to a customer .................................................................................... 119
5.5 Changes in the transaction price ........................................................................................... 127
5.6 Sales and other similar taxes ................................................................................................ 128
6. Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations ............................................................ 129
6.1 Determining stand-alone selling price ................................................................................... 130
Adjusted market assessment approach ........................................................................ 134
Expected cost-plus-a-margin approach ........................................................................ 135
Residual approach ........................................................................................................ 135
Using a combination of approaches .............................................................................. 137
6.2 Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations ............................................ 138
6.2.1 Allocating based on a range of estimated stand-alone selling prices ................................... 141
6.3 Estimating the stand-alone selling price of an option ................................................................ 143
Practical alternative to estimating the stand-alone selling price of an option ............... 145
6.4 Allocating a discount .............................................................................................................. 148
6.5 Allocating variable consideration ........................................................................................... 153
Allocating variable consideration to a series ................................................................. 156
6.6 Interaction between allocating discounts and allocating variable consideration ................... 159
6.7 Changes in transaction price ................................................................................................. 159
6.8 Allocating a significant financing component ......................................................................... 162
7. Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied .............................................. 164
7.1 Control transferred over time ................................................................................................. 166
Criteria to recognize revenue over time ........................................................................ 167
Methods to measure progress ...................................................................................... 186
Right to invoice practical expedient ............................................................................... 193
Selecting a single measure of progress ........................................................................ 196
Ability to reasonably measure progress ........................................................................ 197
Updates to measuring progress .................................................................................... 198
Pre-contract activities .................................................................................................... 198
Stand-ready obligations ................................................................................................ 199
7.2 Control transferred at a point in time ..................................................................................... 200
Customer acceptance provisions .................................................................................. 204
7.3 Trial periods ........................................................................................................................... 206
7.4 Repurchase agreements ....................................................................................................... 206
Forwards or calls ........................................................................................................... 207
Put options .................................................................................................................... 209
7.5 Bill-and-hold arrangements ................................................................................................... 211
7.6 Consignment arrangements .................................................................................................. 214
7.7 Customer’s unexercised rights .............................................................................................. 215
8. Intellectual property licenses .............................................................................................................. 217
8.1 Scope .................................................................................................................................... 217
8.2 Applying Step 2 to license arrangements .............................................................................. 219
8.3 Determining the nature of the entity’s promise in granting a license ............................ 224
8.3.1 Functional intellectual property ................................................................................... 224
8.3.2 Symbolic intellectual property ....................................................................................... 228
8.4 Transferring control of the license ......................................................................................... 234
8.4.1 Renewals ....................................................................................................................... 235
8.5 Sales-based and usage-based royalties .............................................................................. 238
8.5.1 Scope of the exception .................................................................................................. 240
8.5.2 Contracts with minimum royalty guarantees ................................................................. 242
Contents 5
9. Principal versus agent ........................................................................................................................ 246
9.1 Identifying the specified goods or services promised to the customer ................................ 248
9.2 Evaluating control .................................................................................................................. 252
9.3 Indicators of control .............................................................................................................. 254
9.4 Examples of the principal versus agent assessment ........................................................... 257
9.5 Reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses ........................................................................... 262
10. Modifications ....................................................................................................................................... 264
10.1 Identifying a modification ....................................................................................................... 264
Unpriced change orders and claims.............................................................................. 265
10.2 Accounting for the modification ............................................................................................. 267
Modifications that constitute separate contracts ........................................................... 268
Modifications that do not constitute separate contracts ................................................ 270
11. Contract costs ..................................................................................................................................... 281
11.1 Costs to obtain a contract ...................................................................................................... 282
Commissions ................................................................................................................. 286
11.2 Costs to fulfil a contract ......................................................................................................... 289
11.3 Preproduction activities ......................................................................................................... 293
Preproduction costs ...................................................................................................... 293
Determining the nature of preproduction activities ........................................................ 294
Preproduction arrangements ......................................................................................... 295
11.4 Amortization of contract costs ............................................................................................... 296
11.5 Impairment of contract costs ................................................................................................. 300
Loss contracts ............................................................................................................... 302
12. Presentation ........................................................................................................................................ 304
12.1 Contract assets and receivables ........................................................................................... 305
12.2 Contract liabilities .................................................................................................................. 307
12.3 Unit of account ....................................................................................................................... 309
12.4 Offsetting ............................................................................................................................... 310
12.5 Interaction of ASC 606 with SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 5-03(b) ........................................... 311
13. Disclosure ........................................................................................................................................... 312
13.1 Public business entities ......................................................................................................... 313
Disaggregation of revenue ............................................................................................ 314
Contract balances ......................................................................................................... 318
Performance obligations ............................................................................................... 319
Significant judgments .................................................................................................... 325
Assets recognized from costs to obtain or fulfill a contract ........................................... 326
Practical expedients for measurement under ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 .................... 327
Interim disclosure requirements .................................................................................... 327
13.2 Nonpublic entity disclosures .................................................................................................. 328
Disaggregation of revenue ............................................................................................ 328
Contract balances ......................................................................................................... 331
Performance obligations ............................................................................................... 331
Significant judgments .................................................................................................... 332
14. U.S. GAAP and IFRS comparison ...................................................................................................... 334
Appendix A: Guidance abbreviations ........................................................................................................ 340
Appendix B: Changes in this edition ........................................................................................................ 343
1. Overview
This edition of this publication has been updated to reflect technical accounting amendments issued after
December 2018 and features new illustrative examples and additional Grant Thornton insights. See
Appendix B for a summary of all changes in the 2022 edition compared to the 2018 version of this
publication.
In May 2014 the FASB and the IASB published their largely converged standards on revenue
recognitionASU 2014-09 and IFRS 15, both titled Revenue from Contracts with Customerswhich
supersede and replace virtually all existing U.S. GAAP and IFRS revenue recognition guidance, affecting
almost every revenue-generating entity.
ASC 606-10-10-1
The objective of the guidance in this Topic is to establish the principles that an entity shall apply to
report useful information to users of financial statements about the nature, amount, timing, and
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from a contract with a customer.
The FASB codified the amendments in ASU 2014-09 in Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with
Customers, which, unlike the voluminous and often industry-specific revenue recognition rules it replaced,
calls for a single, principle-based model for recognizing revenue. The core principle requires an entity to
recognize revenue in a way that depicts the transfer of goods and/or services to a customer in an amount
that reflects the consideration the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods and/or
services.
To achieve the core principle, an entity is required to apply the following five-step model:
Step 1: Identify the contract with the customer.
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.
Step 3: Determine the transaction price.
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.
Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies its performance obligations.
Overview 7
Figure 1.1: The five-step model
In addition to the five-step model, the standard provides implementation guidance on warranties,
customer options, licensing, and other topics discussed in ASC 606-10-55-3 outlined below.
ASC 606-10-55-3
This implementation guidance is organized into the following categories:
a. Assessing collectability (paragraphs 606-10-55-3A through 55-3C)
aa. Performance obligations satisfied over time (paragraphs 606-10-55-4 through 55-15)
b. Methods for measuring progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation
(paragraphs 606-10-55-16 through 55-21)
c. Sale with a right of return (paragraphs 606-10-55-22 through 55-29)
d. Warranties (paragraphs 606-10-55-30 through 55-35)
e. Principal versus agent considerations (paragraphs 606-10-55-36 through 55-40)
f. Customer options for additional goods or services (paragraphs 606-10-55-41 through 55-45)
g. Customers’ unexercised rights (paragraphs 606-10-55-46 through 55-49)
h. Nonrefundable upfront fees (and some related costs) (paragraphs 606-10-55-50 through
55-53)
i. Licensing (paragraphs 606-10-55-54 through 55-60 and 606-10-55-62 through 55-65B)
j. Repurchase agreements (paragraphs 606-10-55-66 through 55-78)
k. Consignment arrangements (paragraphs 606-10-55-79 through 55-80)
l. Bill-and-hold arrangements (paragraphs 606-10-55-81 through 55-84)
m. Customer acceptance (paragraphs 606-10-55-85 through 55-88)
n. Disclosure of disaggregated revenue (paragraphs 606-10-55-89 through 55-91)
An entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services
to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that the
entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services.
Step 1:
Identify the
contract
Step 2:
Identify the
performance
obligations
Step 3:
Determine
the
transaction
price
Step 4:
Allocate the
transaction
price
Step 5:
Recognize
revenue
Overview 8
The remainder of this guide
Summarizes the revenue guidance and certain FASB examples, including the amendments in
subsequent ASUs
Incorporates discussions, insights, and examples from the Joint Transition Resource Group for
Revenue Recognition (TRG) meetings along with the applicable guidance
Includes Grant Thornton insights on various topics
Provides practical insights on how the guidance may differ from legacy GAAP
Includes illustrative examples to demonstrate how to apply the guidance
At the crossroads: Principle-based model versus rules-based model
The shift in the U.S. GAAP revenue landscape from guidance that tends to be prescriptive to guidance
that is based on a single core principle requires entities to use more judgment and places an emphasis
on the underlying core principle of the guidance. Under the new guidance, an entity needs to apply
judgment, keeping in mind the underlying core principal of the guidance, to align the accounting with
the core principle.
The principle-based model requires entities to make more estimates to reflect the amount of
consideration to which an entity “expects to be entitled,” for example, when transactions have variable
consideration. In addition, the increase in estimates and judgments is accompanied by an increase in
disclosures to describe the estimation methods, inputs, and assumptions.
1.1 Joint Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition
Shortly after the standard was issued in 2014, the FASB and IASB formed the TRG to help entities
implement the new revenue guidance. The purpose of the group is to
Solicit and discuss stakeholder questions arising from implementing the new revenue guidance
Inform the Boards about implementation issues and recommend action as needed
Provide a forum for stakeholders to learn about the new guidance
The TRG does not issue authoritative guidance, but the meeting papers (hereinafter referred to as “TRG
Paper XX, Title) and meeting summaries provide stakeholders with additional insight as to how the new
revenue guidance should be applied, especially for those areas where TRG members reach general
agreement.
In 2016, then Deputy Chief Accountant for the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Wesley
R. Bricker advised
1
SEC registrants to follow the TRG discussions, even though they are not authoritative
guidance. In other words, when an entity has a fact pattern similar to one that is included in a FASB or
IASB staff paper or discussed at a TRG meeting, the entity is advised to consult with the SEC staff if it
reaches a different conclusion on applying the guidance than the conclusion reached by the TRG.
1
Remarks before the 2016 Baruch College Financial Reporting Conference, May 5, 2016.
9 Overview
All TRG meeting papers prepared by the FASB and/or IASB staff, including examples and staff views
as well as archived meetings and meeting summaries, can be found on the TRG homepage on the
FASB website.
1.2 AICPA Revenue Recognition Task Forces
The AICPA formed 16 industry task forces to address industry-specific implementation questions and to
help develop a new accounting and auditing guide on revenue recognition. The industries involved with
this project included aerospace and defense, airlines, asset management, broker-dealers, construction
contractors, depository institutions, gaming, health care, hospitality, insurance, not-for-profit, oil and gas,
power and utility, software, telecommunications, and timeshare.
The AICPA’s Audit and Accounting Guide: Revenue Recognition contains accounting and auditing
overviews as well as industry-specific considerations for the 16 industries. While the guide contains
interpretive guidance, it does not create new GAAP and is not authoritative.
1.3 Private Company Council
The Private Company Council (PCC) is the primary advisory body to the FASB on private company
accounting issues. The PCC asked the FASB staff to prepare certain educational memos to assist with
private companies’ implementation of ASC 606. These memos, which are not authoritative, can be
found on the Implementation Q&A section of the FASB website.
2. Scope
ASC 606 applies to all contracts with customers to provide goods or services that are outputs of the
entity’s ordinary course of business in exchange for consideration, unless specifically excluded from the
scope of the new guidance, as described below.
An entity should apply the guidance in ASC 606 to all contracts with customers, except the following:
Lease contracts within the scope of ASC 840 or ASC 842
Contracts within the scope of ASC 944
Guarantees (other than product or service warranties) within the scope of ASC 460
Nonmonetary exchanges between entities in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers
or potential customers
Financial instruments and other contractual rights and obligations within the scope of
ASC 310, ASC 320, ASC 323, ASC 325, ASC 405, ASC 470, ASC 815, ASC 825, and ASC 860
The new revenue guidance creates Subtopic 924-815, which excludes fixed-odds wagering contracts
from the derivatives guidance. As a result, fixed-odds wagering contracts should be accounted for in
accordance with the guidance in ASC 606.
TRG area of general agreement: In or out of scope?
The TRG discussed the following types of arrangements and reached general agreement on the
applicability of the scope of ASC 606 as follows:
Credit card fees: At its July 2015 meeting,
2
the TRG reached general agreement that credit card
fees accounted for under ASC 310 are not within the scope of ASC 606. In other words, TRG
members expect the conclusion under both legacy guidance and ASC 606 to be the same when
evaluating various revenue streams from credit card programs. An SEC observer to the meeting
cautioned, however, that entities should not assume that any fee connected to a credit card or any
arrangement labeled as a credit card lending arrangement would automatically fall within the scope
of ASC 310. In other words, the entity must assess whether the nature of the overall arrangement
is a credit card lending arrangement and, if not, the entity should not presume that the
arrangement is entirely within the scope of ASC 310.
2
TRG Paper 36, Scope: Credit Cards.
A customer is a party that has contracted with an entity to obtain goods or services that are an output
of the entity’s ordinary activities in exchange for consideration.
Scope 11
Credit card reward programs: At its July 2015 meeting,
3
the TRG also generally agreed that an
entity must apply judgment and consider all facts and circumstances of the specific credit
cardholder award program in question to determine whether the reward program is within the
scope of ASC 606. If an entity determines that all fees related to the program, including the credit
card fees, are within the scope of ASC 310, the program would not be within the scope of
ASC 606.
Servicing and sub-servicing fees: At its April 2016 meeting,
4
the TRG generally agreed that
servicing and sub-servicing fees are in the scope of ASC 860 and therefore are excluded from the
scope of ASC 606.
Deposit-related fees: At its April 2016 meeting,
5
the TRG generally agreed that deposit-related
fees are within the scope of ASC 606. While the deposit-related liability is within the scope of
ASC 405 and is excluded from the scope of ASC 606, ASC 405 lacks accounting guidance for
deposit-related fees. Therefore, it is appropriate to apply the guidance in ASC 606 to deposit-
related fees.
Carried interest: At its April 2016 meeting,
6
the TRG members generally agreed that incentive-
based performance fees in the form of an allocation of capital from an investment fund under
management, referred to as a “carried interest,” are within the scope of ASC 606. Some TRG
members indicated that a reasonable alternative view could be that the carried interest is an equity
arrangement, because it is, in form, an interest in the entity. Some TRG members noted this
alternative view may lead to questions regarding whether an asset manager should consolidate the
fund. The SEC staff observer stated that the SEC staff would most likely accept the application of
ASC 606 to carried interest arrangements but also noted that there could be a basis for following
an ownership model. The SEC staff would expect entities that apply an ownership model to include
an analysis of the consolidation model under ASC 810, Consolidation, the equity method of
accounting under ASC 323, Investments Equity Method and Joint Ventures, or other relevant
guidance.
Preproduction activities: At its November 2015 meeting,
7
the TRG discussed whether certain
pre-production costs fall within the scope of ASC 340-10 or ASC 340-40. See additional discussion
at Section 11.3.
2.1 Sales of nonfinancial assets
The new revenue guidance adds ASC 610-20 to provide guidance on accounting for sales of nonfinancial
assets and, therefore, amends ASC 360 and ASC 350. ASC 610-20 requires entities to apply the
guidance in ASC 606 on contract existence, control, and measurement to transfers of nonfinancial assets
that are not an output of the entity’s ordinary activities.
3
Ibid
4
TRG Paper 52, Scoping Considerations for Financial Institutions.
5
Ibid.
6
TRG Paper 50, Scoping Considerations for Incentive-based Capital Allocations, Such as Carried
Interest.
7
TRG Paper 46, Pre-production costs.
Scope 12
Sales of nonfinancial assets
Quality Paper (QP) is a manufacturer of paper goods that operates in seven locations across the United
States. QP builds a new facility in Omaha and sells its existing facility in Lincoln to a third party. The
sale of manufacturing facilities is not an output of QP’s ordinary activities; however, QP should still apply
the contract existence, control, and measurement provisions in ASC 606 to the sale of its Lincoln facility.
Applying those provisions, however, will not affect QP’s income statement presentation of any resulting
gain or loss from the facility sale.
2.2 Interaction with other guidance
A contract with a customer may be partially within the scope of ASC 606 and partially within the scope of
other ASC Topics. If the other Topics specify how to separate and/or measure a portion of the contract,
then that guidance should be applied first. The amounts measured under other Topics should be
excluded from the transaction price that is allocated to performance obligations under ASC 606. If the
other Topics do not stipulate how to separate and/or measure a portion of the contract, then ASC 606
should be used to separate and/or measure that portion of the contract.
ASC 606-10-15-4
A contract with a customer may be partially within the scope of this Topic and partially within the scope
of other Topics listed in paragraph 606-10-15-2.
a. If the other Topics specify how to separate and/or initially measure one or more parts of the
contract, then an entity shall first apply the separation and/or measurement guidance in those
Topics. An entity shall exclude from the transaction price the amount of the part (or parts) of the
contract that are initially measured in accordance with other Topics and shall apply paragraphs
606-10-32-28 through 32-41 to allocate the amount of the transaction price that remains (if any) to
each performance obligation within the scope of this Topic and to any other parts of the contract
identified by paragraph 606-10-15-4(b).
b. If the other Topics do not specify how to separate and/or initially measure one or more parts of the
contract, then the entity shall apply the guidance in this Topic to separate and/or initially measure
the part (or parts) of the contract.
2.2.1 Collaborative arrangements
A collaborative arrangement is defined as a contractual arrangement under which two or more parties
actively participate in a joint operating activity and are exposed to significant risks and rewards that
depend on the activitys commercial success. Therefore, an entity that enters into arrangements such as
those for collaborative research and development activities will need to evaluate the particular facts and
circumstances of each contract to determine if the collaborative arrangement participant is a customer.
The FASB issued ASU 2018-18 to clarify the interaction between the guidance for certain collaborative
arrangements in ASC 808 and ASC 606. In particular, the amendments in the ASU clarify that certain
transactions between collaborative arrangement participants should be accounted for as revenue under
ASC 606 if the collaborative arrangement participant is a customer with respect to the “unit of account”
(identified as a promised good or service, or a bundle of goods or services, that is distinct within the
Scope 13
collaborative arrangement under the related guidance in ASC 606). An entity that accounts for this type of
transaction under ASC 606 should apply all of the guidance in ASC 606, including the recognition,
measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements. Also, a transaction with a collaborative
arrangement participant that is not directly related to sales to third parties should not be presented
together with revenue recognized under ASC 606 if the collaborative arrangement participant is not a
customer.
The amendments in ASU 2018-18 are effective for public business entities in fiscal years, and in interim
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019. All other entities have an additional
year. Early adoption is permitted; however, entities may not adopt the amendments prior to adopting
ASC 606.
2.2.2 Contributions received
The FASB issued ASU 2018-08 to address concerns about the diversity in accounting for grants and
contracts for not-for-profit (NFP) entities.
The amendments provide a framework for determining whether a particular transaction is an exchange
transaction, contribution transaction, or other type of transaction, such as an agency transaction, and
whether a contribution is conditional or unconditional. Exchange transactions are a form of reciprocal
transaction, which means that both parties give and receive something that has economic value. In
contrast, contributions are a form of nonreciprocal transaction, meaning that the resource provider neither
expects to receive, nor receives, economic value in return for its donation.
Exchange transactions are excluded from the scope of ASC 958-605 and instead are accounted for under
other guidance, including ASC 606.
For additional information, refer to Grant Thornton’s New Developments Summary 2018-06, FASB
clarifies scope of contribution accounting: Impact on both recipients and resource providers.
3. Identify the contract with a customer
Because the guidance in ASC 606 applies only to contracts with customers, the first step in the model is
to identify those contracts.
ASC 606-10-25-2
A contract is an agreement between two or more parties that creates enforceable rights and
obligations. Enforceability of the rights and obligations in a contract is a matter of law. Contracts can be
written, oral, or implied by an entity’s customary business practices. The practices and processes for
establishing contracts with customers vary across legal jurisdictions, industries, and entities. In
addition, they may vary within an entity (for example, they may depend on the class of customer or the
nature of the promised goods or services). An entity shall consider those practices and processes in
determining whether and when an agreement with a customer creates enforceable rights and
obligations.
The guidance in ASC 606-10-25-2 makes it clear that the rights and obligations in a contract must be
“enforceable” before an entity applies the five-step revenue model. Enforceability is a matter of law, so an
entity needs to consider the local relevant legal environment to determine whether rights and obligations
are enforceable. That said, while the contract must be legally enforceable, oral or implied promises may
give rise to performance obligations in the contract under Step 2 (Section 4).
To assist entities in determining if an arrangement is within the scope of ASC 606, the guidance specifies
five criteria that the arrangement must meet.
3.1 Criteria for recognizing a contract
Step 1 serves as a “gate” through which a contract must pass before an entity applies the later steps of
the model to that contract. In other words, if at the inception of an arrangement, an entity concludes that
the criteria below are not met, it should not apply Steps 2 through 5 of the model until it determines that
the Step 1 criteria are subsequently met. Significant judgment may be required to conclude whether an
accounting contract exists. When a contract meets the five criteria and “passes” Step 1, the entity will not
reassess the Step 1 criteria unless there is an indication of a significant change in facts and
circumstances (Section 3.2.1).
A contract is an agreement between two or more parties that creates enforceable rights
and obligations.
A customer is a party that has contracted with an entity to obtain goods or services that are an output
of the entity’s ordinary activities in exchange for consideration.
Identify the contract with a customer 15
An accounting contract exists only when an arrangement with a customer meets the following five criteria:
The parties have approved the contract and are committed to perform their contractual obligations.
The entity can identify each party’s rights.
The entity can identify the payment terms.
The contract has commercial substance.
It is probable that the entity will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it expects to be
entitled.
If the arrangement does not meet the five criteria, an accounting contract does not exist, even though a
legal contract may exist, and the entity follows the guidance in ASC 606-10-25-7 as described in
Section 3.2.
ASC 606-10-25-1
An entity shall account for a contract with a customer that is within the scope of this Topic only when all
of the following criteria are met:
a. The parties to the contract have approved the contract (in writing, orally, or in accordance with
other customary business practices) and are committed to perform their respective obligations.
b. The entity can identify each party’s rights regarding the goods or services to be transferred.
c. The entity can identify the payment terms for the goods or services to be transferred.
d. The contract has commercial substance (that is, the risk, timing, or amount of the entity’s future
cash flows is expected to change as a result of the contract).
e. It is probable that the entity will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it will be
entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer (see
paragraphs 606-10-55-3A through 55-3C). In evaluating whether collectibility of an amount of
consideration is probable, an entity shall consider only the customer’s ability and intention to pay
that amount of consideration when it is due. The amount of consideration to which the entity will be
entitled may be less than the price stated in the contract if the consideration is variable because the
entity may offer the customer a price concession (see paragraph 606-10-32-7).
Identify the contract with a customer 16
Figure 3.1: Criteria for recognizing a contract
Grant Thornton insight: New guidance may impact existing processes and controls
ASC 606 includes new criteria that must be met before an entity can recognize revenue from a
customer contract. An entitys business processes and controls might change as a result of
implementing the new guidance. Controls that were designed in response to the revenue recognition
criteria in the legacy revenue guidance may no longer apply. In addition, new controls might be
Can the entity identify each party’s rights regarding the
goods/services to be transferred? (Section 3.1.2)
Consider if the contract meets each of the five criteria
to pass Step 1:
Have the parties approved the contract?
(Section 3.1.1)
Can the entity identify the payment terms for the
goods/services to be transferred? (Section 3.1.3)
Does the contract have commercial substance?
(Section 3.1.4)
Is it probable that the entity will collect substantially all
of the consideration to which it will be entitled in
exchange for the goods/services that will be transferred
to the customer? (Section 3.1.5)
Proceed to Step 2 and only reassess the Step 1 criteria
if there is an indication of a significant change in facts
and circumstances. (Section 3.2.1)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Recognize consideration received
as a liability until each of the five
criteria in Step 1 are met or the
consideration received is
nonrefundable and one of the
following occurs:
1. The entity’s performance is
complete and substantially all of
the consideration has been
collected.
2. The contract has been
terminated.
3. The entity has transferred
control of the goods/services to
which the consideration
received relates, has stopped
transferring goods/services to
the customer, and has no
obligation to transfer additional
goods/services. (Section 3.2)
N
N
N
N
Continue to assess the contract to
determine if the Step 1 criteria are
met.
Identify the contract with a customer 17
needed, or existing controls might need to be modified, to ensure that an entity’s controls are
effectively designed to address the accounting criteria in ASC 606.
In our experience, many entities’ existing control environments include contract review controls, such
as a contract review template or checklist. The criteria evaluated in these or other review activities will
likely change as entities implement the new revenue standard. For example, if an entity is likely to
grant a customer a price concession, revenue may be recognized earlier under ASC 606 than under
the legacy guidance, since the requirement that the amount of consideration must be fixed or
determinable no longer applies. As a result, the adoption of ASC 606 may cause an entity that is likely
to grant a customer a price concession to evaluate earlier in the contract lifecycle whether revenue
may be recognized and may also result in additional policies, procedures, and controls to account for a
concession as variable consideration, whereas previously the entity may have waited until the contract
price was fixed or determinable to recognize revenue under ASC 605.
Further, the new standard is principles-based and will require management to use judgment in many
areas. As a result, entities should carefully evaluate where additional training, new policies or
procedures, or control activities are needed to ensure that controls are effectively designed.
The parties have approved the contract and are committed to perform
To pass Step 1, the parties must approve the contract. This approval may be written, oral, or implied, as
long as the parties intend to be bound by the terms and conditions of the contract.
The parties should also be committed to performing their respective obligations under the contract. This
does not mean that the parties need to be committed to fulfill all of their respective rights and obligations
in order for this criterion to be met. For example, an entity may include a requirement in a contract for the
customer to purchase a minimum quantity of goods each month, but the entity may have a history of not
enforcing the requirement. In this example, the contract approval criterion can still be satisfied if evidence
supports that the customer and the entity are both substantially committed to the contract. The FASB and
IASB noted
8
that requiring all of the rights and obligations to be fulfilled would have inappropriately
resulted in no recognition of revenue for some contracts in which the parties are substantially committed
to the contract.
At the crossroads: Persuasive evidence of an arrangement under SAB Topic 13 versus
ASC 606 criteria
In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) Topic 13, revenue is generally earned and
realized (or realizable) when all of the following criteria are met:
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists.
Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.
The seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable.
Collectibility is reasonably assured.
8
BC36, ASU 2014-09.
Identify the contract with a customer 18
The requirement under legacy GAAP that “persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists” is essentially
being replaced by several criteria in ASC 606-10-25-1, including the requirements that the parties have
approved the contract and are committed to perform, the entity can identify each party’s rights
regarding the goods or services to be transferred, and the entity can identify the payment terms for the
goods or services to be transferred.
“Persuasive evidence” under SAB Topic 13 was dictated by an entity’s customary business practices,
which may vary among entities. This requirement is similar to the criterion in ASC 606 that the parties
have approved the contract and are committed to perform. In addition, an entity’s customary practices
may vary by the type of customer or by the nature of the product delivered or services rendered.
Like under SAB Topic 13, an entity applying ASC 606 should carefully consider the existence of side
agreements. A side agreement may call into question whether the original agreement is final and
contains all rights and obligations of the parties.
Some entities offer free trial periods to prospective customers to entice business. These trial periods must
be carefully evaluated to determine if evidence exists to support that the customer has approved the
contract and is committed to perform.
Evaluating trial periods
Members of a wine club receive a bottle of wine each month for 12 months for $20 per month. The wine
vendor is offering a promotional trial period to prospective customers starting January 1, 2018. Under
the terms of the promotion, the vendor offers new participants up to a free two-month trial period. If
participants wish to join the club, they must notify the vendor any time before the trial period lapses
(February 28, 2018). Participants that join the club receive an invoice for the 12-month membership
period, which will end February 28, 2019.
Until the customer gives notice to the wine vendor of its acceptance of the offer (either orally or written),
the entity might not conclude that the customer has approved the contract and is committed to perform.
The entity can identify each party’s rights
An entity must be able to identify its rights, as well as the rights of all other parties to the contract. An
entity cannot assess the transfer of goods or services if it cannot identify each party’s rights regarding
those goods or services.
An entity may utilize a master service arrangement or master supply arrangement (MSA) with its
customers. Each MSA must be evaluated to determine if the MSA alone establishes enforceable rights
and obligations.
The MSA may establish only basic terms and conditions with customers and the entity may require its
customers to also submit purchase orders specifying quantify and/or type of goods or services. In such
cases, the MSA alone may not establish enforceable rights and obligations of the parties. Assuming all of
the other criteria in ASC 606-10-25-1 are met, the MSA might not pass Step 1, and a contract might not
exist, until a purchase order is submitted and approved. Often this will lead to each purchase order being
a contract, depending on facts and circumstances.
Identify the contract with a customer 19
An MSA that specifies minimum purchase quantities may create enforceable rights and obligations;
however, if the entity has a past practice of waiving the minimum purchase requirement and such practice
would render the term legally unenforceable, then the term is not considered when determining if the
MSA alone creates legally enforceable rights and obligations.
The entity can identify the payment terms for the goods or services
An entity must also be able to identify the payment terms for the promised goods or services within the
contract. The entity cannot determine how much it will receive in exchange for the promised goods or
services (the “transaction price” in Step 3 of the model) if it cannot identify the contractual payment terms.
At the crossroads: Fixed or determinable under SAB Topic 13
Unlike the SAB Topic 13 requirement that the payment be “fixed or determinable,” under ASC 606, the
payment need not be fixed; however, the contract must include enough information for the entity to
estimate the amount of consideration that it expects to be entitled to.
The contract has commercial substance
A contract has commercial substance if the risk, timing, or amount of the entity’s cash flows is expected to
change as a result of the contract. In other words, the contract must have economic consequences. This
criterion was added to prevent entities from transferring goods or services back and forth to each other for
little or no consideration to artificially inflate their revenue. This criterion is applicable for both monetary
and nonmonetary transactions, because without commercial substance, it is questionable whether an
entity has entered into a transaction that has economic consequences.
It is probable the entity will collect substantially all of the consideration
To pass Step 1, an entity must determine that it is probable that it will collect substantially all of the
consideration to which it will be entitled under the contract in exchange for goods or services that it will
transfer to the customer. This criterion is also referred to as the “collectibility assessment.” In determining
whether collection is probable, the entity considers the customer’s ability and intention to pay when
amounts are due.
The objective of the collectibility assessment is to evaluate whether there is a substantive transaction
between the entity and the customer. When evaluating collectibility, an entity bases its assessment on
whether the customer has the ability and intention to pay the promised consideration in exchange for the
goods or services that will be transferred under the contract, rather than assessing the collectibility of the
consideration promised for all of the promised goods or services.
Probable: The future event or events are likely to occur.
Identify the contract with a customer 20
ASC 606-10-55-3A
Paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) requires an entity to assess whether it is probable that the entity will collect
substantially all of the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the goods or services
that will be transferred to the customer. The assessment, which is part of identifying whether there is a
contract with a customer, is based on whether the customer has the ability and intention to pay the
consideration to which the entity will be entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be
transferred to the customer. The objective of this assessment is to evaluate whether there is a
substantive transaction between the entity and the customer, which is a necessary condition for the
contract to be accounted for under the revenue model in this Topic.
ASC 606-10-55-3B
The collectibility assessment in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) is partly a forward-looking assessment. It
requires an entity to use judgment and consider all of the facts and circumstances, including the
entity’s customary business practices and its knowledge of the customer, in determining whether it is
probable that the entity will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it will be entitled in
exchange for the goods or services that the entity expects to transfer to the customer. The assessment
is not necessarily based on the customer’s ability and intention to pay the entire amount of promised
consideration for the entire duration of the contract.
An entity should determine whether the contractual terms and its customary business practices indicate
that it has the ability and intent to mitigate credit risk. For example, some contracts may require upfront
payments before any goods or services are transferred to the customer. Any consideration received
before the entity transfers the goods or services would not be subject to credit risk. In other cases, such
as a telecom providing wireless network access to a building, the entity may be able to stop transferring
goods or services under the contract upon a customer’s failure to pay. In that situation, the entity would
consider the likelihood of payment for only the promised goods or services that will be transferred to the
customer.
An entity is precluded from considering its ability to repossess an asset transferred to a customer when
assessing collectibility.
ASC 606-10-55-3C
When assessing whether a contract meets the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e), an entity should
determine whether the contractual terms and its customary business practices indicate that the entity’s
exposure to credit risk is less than the entire consideration promised in the contract because the entity
has the ability to mitigate its credit risk. Examples of contractual terms or customary business practices
that might mitigate the entity’s credit risk include the following:
a. Payment termsIn some contracts, payment terms limit an entity’s exposure to credit risk. For
example, a customer may be required to pay a portion of the consideration promised in the
contract before the entity transfers promised goods or services to the customer. In those cases,
any consideration that will be received before the entity transfers promised goods or services to the
customer would not be subject to credit risk.
b. The ability to stop transferring promised goods or servicesAn entity may limit its exposure to
credit risk if it has the right to stop transferring additional goods or services to a customer in the
Identify the contract with a customer 21
event that the customer fails to pay consideration when it is due. In those cases, an entity should
assess only the collectibility of the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the
goods or services that will be transferred to the customer on the basis of the entity’s rights and
customary business practices. Therefore, if the customer fails to perform as promised and,
consequently, the entity would respond to the customer’s failure to perform by not transferring
additional goods or services to the customer, the entity would not consider the likelihood of
payment for the promised goods or services that will not be transferred under the contract.
An entity’s ability to repossess an asset transferred to a customer should not be considered for the
purpose of assessing the entity’s ability to mitigate its exposure to credit risk.
The following examples from ASC 606 illustrate the guidance on assessing credit risk and the collectibility
criterion.
Example 1Collectibility of the Consideration; Case BCredit Risk is Mitigated
ASC 606-10-55-98A
An entity, a service provider, enters into a three-year service contract with a new customer of low credit
quality at the beginning of a calendar month.
ASC 606-10-55-98B
The transaction price of the contract is $720, and $20 is due at the end of each month. The standalone
selling price of the monthly service is $20. Both parties are subject to termination penalties if the
contract is cancelled.
ASC 606-10-55-98C
The entity’s history with this class of customer indicates that while the entity cannot conclude it is
probable the customer will pay the transaction price of $720, the customer is expected to make the
payments required under the contract for at least 9 months. If, during the contract term, the customer
stops making the required payments, the entity’s customary business practice is to limit its credit risk by
not transferring further services to the customer and to pursue collection for the unpaid services.
ASC 606-10-55-98D
In assessing whether the contract meets the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1, the entity assesses
whether it is probable that the entity will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it will be
entitled in exchange for the service that will be transferred to the customer. This includes assessing the
entity’s history with this class of customer in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-3B and its business
practice of stopping service in response to customer nonpayment in accordance with paragraph 606-
10-55-3C. Consequently, as a part of this analysis, the entity does not consider the likelihood of
payment for services that would not be provided in the event of the customer’s nonpayment because
the entity is not exposed to credit risk for those services.
ASC 606-10-55-98E
It is not probable that the entity will collect the entire transaction price ($720) because of the customer’s
low credit rating. However, the entity’s exposure to credit risk is mitigated because the entity has the
ability and intention (as evidenced by its customary business practice) to stop providing services if the
Identify the contract with a customer 22
customer does not pay the promised consideration for services provided when it is due. Therefore, the
entity concludes that the contract meets the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) because it is
probable that the customer will pay substantially all of the consideration to which the entity is entitled
for the services the entity will transfer to the customer (that is, for the services the entity will provide for
as long as the customer continues to pay for the services provided). Consequently, assuming the
criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1(a) through (d) are met, the entity would apply the remaining guidance
in this Topic to recognize revenue and only reassess the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1 if there is an
indication of a significant change in facts or circumstances such as the customer not making its
required payments.
Example 1Collectibility of the Consideration; Case CCredit Risk is Not Mitigated
ASC 606-10-55-98F
The same facts as in Case B apply to Case C, except that the entity’s history with this class of
customer indicates that there is a risk that the customer will not pay substantially all of the
consideration for services received from the entity, including the risk that the entity will never receive
any payment for any services provided.
ASC 606-10-55-98G
In assessing whether the contract with the customer meets the criteria in 606-10-25-1, the entity
assesses whether it is probable that it will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it will be
entitled in exchange for the goods or services that will be transferred to the customer. This includes
assessing the entity’s history with this class of customer and its business practice of stopping service in
response to the customer’s nonpayment in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-3C.
ASC 606-10-55-98H
At contract inception, the entity concludes that the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) is not met
because it is not probable that the customer will pay substantially all of the consideration to which the
entity will be entitled under the contract for the services that will be transferred to the customer. The
entity concludes that not only is there a risk that the customer will not pay for services received from
the entity, but also there is a risk that the entity will never receive any payment for any services
provided. Subsequently, when the customer initially pays for one month of service, the entity accounts
for the consideration received in accordance with 606-10-25-7 through 25-8. The entity concludes that
none of the events in paragraph 606-10-25-7 have occurred because the contract has not been
terminated, the entity has not received substantially all of the consideration promised in the contract,
and the entity is continuing to provide services to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-98I
Assume that the customer has made timely payments for several months. In accordance with
paragraph 606-10-25-6, the entity assesses the contract to determine whether the criteria in paragraph
606-10-25-1 are subsequently met. In making that evaluation, the entity considers, among other things,
its experience with this specific customer. On the basis of the customer’s performance under the
contract, the entity concludes that the criteria in 606-10-25-1 have been met, including the collectibility
criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e). Once the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1 are met, the entity
applies the remaining guidance in this Topic to recognize revenue.
Identify the contract with a customer 23
At the crossroads: How does the collectibility assessment differ under SAB Topic 13
versus ASC 606?
The new guidance regarding collectibility is somewhat similar to that under SAB Topic 13, which states
that collectibility must be “reasonably assured” before revenue is recognized. However, under SAB
Topic 13, an entity evaluates collectibility when revenue is recognized, while under ASC 606, an entity
evaluates collectibility in Step 1 when it determines whether an accounting contract exists.
Another significant difference is that SAB Topic 13 requires that the entire contract price be reasonably
assured before an entity can recognize revenue, while under ASC 606, an entity does not apply the
concept of collectibility to the portion of the contract for which the entity will not transfer goods or
services (for example, in the event that the customer stops paying).
ASC 606 specifies a sequence and an entity must conclude in Step 1 that collectibility is probable
before proceeding to Step 2 (or Steps 3 through 5).
Another difference from SAB Topic 13 is that ASC 606 explicitly requires an entity to consider whether
the transaction price is variable (see Section 5.1) because the entity may offer the customer a price
concession before determining that collectibility is probable.
Portfolio considerations when assessing collectibility
The TRG has discussed stakeholder questions that have arisen with respect to assessing collectibility
when an entity elects to account for its contracts on a portfolio basis, as described in Section 3.4.
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity assess collectibility for
a portfolio of contracts?
At its January 2015 meeting,
9
the TRG discussed how an entity should assess collectibility at contract
inception when the entity has historical experience that indicates it will not collect consideration from
some customers in a portfolio of contracts.
For example, ABC Corp. has a large number of similar customer contracts for which it bills on a
monthly basis in arrears. ABC Corp. performs credit assessment procedures before accepting a
customer. When these procedures result in the conclusion that it is not probable the customer will pay
the amounts owed, the entity does not accept the customer. Because these procedures are only
designed to determine whether collection is probable (and thus not a certainty), the entity anticipates
that it will have some customers that will not pay all amounts owed. Historical evidence, which is
representative of its expectations for the future, indicates that the entity will only collect 98 percent of
the amounts billed.
TRG members agreed that if an entity considers collectibility of the transaction price to be probable for
a portfolio of contracts, then the entity should recognize revenue in full and perform a separate
evaluation of the receivable for impairment. For example, if an entity bills $100 to its customers in a
particular month and expects bad debt expense of $2, the entity should recognize revenue of $100 and
9
TRG Paper 13, Collectibility.
Identify the contract with a customer 24
a corresponding receivable representing its right to consideration that is unconditional when the entity
satisfies its performance obligations. The guidance does not support the view that only $98 of revenue
should be recognized in this example, because the entity evaluated collectibility for each customer and
concluded that it is probable that each customer will pay the amount to which the entity will be entitled
for a total of $100.
The resultant contract asset or receivable should be assessed for impairment under the receivable
guidance in ASC 310. An entity would recognize the difference between the measurement of the
receivable and the corresponding revenue as bad debt expense.
Price concessions
In determining the “consideration to which an entity will be entitled” for purposes of the collectibility
assessment, an entity needs to evaluate at contract inception whether it expects to provide a price
concession that will result in receiving less than the full contract price from the customer. Although price
concessions are a form of variable consideration and are more fully evaluated when determining the
transaction price under Step 3 (Section 5.1), when evaluating collectibility under Step 1, an entity should
also assess at the onset of an arrangement whether it expects to provide a price concession.
When an entity expects to accept less than the contractual amount for goods and services that will be
transferred to the customer, it should evaluate all relevant facts and circumstances, which may require
significant judgment, to determine whether it has accepted a customer’s credit risk or has provided an
implicit price concession.
Example 2Consideration is Not the Stated PriceImplicit Price Concession
ASC 606-10-55-99
An entity sells 1,000 units of a prescription drug to a customer for promised consideration of $1 million.
This is the entity’s first sale to a customer in a new region, which is experiencing significant economic
difficulty. Thus, the entity expects that it will not be able to collect from the customer the full amount of
the promised consideration. Despite the possibility of not collecting the full amount, the entity expects
the region’s economy to recover over the next two to three years and determines that a relationship
with the customer could help it to forge relationships with other potential customers in the region.
ASC 606-10-55-100
When assessing whether the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) is met, the entity also considers
paragraph 606-10-32-2 and 606-10-32-7(b). Based on the assessment of the facts and circumstances,
the entity determines that it expects to provide a price concession and accept a lower amount of
consideration from the customer. Accordingly, the entity concludes that the transaction price is not
$1 million and, therefore, the promised consideration is variable. The entity estimates the variable
consideration and determines that it expects to be entitled to $400,000.
ASC 606-10-55-101
The entity considers the customer’s ability and intention to pay the consideration and concludes that
even though the region is experiencing economic difficulty it is probable that it will collect $400,000
from the customer. Consequently, the entity concludes that the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) is
met based on an estimate of variable consideration of $400,000. In addition, based on an evaluation of
Identify the contract with a customer 25
the contract terms and other facts and circumstances, the entity concludes that the other criteria in
paragraph 606-10-25-1 are also met. Consequently, the entity accounts for the contract with the
customer in accordance with the guidance in this Topic.
It can sometimes be difficult to distinguish between a price concession and a collectibility issue. The
ramifications could impact the accounting because one path (a collectibility concern) might lead an entity
to conclude that it does not pass Step 1 for a particular arrangement, while another path (a price
concession) may result in variable consideration and allow the entity to proceed to Step 2 with a lower
transaction price. Judgment will be required to determine which path is appropriate. Ultimately, as
discussed by the TRG,
10
this is not a new area of judgment.
Grant Thornton insight: Price concession versus collectibility issue
ASC 606-10-32-7 provides guidance on factors an entity considers to determine if the promised
consideration is variable because it has offered, or expects to offer, a price concession. It states, in
part, that a price concession exists if either of the following conditions is met:
a. The customer has a valid expectation arising from an entity’s customary business practices,
published policies, or specific statements that the entity will accept an amount of consideration that
is less than the price stated in the contract. That is, it is expected that the entity will offer a price
concession.
b. Other facts and circumstances indicate that the entity’s intention, when entering into the contract
with the customer, is to offer a price concession to the customer.
Other possible indicators that suggest an entity is offering a price concession include
A business practice of not performing a credit assessment prior to transferring promised goods or
services (for example, a health care provider that is required by law to perform, as described in
ASC 606-10-55-102 through 55-106, Example 3)
A valid expectation of the customer that the entity will accept less than the contractually stated
amount
A business practice of continuing to perform despite historical experience suggesting that
collection is not probable
An arrangement where there is little to no incremental cost associated with fulfilling the
performance obligations (for example, a software provider that incurs little to no reproduction cost
when selling licenses for an existing software product)
An expectation by the entity at the onset of the arrangement that despite pricing in the contract it
later will offer a price concession (for example, the entity will accept less than the stated price in
order to develop a strategic relationship with a new customer)
Factors that may indicate a customer or pool of customers presents collectibility issues include
The customer’s financial condition has deteriorated since contract inception.
10
TRG Paper 13, Collectibility.
Identify the contract with a customer 26
The entity has a pool (portfolio) of homogeneous customers with similar credit profiles, and while it
expects that most will pay amounts when due, it expects that some will not.
There may be other relevant indicators, depending on the facts and circumstances.
See further guidance regarding price concessions, including estimating and reassessing the amount of
variable consideration, at Section 5.1.
3.2 Contracts that do not ‘pass’ Step 1
If an entity determines at an arrangement’s inception that one or more of the criteria in ASC 606-10-25-1
have not been met, an accounting contract, for purposes of applying ASC 606, does not exist, and the
entity should continue to reassess whether the five criteria are subsequently met.
A contract may not pass Step 1, but the entity may still transfer goods or services to the customer and
receive nonrefundable consideration in exchange for those goods or services. In that circumstance, the
entity cannot recognize revenue for the nonrefundable consideration received until either the Step 1
criteria are subsequently met, or one of the events outlined in ASC 606-10-25-7 has occurred, as
discussed below.
ASC 606-10-25-7
When a contract with a customer does not meet the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1 and an entity
receives consideration from the customer, the entity shall recognize the consideration received as
revenue only when one or more of the following events have occurred:
a. The entity has no remaining obligations to transfer goods or services to the customer, and all, or
substantially all, of the consideration promised by the customer has been received by the entity and
is nonrefundable.
b. The contract has been terminated, and the consideration received from the customer is
nonrefundable.
c. The entity has transferred control of the goods or services to which the consideration that has been
received relates, the entity has stopped transferring goods or services to the customer (if
applicable) and has no obligation under the contract to transfer additional goods or services, and
the consideration received from the customer is nonrefundable.
The third criterion was added by the FASB
11
to accommodate situations in which an entity has not legally
terminated the contract because it wants to continue to pursue collection or its other rights under the
contract.
11
BC23 and BC24, ASU 2016-12.
Identify the contract with a customer 27
Until the contract passes Step 1 or one of the above criteria is met, an entity should recognize the
consideration received from a customer as a liability that is measured at the amount of consideration
received from the customer.
Figure 3.2: When cash is received for a contract that does not pass Step 1
At the crossroads: Not cash basis accounting
In some circumstances, the guidance on accounting for contracts when the criteria in ASC 606-10-
25-1 are not met may result in a delay in recognizing revenue compared to the guidance under
legacy GAAP. For example, under ASC 606, if a contract does not meet one of the criteria in
ASC 606-10-25-7, an entity is required to recognize a liability for nonrefundable amounts received
in an arrangement when performance under the contract is not complete. In contrast, under legacy
GAAP, an entity may have recognized revenue in the amount of cash received for goods or services
that have been transferred.
The FASB noted
12
that ASC 606-10-25-7(c) is not equivalent to a “cash basis” of accounting under
legacy GAAP because in order to meet this new criterion, the entity must either stop transferring goods
12
BC24, ASU 2016-12.
Is the cash received nonrefundable?
Has the entity completed performance under
the contract and received all (or substantially
all) amounts from the customer?
Has the arrangement been terminated?
Are all of the following criteria met?
The entity has transferred control of
the goods or services to which the
consideration received relates.
The entity has stopped transferring
goods or services to the customer.
The entity has no obligation to transfer
additional goods or service.
Recognize
revenue in the
amount of
nonrefundable
consideration
received.
Recognize the
consideration
received as
a liability.
N
Y
N
N
N
Y
Y
Y
Identify the contract with a customer 28
or services to the customer, with no obligation to transfer additional goods or services to the customer,
or not have any additional promised goods or services to transfer.
Reassessing the Step 1 criteria
When an entity determines that a contract passes Step 1, it should not reassess contract existence
unless there is an indication of a significant change in facts and circumstances.
ASC 606-10-25-5
If a contract with a customer meets the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1 at contract inception, an entity
shall not reassess those criteria unless there is an indication of a significant change in facts and
circumstances. For example, if a customer’s ability to pay the consideration deteriorates significantly,
an entity would reassess whether it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration to which the
entity will be entitled in exchange for the remaining goods or services that will be transferred to the
customer (see paragraphs 606-10-55-3A through 55-3C).
Grant Thornton insight: When a contract ‘passes’ Step 1, what constitutes a ‘significant
change in facts and circumstances’ necessitating a reassessment in the Step 1
criteria?
The determination of what constitutes a “significant change in facts and circumstances” will often
require judgment. Continuing with the example in ASC 606-10-25-5, if the entity determines that it is no
longer probable that it will collect the consideration, the entity would not recognize revenue for the
remaining goods and services as they are transferred to the customer, and would instead apply the
guidance in ASC 606-10-25-7.
Example 4 in ASC 606 illustrates the guidance on reassessing the criteria for identifying a contract.
Example 4Reassessing the Criteria for Identifying a Contract
ASC 606-10-55-106
An entity licenses a patent to a customer in exchange for a usage-based royalty. At contract inception,
the contract meets all the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1, and the entity accounts for the contract
with the customer in accordance with the guidance in this Topic. The entity recognizes revenue when
the customer’s subsequent usage occurs in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-65.
ASC 606-10-55-107
Throughout the first year of the contract, the customer provides quarterly reports of usage and pays
within the agreed-upon period.
Identify the contract with a customer 29
ASC 606-10-55-108
During the second year of the contract, the customer continues to use the entity’s patent, but the
customer’s financial condition declines. The customer’s current access to credit and available cash on
hand are limited. The entity continues to recognize revenue on the basis of the customer’s usage
throughout the second year. The customer pays the first quarter’s royalties but makes nominal
payments for the usage of the patent in quarters 24. The entity accounts for any impairment of the
existing receivable in accordance with Topic 310 on receivables.
ASC 606-10-55-109
During the third year of the contract, the customer continues to use the entity’s patent. However, the
entity learns that the customer has lost access to credit and its major customers and thus the
customer’s ability to pay significantly deteriorates. The entity therefore concludes that it is unlikely that
the customer will be able to make any further royalty payments for ongoing usage of the entity’s patent.
As a result of this significant change in facts and circumstances, in accordance with paragraph 606-10-
25-5, the entity reassesses the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1 and determines that they are not met
because it is no longer probable that the entity will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled.
Accordingly, the entity does not recognize any further revenue associated with the customer’s future
usage of its patent. The entity accounts for any impairment of the existing receivable in accordance
with Topic 310 on receivables.
Pending Content
Transition Date: (P) December 16, 2019; (N) December 16, 2020 | Transition Guidance:
326-20-65-1
ASC 606-10-55-108
The entity accounts for any credit losses on the existing receivable in accordance with
Subtopic 326-20 on financial instruments measured at amortized cost.
ASC 606-10-55-109
The entity accounts for additional credit losses on the existing receivable in accordance with
Subtopic 326-20.
When the entity concludes that collectibility is no longer probable, only the revenue related to the
remaining goods or services yet to be transferred is impacted. Other than impairment considerations, the
reassessment has no impact on revenue recognized to date, receivables recorded, or assets recognized
as a result of satisfied performance obligations.
Identify the contract with a customer 30
TRG area of general agreement: Reassessing collectibility
The TRG discussed at its January 2015 meeting
13
when an entity should reassess collectibility for a
customer after concluding that the customer passes Step 1 at the inception of a multi-year contract.
The TRG considered Example 4 above, whereby an entity licenses a patent to a customer in exchange
for a usage-based royalty.
The TRG agreed that Example 4 demonstrates that
The determination of whether there is a significant change in facts or circumstances will be
situation-specific and will require judgment.
The change in the customer’s financial condition is so significant that it is an indication that the
contract is no longer valid and fails Step 1 from that point forward.
3.3 Contract term
An entity applies ASC 606 to the contractual period over which the parties to the contract have present
enforceable rights and obligations. Enforceability of the rights and obligations is a matter of law. Because
practices and processes for establishing contracts with customers may vary across jurisdictions and
entities, each entity should consider its established practices and processes when determining whether
its agreements create enforceable rights and obligations.
Termination provisions
Some contracts can be terminated by either party at any time while others may only be terminated by one
party. An accounting contract does not exist if each party to a contract has the unilateral enforceable right
to terminate a wholly unperformed contract without paying a termination penalty. A “wholly unperformed”
contract means that the entity hasn’t yet performed and is not entitled to any consideration.
ASC 606-10-25-3 (excerpt)
Some contracts with customers may have no fixed duration and can be terminated or modified by
either party at any time. Other contracts may automatically renew on a periodic basis that is specified
in the contract. An entity shall apply the guidance in this Topic to the duration of the contract (that is,
the contractual period) in which the parties to the contract have present enforceable rights and
obligations.
ASC 606-10-25-4
For the purpose of applying the guidance in this Topic, a contract does not exist if each party to the
contract has the unilateral enforceable right to terminate a wholly unperformed contract without
compensating the other party (or parties). A contract is wholly unperformed if both of the following
criteria are met:
a. The entity has not yet transferred any promised goods or services to the customer.
13
TRG Paper 13, Collectibility.
Identify the contract with a customer 31
b. The entity has not yet received, and is not yet entitled to receive, any consideration in exchange for
promised goods or services.
Contract cancellable for a full refund
On March 15, a customer orders a standard piece of furniture from a retailer and pays $1,000 for the
furniture in advance of delivery, which typically occurs within 30 days. The contract indicates that the
customer can cancel the order at any time prior to delivery and receive a full refund of the advance
payment; however, the retailer has no cancellation rights.
The retailer considers whether it has a contract with a customer that passes Step 1 on March 15. When
the customer paid for the furniture in advance, the contract was no longer wholly unperformed because
the retailer had received consideration. Therefore, the guidance regarding wholly unperformed contracts
in ASC 606-10-25-4 does not apply.
The retailer determines that a contract exists on March 15 because the contract meets the five criteria
under Step 1 of the revenue recognition model:
Both parties have approved the contract and are committed to performing their obligations as
indicated by their signing the sales order and further supported by the $1,000 advance payment.
Both parties rights are identifiable in the contract terms.
The payment terms are identified in the contract.
The contract has commercial substance as the amount of the entity’s future cash flow is expected to
change as a result of the contract.
Collectibility is probable since it has already occurred.
In some situations, only the customer has the ability to terminate the contract without penalty. In those
situations, the contract term for accounting purposes may be shorter than the stated contract term.
Ability to terminate without penalty
A tennis club enters into a contract with a new member to provide access to its tennis courts for a
12-month period at $100 per month. The member can cancel his or her membership without penalty
after six months. The enforceable rights and obligations of this contract are for six months, and therefore
the contract term is six months.
The TRG has discussed how a termination penalty may impact the contract term, as summarized below.
Identify the contract with a customer 32
TRG area of general agreement: How should termination clauses be evaluated in
determining the duration of a contract?
The TRG discussed the accounting for termination clauses at its October 2014 meeting.
14
During this
meeting, the TRG specifically discussed fact patterns when each party to the contract has the unilateral
right to terminate the contract by paying a termination penalty. TRG members agreed the contract
exists throughout the period covered by the termination penalties because the penalties are evidence
of enforceable rights and obligations throughout the term of the contract. That said, the mere existence
of a penalty by itself would not mean that the contract term includes the periods covered by the
penalties. The penalties must be substantive.
At its November 2015 meeting,
15
the TRG also agreed that the discussion from October 2014
summarized above applies to contracts in which only the customer has a unilateral ability to terminate
the contract. This is because the change in the fact pattern is not significant enough to warrant a
different view. Therefore, in contracts where only the customer has a unilateral ability to terminate the
contact, a contract exists throughout the period covered by the termination penalty as long as the
penalty is substantive.
A common business model for some entities is to sell goods at a loss and to make money through sales
of consumables that the customer has to purchase again and again (for example, a razor and razor
blades, or a printer and printer cartridges). Sometimes these contracts are structured in such a way that if
the customer does not purchase a minimum amount of consumables, it must pay a termination penalty.
The TRG discussed how these contracts may effectively include a substantive termination penalty, which
creates enforceable rights and obligations that may impact the contract term.
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity evaluate the contract term when
only the customer has the right to cancel without cause, and how do termination
penalties affect that analysis?
At its November 2015 meeting,
16
the TRG discussed a scenario where only one party has the
termination right. The TRG considered a contract for equipment and consumable parts in which the
standalone selling price of the equipment and parts is $10,000 and $100, respectively. The entity sells
the equipment for $6,000 and provides the customer with an option to purchase each part for $100. If
the customer does not purchase at least 200 parts, it must pay a penalty that repays some or all of the
$4,000 discount, and that penalty decreases as each part is purchased at a rate of $20 per part. The
example assumes that the equipment and consumables are distinct goods, revenue is recognized at a
point in time, and a discount of $10 would be a material right to the customer.
The TRG generally agreed that substantive termination penalties create enforceable rights and
obligations, effectively creating a minimum purchase obligation for 200 parts in the example above.
The TRG debated what constitutes a “substantive” penalty and acknowledged that significant judgment
would be required to make that determination. One consideration in assessing whether a penalty is
14
TRG Paper 10, Contract enforceability and termination clauses.
15
TRG Paper 48, Customer options for additional goods and services.
16
Ibid.
Identify the contract with a customer 33
substantive would be to evaluate how many customers opt to pay the penalty. A significant number of
customers opting to pay the penalty might indicate that the penalty is not substantive. If the penalty is
not substantive, the entity must still evaluate whether the termination right (which is similar to an option
for additional goods or services) gives rise to a material right. Said differently, if the existence of a
contractual penalty does not create a longer contract term, it still could impact whether a material right
is present for the optional goods or services.
At a separate meeting, the TRG discussed whether an entity’s past practice of waiving termination
penalties would impact the assessment of the contract term and generally agreed that the answer
depends on whether the past practice changes the legally enforceable rights and obligations, as
explained below.
TRG area of general agreement: When an entity has a past practice of not enforcing the
collection of termination penalties, does the past practice affect the assessment of the
contract term?
At its October 2014 meeting,
17
the TRG discussed a fact pattern whereby an entity enters into a
contract to provide services for 24 months. Either party can terminate the contract by compensating the
other party. The entity has a past practice of not enforcing collection of the termination penalty when
customers cancel after at least 12 months.
The TRG agreed that the determination of whether the contractual period is 24 months or 12 months
depends on whether the past practice legally restricts the enforceable rights and obligations of the
parties, which may vary by jurisdiction. The entity’s past practice would affect the contract term only if
that past practice changes the parties’ legally enforceable rights and obligations. If that past practice
does not change the parties’ legally enforceable rights and obligations, then the contract term is
24 months.
3.4 Portfolio practical expedient
The guidance in ASC 606 applies to an individual contract with a customer but allows entities to apply the
guidance to a portfolio of contracts or performance obligations with similar characteristics as a practical
expedient. However, an entity may apply the practical expedient only if it expects that the effects of
applying the guidance on a portfolio basis would not differ materially from applying the guidance on an
individual contract-by-contract basis.
An entity will need to exercise judgment to determine how to group particular contracts or performance
obligations for purposes of applying the portfolio practical expedient.
17
TRG Paper 10, Contract enforceability and termination clauses.
Identify the contract with a customer 34
ASC 606-10-10-4
This guidance specifies the accounting for an individual contract with a customer. However, as a
practical expedient, an entity may apply this guidance to a portfolio of contracts (or performance
obligations) with similar characteristics if the entity reasonably expects that the effects on the financial
statements of applying this guidance to the portfolio would not differ materially from applying this
guidance to the individual contracts (or performance obligations) within that portfolio. When accounting
for a portfolio, an entity shall use estimates and assumptions that reflect the size and composition of
the portfolio.
TRG area of general agreement: Is an entity applying the portfolio practical expedient
when it considers evidence from other, similar contracts to develop an estimate using
the expected value method?
At its July 2015 meeting,
18
the TRG generally agreed that an entity can consider evidence from other,
similar contracts to develop an estimate of variable consideration using the expected value method
without applying the portfolio practical expedient. Said differently, considering historical experience
does not necessarily mean that the entity is applying the portfolio practical expedient. This view is
further supported by the guidance on estimating the standalone selling price of a good or service.
ASC 606-10-32-34(a) states that a suitable method for estimating the standalone selling price of a
good or service would include referring to prices of similar goods or services.
Stakeholders have questioned whether an entity needs to “prove” that the effects of applying the portfolio
practical expedient do not differ materially from applying the guidance on an individual contract-by-
contract basis. The Boards indicated in BC69 of ASU 2014-09 that they did not intend for entities to
quantitatively evaluate each outcome and that entities should instead be able to determine a reasonable
expectation that the portfolio approach would not differ materially and therefore determine the portfolios
that would be appropriate for their types of contracts.
Grant Thornton insight: How should an entity evaluate whether contracts have similar
characteristics?
ASC 606 does not include prescriptive guidance on how to determine if contracts may be grouped
within the same portfolio.
An entity will need to exercise judgment to determine which contracts have similar characteristics when
evaluating whether the contracts may be grouped within the same portfolio. One way to categorize
contracts by portfolio may be by contract type. If an entity typically uses standard contract language,
this may indicate that grouping the contracts into a single portfolio may be appropriate.
Another possible way to categorize contracts by portfolio would be by class of customer and the
customer’s behavior pattern. For example, a healthcare entity may have evidence that suggests that
18
TRG Paper 38, Portfolio Practical Expedient and Application of Variable Consideration Constraint.
Identify the contract with a customer 35
uninsured patients (customers) act similarly while insured patients (customers) act similarly and result
in similar revenue recognition patterns. Additionally, insured patients might fall into different portfolios
based on the terms of their insurance coverage.
Application of the portfolio practical expedient
A retailer sells clothing and shoes online and in brick-and-mortar stores. Based on historical experience,
the retailer determines that online customers return 20 percent of items sold. However, the historical
return rate for in-store sales is lower, at only 3 percent for shoes and 5 percent for clothing.
Because the historical pattern of behavior is different for online versus in-store customers, the retailer
concludes that it would not be appropriate to include both of these classes of customers in the same
portfolio of contracts.
The retailer considers whether in-store sales of clothing and shoes should be in the same portfolio of
contracts because the return rates of 3 percent and 5 percent differ. The retailer determines that the
historic weighted-average return rate for clothing and shoes is closer to 5 percent because more
clothing is sold than shoes. As a result, the retailer includes all in-store sales in the same portfolio of
contracts because the historical return activity from in-store sales is similar for both shoes and clothing
and the use of 5 percent is reasonable.
The retailer enters into 1,000 in-store sales transactions, each for $100. Seven hundred contracts are
for clothing and 300 are for shoes. The retailer applies the 5 percent return rate to the portfolio of in-
store contracts and estimates a return liability of $5,000 (5% x 1,000 contracts x $100).
The retailer reasonably expects that the effect on the financial statements of applying the 5 percent
return rate to the portfolio of in-store contracts would not differ materially from accounting for the
clothing and shoe contracts individually. The retailer periodically estimates the potential difference to the
return liability and revenue as though each in-store contract had been accounted for on an individual
basis in order to ensure the effect on the financial statements of applying the portfolio approach would
not differ materially from accounting for the contracts individually. In this example, the difference could
reasonably be expected to approximate $600, calculated as $5,000 (the refund liability under the
portfolio practical expedient) less $4,400 (the refund liability using the specific return percentages for
clothing and shoes; $4,400 = $3,500 (5% x 700 x $100) + $900 (3% x 300 x $100)) and the retailer
concludes this difference is not material.
The retailer monitors customer behavior, including return rates as well as sales channel and product
mix, on an ongoing basis to continually evaluate whether it is appropriate to apply the portfolio practical
expedient to all in-store sales.
3.5 Combining contracts
An entity should combine two or more contracts and account for them as a single contract in certain
circumstances because the substance of the individual contracts cannot be understood without
considering the entire arrangement. This evaluation takes place at contract inception.
In summary, two or more contracts may need to be accounted for as a single contract if they are entered
into at or near the same time with the same customer (or with related parties), and if one of the following
conditions exists:
Identify the contract with a customer 36
The contracts are negotiated as a package with a single commercial objective.
The amount of consideration paid in one contract depends on the price or performance in the other
contract.
The goods or services promised in the contract are a single performance obligation.
The guidance does not specify what constitutes “at or near the same time,” so an entity will need to
exercise judgment to determine what constitutes this time frame as well as develop processes to evaluate
whether the criteria are met.
ASC 606-10-25-9
An entity shall combine two or more contracts entered into at or near the same time with the same
customer (or related parties of the customer) and account for the contracts as a single contract if one or
more of the following criteria are met:
a. The contracts are negotiated as a package with a single commercial objective.
b. The amount of consideration to be paid in one contract depends on the price or performance of the
other contract.
c. The goods or services promised in the contracts (or some goods or services promised in each of
the contracts) are a single performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-14
through 25-22.
At the crossroads: Combining contracts under ASC 606 versus legacy GAAP
The guidance in ASC 606 on combining contracts is similar to the guidance in legacy GAAP, except for
one important distinction. Legacy GAAP includes indicators for an entity to consider in evaluating
whether two or more contracts should be combined. In contrast, ASC 606 requires that an entity
combine contracts that were entered into at or near the same time with the same customer (or with
related parties of the customer) if they meet any of the stated criteria. As a result, an entity may need to
combine more contracts and should determine what constitutes “at or near the same time” as well as
develop processes to evaluate whether the criteria are met.
In many situations, the criteria related to whether the performance obligations or payments in multiple
contracts are interdependent will be a straightforward evaluation; however, because ASC 606 is
principle-based, many entities might find that significant judgment is required to determine whether
multiple contracts are negotiated with a single commercial objective in mind or whether the goods
and/or services under those contracts constitute a single performance obligation.
For example, if one contract with a party is for the construction of a building and another contract with
the same party is for the installation of the elevators in that building, careful analysis of both contracts
may lead to the conclusion that there is a single performance obligation for the building and the
contracts therefore should be combined. On the other hand, a contract with a party to construct a
building and a second contract to install elevators at an adjacent property owned by the customer may
require greater effort to determine whether the contracts should be combined.
4. Identify the performance obligations in the contract
Once a contract passes the Step 1 criteria (see Section 3.1), the entity may proceed to Step 2 in the
revenue model. Step 2 is a critical step in the five-step revenue model. In this step, an entity identifies its
performance obligations, which will serve as the unit of account throughout the rest of the model. If an
entity fails to properly identify its performance obligations in Step 2, the subsequent accounting in Step 3
through Step 5 may not be appropriate.
Step 2 is a two-part process. Before an entity can identify its performance obligations, it must first identify
all of the promised goods or services in the contract. Only after an entity identifies its promises can it then
determine which of those promised goods or services constitute performance obligations.
Figure 4.1: Step 2 at a glance
4.1 Identifying promises
Promises are often explicitly specified in a contract but also may be implied by an entity’s customary
business practices, published policies, or specific statements that, at contract inception, create a
reasonable expectation of the customer that the entity will transfer a good or service.
ASC 606-10-25-16
A contract with a customer generally explicitly states the goods or services that an entity promises
to transfer to a customer. However, the promised goods or services identified in a contract with a
customer may not be limited to the goods or services that are explicitly stated in the contract. This
is because a contract with a customer also may include promises that are implied by an entity’s
customary business practices, published policies, or specific statements if, at the time of entering into
the contract, those promises create a reasonable expectation of the customer that the entity will
transfer a good or service to the customer.
ASC 606-10-25-18
Depending on the contract, promised goods or services may include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a. Sale of goods produced by an entity (for example, inventory of a manufacturer)
b. Resale of goods purchased by an entity (for example, merchandise of a retailer)
Identify the promises in the contract
(Section 4.1)
Determine if the promises are separate
performance obligations (Section 4.2)
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 38
c. Resale of rights to goods or services purchased by an entity (for example, a ticket resold by an
entity acting as a principal, as described in paragraphs 606-10-55-36 through 55-40)
d. Performing a contractually agreed-upon task (or tasks) for a customer
e. Providing a service of standing ready to provide goods or services (for example, unspecified
updates to software that are provided on a when-and-if-available basis) or of making goods or
services available for a customer to use as and when the customer decides
f. Providing a service of arranging for another party to transfer goods or services to a customer (for
example, acting as an agent of another party, as described in paragraphs 606-10-55-36 through
55-40)
g. Granting rights to goods or services to be provided in the future that a customer can resell or
provide to its customer (for example, an entity selling a product to a retailer promises to transfer an
additional good or service to an individual who purchases the product from the retailer)
h. Constructing, manufacturing, or developing an asset on behalf of a customer
i. Granting licenses (see paragraphs 606-10-55-54 through 55-60 and paragraphs 606-10-55-62
through 55-65B)
j. Granting options to purchase additional goods or services (when those options provide a customer
with a material right, as described in paragraphs 606-10-55-41 through 55-45)
When identifying promises, an entity should consider the customer’s perspective because contractual
promises are part of the negotiated exchange between the entity and the customer.
Further, implied promises do not need to be enforceable by law. If a customer has a reasonable
expectation that the entity has made a promise, the customer would view the promise as part of the
contract. Absent this guidance on implied promises,
19
an entity might incorrectly recognize all of the
consideration received, despite having a remaining (implicit) promise to the customer.
19
BC87, ASU 2014-09.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 39
Figure 4.2: Examples of promises
Promise
Example
Sales of goods produced
A manufacturing entity sells inventory.
Resale of goods purchased
A retail entity sells purchased merchandise.
Resale of rights to goods or services
purchased by an entity
A hospitality entity that purchased a concert
ticket resells the ticket, acting as principal.
Performing tasks
A professional services entity provides
consulting services.
Providing a service of standing ready to provide
goods or services or of making goods or services
available for a customer to use as and when the
customer decides
A manufacturing entity provides maintenance
services on machines sold to a customer when
the customer decides it wants the services
performed.
Providing the service of arranging for another
party to transfer goods or services
A general maintenance entity acting as an agent
provides a service of arranging for an unrelated
party to provide specialized elevator maintenance
to a customer.
Constructing, manufacturing, or developing an
asset
A contractor builds a hospital.
Granting licenses
An entity grants a license to use its trade name.
Granting options to purchase additional goods or
services that create a material right
A retailer grants a customer an option to buy three
items and to receive 60 percent off of a fourth item
at a later date.
Implicit promise of services
Although not explicitly stated in the contract or
discussed in negotiations, a manufacturing entity
has a customary business practice of providing
maintenance services on machines sold to its
customers. This practice creates a reasonable
expectation on the part of the customer that the
entity will perform periodic maintenance.
Administrative services
ASC 606 defines “promises” as those activities that transfer goods or services to the customer. In addition
to the promised goods and services, an entity may be required to perform certain administrative services
in providing the promised goods and services in the contract. As these administrative services typically do
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 40
not transfer a good or service to a customer, they are not considered promises in a contract with a
customer, regardless of whether a payment from the customer is received when those administrative
services are provided. If payment is received for administrative services that do not directly transfer a
good or service to the customer, the payment should be accounted for as part of the transaction price,
which is allocated to the identified performance obligations. When payments for related administrative
services are nonrefundable, the guidance in Section 4.5 should be followed. Entities should also evaluate
the costs incurred in providing the administrative services using the guidance on costs to fulfill a contract
in ASC 340-40, which is further discussed in Section 11.2.
Immaterial promises
When a promise is immaterial in the context of a contract, an entity does not need to assess the promise
to determine if it meets the definition of a performance obligation.
ASC 606-10-25-16A
An entity is not required to assess whether promised goods or services are performance obligations if
they are immaterial in the context of the contract with the customer. If the revenue related to a
performance obligation that includes goods or services that are immaterial in the context of the contract
is recognized before those immaterial goods or services are transferred to the customer, then the
related costs to transfer those goods or services shall be accrued.
The FASB decided
20
that an entity is required to consider whether a promised good or service is
immaterial only at the contract level (not at the entity level) because it would be unduly burdensome to
require an entity to aggregate and determine the effect on its financial statements of those items or
activities determined to be immaterial at the individual contract level. However, if multiple goods or
services in a single contract are individually immaterial in the context of the contract, but those individually
immaterial items are in the aggregate material to that contract, then an entity should not disregard those
goods or services when identifying performance obligations in the contract.
21
Grant Thornton insight: Promises that may be immaterial within the context
of the contract
Entities must evaluate whether a promise is immaterial within the context of each individual contract.
As a result, we believe that an entity should not include in its accounting policy a quantitative definition
of immaterial, such as all promises under either a certain dollar amount or percentage threshold. This
evaluation of whether a promise is immaterial within the context of each contract should be performed
based on each individual customer contract, and should not be based on a measure of the company’s
financial statements. An entity should consider both quantitative and qualitative factors in determining
whether a promise is immaterial. Qualitative considerations may include the promise’s relationship to
other promises in the contract and the significance of the promise to the customer’s decision to enter
into the contract.
20
BC12, ASU 2016-10.
21
BC14, ASU 2016-10.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 41
Evaluation of promises that are individually immaterial but in aggregate are material
in the context of the contract
A supplier provides multiple goods to a customer as part of its overall contract, including goods A, B, C,
and D.
The supplier concludes that goods B, C, and D are individually quantitatively immaterial in the context of
the contract; however, those goods are quantitatively material in aggregate. As a result, the supplier
cannot disregard goods B, C, and D when identifying its performance obligations. The supplier should
also evaluate whether goods B, C, and D are qualitatively immaterial.
Determining whether promised goods or services are immaterial in the context of the contract may require
judgment; however, the Board expects that the assessment should be straightforward in many cases
because it should be clear that the item is immaterial when considering the nature of the entity’s
arrangement with the customer.
At the crossroads: Inconsequential and perfunctory versus immaterial promises
One question from stakeholders was whether an entity can continue to apply the “inconsequential or
perfunctory” guidance from SAB Topic 13 to identify immaterial promises.
We believe the answer is no. BC90 of ASU 2014-09 states that the Boards decided not to exempt an
entity from accounting for promised goods or services that the entity might regard as being perfunctory
or inconsequential. Instead, the entity should assess whether those promised goods or services are
immaterial in the context of the contract.
While the end results of applying the guidance in ASC 606 on immaterial promises and the guidance in
SAB Topic 13 may not materially differ, the models do, in fact, differ, and the Boards decided not to
pursue the model under SAB Topic 13.
22
As such, an entity must apply the guidance in ASC 606 to
determine whether a promised good or service is immaterial in the context of the contract. Further,
ASC 606 includes the requirement, as noted above, that an entity cannot disregard goods or services
that are individually immaterial in the context of the contract but material in aggregate.
Some stakeholders asked if each and every activity performed in satisfying the contract must be a
promised good or service that should be evaluated under the new model. In response, the FASB
clarified in BC11 in ASU 2016-10 that it intended the notion of a “promised good or service” to be
similar to the notion of deliverables, components, or elements of a contract in legacy GAAP. Said
differently, the FASB did not intend for an entity to identify significantly more promised goods and
services that result in performance obligations when applying the new model than it identified under
legacy GAAP. The one exception is certain material rights that are not identified as deliverables under
legacy GAAP but that meet the definition of performance obligations under ASC 606, for example,
credits and points associated with a loyalty program. However, we expect that in certain
22
BC17, ASU 2016-10.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 42
circumstances, an entity will identify more performance obligations while in other situations, the entity
will identify fewer performance obligations as compared to legacy GAAP.
BC12 of ASU 2016-10 states, in part, that when determining whether a promise is immaterial in the
context of the contract, an entity should consider the relative significance or importance of a particular
promised good or service in the contract to the arrangement with the customer as a whole, taking into
consideration both the quantitative and qualitative nature of the promised goods or services in the
contract. For example, when evaluating whether a promise is quantitatively immaterial, an entity could
consider, among other factors, the significance of the estimated stand-alone selling price of the promised
item relative to the aggregate stand-alone selling price of all promised goods or services. Similarly, when
evaluating whether a promise is qualitatively immaterial, an entity should consider the customer’s
viewpoint, including factors such as whether the utility or benefit of the promised item is immaterial to the
customer compared to the complete group of goods and services included in the contract.
Evaluation of immaterial promises
A national hotel chain provides hotel rooms to guests that stay at its locations across the United States.
Part of the hotel’s service includes placing two free bottles of water in the room for guests to enjoy. The
hotel also slides a paper statement under guests’ doors the last night of their stay so that they can
review the statement prior to checking out and retain a copy for their records.
When considering the nature of its promise to the customer, the hotel chain concludes that the customer
views the service of providing access to the hotel room as the promise. While the guest may appreciate
the two bottles of free water and the paper statement under the door at the end of the stay, neither
generally would influence a guest’s decision about staying at the hotel. From a quantitative perspective,
the hotel determines the cost of the water to be less than 0.4 percent of the price of the average room
rate ([$0.50 per bottle × 2 bottles] ÷ $250 average price per room).
As a result, the hotel determines that offering the two bottles of water per room as well as the paper
statement are both quantitatively and qualitatively immaterial in the context of the contract and therefore
will not evaluate those promises to determine if they constitute separate performance obligations.
Evaluating promises in a contract to determine if immaterial
Entity A owns and operates a sports stadium, which hosts sporting events and other special events. In
addition to providing events in the stadium, one of Entity A’s ordinary activities is providing marketing
services to customers at the sports stadiumfor example, on billboards and on electronic devices
throughout the stadium. Entity A enters into a contract with its customer, Entity B, for marketing
services. The contract includes a promise for Entity A to provide Entity B with tickets to each event held
at the stadium. Entity A considers if the tickets are both quantitatively and qualitatively immaterial in the
context of the contract.
Entity A first concludes that the tickets are quantitatively immaterial to the contract based on an
assessment of the dollar value of the tickets compared with the other promises in the contract.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 43
Entity A then considers the following factors in assessing whether the tickets are qualitatively immaterial
to the contract:
Would Entity B have entered into the arrangement without the tickets?
Were the tickets critical to the negotiation of the contract?
Is there a relationship between the marketing services and the tickets?
Because Entity A answered “no” to all three questions, it determines that the tickets were qualitatively
immaterial in the context of the contract. As a result, Entity A does not further evaluate whether the
tickets are a performance obligation.
An entity may choose not to evaluate whether a promise is immaterial in the context of a contract, but
rather may evaluate (any or) all promises in a contract to determine if they constitute separate
performance obligations. This is because the guidance is written to allow an entity flexibility in deciding
whether to evaluate a promise as immaterial, or proceed instead to determine if the promise is a
performance obligation.
The relief from evaluating immaterial promises, however, does not apply to customer options when the
options provide the customer with a material right (for example, loyalty points that may be immaterial in
the context of a single contract). Material rights are discussed further in Section 4.4.
ASC 606-10-25-16B
An entity shall not apply the guidance in paragraph 606-10-25-16A to a customer option to acquire
additional goods or services that provides the customer with a material right, in accordance with
paragraphs 606-10-55-41 through 55-45.
Costs related to immaterial promises
4The costs related to transferring goods or services that are immaterial in the context of the contract
should be accrued when the revenue related to a performance obligation that includes those goods or
services is recognized before the immaterial goods or services are transferred to the customer. We
believe that the costs related to goods or services that are immaterial in the context of the contract should
be classified consistently with the costs of the performance obligation that includes the immaterial goods
or services. For example, an entity that sells equipment offers customers a one-hour training course
within three months after delivery. The entity concludes that the training promise is immaterial in the
context of the contract and recognizes the cost of training and the cost of the equipment in the cost of
goods sold when control of the equipment transfers to the customer and revenue is recognized.
Shipping and handling
In some cases, an entity performs shipping and handling activities in connection with a contract for its
goods. If an entity performs shipping and handling activities after it transfers control of the goods to the
customer, the entity may elect to account for shipping and handling costs as a fulfillment cost (an
expense) rather than as a promised service within the contract that must be evaluated to determine if it is
a distinct performance obligation (as discussed in Section 4.2). The entity should apply the accounting
policy election consistently to similar types of transactions. When an entity makes this election and
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 44
recognizes revenue before the shipping and handling activities occur, the entity should accrue the related
shipping and handling costs. BC23 of ASU 2016-10 indicates that this guidance cannot be applied by
analogy to activities other than shipping and handling.
ASC 606-10-25-18B
If shipping and handling activities are performed after a customer obtains control of the good, then the
entity may elect to account for shipping and handling as activities to fulfill the promise to transfer the
good. The entity shall apply this accounting policy election consistently to similar types of transactions.
An entity that makes this election would not evaluate whether shipping and handling activities are
promised services to its customers. If revenue is recognized for the related good before the shipping
and handling activities occur, the related costs of those shipping and handling activities shall be
accrued. An entity that applies this accounting policy election shall comply with the accounting policy
disclosure requirements in paragraphs 235-10-50-1 through 50-6.
Shipping and handling activities that occur after control of the goods transfers
Entity A produces small motors. The motors are not customized in any way for any particular customer.
Entity A considers the following in determining that control of the motors transfers upon leaving its
shipping docks:
Entity A has an enforceable right to payment at the shipping point.
Entity A uses an insured carrier for its shipments and the carrier will reimburse the legal title holder
for lost or damaged goods.
Legal title to the parts transfers to the customer at the shipping point.
There are no customer acceptance criteria included in the contract or established by past practice.
Entity A makes an accounting policy election to account for shipping and handling as a fulfillment cost
for all of its motors for which control transfers upon shipment. As a result, Entity A recognizes revenue
for the motors (including any fee for the shipping) and accrues the related shipping costs when control
of the motors transfers upon shipment of the parts from the entity’s shipping docks.
Shipping and handling activities that occur before the customer obtains control of the good are activities
to fulfill the entity’s promise to transfer the good and are not a promised service to the customer.
Preproduction activities
Some long-term supply arrangements require an entity to undertake efforts up-front to mobilize
equipment or to design new technology or equipment, which are referred to as preproduction activities.
Preproduction activities are often necessary before delivering any units under a manufacturing contract.
Section 11.3 includes a discussion of the accounting considerations related to preproduction activities,
including guidance on when preproduction activities are separate performance obligations.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 45
Stand-ready promises
A stand-ready promise is one whereby an entity promises a service of “standing ready” to provide goods
and/or services, or it makes the goods or services available for a customer to use as and when the
customer decides.
The concept of “standing ready” has been discussed by the TRG to help stakeholders distinguish these
types of obligations from others.
TRG area of general agreement: What is the nature of the promise in a stand-ready
obligation?
At its January 2015 meeting,
23
the TRG reached a general agreement that entities will need to
exercise judgment to determine whether the nature of the entity’s promise is to stand ready to provide
goods or services or to actually provide the underlying specified goods or services, which would not be
a stand-ready obligation. An indicator as to the nature of the entity’s promise might be when the
entity’s obligation is to provide a defined good or service, which would indicate that the nature of the
entity’s promise is to provide those underlying specified goods or services. If instead the entity
determines that the nature of its obligation is to provide an unknown type or quantity of goods or
services, this indicates that the nature of the entity’s promise is to stand ready.
Judgment is necessary to determine when a promise is to stand ready as many contracts call for the
entity to be prepared to provide the goods or services at the discretion of the customer, but not all such
promises would necessarily lead to stand-ready performance obligations.
TRG Paper 16 includes the following four broad types of promises made to customers that could be
considered stand-ready obligations.
23
TRG Paper 16, Stand-Ready Performance Obligations.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 46
Type
Description
Examples
A
Obligations in which the
delivery of a good, service,
or intellectual property
underlying the obligation is
controlled by the entity, but
the item must still be further
developed
A software vendor promises to transfer unspecified
software upgrades at the vendor’s discretion.
A pharmaceutical company promises to provide when-
and-if-available updates to previously licensed
intellectual property based on advances in research
and development.
B
Obligations in which the
delivery of the underlying
good or service is outside
the control of the entity and
the customer
An entity promises to remove snow from an airport’s
runways in exchange for a fixed fee over a one-year
period.
C
Obligations in which the
delivery of the underlying
good or service is controlled
by the customer
An entity agrees to provide periodic maintenance,
when-and-if-needed, to customer’s equipment after a
pre-established amount of usage by the customer.
D
Obligations where a good or
service is available to the
customer continuously
An entity provides the customer unlimited access to a
health club for a specified time.
The TRG agreed that in arrangements B, C, and D above, the entity promises to provide an uncertain
quantity of goods or services and therefore the entity is “standing ready” to perform. With regard to
Type A, an entity needs to evaluate whether its promise is for specified or unspecified updates. As
noted in the example above, the nature of the entity’s promise is to “stand ready” when its promise is to
transfer unspecified upgrades or to provide when-and-if-available updates if the entity is unable to
predict the timing of when those upgrades or updates will be made available. On the other hand, an
entity should account for its promise to deliver a specified update as it would any other license of
intellectual property. Determining whether a promise is for a specified or an unspecified update can be
challenging and an entity may conclude that an arrangement includes both specified and unspecified
updates.
In BC160 of ASU 2014-09, the Boards noted that in a typical health club contract, the entity’s promise
is to stand ready by making the health club available for a period of time, rather than providing a
service only when a member requests it. That is, the member benefits from the entity’s service of
making the health club available on a continuous basis. The extent to which the member uses the
health club does not, in itself, affect the amount of the remaining goods or services to which the
member is entitled. Further, the member must pay for the health club membership regardless of
whether, or how often, it uses the club. As a result, for a stand-ready obligation, an entity should select
a measure of progress (Section 7.1.2) based on its service of making goods or services available
instead of when customers use the goods or services made available to them.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 47
4.2 Identifying performance obligations
After identifying the implicit and explicit promises in the contract, the entity must evaluate each promise to
determine if that promise constitutes a performance obligation. This evaluation is performed at contract
inception.
ASC 606 provides the following guidance on identifying performance obligations. Keep in mind that a
performance obligation may be a distinct good or service, or it may comprise a series of distinct goods or
services, such as a repetitive service contract or contract for the sale of goods where the services
performed or goods sold are substantially the same, and are transferred to the customer in a similar
manner throughout the contract, and meet the over time revenue recognition criteria (see Section 7.1.1).
ASC 606-10-25-14
At contract inception, an entity shall assess the goods or services promised in a contract with a
customer and shall identify as performance obligations each promise to transfer to the customer either:
a. A good or service (or a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct
b. A series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and that have the same
pattern of transfer to the customer (see paragraph 606-10-25-15).
ASC 606-10-25-19
A good or service that is promised to a customer is distinct if both of the following criteria are met:
a. The customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other
resources that are readily available to the customer (that is, the good or service is capable of being
distinct).
b. The entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from
other promises in the contract (that is, the good or service is distinct within the context of the
contract).
Accordingly, an entity accounts for a promise as a separate performance obligation if the promise meets
the criteria to be distinct or if it represents a series of distinct goods or services. These criteria are
explained in more detail below.
A performance obligation is a promise in a contract with a customer to transfer to the
customer either:
a. A good or service (or a bundle of goods or services) that is distinct
b. A series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and that have the
same pattern of transfer to the customer.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 48
Figure 4.3: Identifying performance obligations
As noted in Figure 4.3, there may be situations where an entity combines a distinct good or service with
other non-distinct goods or services to arrive at a bundle of distinct goods or services. The guidance in
ASC 606 requires that if the promised good or service under evaluation is not deemed to be distinct, the
entity needs to combine that good or service with other promises until it identifies a bundle that is distinct.
As noted in ASC 606-10-25-22, sometimes that may result in an entity combining all of the goods or
services in a contract into a single performance obligation.
ASC 606-10-25-22
If a promised good or service is not distinct, an entity shall combine that good or service with other
promised goods or services until it identifies a bundle of goods or services that is distinct. In some
cases, that would result in the entity accounting for all the goods or services promised in a contract as
a single performance obligation.
Capable of being distinct
The first criterion for being “distinct” is that the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its
own or together with other resources that are readily available (that is, the good or service is capable of
being distinct).
Y
N
Is the promised good or service both
1. Capable of being distinct
(Section 4.2.1)?
2. Distinct in the context of the
contract (Section 4.2.2)?
(ASC 606-10-25-19 through 25-22)
For a series of distinct goods or
services that are substantially the
same, would an entity both
1. Account for each good or service
in the series as a performance
obligation satisfied over time?
2. Use the same method to measure
progress for each distinct good or
service in the series?
(ASC 606-10-25-15)
Distinct guidance
Series guidance (see Section 4.3)
Identify the promise
as a separate performance
obligation.
The promise is
combined with other
promises in the contract
until a bundle of goods or
services that is distinct
is identified.
Y
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 49
A customer can benefit from a good or service on its own if the good or service can be used, consumed,
sold for an amount greater than scrap value, or otherwise held in a way that generates economic benefits.
Sometimes, a customer can benefit from a good or service only with other readily available resources. A
“readily available resource” is a good or service that is sold separately (by the entity or by another entity)
or one that the customer has already obtained from the entity or from other events or transactions.
The fact that the entity regularly sells a good or service on its own is an indicator that the good or service
is capable of being distinct.
In BC100 of ASU 2014-09, the Boards observed that the assessment of whether the customer can benefit
from a good or service on its own should be based on the characteristics of the goods or services
themselves, excluding contractual limitations that might preclude the customer from obtaining readily
available resources from a source other than the entity. For example, if a contract states that a customer
can purchase a specific good or service only from the entity, that provision is irrelevant in determining if
the customer can benefit from the goods or services on their own.
Further, BC101 of ASU 2014-09 states that an entity does not need to assess the customer’s intended
use in determining whether a good or service is capable of being distinct because it would be difficult, if
not impossible, for an entity to know the customer’s intended use of a good or service in a given contract.
Distinct within the context of the contract
In some situations, separately accounting for each promised good or service that is capable of being
distinct would not faithfully represent the entity’s performance in the contract. As a result, the Boards
developed a second criterion that must be met for an entity to conclude that a good or service is distinct
and is thus a performance obligation to be accounted for separately.
The second criterion for being “distinct” is that the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the
customer is separately identifiable from other promises in the contractthat is, the promise to transfer the
good or service is distinct within the context of the contract.
In assessing whether an entity’s promise to transfer a good or service to the customer is distinct within the
context of the contract, the objective is to determine whether the nature of the contractual promise is to
transfer each of the goods or services individually or instead to transfer a combined item to which the
promised goods or services are inputs. Significant judgment may be required to determine whether
promised goods or services are distinct within the context of the contract.
The guidance provides factors that indicate that a promise to transfer goods or services is not separately
identifiable from other goods or services in the contract.
ASC 606-10-25-21
In assessing whether an entity’s promises to transfer goods or services to the customer are separately
identifiable in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19(b), the objective is to determine whether the
nature of the promise, within the context of the contract, is to transfer each of those goods or services
individually or, instead, to transfer a combined item or items to which the promised goods or services
are inputs. Factors that indicate that two or more promises to transfer goods or services to a customer
are not separately identifiable include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. The entity provides a significant service of integrating goods or services with other goods or
services promised in the contract into a bundle of goods or services that represent the combined
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 50
output or outputs for which the customer has contracted. In other words, the entity is using the
goods or services as inputs to produce or deliver the combined output or outputs specified by the
customer. A combined output or outputs might include more than one phase, element, or unit.
b. One or more of the goods or services significantly modifies or customizes, or are significantly
modified or customized by, one or more of the other goods or services promised in the contract.
c. The goods or services are highly interdependent or highly interrelated. In other words, each of the
goods or services is significantly affected by one or more of the other goods or services in the
contract. For example, in some cases, two or more goods or services are significantly affected by
each other because the entity would not be able to fulfill its promise by transferring each of the
goods or services independently.
Determining whether goods and installation services are distinct
Manufacturer A enters into a contract with Customer B for equipment and installation services.
Manufacturer A always sells new equipment bundled with installation services to its customers.
Because Manufacturer A sells the installation services to secondary purchasers of its equipment, it
concludes that the equipment is capable of being distinct, since the equipment can be used with another
readily available resource. The entity also conclude that the installation services are capable of being
distinct because these services can be used with the equipment that has already been delivered (that is,
the equipment is a readily available resource).
When evaluating whether the equipment and installation services are distinct in the context of the
contract, Manufacturer A might consider the following factors:
Is Manufacturer A providing a significant service of integrating the equipment and installation
services?
Do the installation services significantly modify or customize the equipment?
Are the installation services and equipment significantly affected by each other, so that
Manufacturer A is unable to fulfill its promise to Customer B if the equipment and installation
services are transferred individually? Are the equipment and services highly interdependent or
interrelated?
The following select examples from ASC 606 demonstrate how to apply this guidance.
Example 11Determining Whether Goods or Services are Distinct
Case ADistinct Goods or Services (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-141
An entity, a software developer, enters into a contract with a customer to transfer a software license,
perform an installation service, and provide unspecified software updates and technical support (online
and telephone) for a two-year period. The entity sells the license, installation, and technical support
separately. The installation service includes changing the web screen for each type of user (for
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 51
example, marketing, inventory management, and information technology). The installation service is
routinely performed by other entities and does not significantly modify the software. The software
remains functional without the updates and the technical support.
ASC 606-10-55-142
The entity assesses the goods and services promised to the customer to determine which goods and
services are distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19. The entity observes that the software
is delivered before the other goods and services and remains functional without the updates and the
technical support. The customer can benefit from the updates together with the software license
transferred at the outset of the contract. Thus, the entity concludes that the customer can benefit from
each of the goods and services either on their own or together with the other goods and services that
are readily available and the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(a) is met.
ASC 606-10-55-143
The entity also considers the principle and the factors in paragraph 606-10-25-21 and determines that
the promise to transfer each good and service to the customer is separately identifiable from each of the
other promises (thus the criterion in 606-10-25-19(b) is met). In reaching this determination, the entity
considers that although it integrates the software into the customer’s system, the installation services do
not significantly affect the customer’s ability to use and benefit from the software license because the
installation services are routine and can be obtained from alternate providers. The software updates do
not significantly affect the customer’s ability to use and benefit from the software license because in
contrast with Example 10 (Case C), the software updates in this contract are not necessary to ensure
that the software maintains a high level of utility to the customer during the license period. The entity
further observes that none of the promised goods or services significantly modifies or customizes one
another and the entity does not provide a significant service of integrating the software and the services
into a combined output. Lastly, the entity concludes that the software and services do not significantly
affect each other and, therefore, are not highly interdependent or highly interrelated because the entity
would be able to fulfill its promise to transfer the initial software license independent from its promise to
subsequently provide the installation service, software updates, or technical support.
ASC 606-10-55-144
On the basis of this assessment, the entity identifies four performance obligations in the contract for the
following goods or services:
a. Software license
b. Installation service
c. Software updates
d. Technical support.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 52
Example 11Determining Whether Goods or Services are Distinct
Case EPromises are Separately Identifiable (Consumables) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-150G
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to provide a piece of off-the-shelf equipment (that is, it is
operational without any significant customization and modification) and to provide specialized
consumables for use in the equipment at predetermined intervals over the next three years. The
consumables are produced only by the entity, but are sold separately by the entity.
ASC 606-10-55-150H
The entity determines that the customer can benefit from the equipment together with the readily
available consumables. The consumables are readily available in accordance with paragraph
606-10-25-20 because they are regularly sold separately by the entity (that is, through refill orders to
customers that previously purchased the equipment). The customer can benefit from the consumables
that will be delivered under the contract together with the delivered equipment that is transferred to the
customer initially under the contract. Therefore, the equipment and consumables are each capable of
being distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19(a).
ASC 606-10-55-150I
The entity determines that its promises to transfer the equipment and to provide consumables over a
three-year period are each separately identifiable in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19(b). In
determining that the equipment and the consumables are not inputs to a combined item in this contract,
the entity considers that it is not providing a significant integration service that transforms the equipment
and consumables into a combined output. Additionally, neither the equipment nor the consumables are
significantly customized or modified by the other. Lastly, the entity concludes that the equipment and the
consumables are not highly interdependent or highly interrelated because they do not significantly affect
each other. Although the customer can benefit from the consumables in this contract only after it has
obtained control of the equipment (that is, the consumables would have no use without the equipment)
and the consumables are required for the equipment to function, the equipment and the consumables
do not each significantly affect the other. This is because the entity would be able to fulfill each of its
promises in the contract independently of the other. That is, the entity would be able to fulfill its promise
to transfer the equipment even if the customer did not purchase any consumables and would be able to
fulfill its promise to provide the consumables even if the customer acquired the equipment separately.
ASC 606-10-55-150J
On the basis of this assessment, the entity identifies two performance obligations in the contract for the
following goods or services:
a. The equipment
b. The consumables
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 53
The factors indicating that two or more promises are not separately identifiable are not an exhaustive list,
and not all of the factors need to be met to determine whether an entity’s promises to transfer goods or
services are separately identifiable. The Boards observed
24
that the factors are not mutually exclusive
because each factor is based on the same underlying principle of inseparable risks. The factors are each
evaluated in more detail below.
Significant integration service
The first factor that indicates that two or more promises to transfer goods or services are not separately
identifiable from other goods or services in the contract is that the entity provides significant integration
services. Stated differently, the entity is using the goods or services as inputs to produce the combined
output called for in the contract.
BC107 of ASU 2014-09 indicates that the Boards observed that this factor may be relevant for many
construction contracts where a contractor provides a significant integration service and assumes the risk
of integrating the various construction tasks. The factor may also apply to other industries and contracts.
Example 10Goods and Services are Not Distinc
Case ASignificant Integration Service
ASC 606-10-55-137
An entity, a contractor, enters into a contract to build a hospital for a customer. The entity is responsible
for the overall management of the project and identifies various promised goods and services, including
engineering, site clearance, foundation, procurement, construction of the structure, piping, and wiring,
installation of equipment, and finishing.
ASC 606-10-55-138
The promised goods and services are capable of being distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-
25-19(a). That is, the customer can benefit from the goods and services either on their own or together
with other readily available resources. This is evidenced by the fact that the entity, or competitors of the
entity, regularly sells many of these goods and services separately to other customers. In addition, the
customer could generate economic benefit from the individual goods and services by using, consuming,
selling, or holding those goods or services.
ASC 606-10-55-139
However, the promises to transfer the goods and services are not separately identifiable in accordance
with paragraph 606-10-25-19(b) (on the basis of the factors in paragraph 606-10-25-21). This is
evidenced by the fact that the entity provides a significant service of integrating the goods and services
(the inputs) into the hospital (the combined output) for which the customer has contracted.
ASC 606-10-55-140
Because both criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-19 are not met, the goods and services are not distinct.
The entity accounts for all of the goods and services in the contract as a single performance obligation.
24
BC106, ASU 2014-09.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 54
Grant Thornton insight: Service and equipment that are distinct within the context
of the contract
At the 2018 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments,
25
one speech related to
the evaluation of arrangements with equipment and subscription services to determine whether the two
promises are distinct. The SEC staff discussed a consultation in which a registrant provided its
customer with commercial security monitoring services along with integrated cameras and sensors (the
equipment), which are integrated with the registrant’s technology platform. The equipment is integrated
through a control panel that is installed at the customer’s location, allowing the equipment to
communicate with the technology platform. The technology allows the cameras and sensors to “learn”
from historical data to create a “smart” security monitoring service.
The registrant concluded that each piece of equipment, the installation, and the monitoring services
were capable of being distinct, but were not distinct in the context of the contract because the registrant
provided a significant integration service, which resulted in a combined output of a “smart security
monitoring service.” The staff did not object as the registrant demonstrated reasonable judgment in
concluding that the integration service transformed the equipment into a combined output that was
greater than the sum of the individual parts.
We believe that the following indicators should be considered when determining whether the nature of
a promise to a customer is to transfer a combined item, such as security monitoring services as in the
SEC staff speech, or each item individually:
Are the equipment and services sold separately?
Do the services significantly modify the equipment?
Is the functionality of the combined equipment and services transformative or, said another way,
greater than the sum of the individual parts?
Is the equipment sold on a stand-alone basis, including in an aftermarket?
How is the arrangement described in marketing materials and public filings?
Grant Thornton insight: Bundle of goods and services provided as a ‘solution’
Many entities call a bundle of goods and services a “solution” in their marketing materials or in the way
that they describe the combination of goods in services when evaluating a contract with a customer
under ASC 606. Calling the bundle a “solution” is insufficient in concluding that promised goods and
services comprise a single, or bundled, performance obligation.
In fact, during the 2019 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments,
26
the SEC
staff noted that registrants sometimes try to support a conclusion that bundled goods and services
25
2018 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, Speech by Sheri L. York,
Professional Accounting Fellow, Office of the Chief Accountant.
26
2019 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, Speech by Susan M. Mercier,
Professional Accounting Fellow, Office of the Chief Accountant.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 55
comprise a single performance obligation by asserting that the “customer wants” the promised goods
and services as a “solution.” While the term “solution” may be commonly used in marketing materials
describing the goods and services, the SEC staff said that using the word “solution” does not result in a
presumption that the promised goods and services that make up the “solution” should be bundled into
one performance obligation. Instead, the staff said that entities must use the guidance in ASC 606-10-
25-21 to support the assertion that promises to transfer goods or services are not separately
identifiable. Additionally, entities may also find useful the guidance in BC29 in ASU 2016-10, which
states that entities might consider whether the combined output of the promises is greater than, or
substantively different from, the sum of the promised goods or services.
Significant modification or customization
The second factor that indicates that two or more promises to transfer goods or services are not
separately identifiable from other goods or services in the contract is that one or more of the goods or
services significantly modifies or customizes other promised goods or services in the contract.
In some industries, such as the software industry, the notion of inseparable risks is more clearly illustrated
by assessing whether one good or service significantly modifies or customizes another good or service in
the contract. In this case, the goods or services are inputs to create a combined outputa customized
product.
Example 11Determining Whether Goods or Services are Distinct
Case BSignificant Customization (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-146
The promised goods and services are the same as in [Example 11] Case A, except that the contract
specifies that, as part of the installation service, the software is to be substantially customized to add
new functionality to enable the software to interface with other customized software applications used
by the customer. The customized installation service can be provided by other entities.
ASC 606-10-55-147
The entity assesses the goods and services promised to the customer to determine which goods and
services are distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19. The entity first assesses whether the
criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(a) has been met. For the same reasons as in Case A, the entity
concludes that the software license, installation, software updates, and technical support each meet that
criterion. The entity next assesses whether the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(b) has been met by
evaluating the principle and the factors in paragraph 606-10-25-21. The entity observes that the terms
of the contract result in a promise to provide a significant service of integrating the licensed software into
the existing software system by performing a customized installation service as specified in the contract.
In other words, the entity is using the license and the customized installation service as inputs to
produce the combined output (that is, a functional and integrated software system) specified in the
contract (see paragraph 606-10-25-21(a)). The software is significantly modified and customized by the
service (see paragraph 606-10-25-21(b)). Consequently, the entity determines that the promise to
transfer the license is not separately identifiable from the customized installation service and, therefore,
the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(b) is not met. Thus, the software license and the customized
installation service are not distinct.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 56
ASC 606-10-55-148
On the basis of the same analysis as in Case A, the entity concludes that the software updates and
technical support are distinct from the other promises in the contract.
ASC 606-10-55-149
On the basis of this assessment, the entity identifies three performance obligations in the contract for
the following goods or services:
a. Software customization which is comprised of the license to the software and the customized
installation service
b. Software updates
c. Technical support.
Highly interdependent or highly interrelated
The third factor that indicates that two or more promises to transfer goods or services are not separately
identifiable from other goods or services in the contract is that the goods or services are highly
interdependent or highly interrelated.
The Boards included this factor because, in some cases, it may be unclear whether the entity provides an
integration service or whether the goods or services are significantly modified or customized; yet the
individual goods or services are not separately identifiable from other goods or services because they are
highly dependent on, or highly interrelated with, other promised goods or services in the contract.
As stated in BC32 of ASU 2016-10, the principle in evaluating whether promises are “distinct within the
context of the contract” is to consider the level of integration, interrelation, or interdependence among
promises to transfer goods or services. As a result, the entity must evaluate whether two or more
promised goods or services significantly affect the other and are therefore highly interdependent or highly
interrelated with other promised goods or services in the contract. An entity does not simply evaluate
whether one item depends on another. There must be a two-way dependency. In other words, instead of
concluding that an undelivered item would never be obtained by a customer absent the delivered item in
the contract, the entity would consider whether the undelivered item and the delivered item each
significantly affect the other and therefore are highly interdependent or highly interrelated.
Example 10Goods and Services are Not Distinct
Case BSignificant Integration Service
ASC 606-10-55-140A
An entity enters into a contract with a customer that will result in the delivery of multiple units of a highly
complex, specialized device. The terms of the contract require the entity to establish a manufacturing
process in order to produce the contracted units. The specifications are unique to the customer based
on a custom design that is owned by the customer and that were developed under the terms of a
separate contract that is not part of the current negotiated exchange. The entity is responsible for the
overall management of the contract, which requires the performance and integration of various activities
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 57
including procurement of materials; identifying and managing subcontractors; and performing
manufacturing, assembly, and testing.
ASC 606-10-55-140B
The entity assesses the promises in the contract and determines that each of the promised devices is
capable of being distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19(a) because the customer can
benefit from each device on its own. This is because each unit can function independently of the other
units.
ASC 606-10-55-140C
The entity observes that the nature of its promise is to establish and provide a service of producing the
full complement of devices for which the customer has contracted in accordance with the customer’s
specifications. The entity considers that it is responsible for overall management of the contract and for
providing a significant service of integrating various goods and services (the inputs) into its overall
service and the resulting devices (the combined output) and, therefore, the devices and the various
promised goods and services inherent in producing those devices are not separately identifiable in
accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-19(b) and 606-10-25-21. In this Case, the manufacturing
process provided by the entity is specific to its contract with the customer. In addition, the nature of the
entity’s performance and, in particular, the significant integration service of the various activities mean
that a change in one of the entity’s activities to produce the devices has a significant effect on the other
activities required to produce the highly complex specialized devices such that the entity’s activities are
highly interdependent and highly interrelated. Because the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(b) is not
met, the goods and services that will be provided by the entity are not separately identifiable, and,
therefore, are not distinct. The entity accounts for all of the goods and services promised in the contract
as a single performance obligation.
4.3 Series of distinct goods or services
When an entity provides the same distinct goods or services over a period of time (for example, a
repetitive service contract for cleaning), it needs to consider if the promised goods or services in the
contract meet the requirements of the “series guidance” (see Figure 4.4). Under the series guidance, an
entity must account for a series of distinct goods or services that are substantially the same and that have
the same pattern of transfer to the customer as a single performance obligation. The guidance is not
optional. In other words, if a series of distinct goods or services meets the criteria in
ASC 606-10-25-14(b), an entity is required to account for the series as a single performance obligation
rather than accounting for the goods or services as individual performance obligations.
A series of distinct goods or services has the same pattern of transfer to the customer if both
Each distinct good or service in the series would be accounted for as a performance obligation
satisfied over time (Section 7.1).
The entity would use the same method to measure progress toward complete satisfaction of the
performance obligation to transfer each distinct good or service in the series to the customer
(Section 7.1.2).
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 58
ASC 606-10-25-15
A series of distinct goods or services has the same pattern of transfer to the customer if both of the
following criteria are met:
a. Each distinct good or service in the series that the entity promises to transfer to the customer would
meet the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-27 to be a performance obligation satisfied over time.
b. In accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-31 through 25-32, the same method would be used to
measure the entity’s progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation to
transfer each distinct good or service in the series to the customer.
BC113 of ASU 2014-09 states that the Boards included the series guidance to simplify the application of
the model and to promote consistency in the identification of performance obligations when an entity
provides the same good or service repetitively over a period of time. Without this guidance, an entity
would be required to allocate the overall consideration in such a contract to each distinct good or service
(for example, each day of cleaning in a five-year service contract).
Accordingly, correctly determining whether the series guidance applies is important because it may
impact the subsequent accounting.
Figure 4.4: Applicability of the series guidance
Does each distinct good or service meet the criteria to
be a performance obligation satisfied over time?
Does the entity use the same measure of progress for
each distinct good or service?
Identify the entire series as a single performance
obligation (not optional).
Y
Y
N
Series
guidance
does not
apply.
N
Does the contract include a series of distinct goods or
services that are substantially the same?
N
Y
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 59
TRG area of general agreement: How does the accounting treatment vary if an entity
determines the series guidance applies?
An entity may conclude that a bundle of goods and services is a single performance obligation either
because (1) the bundle includes goods and services that are not distinct, or (2) the bundle includes a
series of distinct goods and services and the series guidance applies.
At the March 2015 meeting,
27
the TRG discussed areas in which the accounting treatment may vary
depending on why an entity determines its promise is a single performance obligation, including the
following examples:
Allocation of variable consideration: ASC 606-10-32-40 indicates that if certain criteria are met, an
entity may allocate a variable amount entirely to a performance obligation or to a distinct good or
service that forms part of a single performance obligation accounted for as a series. For example,
assume that an entity concludes that the series guidance applies and the criteria are met to
allocate variable consideration (such as a performance bonus) to an increment of time within the
series. The timing of revenue recognition in that fact pattern may differ from a situation where the
entity concludes that the series guidance does not apply and it therefore would not allocate the
variable consideration to a specific increment of time.
Contract modifications: Generally, if the remaining undelivered goods or services are distinct,
including parts of a single performance obligation accounted for as a series, a contract modification
would be accounted for on a prospective basis. However, if the remaining goods and services are
not distinct, the modification would result in a cumulative adjustment to revenue.
Changes in transaction price: The guidance regarding changes in the transaction price in
ASC 606-10-32-42 to 32-45 may apply differently to a single performance obligation resulting from
the series guidance than a single performance obligation of non-distinct goods or services.
Grant Thornton insight: What are some examples of goods or services that constitute a
series?
There are various examples of services in ASC 606 that constitute a series, including the following:
Example 7: An entity provides weekly cleaning services to a customer for three years.
Example 12A: A hotel manager provides hotel management services to a customer for 20 years.
Example 13: An entity provides monthly payroll processing services to a customer for one year.
Example 25: An entity provides asset management services to a client for five years.
Even though each instance of service (that is, each hour or day of service) is distinct, the entity
accounts for each of these contracts as a single performance obligation because the entity transfers a
series of distinct services that are substantially the same and that have the same pattern of transfer to
the customer in each case. In other words, each service meets the over time criteria in ASC 606-10-25-
27
TRG Paper 27, Series of Distinct Goods or Services.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 60
27 and the entity uses the same method to measure its progress (that is, a time-based measure) in
each case.
Other goods or services that might constitute a series include, but are not limited to, the following
examples:
A software as a service (SaaS) company providing a customer with continuous access to its
platform
A telecommunications company providing network access to customers over a period of time
The TRG discussed how an entity determines if the underlying distinct goods or services are
“substantially the same.” The discussion suggests that the entity must first determine the nature of its
promise to the customer.
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity consider whether the
performance obligation consists of distinct goods or services that are
‘substantially the same’?
While discussing this question during the July 2015 meeting,
28
the TRG addressed how broadly or
narrowly the guidance in ASC 606 should be applied, since an entity evaluating time increments in a
services contract would need to conclude that each time increment is distinct and is substantially the
same.
The TRG members generally agreed that an entity must first determine the nature of its promise in
providing the service to the customer.
If the nature of the entity’s promise is to deliver a specified quantity of a service, the entity should
evaluate whether each service is distinct and substantially the same. If the nature of the entity’s
promise is the act of standing ready or providing a single service for a period of time, the entity may
consider whether each time increment (for example, each day or hour), rather than the underlying
activity, is distinct and substantially the same. The Boards intended that a series could consist of either
distinct time increments or the good or service delivered, depending on the nature of the promise.
In ASC 606, Example 13, an entity enters into a contract to provide monthly payroll processing services
to a customer for one year. The nature of the entity’s promise is to deliver a specified quantity of a
service12 distinct instances of payroll processing. It is not a promise to stand ready to perform an
undefined number of processing tasks. As a result, the entity evaluates whether each instance of
payroll processing is distinct and substantially the same.
In contrast, Example 12A in ASC 606 describes a hotel manager that enters into a contract with a
customer to manage a customer-owned property for 20 years. The hotel management service
comprises various activities that may vary by day (for example, cleaning service, reservation services,
and property maintenance).
In this contract, the nature of the promise is the act of standing ready to provide the hotel management
service each day because the entity has promised to provide an unspecified quantity of activities rather
28
TRG Paper 39, Application of the Series Provision and Allocation of Variable Consideration.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 61
than a defined number of services. Accordingly, the entity considers whether each time increment is
distinct and substantially the same.
A question was raised to the TRG about whether goods must be delivered or services must be
performed consecutively to apply the series guidance.
TRG area of general agreement: In order to apply the series guidance, must the goods
be delivered or services be performed consecutively?
During the March 2015 meeting,
29
the TRG discussed a question raised by stakeholders as to whether
the series provision applies when there is a gap or an overlap in the entity’s delivery of goods or
performance of services. While the term “consecutively” is not used in ASC 606, it is used in the Basis
for Conclusions
30
. The TRG considered the following two examples:
Example A: An entity has contracted with a customer to provide a manufacturing service in
which it will produce 1,000 units of a product per month for a 2-year period. The service will be
performed evenly over the 2-year period with no breaks in production. The units produced
under this service arrangement are substantially the same and are manufactured to the
specifications of the customer. The entity does not incur significant up-front costs to develop
the production process. Assume that its service of producing each unit is a distinct service in
accordance with the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-19. Additionally, the service is accounted
for as a performance obligation satisfied over time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-27
because the units are manufactured specific to the customer (such that the entity’s
performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the entity), and if the contract
were to be cancelled, the entity has an enforceable right to payment (cost plus a reasonable
profit margin). Therefore, the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-15 have both been met.
Example B: Assume the same facts as the example above, except that different from
Example A, the entity does not plan to perform evenly over the 2-year service period. That is,
the entity does not produce 1,000 units a month, continuously. Instead, the entity plans to
perform the manufacturing service over the 2-year period, but in achieving the production
targets, the entity produces 2,000 units in some months and zero units in other months.
The TRG generally agreed that in order to apply the series guidance, the entity need not deliver the
goods nor perform the services consecutively. In other words, the guidance still applies when there is a
gap in delivery or service. While an entity may consider the pattern of performance in determining the
measure of progress towards satisfying its performance obligation, the consideration of whether the
pattern of performance is consecutive is not an explicit requirement in ASC 606-10-25-15 and therefore
is not determinative as to whether the series provision applies. As a result, both Example A and B
would be accounted for as single performance obligations in accordance with the series provision.
29
TRG Paper 27, Series of Distinct Goods or Services.
30
BC113 and BC116, ASU 2014-09.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 62
4.4 Customer options for additional goods or services
An entity that sells goods or services may also provide customers with an option to acquire additional
goods or services for free or at a discount, for example, sales incentives, award credits or points, and
renewal options. Under ASC 606, an entity must identify the option as a separate performance obligation
if the option represents a “material right” to the customer that the customer would not have received
without entering into that contract. If the option does not provide the customer with a material right, the
option is considered a marketing offer.
As noted in Section 4.1.1, the relief from evaluating immaterial promises does not apply to customer
options that provide a material right.
ASC 606 does not specify what constitutes a material right, but does provide as an example “a discount
that is incremental to the range of discounts typically given for the goods or services to a particular class
of customer in a geographical area or market.”
BC386 of ASU 2014-09 explains that the purpose of the guidance on material rights is to distinguish
between:
An option that the customer pays for as part of an existing contract (that is, a customer pays in
advance for future goods or services, and therefore the entity identifies the option as a performance
obligation and allocates part of the transaction price to that performance obligation)
A marketing or promotional offer that the customer did not pay for and is not part of the contract (that
is, an effort by the entity to obtain future contracts with the customer)
ASC 606-10-55-41
Customer options to acquire additional goods or services for free or at a discount come in many forms,
including sales incentives, customer award credits (or points), contract renewal options, or other
discounts on future goods or services.
ASC 606-10-55-42
If, in a contract, an entity grants a customer the option to acquire additional goods or services, that
option gives rise to a performance obligation in the contract only if the option provides a material right
to the customer that it would not receive without entering into that contract (for example, a discount that
is incremental to the range of discounts typically given for those goods or services to that class of
customer in that geographical area or market). If the option provides a material right to the customer,
the customer in effect pays the entity in advance for future goods or services, and the entity recognizes
revenue when those future goods or services are transferred or when the option expires.
ASC 606, Example 49, illustrates an option that provides the customer with a material right.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 63
Example 49Option that Provides the Customer with a Material Right (Discount
Voucher) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-336
An entity enters into a contract for the sale of Product A for $100. As part of the contract, the entity gives
the customer a 40 percent discount voucher for any future purchases up to $100 in the next 30 days.
The entity intends to offer a 10 percent discount on all sales during the next 30 days as part of a
seasonal promotion. The 10 percent discount cannot be used in addition to the 40 percent discount
voucher.
ASC 606-10-55-337
Because all customers will receive a 10 percent discount on purchases during the next 30 days, the
only discount that provides the customer with a material right is the discount that is incremental to that
10 percent (that is, the additional 30 percent discount). The entity accounts for the promise to provide
the incremental discount as a performance obligation in the contract for the sale of Product A.
If the option only allows the customer to buy additional goods or services at their stand-alone selling
price, the option will not constitute a material right. In this case, the entity has only made a marketing
offer.
ASC 606-10-55-43
If a customer has the option to acquire an additional good or service at a price that would reflect the
standalone selling price for that good or service, that option does not provide the customer with a
material right even if the option can be exercised only by entering into a previous contract. In those
cases, the entity has made a marketing offer that it should account for in accordance with the guidance
in this Topic only when the customer exercises the option to purchase the additional goods or services.
ASC 606, Example 50, illustrates an option that does not provide the customer with a material right.
Example 50Option That Does Not Provide the Customer with a Material Right
(Additional Goods or Services)
ASC 606-10-55-340
An entity in the telecommunications industry enters into a contract with a customer to provide a handset
and monthly network service for two years. The network service includes up to 1,000 call minutes and
1,500 text messages each month for a fixed monthly fee. The contract specifies the price for any
additional call minutes or texts that the customer may choose to purchase in any month. The prices for
those services are equal to their standalone selling prices.
ASC 606-10-55-341
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 64
The entity determines that the promises to provide the handset and network service are each separate
performance obligations. This is because the customer can benefit from the handset and network
service either on their own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer in
accordance with the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(a). In addition, the handset and network
service are separately identifiable in accordance with the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(b) (on the
basis of the factors in paragraph 606-10-25-21).
ASC 606-10-55-342
The entity determines that the option to purchase the additional call minutes and texts does not provide
a material right that the customer would not receive without entering into the contract (see paragraph
606-10-55-43). This is because the prices of the additional call minutes and texts reflect the standalone
selling prices for those services. Because the option for additional call minutes and texts does not grant
the customer a material right, the entity concludes it is not a performance obligation in the contract.
Consequently, the entity does not allocate any of the transaction price to the option for additional call
minutes or texts. The entity will recognize revenue for the additional call minutes or texts if and when the
entity provides those services.
Optional purchases as separate performance obligations
When an entity determines that an option provides the customer with a material right, it identifies that
option, not the underlying goods and/or services, as a separate performance obligation. In other words,
when an entity determines that an option provides the customer with a material right, it will estimate the
stand-alone selling price of the option and allocate a portion of the overall transaction price (excluding the
amount a customer would pay for purchasing the additional goods or services) to the option. Section 6.3
discusses estimating the stand-alone selling price of an option.
Stakeholders asked the TRG if economic compulsion would impact this approach. In other words, if a
customer is economically compelled to purchase additional goods or services from the entity, should the
entity include the underlying goods and/or services as performance obligations in the contract? For
example, an entity may sell equipment to a customer at a loss, hoping to make money on the subsequent
sale of consumables to the customer, which the customer is required to purchase only from the vendor
(either because the equipment functions only with the vendor’s consumables or the customer is
contractually obligated to do so). Stakeholders question, in this case, whether the vendor should include
estimated amounts from the sale of consumables in the transaction price of the equipment contract? In
other words, are the optional consumables a performance obligation in the equipment contract? The
takeaway from the TRG’s discussion is that the option is a performance obligation when it provides the
customer with a material rightthat is, the underlying goods or services are not the performance
obligation. Further, if the upfront deliverable (in this case, the equipment) is considered distinct, it is
counterintuitive to conclude that the customer is economically compelled to purchase additional items
solely because they are utilized with the upfront good. If the equipment is distinct, then the customer can
benefit from it on its own without any additional goods or services, and the promise is separately
identifiable from other promises in the contract.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 65
TRG area of general agreement: Economic compulsion
The TRG discussed the concept of “economic compulsion” and its impact on accounting for contracts
with customers at its November 2015 meeting
31
using the following fact pattern:
An entity enters into an exclusive contract with a customer to sell equipment and consumable
parts for the equipment (both are determined to be distinct). The equipment does not function
without the consumable part, but the customer could resell the equipment. The stand-alone
selling price of the equipment and each part are $10,000 and $100, respectively. The costs of
the equipment and each part are $8,000 and $60, respectively. The entity sells the equipment
for $6,000 (40 percent discount from stand-alone selling price) with a contractual option to
purchase each part for $100. There are no contractual minimums, but the entity estimates that
the customer will purchase 200 parts over the next two years.
Items that, as a matter of law, are optional from the customer’s perspective are not promised goods or
services in the contract. The options should instead be assessed to determine whether the customer
has a material right. In the example above, the option does not represent a material right because the
parts are priced at the stand-alone selling price. As a result, consideration that would be received for
optional parts, if the customer exercises its right, should not be included when determining the
transaction price for the initial contract.
On the flip side, if contractual penalties exist in the event the customer does not meet a minimum
purchase requirement, the entity needs to assess whether those penalties are substantive. If the
penalties are substantive, it may be appropriate to include the consideration from the goods and/or
services underlying the option as part of the contract at contract inception. The entity should also consider
whether the goods and/or services underlying the option are a performance obligation or part of a
performance obligation to which a portion of the transaction price should be allocated.
In other words, substantive penalties effectively create minimum purchase obligations if the penalty is
enforceable. If the penalties are not substantive, the consideration from the underlying goods are not
included as part of the contract, and the option is instead evaluated to determine if it provides the
customer with a material right.
The following example considers how the analysis might change when the contract includes a substantive
penalty for the customer not satisfying minimum purchase requirements.
Contractual penalty if minimum purchases not met
Print Co. sells printers and ink cartridges, both of which are distinct goods that do not meet the over time
revenue recognition criteria. The printer does not function without the ink cartridges, but the customer
could resell the printer. The stand-alone selling price of the printer is $10,000 and the stand-alone
selling price of each cartridge is $100. The costs of the printer and cartridges are $8,000 and $60,
respectively.
The seller and customer have an exclusive contract whereby the customer cannot purchase the
cartridges from other vendors during the contract term (five-year period). Print Co. sells the printer for
31
TRG Paper 48, Customer options for additional goods and services.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 66
$6,000 (40 percent discount from the stand-alone selling price), with a contractual option to purchase
each cartridge for $100. The customer will incur a substantive penalty if it does not purchase at least
200 ink cartridges throughout the five-year contract term. The penalty decreases with every additional
ink cartridge purchased at a rate of $20 per ink cartridge.
The substantive penalty effectively creates a minimum purchase obligation, and therefore the entity’s
performance obligation includes the printer as well as the 200 ink cartridges.
Class of customer
As previously noted, an example of a material right is “a discount that is incremental to the range of
discounts typically given for the goods or services to a particular class of customer in a geographical area
or market [emphasis added].” Questions have arisen about how an entity should determine the “class of
customer” in making its determination of whether the option represents a material right.
TRG area of general agreement: How is the ‘class of customer’ considered when
evaluating whether a customer option gives rise to a material right?
At the April 2016 meeting,
32
TRG members generally agreed with the framework outlined in the staff
paper analyzing whether a material right exists. This framework suggests that customer options that
would exist independently of an existing contract with a customer do not constitute performance
obligations in that existing contract.
The staff paper includes the following example on prospective-tiered pricing:
A manufacturer produces component parts that have various uses to multiple customers. The
parts are interchangeable and not customized for any particular customer. The entity enters
into a long-term Master Supply Agreement with Customer 1 whereby the pricing of parts in
subsequent years of the contract depends on the volume in the current year. For example, the
entity charges Customer 1 $1.00 per part in Year 1 and if Customer 1’s purchases exceed
100,000 parts in Year 1, the price per part decreases to $0.90 in Year 2. The tiered pricing
(volume discount) offered to Customer 1 is similar to the terms offered to many of the entity’s
customers. Early in Year 1, Customer 1 enters into a contract with the manufacturer to
purchase 8,000 parts. Customer 1 is required to pay $1.00 for each of those 8,000 parts.
When evaluating whether the contract between the entity and Customer 1 includes a material right, the
entity first evaluates whether the option to receive a $0.10 discount per part in Year 2 exists
independently of the existing contract to purchase parts in Year 1.
To make this determination, the entity compares the discount offered to Customer 1 with the discount
typically offered to similar high-volume customers that receive a discount independent of a prior
contract with the entity.
The entity considers that Customer 2, another high-volume customer, has placed a single order with
the entity for 105,000 parts. Customer 2 has purchased parts from the entity in the past, but none of its
prior contracts with the entity created an expectation to purchase parts in the future at a specified price.
32
TRG Paper 54, Considering Class of Customer When Evaluating Whether a Customer Option Gives
Rise to a Material Right.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 67
Nor did any prior contracts create an expectation for the entity to sell parts in the future at a specified
price.
Because the objective of the guidance on material rights is to determine whether the customer option
exists independently of an existing contract with a customer, the entity does not compare the price
offered to Customer 1 in Year 2 with offers to other customers receiving pricing that is contingent on
the volume of purchases in a prior year. Doing so would not help the entity determine whether
Customer 1 would have been offered the same pricing in Year 2 had it not entered into the contract to
purchase the parts in Year 1.
If the entity determines that the price offered to Customer 1 in Year 2 and the price typically offered to
Customer 2 and other similar customers are comparable, this may indicate that the price offered to
Customer 1 exists independently of the existing contract. In other words, the discount is not
incremental to the discount typically given to similar high-volume customers and is therefore not a
material right. In this case, the entity has made a marketing offer that it should account for only when
the customer exercises the option to purchase the additional goods or services.
If the entity determines the price offered to Customer 1 in Year 2 and the price typically offered to
Customer 2 and other similar customers are not comparable, this may indicate that a portion of the
price Customer 1 pays for parts in Year 1 is a prepayment for parts purchased in Year 2. In other
words, the discount provides a material right and the entity should account for the material right as a
separate performance obligation, deferring a portion of the revenue for parts sold in Year 1, allocating
that deferred revenue to the option, and recognizing that revenue when the parts purchased in Year 2
are transferred.
ASC 606 also provides examples of customer options that would not constitute material rights, including
the following:
A discount or other right that the customer could receive without entering into the contract
A discount that is no more than the range of discounts typically given for those goods or services to
that class of customers in that geographic area or market
An option to acquire an additional good or service at a price that reflects the stand-alone selling price
for that good or service
MSA with several products that have varying discounts
An entity enters into a one-year MSA with a customer that features pricing as follows:
Product A: above stand-alone selling price (SASP)
Product B: below SASP
The customer must submit purchase orders specifying the type and quantity of product it wants to
purchase. The customer can order any mix or quantity of products throughout the MSA term; no
minimum quantities are required.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 68
Based on prior transactions with this customer, the entity expects that the customer will initially
purchase a high volume of Product A in the first and second quarters of the contract, then shift to
primarily purchasing Product B in the third and fourth quarters.
The customer’s first purchase order is for 1,000 units of Product A at an amount above SASP. The
entity considers whether it should anticipate future purchases to determine if the contract contains a
material right related to the option to purchase Product B at an amount below SASP.
The entity considers relevant transactions, including its past, current, and anticipated transactions with
the customer when evaluating whether a material right exists.
33
Because the entity expects, based on
past transactions, that the customer will initially purchase Product A at an amount above SASP followed
by purchases of Product B at an amount below SASP, the entity concludes that the discounted pricing
of Product B provides a material right to the customer that it would not receive without entering into the
contract. Therefore, the entity identifies the customer’s right to purchase Product B at an amount below
SASP as a separate performance obligation and defers a portion of the transaction price from the initial
purchase of Product A.
Alternatively, if the entity lacked evidence of the customer’s pattern of purchasing Product A earlier than
Product B, the MSA pricing presumably would have been negotiated without regard for the sequence in
which the products were purchased, and there would not be a material right.
Contract renewals
Contract renewals are common options that often need to be considered in the context of the material
right guidance.
ASC 606, Example 51, illustrates a renewal option that provides the customer with a material right.
Example 51Option that Provides the Customer with a Material Right (Renewal Option)
(excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-343
An entity enters into 100 separate contracts with customers to provide 1 year of maintenance services
for $1,000 per contract. The terms of the contracts specify that at the end of the year, each customer
has the option to renew the maintenance contract for a second year by paying an additional $1,000.
Customers who renew for a second year also are granted the option to renew for a third year for $1,000.
The entity charges significantly higher prices for maintenance services to customers that do not sign up
for the maintenance services initially (that is, when the products are new). That is, the entity charges
$3,000 in Year 2 and $5,000 in Year 3 for annual maintenance services if a customer does not initially
purchase the service or allows the service to lapse.
ASC 606-10-55-344
The entity concludes that the renewal option provides a material right to the customer that it would not
receive without entering into the contract because the price for maintenance services are significantly
higher if the customer elects to purchase the services only in Year 2 or 3. Part of each customer’s
33
TRG Paper 6, Customer options for additional goods and services and nonrefundable upfront fees.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 69
payment of $1,000 in the first year is, in effect, a nonrefundable prepayment of the services to be
provided in a subsequent year. Consequently, the entity concludes that the promise to provide the
option is a performance obligation.
Evaluating a renewal option
A golf course provides a holiday promotion to new members, granting them an option to renew their
annual membership at a discount for up to two years. The golf course sells annual memberships for
$5,000 per year. During the promotion period, members can renew their membership for $4,000 for the
second and third years. The golf course does not offer discounts on renewals outside of the promotion
period.
As discussed in TRG Paper 54,
34
in evaluating whether the discount provides a material right, an entity
would compare the discount offered to a customer that purchased the initial membership during the
promotional period ($1,000 off the second- and third
-
year renewals) with the discount typically offered to
a similar customer that did not make that same purchase.
The golf course concludes that the renewal option provides a material right to the customer because the
discount of $1,000 for the second and third years would not be available to that customer without
entering into the arrangement. In making this determination, the golf course evaluated its history of
providing discounts to new members and noted that the club does not offer a discount to members in
their first year of membership.
When an entity requires a one-time upfront payment from the customer, this may lead to a conclusion that
a renewal option constitutes a material right because the customer does not have to make that one-time
payment again in order to extend the contract. Section 4.5 further addresses the considerations for
nonrefundable upfront fees.
Accumulating rights (loyalty points)
When a customer’s right to obtain additional goods or services for free or at a discount accumulates over
a period of time, the entity will need to consider past, current, and expected future transactions with the
customer in determining whether the option provides a material right to the customer. For example, when
a coffee shop offers a loyalty program to its customers that entitles customers to a free cup of coffee after
purchasing nine cups, the entity will need to consider the accumulating nature of the rights when
determining whether the right constitutes a material right.
ASC 606, Example 52, provides an example of an entity evaluating its customer loyalty program.
34
TRG Paper 54, Considering Class of Customer When Evaluating Whether a Customer Option Gives
Rise to a Material Right.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 70
Example 52Customer Loyalty Program (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-353
An entity has a customer loyalty program that rewards a customer with 1 customer loyalty point for
every $10 of purchases. Each point is redeemable for a $1 discount on any future purchases of the
entity’s products. During a reporting period, customers purchase products for $100,000 and earn 10,000
points that are redeemable for future purchases. The consideration is fixed, and the standalone selling
price of the purchased products is $100,000. The entity expects 9,500 points to be redeemed. The
entity estimates a standalone selling price of $0.95 per point (totaling $9,500) on the basis of the
likelihood of redemption in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-44.
ASC 606-10-55-354
The points provide a material right to customers that they would not receive without entering into a
contract. Consequently, the entity concludes that the promise to provide points to the customer is a
performance obligation.
Customer loyalty program
Health Store sells various health products, including supplements, drink mixes, and food products. All
customers are eligible to participate in a loyalty program, with no cost of entry; however, customers
must enroll in the program to participate. Points earned on purchases can be redeemed for rewards,
such as gift cards or free products. Customers earn one point for every $1 spent on a product.
Health Store considers whether its loyalty program provides a material right to the customer that it would
not receive without entering into that contract (for example, a discount that is incremental to the range of
discounts typically given), as follows:
Material right to the customer Health Store concludes that the loyalty program drives customer
purchases because, as they earn more points, they have more opportunities to redeem points for a
35
TRG Paper 6, Customer options for additional goods and services and nonrefundable upfront fees.
TRG area of general agreement: Should the evaluation of whether an option provides a
material right be performed only in the context of the current transaction with a
customer?
At the October 2014 meeting,
35
the TRG generally agreed that an entity should consider “relevant”
transactions with the customer, meaning past, current, and future transactions, as well as both
quantitative and qualitative factors, including whether the right accumulates, when evaluating whether
an option provides a material right. As a result, the TRG agreed that generally, awarded credits or
points provided under accumulating award programs will give rise to a material right and should be
accounted for as a separate performance obligation to which a portion of the transaction price must be
allocated.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 71
gift card or free product. Customers must take an extra step to opt into the program to participate,
which indicates the program is important to them.
Incremental to the range of discounts typically given The points are incremental to the range of
discounts typically given to customers that are not enrolled in the program. Therefore, the points are
incremental discounts to customers who purchase products and earn points.
Based on this analysis and consistent with the October 14 TRG discussion, Health Store concludes that
the points are a material right and therefore qualify as a separate performance obligation.
Tiered status program
Some entities offer tiered status programs that classify customers based on the total amount spent over a
specified period of time. Customers, depending on their tier, are entitled to incremental benefits, such as
a percentage of the amount spent as in-store credit, or discounted or free goods and services. Entities
with these types of tiered status programs need to evaluate whether the status benefits represent a
material right to the customer that is not available to other customers that have not qualified for tiered
status. If the tiered status benefit is a material right, it should be accounted for as a separate performance
obligation.
Entities, such as airlines or hospitality companies, may offer tiered status to existing or potential
customers that have otherwise not qualified for the tiered status to encourage future spending from these
customers. For example, a sponsoring entity may offer tiered status benefits for a limited time to certain
individuals based on their demographic information, such as job title, profession, or employer, with the
expectation that the individuals’ future spending will be consistent with the spending level associated with
that tier. If the sponsoring entity’s business practice is to provide the status benefit discounts to a
particular class of customer regardless of the customer’s past level of spending with the sponsoring
entity, the status benefits are a marketing incentive.
To determine whether a tiered status benefit is a marketing incentive or a material right, entities should
evaluate the total transactions of the customer over a period of time rather than a single transaction.
The table below lists factors that may indicate a tiered status benefit is a marketing incentive or a material
right and therefore a separate performance obligation).
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 72
Figure 4.5: Considering whether tiered status benefits are a material right
Indicators that tiered status
benefit is a marketing incentive
Indicators that tiered status
benefit is a material right
Tier status is provided to customers that have not
previously spent the qualifying amount.
The sponsoring entity sells tier status in exchange
for cash or customers who receive matched status
must achieve a higher level of qualifying activity in
the specific period than customers who earned
equivalent status.
Tier status is provided temporarily based on the
expectation that the customer will spend the
qualifying amount in the future equivalent with that
of individuals who earn tier status through past
revenue transactions with the entity and the entity
has a business practice of providing such
temporary tier status
The sponsoring entity expects a net loss from the
customer’s future spending and future discounts.
Tier status can be earned by spending with
unrelated entities that are marketing partners of
the entity (affinity programs) and that results in
little or no consideration to the entity sponsoring
the affinity program.
The option is transferrable by the customer to
others.
The exercise of a material right
ASC 606 does not contain explicit guidance on how an entity should account for a customer’s exercise of
a material right; however, as discussed by the TRG, the exercise of an option should not be accounted for
as variable consideration. Instead, the guidance seems to support two reasonable approaches:
Account for the exercise of the option as a continuation of the existing contract (that is, by updating
the transaction price) (see Section 5.5)
Account for the exercise of the option as a contract modification (see Section 10)
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity account for the exercise of a
material right: as the continuation of the existing contract, as a contract modification,
or as variable consideration?
As noted above, the guidance seems to support accounting for the exercise of the option as either
A continuation of the existing contract because the provision was contemplated as part of the
original contract, as evidenced by a portion of the transaction price being allocated to the customer
option as a separate performance obligation
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 73
A contract modification because any additional consideration or any additional goods/services
provided upon the exercise of the customer option could be viewed as a change in the price and
scope of the contract
At the March 2015 meeting,
36
the TRG agreed that the exercise of an option should not be accounted
for as variable consideration because, as the Boards made clear in BC186 of ASU 2014-09, the
transaction price should only include amounts to which the entity has rights under the present contract,
and should not include estimates of consideration from the future exercise of options for additional
goods or services or from future change orders.
4.5 Nonrefundable upfront fees
Many contracts require a customer to pay a nonrefundable fee at or near contract inception. For example,
health clubs often charge joining fees, telecommunication entities may charge activation fees, and service
providers frequently charge setup fees.
When a customer is required to make a nonrefundable upfront payment, an entity must determine
whether the activity associated with the fee results in the transfer of a promised good or service. In many
cases, the fee relates to a necessary activity of the entity; however, that activity does not result in the
transfer of a promised good or service to the customer.
When an upfront fee does not relate to the transfer of a promised good or service, the fee is an advance
payment for future goods or services and the entity should recognize the fee as revenue when the future
goods or services are provided. In addition, the entity should determine whether the upfront fee provides
the customer with an option for additional goods or services that represents a material right.
ASC 606-10-25-17
Promised goods or services do not include activities that an entity must undertake to fulfill a contract
unless those activities transfer a good or service to a customer. For example, a services provider may
need to perform various administrative tasks to set up a contract. The performance of those tasks does
not transfer a service to the customer as the tasks are performed. Therefore, those setup activities are
not promised goods or services in the contract with the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-50
In some contracts, an entity charges a customer a nonrefundable upfront fee at or near contract
inception. Examples include joining fees in health club membership contracts, activation fees in
telecommunications contracts, setup fees in some services contracts, and initial fees in some supply
contracts.
ASC 606-10-55-51
To identify performance obligations in such contracts, an entity should assess whether the fee relates
to the transfer of a promised good or service. In many cases, even though a nonrefundable upfront fee
relates to an activity that the entity is required to undertake at or near contract inception to fulfill the
contract, that activity does not result in the transfer of a promised good or service to the customer (see
paragraph 606-10-25-17). Instead, the upfront fee is an advance payment for future goods or services
36
TRG Paper 32, Accounting for a Customer’s Exercise of a Material Right.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 74
and, therefore, would be recognized as revenue when those future goods or services are provided. The
revenue recognition period would extend beyond the initial contractual period if the entity grants the
customer the option to renew the contract and that option provides the customer with a material right
as described in paragraph 606-10-55-42.
ASC 606-10-55-52
If the nonrefundable upfront fee relates to a good or service, the entity should evaluate whether to
account for the good or service as a separate performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs
606-10-25-14 through 25-22.
ASC 606-10-55-53
An entity may charge a nonrefundable fee in part as compensation for costs incurred in setting up a
contract (or other administrative tasks as described in paragraph 606-10-25-17). If those setup
activities do not satisfy a performance obligation, the entity should disregard those activities (and
related costs) when measuring progress in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-21. That is because
the costs of setup activities do not depict the transfer of services to the customer. The entity should
assess whether costs incurred in setting up the contract have resulted in an asset that should be
recognized in accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-5.
ASC 606, Example 53, illustrates the guidance for nonrefundable upfront fees.
Example 53Nonrefundable Upfront Fee
ASC 606-10-55-358
An entity enters into a contract with a customer for one year of transaction processing services. The
entity’s contracts have standard terms that are the same for all customers. The contract requires the
customer to pay an upfront fee to set up the customer on the entity’s systems and processes. The fee is
a nominal amount and is nonrefundable. The customer can renew the contract each year without paying
an additional fee.
ASC 606-10-55-359
The entity’s setup activities do not transfer a good or service to the customer and, therefore, do not give
rise to a performance obligation.
ASC 606-10-55-360
The entity concludes that the renewal option does not provide a material right to the customer that it
would not receive without entering into that contract (see paragraph 606-10-55-42). The upfront fee is,
in effect, an advance payment for the future transaction processing services. Consequently, the entity
determines the transaction price, which includes the nonrefundable upfront fee, and recognizes revenue
for the transaction processing services as those services are provided in accordance with paragraph
606-10-55-51.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 75
Figure 4.5: Nonrefundable upfront fees
TRG area of general agreement: Over what period should an entity recognize a
nonrefundable upfront fee?
The TRG discussed the following example at the March 2015 meeting
37
:
An entity charges a one-time $50 activation fee to a customer that enters into a month-to-
month contract for a price of $100 per month.
The entity concludes that the activation fee charged for signing up the customer does not result in the
transfer of a good or service to the customer, and therefore it does not represent an additional
promised service in the contract. Rather, the activation fee represents an advance payment for the
entity’s services and should be deferred and recognized as the future services are provided.
When considering the period over which the activation fee should be recognized, the entity considers
whether the activation fee provides the customer with a material right with respect to renewing the
entity’s services. In making this determination, the entity considers both quantitative and qualitative
factors, for example:
Whether the renewal price ($100 per month) compared with the price a new customer would pay
for the same service ($100 per month + $50 activation fee = $150) provides the customer with a
material right
37
TRG Paper 32, Accounting for a Customer’s Exercise of a Material Right.
Does the fee relate to the transfer of a
promised good or service?
Recognize the fee, which is an
advance payment for future goods
or services when those future
goods or services are provided.
(ASC 606-10-55-51)
Evaluate whether to account for the
good or service as a separate
performance obligation.
(ASC 606-10-25-14 through 25-22)
Disregard the setup activities
when measuring progress because
the costs do not depict the transfer of
goods or services to the customer.
(ASC 606-10-55-21)
Include the activities when
measuring progress if not a
separate performance obligation.
(ASC 606-10-55-21)
Y
N
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 76
Availability and pricing of service alternatives (for example, can the customer obtain substantially
equivalent services from another provider without paying an activation fee)
Average customer lifespan (if the average customer lifespan extends well beyond the one-month
contractual period, this may be an indication that the activation fee incentivizes customers to
continue services)
If the entity concludes that the activation fee provides a material right, the entity would recognize the
fee over the service periods during which the customer is expected to benefit from not having to pay
the activation fee upon renewal of the service. Determining this period will require judgment.
On the other hand, if the entity concludes that the activation fee does not provide the customer with a
material right, the activation fee is, in effect, an advance payment solely on the contracted services.
Therefore, the entity would recognize the fee as part of the overall transaction price as revenue as
those services are provided in the first month.
One possible indication that a renewal option constitutes a material right is when an entity requires an
initial up-front fee, but subsequent contract renewals require a reduced fee or no fee. If an entity
determines that the renewal option provides the customer with a material right, it must identify that option,
and not the underlying services, as a separate performance obligation. The entity should account for the
material right as a performance obligation by estimating the stand-alone selling price of the renewal
option and allocating a portion of the overall transaction price to the option.
Initial nonrefundable up-front fee and renewal options
On January 1, 20X8, Franchisor, a public company, enters into a franchise license agreement with
Franchisee, and Franchisee pays an initial, nonrefundable fee of $30,000 to Franchisor. Franchisee
receives a five-year license to operate a franchise location, including access to trademarks and the right
to use proprietary operating methodologies and procedures. Before and during the opening of
Franchisee’s store, Franchisor performs certain setup activities, such as approving the store location,
providing access to architectural plans and other store specifications, and assisting with the on-site
opening activities. Franchisee may renew the license agreement for one additional five-year term. A
nonrefundable fee of 10 percent of the initial license fee is due at renewal.
Franchisor considers whether the promised start-up activities transfer a good or service to Franchisee
and concludes that the start-up activities alone do not transfer a benefit to Franchisee but are instead
part of granting access to the franchise rights. Because Franchisor is a public company, it does not
qualify to apply the practical expedient in ASC 952-606-25-2 and must therefore evaluate the start-up
activities under the ASC 606 model.
Franchisor also considers whether the option to renew for an additional five-year term includes a
discount that is a material right. Because Franchisee may renew the agreement for only 10 percent of
the initial franchise fee, Franchisor concludes that the renewal option provides a material right to
Franchisee.
Franchisor determines that the agreement contains two performance obligations: the franchise license
and the renewal option. Franchisor allocates the initial fee of $30,000 to those performance obligations
on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. Revenue for the franchise license is recognized over the
term of the franchise agreement, while the amount allocated to the renewal option is recorded as a
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 77
contract liability and recognized as revenue either over the renewal term if the option is exercised or
when the renewal option expires.
Private franchisor practical expedient
The amendments in ASU 2021-02 introduce a practical expedient for franchisors that are not public
business entities. Under the expedient, qualifying entities may account for pre-opening services provided
to a franchisee as distinct from the franchise license if the services are included in a predefined list set
forth within the amendments, which is codified in ASC 952-606-25-2. Franchisors adopting the practical
expedient may make an accounting policy election to account for qualifying pre-opening services as a
single performance obligation. Franchisors must disclose when they use the practical expedient and
make the accounting policy election to recognize the pre-opening services as a single performance
obligation.
Franchisors that do not elect the practical expedient need to apply Step 2 of the revenue model in ASC
606 to identify the performance obligations in their franchise agreements. Under Step 2, franchisors need
to analyze pre-opening activities (such as site selection and training of the franchisee’s personnel) in their
arrangements to assess whether the activities represent promised goods or services and, if so, to
determine whether the promises are distinct from one another and should be accounted for as separate
performance obligations. Under ASC 606, an entity must determine and then allocate the transaction
price among the distinct performance obligations in an arrangement on a relative stand-alone selling price
basis.
ASC 952-606-25-2
As a practical expedient, when applying the guidance in Topic 606, a franchisor that enters into a
franchise agreement may account for the following pre-opening services as distinct from the franchise
license:
a. Assistance in the selection of a site
b. Assistance in obtaining facilities and preparing the facilities for their intended use, including related
financing, architectural, and engineering services, and lease negotiation
c. Training of the franchisee’s personnel or the franchisee
d. Preparation and distribution of manuals and similar material concerning operations, administration,
and record keeping
e. Bookkeeping, information technology, and advisory services, including setting up the franchisee’s
records and advising the franchisee about income, real estate, and other taxes or about regulations
affecting the franchisee’s business
f. Inspection, testing, and other quality control programs.
ASC 952-606-25-3
A franchisor that elects the practical expedient in paragraph 952-606-25-2 shall apply the guidance in
paragraphs 606-10-25-19 through 25-22 to determine whether the pre-opening services are distinct
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 78
Applying the private franchisor practical expedient
Franchisor A enters into a contract with a customer (a franchisee) and promises to grant a franchise
license to operate a hotel for 10 years. In addition to the license, Franchisor A also promises to provide
site selection services and training to the franchisee.
Franchisor A determines that it is eligible to apply the practical expedient since it is not a public business
entity and falls within the scope of ASC 952. Next, Franchisor A determines that its pre-opening services
(training and site selection) are included within the list of qualifying services in ASC 952-606-25-2 to
apply the practical expedient. As a result, Franchisor A elects to account for the services as distinct from
the franchise license and also makes an accounting policy election to account for all qualifying pre-
opening services as a single performance obligation. Franchisor A concludes that it has two distinct
performance obligations in this arrangement: a franchise license and pre-opening services.
Franchisor A applies the guidance in ASC 606 to determine the transaction price, to allocate the
transaction price to the two separate performance obligations, and to recognize revenue when or as it
transfers control of the related performance obligations to the franchisee.
Finally, Franchisor A discloses its use of the practical expedient and policy election in the notes to the
financial statements.
4.6 Warranties
ASC 606 contains guidance for the accounting for warranties. If a customer has the option to separately
purchase a warranty, then an entity accounts for that warranty as a separate performance obligation. If a
customer does not have the option to separately purchase a warranty, then the entity accounts for the
warranty using the guidance on product warranties in ASC 460-10, unless all or part of the warranty
provides the customer with an “additional service” beyond the assurance that the product complies with
agreed-upon specifications.
ASC 606-10-55-30
It is common for an entity to provide (in accordance with the contract, the law, or the entity’s customary
business practices) a warranty in connection with the sale of a product (whether a good or service).
The nature of a warranty can vary significantly across industries and contracts. Some warranties
from one another unless it makes an accounting policy election to account for the pre-opening services
as a single performance obligation.
ASC 952-606-25-4
The practical expedient in paragraph 952-606-25-2 applies only to identifying performance obligations.
An entity shall apply this guidance consistently to contracts with similar characteristics and in similar
circumstances. An entity should see Topic 606 for guidance on the remaining aspects of recognizing
revenue from contracts with customers, including allocating the transaction price and recognizing
revenue. If an entity elects not to apply the practical expedient or if the services performed are not
consistent with the list in paragraph 952-606-25-2, the entity shall apply the guidance in Topic 606 on
identifying performance obligations.
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 79
provide a customer with assurance that the related product will function as the parties intended
because it complies with agreed-upon specifications. Other warranties provide the customer with a
service in addition to the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications.
ASC 606-10-55-31
If a customer has the option to purchase a warranty separately (for example, because the warranty is
priced or negotiated separately), the warranty is a distinct service because the entity promises to
provide the service to the customer in addition to the product that has the functionality described in the
contract. In those circumstances, an entity should account for the promised warranty as a performance
obligation in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14 through 25-22 and allocate a portion of the
transaction price to that performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-28 through
32-41.
ASC 606-10-55-32
If a customer does not have the option to purchase a warranty separately, an entity should account for
the warranty in accordance with the guidance on product warranties in Subtopic 460-10 on guarantees,
unless the promised warranty, or a part of the promised warranty, provides the customer with a service
in addition to the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications.
ASC 606-10-55-33
In assessing whether a warranty provides a customer with a service in addition to the assurance that
the product complies with agreed-upon specifications, an entity should consider factors such as:
a. Whether the warranty is required by lawIf the entity is required by law to provide a warranty, the
existence of that law indicates that the promised warranty is not a performance obligation because
such requirements typically exist to protect customers from the risk of purchasing defective
products.
b. The length of the warranty coverage periodThe longer the coverage period, the more likely it is
that the promised warranty is a performance obligation because it is more likely to provide a
service in addition to the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications.
c. The nature of the tasks that the entity promises to performIf it is necessary for an entity to
perform specified tasks to provide the assurance that a product complies with agreed-upon
specifications (for example, a return shipping service for a defective product), then those tasks
likely do not give rise to a performance obligation.
ASC 606-10-55-34
If a warranty, or a part of a warranty, provides a customer with a service in addition to the assurance
that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications, the promised service is a performance
obligation. Therefore, an entity should allocate the transaction price to the product and the service. If an
entity promises both an assurance-type warranty and a service-type warranty but cannot reasonably
account for them separately, the entity should account for both of the warranties together as a single
performance obligation.
ASC 606-10-55-35
A law that requires an entity to pay compensation if its products cause harm or damage does not give
rise to a performance obligation. For example, a manufacturer might sell products in a jurisdiction in
which the law holds the manufacturer liable for any damages (for example, to personal property) that
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 80
might be caused by a consumer using a product for its intended purpose. Similarly, an entity’s promise
to indemnify the customer for liabilities and damages arising from claims of patent, copyright,
trademark, or other infringement by the entity’s products does not give rise to a performance obligation.
The entity should account for such obligations in accordance with the guidance on loss contingencies
in Subtopic 450-20 on contingencies.
Figure 4.7: Warranties
ASC 606-10-55-33 lists the following factors that an entity should consider in determining whether a
warranty provides a customer with an “additional service.”
Figure 4.8: Factors for evaluating warranties
Factor
Description
Whether the warranty
is required by law
A legal requirement to provide a warranty indicates that the warranty is
intended to protect the customer from purchasing a defective product.
Term of the warranty
coverage period
The longer the coverage period, the more likely it is that the promised warranty
includes a performance obligation because it is more likely to provide a service
in addition to the assurance that the product complies with
agreed-upon specifications.
Does the customer have the option to
separately purchase a warranty?
(ASC 606-10-55-31)
Does all or part of the warranty provide the
customer with an additional service beyond the
assurance that the product will comply
with agreed-upon specifications?
(ASC 606-10-55-32 through 55-35)
Account for the warranty as a
performance obligation.
Account for the service as a
separate performance obligation.
Account for the warranty using the
guidance in ASC 460.
N
N
Y
Y
Identify the performance obligations in the contract 81
Factor
Description
The nature of the
tasks the entity
promises to perform
under the warranty
If an entity must perform certain tasks to provide assurance to the customer
that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications, those services
would not likely constitute a separate performance obligation.
The guidance clarifies that the following situations do not give rise to a performance obligation:
A law that requires the entity to compensate the customer for harm or damage caused by its products
when used by the customer for its intended purpose
An entity’s promise to indemnify the customer for liabilities and damages arising from claims of
patent, copyright, trademark, or other infringement by the entity’s products
An entity accounts for such obligations in accordance with the guidance on loss contingencies in
ASC 450-20.
Evaluating warranties
A manufacturing entity provides a two-year warranty and an extended five-year warranty to repair any of
its products free of charge. The entity does not separately sell the warranties. The entity considers the
following three factors when evaluating the warranties to determine if they provide an additional service:
1. Whether the warranty is required by law No law exists that requires the manufacturing entity to
provide a warranty.
2. Term of the warranty coverage period The entity considers the two-year warranty to be its
standard warranty coverage period based on its product offering and the estimated life of its
products. The entity considers the five-year warranty to be extended warranty coverage. Because
the estimated life of the product does not exceed two years, the entity expects to perform an
additional service for those customers that purchase the five-year warranty.
3. The nature of the tasks the entity promises to perform under the warranty The entity agrees to
repair products that do not meet agreed-upon specifications. The entity also agrees to repair any
products broken or damaged by the customer.
After evaluating the factors provided in the guidance, the entity concludes that its two-year warranty
does not provide its customers with an additional service, while its five-year warranty does provide its
customers with an additional service. As a result, the entity accounts for the first two years of its five-
year warranty using the cost accrual guidance and the remaining three years as a separate
performance obligation.
5. Determine the transaction price
After identifying the contract in Step 1 (Section 3) and the performance obligations in Step 2 (Section 4),
an entity next applies Step 3 to determine the transaction price of the contract. The objective of Step 3 is
to predict the total amount of consideration to which the entity will be entitled from the contract. The
transaction price may include fixed amounts (for example, a fixed price of $10,000 for a single machine),
variable amounts (for example, $10 per part, but an unknown quantity of parts), or both fixed and variable
amounts. An entity estimates the transaction price at contract inception and updates the estimate each
reporting period to reflect changes in facts and circumstances.
ASC 606-10-32-2
An entity shall consider the terms of the contract and its customary business practices to determine the
transaction price. The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be
entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts
collected on behalf of third parties (for example, some sales taxes). The consideration promised in a
contract with a customer may include fixed amounts, variable amounts, or both.
For purposes of determining the transaction price, an entity assumes that the goods or services promised
in the existing contract will be transferred to the customer. That is, the entity assumes that the contract
will not be cancelled, renewed, or modified; therefore, the transaction price includes only those amounts
to which the entity has rights under the present contract. For example, if an entity enters into a contract
with a customer that has an original term of one year and the entity expects the customer to renew for a
second year, the entity would determine the transaction price based on the one-year original term.
ASC 606-10-32-4
For the purpose of determining the transaction price, an entity shall assume that the goods or services
will be transferred to the customer as promised in accordance with the existing contract and that the
contract will not be cancelled, renewed, or modified.
The transaction price is the amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer, excluding amounts collected on
behalf of third parties.
Determine the transaction price 83
When determining the transaction price, an entity first identifies the fixed consideration, which includes
any nonrefundable upfront payment amounts. In addition to fixed consideration, an entity considers the
effects of the following components in determining the transaction price:
Variable consideration and the constraint (Section 5.1)
Significant financing components (Section 5.2)
Noncash consideration (Section 5.3)
Consideration payable to the customer (Section 5.4)
Each component is discussed in more detail below.
Figure 5.1: Components for determining the transaction price
5.1 Variable consideration
When a contract includes a variable amount, the entity estimates the amount of variable consideration to
which it expects to be entitled. After all, by definition, the transaction price is the amount of consideration
to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a
customer.
ASC 606-10-32-5
If the consideration promised in a contract includes a variable amount, an entity shall estimate the
amount of consideration to which the entity will be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised
goods or services to a customer.
Consideration payable
to customer
(Section 5.4)
Variable consideration
and the constraint
(Section 5.1)
Noncash consideration
(Section 5.3)
Significant financing
components
(Section 5.2)
Transaction price
Determine the transaction price 84
Variable consideration includes any consideration that is not fixed. In other words, the amount may
fluctuate as a result of the outcome of uncertain events. Common examples of variable consideration
include discounts, rebates, refunds, credits, price concessions, performance bonuses, and penalties. The
variability may be explicitly stated in the contract or implicit (for example, based on the entity’s business
practice, the customer has a valid expectation that the entity will accept an amount of consideration that is
less than the stated price in the contract). Variable consideration may be fixed in amount, but the entity’s
right to receive that consideration is contingent on a future outcome. For example, the amount of a
performance bonus might be fixed, but because the entity is not entitled to that bonus until a performance
target is met, the outcome is uncertain and therefore the amount is considered variable.
Price concessions
Price concessions may take the form of a discount, refund or credit, among others, and are a form of
variable consideration.
ASC 606-10-32-7
The variability relating to the consideration promised by a customer may be explicitly stated in the
contract. In addition to the terms of the contract, the promised consideration is variable if either of the
following circumstances exists:
a. The customer has a valid expectation arising from an entity’s customary business practices,
published policies, or specific statements that the entity will accept an amount of consideration that
is less than the price stated in the contract. That is, it is expected that the entity will offer a price
concession. Depending on the jurisdiction, industry, or customer this offer may be referred to as a
discount, rebate, refund, or credit.
b. Other facts and circumstances indicate that the entity’s intention, when entering into the contract
with the customer, is to offer a price concession to the customer.
Under Step 1, an entity should distinguish between a price concession and collectibility. The inability to
collect the promised consideration might lead an entity to conclude that it does not pass Step 1, while a
price concession might result in variable consideration, allowing the entity to proceed to Step 2 with a
lower transaction price. See further discussion of distinguishing price concessions from collectibility
issues in Step 1 at Section 3.1.5.
ASC 606, Example 2, illustrates how an entity considers a price concession when determining if the
Step 1 criteria are met. It also demonstrates the interaction of the guidance in Steps 1 and 3, because the
entity needs to determine the transaction price (in this case, it is variable due to the price concession) in
order to determine if it is probable that the entity will collect substantially all of the consideration to which it
expects to be entitled, in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-1(e).
Example 2Consideration is Not the Stated PriceImplicit Price Concession
ASC 606-10-55-99
An entity sells 1,000 units of a prescription drug to a customer for promised consideration of $1 million.
This is the entity’s first sale to a customer in a new region, which is experiencing significant economic
Determine the transaction price 85
difficulty. Thus, the entity expects that it will not be able to collect from the customer the full amount of
the promised consideration. Despite the possibility of not collecting the full amount, the entity expects
the region’s economy to recover over the next two to three years and determines that a relationship
with the customer could help it to forge relationships with other potential customers in the region.
ASC 606-10-55-100
When assessing whether the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) is met, the entity also considers
paragraphs 606-10-32-2 and 606-10-32-7(b). Based on the assessment of the facts and
circumstances, the entity determines that it expects to provide a price concession and accept a lower
amount of consideration from the customer. Accordingly, the entity concludes that the transaction price
is not $1 million and, therefore, the promised consideration is variable. The entity estimates the variable
consideration and determines that it expects to be entitled to $400,000.
ASC 606-10-55-101
The entity considers the customer’s ability and intention to pay the consideration and concludes that
even though the region is experiencing economic difficulty it is probable that it will collect $400,000
from the customer. Consequently, the entity concludes that the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) is
met based on an estimate of variable consideration of $400,000. In addition, based on an evaluation of
the contract terms and other facts and circumstances, the entity concludes that the other criteria in
paragraph 606-10-25-1 are also met. Consequently, the entity accounts for the contract with the
customer in accordance with this Topic.
Estimating the amount of variable consideration
If a contract includes a variable amount, an entity estimates the transaction price.
Grant Thornton insight: When an entity is not required to estimate variable
consideration
In limited situations, an entity may not be required to estimate the amount of variable consideration,
including when the entity
Is permitted to apply the right-to-invoice practical expedient (Section 7.1.3.)
Meets the allocation objective described in Section 6.5.1 and is required to allocate variable
consideration entirely to a distinct good or service that forms part of a series
Is required to apply the “royalty exception” for a license of intellectual property (Section 8.5.)
The “royalty exception” provides relief from estimating and constraining variable consideration when
the variability relates to consideration tied to the sales and usage of intellectual property; however, the
“royalty exception” does not completely absolve the entity from all estimations.
For example, some pharmaceutical manufacturers receive sales reports from their distributors on a
quarterly basis, and the manufacturers use these reports, which summarize sales by product and
geography, to recognize revenue. Often, these reported numbers include critical estimates, such as
sales rebates and product returns. The manufacturer should consider whether the estimates in the
reported sales data are reasonable or if they require any further adjustments. See Section 8.5 for
Determine the transaction price 86
additional information and an example illustrating the factors an entity may consider in refining its
estimate.
To estimate the variable consideration in a contract, an entity determines either the expected value or the
most likely amount of consideration to be received, depending on which method better predicts the
amount to which the entity will be entitled. In other words, the selection of a method to estimate the
variable consideration is not a free choice or an accounting policy election.
ASC 606-10-32-8
An entity shall estimate an amount of variable consideration by using either of the following methods,
depending on which method the entity expects to better predict the amount of consideration to which it
will be entitled:
a. The expected value The expected value is the sum of probability-weighted amounts in a range of
possible consideration amounts. An expected value may be an appropriate estimate of the amount
of variable consideration if an entity has a large number of contracts with similar characteristics.
b. The most likely amount The most likely amount is the single most likely amount in a range of
possible consideration amounts (that is, the single most likely outcome of the contract). The most
likely amount may be an appropriate estimate of the amount of variable consideration if the
contract has only two possible outcomes (for example, an entity either achieves a performance
bonus or does not).
Grant Thornton insight: Selecting the best method for estimating variable
consideration
As stated in ASC 606-10-32-8, the “expected value” of consideration is the sum of probability-weighted
amounts in a range of possible amounts. Therefore, if an entity utilizes an expected value approach to
estimate the amount of consideration that it expects to be entitled to, we believe that management
should support this assertion by demonstrating its use of probability weighting for the identified
outcomes.
While ASC 606 says the “most likely amount” may be an appropriate estimate of variable consideration
for contracts with only two possible outcomes, we believe this method may also be appropriate in other
circumstances. For example, some entities track their customers’ historical returns or rebates to
support their estimate of variable consideration. In other words, an entity might be able to demonstrate
that its customers’ historical data best predicts the “most likely amount” it expects to be entitled to in
the future. Because the objective of Step 3 in the revenue model is to estimate the amount of
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring the promised
goods or services, we believe that some entities could achieve this objective, in part, by utilizing
historical data while also considering whether any adjustments are needed to the historical data based
on other available information.
Determine the transaction price 87
An entity uses the same method to estimate the variable consideration throughout the life of a contract;
however, the Boards note in BC202 of ASU 2014-09 that this does not mean that an entity needs to use
one method to measure each uncertainty in a single contract. Instead, an entity may use different
methods for different uncertainties in a single contract.
ASC 606-10-32-9
An entity shall apply one method consistently throughout the contract when estimating the effect of an
uncertainty on an amount of variable consideration to which the entity will be entitled. In addition, an
entity shall consider all the information (historical, current, and forecast) that is reasonably available to
the entity and shall identify a reasonable number of possible consideration amounts. The information
that an entity uses to estimate the amount of variable consideration typically would be similar to the
information that the entity’s management uses during the bid-and-proposal process and in establishing
prices for promised goods or services.
The following example demonstrates the application of the expected value and most likely amount
approaches when estimating the amount of variable consideration in a contract.
Estimating variable consideration
Construction Co. enters into a contract with a customer to build a manufacturing facility. The entity
determines that the contract contains one performance obligation satisfied over time.
Construction is scheduled to be completed by the end of the eighteenth month for an agreed-upon price
of $25 million.
The entity has the opportunity to earn a performance bonus for early completion as follows:
15 percent bonus of the $25 million contract price if completed by the fifteenth month (20 percent
likelihood)
10 percent bonus if completed by the sixteenth month (50 percent likelihood)
5 percent bonus if completed by the seventeenth month (20 percent likelihood)
In addition to the potential performance bonus for early completion, Construction Co. is entitled to a
quality bonus of $2 million if a health and safety inspector assigns the facility a gold star rating as
defined by the agency in the terms of the contract. Construction Co. concludes that it is 80 percent likely
that it will receive the quality bonus.
In determining the transaction price, Construction Co. separately estimates variable consideration for
each element of variability: the early completion bonus and the quality bonus.
Construction Co. decides to use the expected value method to estimate the variable consideration
associated with the early completion bonus because there is a range of possible outcomes and the
entity has experience with a large number of similar contracts that provide a reasonable basis to predict
future outcomes.
Determine the transaction price 88
Drawing from its past experience, Construction Co. identifies the following factors that could impact its
ability to predict when the manufacturing facility will be completed:
Completing projects with similar requirements in the same geographic region
Working with the same subcontractors who completed similar construction projects ahead of
schedule
Relying on the same suppliers
Performing in similar weather conditions
Therefore, the entity expects this method to best predict the amount of variable consideration
associated with the early completion bonus. Construction Co.’s best estimate of the early completion
bonus is $2.250 million, calculated as shown in the following table.
Possible bonus
outcomes
Probability
Probability-weighted
amount
$3,750,000
20%
$ 750,000
$2,500,000
50%
$1,250,000
$1,250,000
20%
$ 250,000
$ 0
10%
$ 0
$2,250,000
Construction Co. decides to use the most likely amount to estimate the variable consideration
associated with the potential quality bonus because there are only two possible outcomes ($2 million or
$0) and this method would best predict the amount of consideration associated with the quality bonus.
Construction Co. believes the most likely amount of the quality bonus is $2 million.
The entity next considers the guidance on constraining the estimates of variable consideration
(Section 5.1.1) to determine whether it should include some or all of the estimates of variable
consideration in the transaction price.
Grant Thornton insight: Estimating variable consideration using multiple methods in a
single contract
As noted in BC202 of ASU 2014-09 and in ASC 606-10-32-9, the Boards decided that an entity may
use different methods to estimate variable consideration in a contract with multiple uncertainties;
Determine the transaction price 89
however, once an entity selects its estimation method for a particular uncertainty, it must continue to
apply that method for the duration of the contract.
While we acknowledge that an entity may apply different methods for different uncertainties, we believe
entities should apply similar estimation methods to similar uncertainties across their portfolio of
revenue contracts.
The Boards acknowledged
38
that applying the expected value method using a probability-weighted
method does not require an entity to consider all possible outcomes because, in many cases, using a
limited number of discrete outcomes and probabilities provides a reasonable estimate of the distribution
of possible outcomes. Nonetheless, in order to use the expected value method, the entity should have a
sufficient volume of similar transactions or other reliable data.
A sufficient volume of similar transactions might exist if an entity has a large volume of customer contracts
for the same good or service; however, an entity is not strictly required to have a population of
homogeneous transactions to apply the expected value method. In the example above, while the
construction company has only one customer contract for this specific manufacturing facility, it may apply
the expected value method to estimate the early performance bonus because it has a sufficient volume of
historical customer contracts where similar factors impacted its ability to achieve the early performance
bonus.
At the July 2015 meeting,
39
most TRG members agreed that the estimated transaction price determined
using the expected value method can be an amount that is not a possible outcome of an individual
contract. As an entity updates its estimate of variable consideration at the end of each reporting period
(Section 5.1.6), the expected value will converge toward a possible outcome.
Entities may experience difficulty estimating the transaction price when little or no entity-specific data
exists. The discussion below includes examples of other reliable data that may be used in such situations.
Grant Thornton insight: Estimating variable consideration using the expected value
method when no entity-specific data exists
If an entity lacks a population of similar contracts, it would be inappropriate to default to zero as the
amount of estimated variable consideration for a single customer contract. Instead, entities should
make a good faith effort to estimate the amount of variable consideration based on the available
information, including
Industry data for similar products or services (for example, competitor contracts in the same
market)
Information used internally in the bid and proposal process, such as in negotiating the sales price
Data used internally in the product development process (for example, market studies)
Information shared with external stakeholders
38
BC201, ASU 2014-09.
39
TRG Paper 38, Portfolio Practical Expedient and Application of Variable Consideration Constraint.
Determine the transaction price 90
When an entity estimates variable consideration using the expected value method, we believe it is
unlikely that the amount of variable consideration would be zero. While an entity may consider variable
consideration of zero as one of the possibilities since the expected value method is based on a
probability-weighting of multiple possible outcomes, we expect that the estimated variable
consideration under this method would be greater than zero.
Entities may also question whether variable consideration should be constrained to zero when no
entity-specific data exists. To meet the objective of the constraint guidance (see Section 5.1.1), an
entity assesses whether it is probable that changes in its estimate of variable consideration will not
result in a significant downward adjustment to the cumulative amount of revenue recognized on the
contract. An entity may include some or all of an estimate of variable consideration in the transaction
price, but only to the extent it is probable that a significant revenue reversal will not occur.
While entities should carefully apply the constraint guidance, entities generally enter into revenue
contracts with customers with the expectation of earning a profit. Accordingly, we do not expect
variable consideration to be constrained to zero solely due to lack of entity-specific data.
When a contract’s consideration is primarily variable, if the consideration is constrained to zero this
may call into question whether the criteria to establish a contract were met, in particular, whether the
contract has commercial substance.
Constraint on variable consideration
If an amount of consideration in a customer contract is variable, an entity evaluates whether to constrain
the amount of estimated variable consideration. The objective of the constraint is for an entity to
recognize revenue only to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal in cumulative revenue
recognized for the contract will not occur when the uncertainty is resolved. In other words, an entity
includes some or all of its estimate of variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that it is
probable that a significant revenue reversal will not occur when the uncertainty leading to the variability is
resolved.
Figure 5.2: Variable consideration and the constraint
Estimate variable consideration
(Section 5.1)
Apply the constraint guidance
(Section 5.1.1)
Expected
value
Most likely
amount
Limit to the amount at
which it is probable
that there will not be a
significant revenue reversal.
Determine the transaction price 91
ASC 606-10-32-11
An entity shall include in the transaction price some or all of an amount of variable consideration
estimated in accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-8 only to the extent that it is probable that a
significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty
associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.
To meet the objective of the constraint guidance, an entity assesses whether it is “probable” (meaning the
future event or events are likely to occur) that changes in the entity’s estimate of variable consideration
will not result in a significant downward adjustment to the cumulative amount of revenue recognized on
the contract. In making this assessment, an entity considers all of the facts and circumstances associated
with both the likelihood and the magnitude of the reversal if that uncertain event were to occur or fail to
occur.
The Boards stated
40
that the analysis an entity undertakes to determine whether its estimate meets the
“probable” threshold is largely qualitative and requires judgment. The evaluation also requires an entity to
consider both the likelihood and the magnitude of the potential revenue reversal.
ASC 606-10-32-12 includes factors that might increase the likelihood of a significant revenue reversal if
an entity includes an estimate of variable consideration in the transaction price.
ASC 606-10-32-12
In assessing whether it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue
recognized will not occur once the uncertainty related to the variable consideration is subsequently
resolved, an entity shall consider both the likelihood and the magnitude of the revenue reversal.
Factors that could increase the likelihood or magnitude of a revenue reversal include, but are not
limited to, any of the following:
a. The amount of consideration is highly susceptible to factors outside the entity’s influence. Those
factors may include volatility in a market, the judgment or actions of third parties, weather
conditions, and a high risk of obsolescence of the promised good or service.
b. The uncertainty about the amount of consideration is not expected to be resolved for a long period
of time.
c. The entity’s experience (or other evidence) with similar types of contracts is limited, or that
experience (or other evidence) has limited predictive value.
d. The entity has a practice of either offering a broad range of price concessions or changing the
payment terms and conditions of similar contracts in similar circumstances.
e. The contract has a large number and broad range of possible consideration amounts.
40
BC212, ASU 2014-09.
Determine the transaction price 92
When determining the transaction price, an entity applies the constraint guidance at the contract level,
rather than at the performance obligation level, before allocating the amounts to individual performance
obligations. The TRG discussed which unit of account to use (that is, contract versus performance
obligation) at its January 2015 meeting.
Determine the transaction price 93
TRG area of general agreement: Should the constraint be applied at the contract or
performance obligation level?
ASC 606-10-32-11 states that an entity should include in the transaction price some or all of an amount
of variable consideration, but only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the
amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the
variable consideration is subsequently resolved. While the guidance does not specify at which level the
assessment should take place (that is, at the contract level or at the performance obligation level), the
guidance might be read to suggest that the assessment takes place at the performance obligation
level.
41
At its January 2015 meeting,
42
TRG members generally agreed with the FASB and IASB staff that the
unit of account for determining the transaction price is the contract and not the performance obligation.
While the guidance does not explicitly address the unit of account for the constraint guidance, the BC
43
does state that the unit of account for other considerations in Step 3, namely identifying a significant
financing component, is the contract level. Therefore, the TRG and staff generally agreed that entities
should apply the constraint guidance at the contract level.
While it seems like a two-step process to estimate the transaction price and then to consider the
constraint guidance, the entity’s process to estimate the transaction price may already incorporate
considerations for the constraint so that the entity may accomplish the two steps in one.
The following example illustrates how an entity might apply the constraint guidance.
Applying the constraint guidance
Consider the same facts outlined in the example of estimating variable consideration in Section 5.1
above.
Construction Co. considers the factors that might signify a significant revenue reversal when
determining whether it should include in the transaction price all or a portion of the estimated variable
consideration for the early completion bonus of $2.250 million and the quality bonus of $2 million. The
evaluation of whether the bonus amounts should be constrained requires judgment, and the entity may
evaluate each bonus separately.
Construction Co. considers the following factors
The project is sufficiently similar to past projects and Construction Co. has significant experience in
building facilities in compliance with health and safety regulations, consistently receiving gold-star
ratings.
41
BC216 and 217, ASU 2014-09.
42
TRG Paper 14, Variable Consideration.
43
BC234, ASU 2014-09.
Determine the transaction price 94
The ratings align with objective criteria that the entity understands, and its completed projects
routinely comply with the objective criteria.
Based on its facts and circumstances, Construction Co. concludes it is probable that a significant
reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized related to the quality bonus will not occur.
With respect to the early completion bonus, the entity may conclude that it is probable that a significant
reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty is resolved
(that is, when the project is finalized) if
The entity has a significant history in building this type of facility in this geographic area, and there
are no additional risks associated with this project that would render this historical experience
irrelevant.
Progress is highly dependent upon favorable weather conditions at certain points during the year,
but, after reviewing the historical temperature and rainfall for the period of work, the entity concludes
that there should be minimal disruptions.
The entity does not have a practice of offering a broad range of price concessions or changing the
payment terms for similar contracts in the past.
On the other hand, the entity may determine that it cannot include all or a portion of the estimated
variable consideration in the transaction price related to the early completion bonus because it cannot
conclude that it is probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized
will not occur. This may be the case if the building project is highly susceptible to factors outside the
entity’s influence. For instance, the construction may be highly susceptible to delays due to adverse
weather or the entity may rely extensively on third-party contractors to carry out its work.
Volume discounts
Tiered pricing clauses or volume discounts (hereafter referred to as “volume discounts”) are common in
customer contracts. In accordance with these types of clauses, the price per good or unit of service
changes (usually decreases) as the customer purchases an increased volume of goods or services. For
example, an entity sells the first 1,000 units to a customer at $100 per unit, but any purchases in excess
of 1,000 units are invoiced at $90 per unit. The accounting for volume discounts depends upon whether
the volume discount results in retrospective price changes or only in prospective price changes.
Retrospective volume discounts
Contracts that include retrospective volume discounts include variable consideration because the
transaction price depends upon the total volume of purchases by the customer. An entity accounts for
these arrangements in a manner similar to rebates. That is, the entity estimates the expected volume of
total purchases, uses the corresponding pricing, and considers the constraint guidance when determining
the transaction price for contracts that include retrospective volume discounts. In the example in the
preceding paragraph, contract pricing is $100 per unit, but the pricing is retrospectively reduced to $90
per unit if the customer purchases more than 1,000 units in the calendar year. In this case, if the entity
estimates that purchases will exceed 1,000 units, it uses $90 per unit as the transaction price and, for
each unit billed at $100, recognizes $10 per unit as a refund liability because it expects to have to refund
that amount to the customer.
If an entity cannot reasonably estimate the total quantity of goods or services that the customer will
purchase, it should use the minimum price per unit to determine the transaction price at inception, which
Determine the transaction price 95
is consistent with the constraint guidance. To include a higher price per unit in determining the transaction
price could result in a significant revenue reversal if the customer ultimately purchases sufficient volume
to achieve the minimum price per unit. As better information becomes available throughout the life of the
contract, the entity updates its estimated transaction price.
Example 24 from ASC 606 illustrates the accounting for a retrospective volume discount.
Example 24Volume Discount Incentive
ASC 606-10-55-216
An entity enters into a contract with a customer on January 1, 20X8 to sell Product A for $100 per unit.
If the customer purchases more than 1,000 units of product A in a calendar year, the contract specifies
that the price per unit is retrospectively reduced to $90 per unit. Consequently, the consideration in the
contract is variable.
ASC 606-10-55-217
For the first quarter ended March 31, 20X8, the entity sells 75 units of Product A to the customer. The
entity estimates that the customer’s purchases will not exceed the 1,000-unit threshold required for the
volume discount in the calendar year.
ASC 606-10-55-218
The entity considers the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13 on constraining
estimates of variable consideration, including the factors in paragraph 606-10-32-12. The entity
determines that it has significant experience with this product and with the purchasing pattern of the
entity. Thus, the entity concludes that it is probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount
of revenue recognized (that is, $100 per unit) will not occur when the uncertainty is resolved (that is,
when the total amount of purchases is known). Consequently, the entity recognizes revenue of $7,500
(75 units × $100 per unit) for the quarter ended March 31, 20X8.
ASC 606-10-55-219
In May 20X8, the entity’s customer acquires another company and in the second quarter ended
June 30, 20X8, the entity sells an additional 500 units of Product A to the customer. In light of the new
fact, the entity estimates that the customer’s purchases will exceed the 1,000-unit threshold for the
calendar year; therefore, it will be required to retrospectively reduce the price per unit to $90.
ASC 606-10-55-220
Consequently, the entity recognizes revenue of $44,250 for the quarter ended June 30, 20X8. That
amount is calculated from $45,000 for the sale of 500 units (500 units × $90 per unit) less the change
in transaction price of $750 (75 units × $10 price reduction) for the reduction of revenue relating to units
sold for the quarter ended March 31, 20X8 (see paragraphs 606-10-32-42 through 32-43).
It’s worth noting that, in Example 24 above, the entity continues to invoice the customer $100 per unit for
Product A and the customer continues to pay $100 per unit for Product A as the customer makes
purchases up to the 1,000 unit-threshold. The entity also recognizes a corresponding refund credit for the
amount it expects to refund the customer once the 1,000 unit threshold is met (that is, $10 per unit).
Determine the transaction price 96
Prospective volume discounts
An entity must evaluate contracts that include prospective volume discounts to determine if the discount
provides the customer with a material right. To determine whether the discount constitutes a material right
(Section 4.4), an entity compares the discount offered to similar customers that receive a discount
independently of a prior contract with the entity.
If the entity determines that the discount offered to a customer for prospective purchases and the price
offered to other similar customers, independent of a prior contract, are comparable, this may indicate that
the price offered exists independently of the existing contract. In other words, the discount is not
incremental to the discount typically given to similar high-volume customers and is therefore not a
material right. In this case, the entity has made a marketing offer that it should account for only when the
customer exercises the option to purchase the additional goods or services.
If, however, the entity determines that the volume-based discount offered to the customer and the price
typically offered to other similar customers independent of a prior contract are not comparable, this may
indicate that a portion of the customer’s payment at the earlier higher price (higher tier) is really just a
prepayment for later purchases at a lower price (lower tier). In other words, the discount provides the
customer with a material right and the entity should account for the material right as a separate
performance obligation, allocating a portion of the transaction price to the material right, which results in
the deferral of a portion of the earlier payment received. The entity recognizes the deferred revenue when
the future goods and services underlying the option are transferred to the customer.
The TRG discussed how an entity might determine if a prospective volume discount provides a material
right to the customer.
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity determine if a prospective
volume discount provides a material right?
At the April 2016 meeting,
44
TRG members generally agreed with the framework outlined in a FASB
staff paper analyzing whether a material right exists when the contract price decreases per unit
prospectively based upon the volume of purchases. This framework suggested that customer options
that would exist independently of an existing contract with a customer do not constitute performance
obligations. That is, these options are not material rights.
The analysis was demonstrated through various examples, including the following arrangement with
prospective tiered pricing:
A manufacturer produces component parts that have various uses to multiple customers. The
parts are interchangeable and not customized for any particular customer. The entity enters
into a long-term Master Supply Agreement with Customer 1 whereby the pricing of parts in
subsequent years of the contract depends on the volume in the current year. For example, the
entity charges Customer 1 $1.00 per part in Year 1, and if Customer 1’s purchases exceed
100,000 parts in Year 1, the price per part decreases to $0.90 in Year 2. The tiered pricing
(volume discount) offered to Customer 1 is similar to the terms offered to many of the entity’s
customers.
44
TRG Paper 54, Considering Class of Customer when Evaluating Whether a Customer Option Gives
Rise to a Material Right.
Determine the transaction price 97
When evaluating whether the contract between the entity and Customer 1 includes a material right, the
entity first evaluates whether the option to receive a $0.10 discount per part in Year 2 exists
independently of the contract to purchase parts in Year 1.
To make this determination, the entity compares the discount offered to Customer 1 with the discount
typically offered to similar high-volume customers that receive a discount independent of a prior
contract with the entity.
The entity considers that Customer 2, another high-volume customer, has placed a single order with
the entity for 105,000 parts. Customer 2 has purchased parts from the entity in the past but none of its
prior contracts with the entity created an expectation to purchase parts in the future at a specified price
(and did not create an expectation for the entity to sell parts in the future at a specified price).
Because the objective of the guidance on material rights is to determine whether the customer option
exists independently of an existing contract with a customer, the entity does not compare the price
offered to Customer 1 in Year 2 with offers to other customers receiving pricing that is contingent on
the volume of purchases in a prior year. Doing so would not help the entity determine whether
Customer 1 would have been offered the same pricing in Year 2 had it not entered into the contract to
purchase the parts in Year 1.
If the entity determines that the price offered to Customer 1 in Year 2 and the price typically offered to
Customer 2 and other similar customers are comparable, this may indicate that the price offered to
Customer 1 exists independently of the existing contract. In other words, the discount is not
incremental to the discount typically given to similar high-volume customers and is therefore not a
material right. In this case, the entity has made a marketing offer that it should account for only when
the customer exercises the option to purchase the additional goods or services.
If the entity determines the price offered to Customer 1 in Year 2 and the price typically offered to
Customer 2 and other similar customers are not comparable, this may indicate that a portion of the
price Customer 1 pays for parts in Year 1 is a prepayment for parts purchased in Year 2. In other
words, the discount provides a material right and the entity should account for the material right as a
separate performance obligation, deferring a portion of the revenue for parts in Year 1, allocating that
deferred revenue to the option, and recognizing that revenue when the future goods and services are
transferred.
Grant Thornton insight: When an entity does not have a single, high-volume customer
for comparison purposes
TRG Paper 54, discussed at the April 18, 2016 TRG meeting, provided various examples to determine
whether a volume discount provides a material right to the customer. The paper suggested that an
entity should compare the volume discount with the discount typically offered to similar high-volume
customers that receive a discount independently of a prior contract with the entity.
The example from TRG Paper 54 included above assumes that the manufacturer has another high-
volume customer that has placed a single order for 105,000 parts. But, what if the entity does not have
another high-volume customer? Or, what if all of the entity’s contracts contain tiered pricing clauses?
If the entity does not have evidence of similar pricing for other product sales independent of prior
purchases, this indicates that the discount gives rise to a material right. If the entity has evidence of
similar pricing for other product sales independent of prior purchases, this indicates that the discount
Determine the transaction price 98
does not give rise to a material right. This assessment may require significant judgment. It is also
important to note that an entity cannot simply assume that no material right exists if all contracts
contain similar tiered pricing.
Pricing step-downs
In some contracts, the pricing decreases per unit or in future years due to expected increased efficiencies
in the entity’s processes. The next example illustrates how to evaluate whether this type of arrangement
includes a material right.
Evaluating pricing step-downs
Pricing step-down reflects stand-alone selling price
A manufacturing entity enters into a multi-year contract with an automobile manufacturer to produce
specialized parts related to a specific model car. According to the contract, the price per part decreases
by 5 percent each year based on expected increased efficiencies in the manufacturing process. The
practice of reduced prices over the term of these contracts is a common industry practice. The pricing is
as follows:
Year 1: $100 per part
Year 2: $ 95 per part
Year 3: $ 90 per part
The entity evaluates whether the contract includes a material right.
The entity has sufficient evidence from analyzing its historical data and cost projections to support that
the declining pricing is consistent with the stand-alone selling price for the parts (using a cost-plus-a-
margin approach) for each of the three years due to the expected efficiencies, which are then passed on
to the customer. Because the customer has the option to acquire the parts at a price that reflects the
expected stand-alone selling price, the option does not provide the customer with a material right.
Pricing step-down does not reflect stand-alone selling price
A manufacturing entity enters into a multiyear contract with a mobile phone manufacturer to produce
specialized parts. Offering customers reduced prices over the term of these contracts is a common
industry practice. The pricing is as follows:
Year 1: $100 per part
Year 2: $ 90 per part
Year 3: $ 81 per part
The entity evaluates whether the contract includes a material right as a result of the customer’s ability to
purchase the parts in Years 2 and 3 at reduced prices compared to the initial year.
The entity considers the available evidence as it evaluates whether the declining pricing is consistent
with the stand-alone selling price for the parts in each of the three years. The entity uses a cost-plus-a-
margin approach to determine the stand-alone selling price, considering its direct labor compensation
forecasts, whether the cost of the physical inputs to the component decline over the same period under
contracts with its supplier, and the viability of increased efficiencies due to current research and
Determine the transaction price 99
development activity. The entity concludes that the anticipated stand-alone selling price for the parts in
Years 2 and 3 does not decline in comparison to Year 1.
After considering these items, the entity concludes the contract prices do not reflect the stand-alone
selling price. In this case, because the customer has the option to acquire the parts at a price that does
not reflect the expected stand-alone selling price independent of a prior contract (that is, the early years
in the contract), the option provides the customer with a material right.
Rights of return
Retailers and manufacturers commonly provide customers with the right to return a product for a full or
partial refund, a credit, or an exchange for another product. This right of return may be explicitly stated or
implicit within the contract with a customer.
The exchange of a product for another product of the same type, quality, condition, and price (such as the
exchange of a sweater for the same sweater in a different color) is not considered a return and is not
subject to the guidance in this section. Further, contracts that permit the exchange of a defective product
for a functioning product should be evaluated using the warranty guidance discussed in Section 4.6.
The rest of this section discusses the accounting for rights of return.
ASC 606-10-55-22
In some contracts, an entity transfers control of a product to a customer and also grants the customer
the right to return the product for various reasons (such as dissatisfaction with the product) and receive
any combination of the following:
a. A full or partial refund of any consideration paid
b. A credit that can be applied against amounts owed, or that will be owed, to the entity
c. Another product in exchange.
Broadly, the entity recognizes revenue for these arrangements, net of estimated returns, as follows:
Revenue for the sold products, reduced for estimated returns (the guidance on variable consideration
applies to determine the amount of the estimated returns)
A refund liability equal to the amount of consideration received that the entity expects to refund
An asset initially measured at the carrying amount of the returned inventory, less costs of recovery,
and a corresponding adjustment to cost of sales
The entity should update its estimate of the refund liability at the end of each reporting period for any new
information, with a corresponding adjustment to revenue.
Determine the transaction price 100
ASC 606-10-55-23
To account for the transfer of products with a right of return (and for some services that are provided
subject to a refund), an entity should recognize all of the following:
a. Revenue for the transferred products in the amount of consideration to which the entity expects to
be entitled (therefore, revenue would not be recognized for the products expected to be returned)
b. A refund liability
c. An asset (and corresponding adjustment to cost of sales) for its right to recover products from
customers on settling the refund liability.
ASC 606-10-55-24
An entity’s promise to stand ready to accept a returned product during the return period should not be
accounted for as a performance obligation in addition to the obligation to provide a refund.
ASC 606-10-55-25
An entity should apply the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-2 through 32-27 (including the guidance
on constraining estimates of variable consideration in paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13) to
determine the amount of consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled (that is, excluding the
products expected to be returned). For any amounts received (or receivable) for which an entity does
not expect to be entitled, the entity should not recognize revenue when it transfers products to
customers but should recognize those amounts received (or receivable) as a refund liability.
Subsequently, at the end of each reporting period, the entity should update its assessment of amounts
for which it expects to be entitled in exchange for the transferred products and make a corresponding
change to the transaction price and, therefore, in the amount of revenue recognized.
ASC 606-10-55-26
An entity should update the measurement of the refund liability at the end of each reporting period for
changes in expectations about the amount of refunds. An entity should recognize corresponding
adjustments as revenue (or reductions of revenue).
ASC 606-10-55-27
An asset recognized for an entity’s right to recover products from a customer on settling a refund
liability initially should be measured by reference to the former carrying amount of the product (for
example, inventory) less any expected costs to recover those products (including potential decreases
in the value to the entity of returned products). At the end of each reporting period, an entity should
update the measurement of the asset arising from changes in expectations about products to be
returned. An entity should present the asset separately from the refund liability.
Example 22 in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity should account for the sale of goods with a right of
return.
Determine the transaction price 101
Example 22Right of Return
ASC 606-10-55-202
An entity enters into 100 contracts with customers. Each contract includes the sale of 1 product for
$100 (100 total products × $100 = $10,000 total consideration). Cash is received when control of a
product transfers. The entity’s customary business practice is to allow a customer to return any unused
product within 30 days and receive a full refund. The entity’s cost of each product is $60.
ASC 606-10-55-203
The entity applies the guidance in this Topic to the portfolio of 100 contracts because it reasonably
expects that, in accordance with paragraph 606-10-10-4, the effects on the financial statements from
applying this guidance to the portfolio would not differ materially from applying the guidance to the
individual contracts within the portfolio.
ASC 606-10-55-204
Because the contract allows a customer to return the products, the consideration received from the
customer is variable. To estimate the variable consideration to which the entity will be entitled, the
entity decides to use the expected value method (see paragraph 606-10-32-8(a)) because it is the
method that the entity expects to better predict the amount of consideration to which it will be entitled.
Using the expected value method, the entity estimates that 97 products will not be returned.
ASC 606-10-55-205
The entity also considers the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13 on constraining
estimates of variable consideration to determine whether the estimated amount of variable
consideration of $9,700 ($100 × 97 products not expected to be returned) can be included in the
transaction price. The entity considers the factors in paragraph 606-10-32-12 and determines that
although the returns are outside the entity’s influence, it has significant experience in estimating returns
for this product and customer class. In addition, the uncertainty will be resolved within a short time
frame (that is, the 30-day return period). Thus, the entity concludes that it is probable that a significant
reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized (that is, $9,700) will not occur as the
uncertainty is resolved (that is, over the return period).
ASC 606-10-55-206
The entity estimates that the costs of recovering the products will be immaterial and expects that the
returned products can be resold at a profit.
ASC 606-10-55-207
Upon transfer of control of the 100 products, the entity does not recognize revenue for the 3 products
that it expects to be returned. Consequently, in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-10 and 606-10-
55-23, the entity recognizes the following:
Determine the transaction price 102
Cash $10,000
($100 × 100 products transferred)
Revenue $9,700
($100 × 97 products not expected to be returned)
Refund liability $300
($100 refund × 3 products expected to be returned)
Cost of sales $5,820
($60 × 97 products not expected to be returned)
Asset $180
($60 × 3 products for its right to recover products from
customers on settling the refund liability)
Inventory $6,000
($60 × 100 products)
At the crossroads: Right of return
Under ASC 606, accounting for return rights is similar to the guidance under legacy GAAP, except that
an entity will include on the balance sheet both the refund obligation and the asset for the right to the
returned goods. Further, once recognized, the asset for the right to returned goods is evaluated for
impairment under the guidance in ASC 606 rather than under the inventory impairment guidance in
ASC 330.
Legacy GAAP required an entity to defer all revenue subject to return if it did not meet the restrictive
criteria for estimating returns. The guidance in ASC 606 could result in earlier revenue recognition
when a right of return exists because management would estimate returns as the more predictive of
either the expected value (sum of the probability-weighted amounts) or most likely amounts, and would
recognize revenue net of those estimated returns subject to the constraint.
Distinguishing variable consideration from optional goods or services
It may be challenging to distinguish between a contract that contains an option to purchase additional
goods and services and a contract that includes variable consideration based on variable quantities (such
as a usage-based fee). This is an important distinction because of the difference in the accounting and
disclosure requirements for options and variable consideration.
As discussed in Section 4.4, when an entity concludes that a contract option does not provide a material
right to the customer, the entity does not consider the additional goods or services provided by the
customer option in determining the transaction price until the customer exercises its option.
In contrast, as discussed in Section 5.1, when a contract includes variable consideration due to unknown
quantities, discounts, performance bonuses, penalties, refunds, or other similar items that cause the
amount of consideration to vary, the entity estimates the amount of consideration to which it expects to be
entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods or services to the customer. The entity should
apply the constraint guidance discussed in Section 5.1.1 and include the estimated variable consideration
within its transaction price only to the extent that it is probable that a significant revenue reversal in the
amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty causing the variability is
resolved.
Determine the transaction price 103
From a disclosure perspective, an entity is not required to disclose an estimate of consideration expected
if the customer exercises future options; however, when an entity concludes that a contract includes
variable consideration, it must disclose the remaining transaction price allocated to the unsatisfied or
partially satisfied performance obligations at the end of the reporting period, as well as an explanation of
when the entity expects to recognize the amounts, unless it qualifies for certain practical expedients.
45
Disclosure requirements are discussed in further detail in Section 13.
The TRG discussed how an entity may distinguish between optional purchases and variable
consideration.
TRG area of general agreement: How can an entity distinguish between an optional
purchase and variable consideration?
At the November 2015 meeting,
46
the TRG reached general agreement that an entity needs to apply
judgment to distinguish between contracts that contain an option to purchase additional goods or
services and contracts that contain variable consideration.
The TRG also generally agreed that the evaluation depends on the nature of the promise and what the
enforceable rights and obligations are under the existing contract. An indication that a contract contains
variable consideration is when the existing contract obligates the vendor to transfer the promised
goods or services, and the customer to pay for those goods or services, and the customer’s future
actions or events that result in additional consideration occur as or after control is transferred. In this
case, the customer’s future actions or events do not obligate the entity to transfer additional distinct
goods or services.
Alternatively, an indication that a contract contains an option for additional goods and services is when
the customer has a present contractual right to choose the amount of additional distinct goods or
services that are purchased (that is, it is a separate purchasing decision). Before the customer
exercises that right, the vendor is not obligated to provide those goods or services; rather, the
customer’s action in an optional purchase results in a new obligation for the vendor to transfer
additional distinct goods or services.
TRG Paper 48 includes the following examples to assist in distinguishing between variable
consideration and an option to purchase additional goods or services.
Example of variable consideration
A transaction processor enters into a 10-year agreement with a customer to provide
continuous access to its system and to process all transactions on behalf of its customer. The
customer is obligated to use the transaction processor’s system to process all of its
transactions and is charged on a per transaction basis; however, the ultimate quantity of
transactions is not known and remains outside the control of both the transaction processor
and the customer. The customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefit of the
system and, therefore, the entity recognizes revenue over time.
45
ASC 606-10-50-13 through 50-14.
46
TRG Paper 48, Customer options for additional goods and services.
Determine the transaction price 104
The TRG generally agreed that the customer does not control the number of transactions processed
and that the nature of the promise is to provide the customer with continuous access to the processing
platform. Because the transaction processor is already obligated to provide continuous access to the
platform, the events that result in additional payment do not result in an obligation to transfer additional
goods or services, which indicates that the contract includes variable consideration instead of a
customer option.
Example of an option to purchase additional goods or services
A supplier enters into a five-year exclusive MSA with a customer, which obligates the supplier
to produce and sell customized parts as requested by the customer. The contract does not
include any minimum purchase requirements, but it is highly likely that the customer will
purchase parts from the supplier. Each part is distinct and is transferred to the customer at a
point in time.
The TRG generally agreed that the nature of the promise in this example is the delivery of the parts
rather than a service of standing ready to deliver. In this example, the contract provides a right to
choose the quantity of additional distinct goods, in contrast with the preceding example’s right to use
the services for which control is being, or has been, transferred to the customer in the form of
continuous access to the platform. In other words, the supplier is not obligated to transfer any parts
until the customer submits a purchase order, while in the prior example, the transaction processor is
obligated to make the platform (promised services) available to the customer without any additional
decisions made by the customer.
TRG Paper 48 cautions that not all transaction processing activities and MSAs should be accounted for
as outlined in these examples. The determination of whether a contract contains variable consideration
or an optional purchase depends upon the nature of the promise and the specific facts and
circumstances of each situation.
Minimum purchase commitments
Often, entities include a minimum purchase commitment, or a “floor,” within their contracts to ensure a
minimum amount of revenue. Some “take or pay” contracts also achieve the same goal. Questions have
arisen as to whether it is appropriate to recognize a portion of the revenue attributable to the floor ratably
over the contract period.
Contracts with minimum purchase commitments (or ‘floors’)
Part 1: When the minimum purchase commitment is met
A manufacturing entity executes a three-year MSA with a customer on January 1, 20X0, which allows it
to be the exclusive provider of parts A, B, and C. The MSA specifies that the price for parts A, B, and C
are $100, $150, and $200, respectively. The entity determines that the contract pricing is at the stand-
alone selling prices of the individual products. The MSA also specifies a minimum purchase requirement
of $30,000 over the three-year contract period. The customer will submit individual purchase orders
specifying the quantity and mix of parts A, B, and C that it wishes to purchase throughout the three-year
agreement. After the first purchase order is submitted, the entity concludes that it passes Step 1 of the
Determine the transaction price 105
revenue model and that each part is distinct. The entity transfers control of the parts to the customer at
a point in time.
The manufacturing entity’s sales under the MSA for the three-year period are as follows.
Year-end
Annual sales
12/31/20X0
$ 8,000
12/31/20X1
15,000
12/31/20X2
10,000
Total
$33,000
In determining how to account for the contract, the entity considers the TRG’s November 2015
discussion
47
and determines that the nature of its promise to the customer is the delivery of parts. The
entity is not obligated to transfer any parts until the customer submits a purchase order specifying the
quantity of parts A, B, and C it wishes to purchase. In other words, the contract contains an option to
purchase additional goods, not variable consideration. Because the pricing for the additional parts is at
the stand-alone selling price, the entity concludes that the contract does not contain a material right.
As a result, the entity recognizes revenue of $8,000 in Year 1, $15,000 in Year 2, and $10,000 in Year 3
when control of the parts transfers to the customer. Paragraph 41 in TRG Paper 48 states that a
customer’s purchase under a MSA is not similar to a stand-ready obligation. When a customer submits
a purchase order, it is contracting for a specific number of distinct goods, and the new purchase order
creates new performance obligations for the supplier.
Part 2: When the minimum commitment is not met and the floor is enforced
Assume the same facts in Part 1 above, except that the manufacturing entity’s sales under the MSA for
the three-year period are as follows.
Year-end
Annual sales
12/31/20X0
$ 1,000
12/31/20X1
5,000
12/31/20X2
10,000
Total
$16,000
47
TRG Paper 48, Customer options for additional goods and services.
Determine the transaction price 106
There is no material right, so the entity recognizes revenue of $1,000 in Year 1, $5,000 in Year 2, and
$10,000 in Year 3. At December 31, 20X2, the customer’s option to purchase additional quantities of
parts A, B, and C at the specified price under the MSA expires, and the entity recognizes the remainder
of the minimum purchase commitment of $14,000. The entity does not recognize the remainder prior to
expiration because it does not have a present right to the $14,000 until that date.
Reassessing variable consideration
An entity updates its estimate of variable consideration, including the application of the constraint, at the
end of each reporting period to reflect changes in facts and circumstances. The entity accounts for
changes in estimates of variable consideration in the same way that it accounts for other changes in the
transaction price, as discussed in Section 5.5.
ASC 606-10-32-14
At the end of each reporting period, an entity shall update the estimated transaction price (including
updating its assessment of whether an estimate of variable consideration is constrained) to represent
faithfully the circumstances present at the end of the reporting period and the changes in
circumstances during the reporting period. The entity shall account for changes in the transaction price
in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-42 through 32-45.
Grant Thornton insight: Reassessing variable consideration for an in-process contract
Under the guidance in ASC 606-10-32-14, an entity is required to update its estimate of variable
consideration included in the transaction price at period-end, and to allocate any changes in the
transaction price to all performance obligations in the contract on the same basis that was used at
contract inception. In other words, the entity updates the transaction price after contract inception, but
does not update the stand-alone selling price; therefore, any reallocation of the updated transaction
price post-contract inception is based on the stand-alone selling prices that existed at contract
inception.
Further, it is important to keep in mind that any amounts that are allocated to a satisfied performance
obligation should be recognized as revenue (or as a reduction of revenue) in the period during which
the entity updates its estimate of variable consideration.
Change in estimate or correction of an error
If an entity previously determined that the transaction price for a contract should include $100 of variable
consideration and in a later reporting period estimates the variable amount of the contract is $200, this
revision to the overall transaction price is subject to the constraint discussed in Section 5.1.1. In reaching
a conclusion to increase the transaction price to $200, the entity would assert that it is probable that a
Determine the transaction price 107
subsequent change in the estimate of variable consideration will not result in a significant revenue
reversal based on the facts and circumstances that exist at the time of updating the estimated transaction
price.
Grant Thornton insight: Evaluating whether a change in the estimated transaction price
is a change in estimate or the correction of an error
Facts and circumstances can change throughout the contract period that require an entity to update the
transaction price. For example, consider a revenue transaction where an event gives rise to variable
consideration and the related uncertainty is resolved during the contract period. An entity must update
the transaction price in each reporting period based on the current information available related to the
variable consideration estimate.
In contrast, changes to the estimated transaction price that result from the correction of an oversight or
misuse of facts that existed when the financial statements were previously issued, or from the
correction of a prior mathematical mistake or misapplication of GAAP, are considered the correction of
an error. When a change in transaction price is due to the correction of an error, an entity should
evaluate the materiality of the error(s) and determine the appropriate application of the presentation
and disclosure guidance in ASC 250.
Evaluating whether a change in the estimated transaction price is a change in estimate or the
correction of an error may require judgment. If an entity knew, or could have known, about the facts
related to the change in estimate when the original estimate was made, then the change in estimate is
likely an error. Alternatively, if the facts related to the change in estimate arose after, or if an entity
could not have known about them at the time of the original estimate, the change in estimate is likely
not an error.
When the estimated transaction price changes significantly, particularly in the case of a revenue
reversal, entities should also consider
The facts that led to the change in estimate and, in the case of a revenue reversal, whether
variable consideration should be further constrained in the future
Whether the entity needs to make changes to its estimation process to prevent similar errors from
occurring in the future
Whether the change in estimate indicates a weakness in controls
5.2 Significant financing components
In determining the transaction price, an entity reflects the time value of money if the agreed-upon timing
of payments in the contract includes a significant financing component, whether explicit or implicit. The
objective in adjusting the transaction price for the time value of money is to reflect revenue for the selling
price as though the customer had paid cash for the goods or services when the entity transferred those
goods or services. Either party may benefit from financingthat is, the customer may pay before the
entity performs its obligation (a customer loan to the entity) or the customer may pay after the entity
performs its obligation (a loan by the entity to the customer).
To determine whether a contract contains a significant financing component, an entity considers all
relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, the following:
Determine the transaction price 108
The difference, if any, between the promised consideration and the cash price that would be paid if
the customer had paid as the goods or services were delivered
The combined effect of the time between delivery of the goods or services and receipt of payment, as
well as the prevailing market interest rates
ASC 606-10-32-15
In determining the transaction price, an entity shall adjust the promised amount of consideration for the
effects of the time value of money if the timing of payments agreed to by the parties to the contract
(either explicitly or implicitly) provides the customer or the entity with a significant benefit of financing
the transfer of goods or services to the customer. In those circumstances, the contract contains a
significant financing component. A significant financing component may exist regardless of whether the
promise of financing is explicitly stated in the contract or implied by the payment terms agreed to by the
parties to the contract.
ASC 606-10-32-16
The objective when adjusting the promised amount of consideration for a significant financing
component is for an entity to recognize revenue at an amount that reflects the price that a customer
would have paid for the promised goods or services if the customer had paid cash for those goods or
services when (or as) they transfer to the customer (that is, the cash selling price). An entity shall
consider all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether a contract contains a financing
component and whether that financing component is significant to the contract, including both of the
following:
a. The difference, if any, between the amount of promised consideration and the cash selling price of
the promised goods or services
b. The combined effect of both of the following:
1. The expected length of time between when the entity transfers the promised goods or services
to the customer and when the customer pays for those goods or services
2. The prevailing interest rates in the relevant market.
The Boards clarified
48
that an entity considers the significance of a financing component only at a contract
level and not whether the financing is material at a portfolio level. The Boards thought it would have been
“unduly burdensome” to require an entity to account for a financing component if the effects of the
financing component were not material to the individual contract, but the combined effects for a portfolio
of similar contracts were material to the entity as a whole.
Notwithstanding the guidance in ASC 606-10-32-15 and 32-16, there is not a significant financing
component if any one of the following three conditions exists:
Advance payments have been made, but the customer will decide on the timing of the transfer of the
good or service (for example, a customer made advance payment and will notify the vendor when it
wants the goods shipped).
48
BC234, ASC 2014-09.
Determine the transaction price 109
The consideration is mostly variable and based on factors outside the vendor’s or customer’s control
(for example, a usage-based royalty).
The difference between the promised consideration and the cash price relates to something other
than financing, and the difference is proportional to the reason for the difference, such as protecting
one of the parties from the other party’s nonperformance (for example, a customary retainage of a
certain percentage of all payments made until completion of a project).
ASC 606-10-32-17
Notwithstanding the assessment in paragraph 606-10-32-16, a contract with a customer would not
have a significant financing component if any of the following factors exist:
a. The customer paid for the goods or services in advance, and the timing of the transfer of those
goods or services is at the discretion of the customer.
b. A substantial amount of the consideration promised by the customer is variable, and the amount or
timing of that consideration varies on the basis of the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a future
event that is not substantially within the control of the customer or the entity (for example, if the
consideration is a sales-based royalty).
c. The difference between the promised consideration and the cash selling price of the good or
service (as described in paragraph 606-10-32-16) arises for reasons other than the provision of
finance to either the customer or the entity, and the difference between those amounts is
proportional to the reason for the difference. For example, the payment terms might provide the
entity or the customer with protection from the other party failing to adequately complete some or
all of its obligations under the contract.
The table below illustrates how to evaluate common contract terms to determine whether a financing
component exists.
Financing component or not?
Description
Analysis
A customer pays in full at contract inception
for the construction of a building expected
to be completed 20 months from contract
inception.
There appears to be a financing component
because the customer pays 100 percent of the
consideration more than 12 months before the
entity completes part of its performance
obligation (that is, construction done in months
13-20). The entity needs to determine if the
financing component is significant.
An entity constructs a building over three
years. The customer makes quarterly
The difference between the promised
consideration and the cash price relates to
Determine the transaction price 110
progress payments, and retains 10 percent
of consideration due until construction is
complete.
something other than financing (that is,
retention) and the entity considers the difference
proportional to the reason for the difference. As
a result, there does not appear to be a financing
component in this contract.
An entity agrees to produce a large
machine for a customer. The entity
determines that control transfers when the
customer takes possession of the machine.
The payment terms specify that the
customer must pay the entity 24 months
after taking possession of the machine.
There appears to be a financing component
because the customer makes payments more
than 12 months after the entity’s performance is
complete. The entity needs to determine if the
financing component is significant.
The Boards decided that an entity can ignore the effects of financing if the entity expects, at contract
inception, that the time between the delivery of the goods or services and the customer payment will be
one year or less.
ASC 606-10-32-18
As a practical expedient, an entity need not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects
of a significant financing component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between
when the entity transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for
that good or service will be one year or less.
The table below illustrates how to evaluate whether the financing component practical expedient applies.
Financing component practical expedient
Description
Analysis
A customer pays in full at contract inception
for the construction of a building expected
to be completed 20 months from contract
inception. Construction takes place
throughout the 20-month period.
The financing component practical expedient
does not apply because the customer pays
100 percent of the consideration more than
12 months before the entity satisfies the
performance obligation. The entity needs to
determine if the financing component is
significant. The entity ignores the fact that some
of the work is performed in the year after
contract inception.
An entity constructs a building over three
years. The customer makes quarterly
Although the contract performance takes place
over three years, the financing component
Determine the transaction price 111
progress payments so that the cumulative
amount paid at the end of each quarter is
proportional to the agreed-upon progress
toward completing the building.
practical expedient applies because the
customer pays for the work as it is completed on
a quarterly basis.
Stakeholders have asked whether entities can use this practical expedient if a single payment stream is
received for multiple performance obligations, and one or more of those performance obligations are
satisfied in less than one year while others are satisfied after one year. The TRG addressed one such
question at its March 2015 meeting.
TRG area of general agreement: How should entities determine if the practical
expedient can be applied when there is a single payment stream for multiple
performance obligations?
The TRG considered the following example at the March 2015 meeting
49
:
An entity offers a 24-month contract to customers which includes the delivery of a device at
contract inception and related services over 24 months. The entity concludes that the device
and services are each distinct. The promised amount of consideration (combined amount for
device and services) is $2,400 payable in 24 monthly installments of $100. Assume that the
transaction price is allocated both to the device ($500) and to the services ($1,900 or $79 per
month).
Assuming that the arrangement contains a significant financing component, the TRG discussed
whether the practical expedient can be applied.
The TRG generally agreed that absent evidence supporting which performance obligation a payment
specifically relates to, an entity should proportionally allocate the consideration to the performance
obligations in the contract for purposes of determining whether the practical expedient applies. For
example, the contract terms may provide evidence supporting allocation of the payment to specific
performance obligations.
Assume that the entity transfers the device first and recognizes revenue for $500. Each month, the
entity transfers the services and recognizes revenue of $79 per month. Assuming that the cash
payment cannot be directly tied to the device, the entity would proportionally allocate the monthly
consideration to the device and services. Therefore, each month the entity would allocate $79 of the
cash to the services and $21 to the device. The amount related to the service receivable is fully settled
at the end of each month. However, because it will receive the full amount outstanding on the device
over 24 months ($21 per month for 24 months), the entity concludes that the period between delivery of
the device and receipt of the related consideration will be more than one year. That is, in this case, the
practical expedient does not apply and the entity would adjust the transaction price for the time value of
money.
49
TRG Paper 30, Significant Financing Components.
Determine the transaction price 112
At the same March 2015 meeting, the TRG discussed certain promotions where retailers offer “0 percent
financing.” ASC 606-10-35-16 says that an entity should consider the difference, if any, between the
amount of promised consideration and the cash selling price of the promised goods or services when
determining if the contract contains a significant financing component. However, the analysis might be
confusing when the customer can pay, for example, $2,000 today or $2,000 over three years. A
significant financing component might exist when the cash selling price and promised consideration are
equal.
TRG area of general agreement: If the promised consideration is equal to the cash
selling price, does a financing component exist?
At the March 2015 meeting,
50
the TRG discussed the following example:
A furniture retailer offers a promotion for a $2,000 dining set. Customers have the option to
obtain 0 percent financing for three years as part of this special promotion or to pay the entire
amount at the time of purchase.
The TRG reached general agreement that an entity should not automatically assume that there is not a
significant financing component when the list price, cash selling price, and the promised consideration
are all equal. The difference, if any, between the amount of promised consideration and the cash
selling price is one, but not the only, consideration in determining whether a significant financing
component exists. The entity must consider all relevant facts and circumstances and apply judgment in
determining whether a significant financing component exists in a contract. If the entity in the example
offers a discount from list price to customers that pay in full upfront, this may indicate that the
transaction includes a financing component.
If, on the other hand, the list price, cash selling price, and the promised consideration are in fact all
equal, this may indicate that there is not a financing component (or, if there is a financing component, it
is not significant).
Example 26 of ASC 606 illustrates a contract that contains a significant financing component.
Example 26Significant Financing Component and Right of Return (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-227
An entity sells a product to a customer for $121 that is payable 24 months after delivery. The customer
obtains control of the product at contract inception. The contract permits the customer to return the
product within 90 days. The product is new, and the entity has no relevant historical evidence of
product returns or other available market evidence.
ASC 606-10-55-228
The cash selling price of the product is $100, which represents the amount that the customer would
pay upon delivery for the same product sold under otherwise identical terms and conditions as at
50
TRG Paper 30, Significant Financing Components.
Determine the transaction price 113
contract inception. The entity’s cost of the product is $80.
ASC 606-10-55-229
The entity does not recognize revenue when control of the product transfers to the customer. This is
because the existence of the right of return and the lack of relevant historical evidence means that the
entity cannot conclude that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue
recognized will not occur in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13. Consequently,
revenue is recognized after three months when the right of return lapses.
ASC 606-10-55-230
The contract includes a significant financing component, in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-15
through 32-17. This is evident from the difference between the amount of promised consideration of
$121 and the cash selling price of $100 at the date that the goods are transferred to the customer.
Adjusting for a significant financing component
To adjust the amount of consideration for a significant financing component, an entity should use the
discount rate that would be reflected for a separate financing transaction between the entity and the
customer at contract inception. That rate should reflect the credit risk of whichever party is receiving credit
(for example, the customer’s rate if payment is deferred and the vendor’s rate if payment is made in
advance).
ASC 606-10-32-19
To meet the objective in paragraph 606-10-32-16 when adjusting the promised amount of consideration
for a significant financing component, an entity shall use the discount rate that would be reflected in a
separate financing transaction between the entity and its customer at contract inception. That rate
would reflect the credit characteristics of the party receiving financing in the contract, as well as any
collateral or security provided by the customer or the entity, including assets transferred in the contract.
An entity may be able to determine that rate by identifying the rate that discounts the nominal amount
of the promised consideration to the price that the customer would pay in cash for the goods or
services when (or as) they transfer to the customer. After contract inception, an entity shall not update
the discount rate for changes in interest rates or other circumstances (such as a change in the
assessment of the customer’s credit risk).
Example 29 of ASC 606 demonstrates how an entity would account for the significant financing
component in a contract.
Determine the transaction price 114
Example 29Advanced Payment and Assessment of Discount Rate
ASC 606-10-55-240
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to sell an asset. Control of the asset will transfer to the
customer in two years (that is, the performance obligation will be satisfied at a point in time). The
contract includes 2 alternative payment options: payment of $5,000 in 2 years when the customer
obtains control of the asset or payment of $4,000 when the contract is signed. The customer elects to
pay $4,000 when the contract is signed.
ASC 606-10-55-241
The entity concludes that the contract contains a significant financing component because of the length
of time between when the customer pays for the asset and when the entity transfers the asset to the
customer, as well as the prevailing interest rates in the market.
ASC 606-10-55-242
The interest rate implicit in the transaction is 11.8 percent, which is the interest rate necessary to make
the 2 alternative payment options economically equivalent. However, the entity determines that, in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-19, the rate that should be used in adjusting the promised
consideration is 6 percent, which is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate.
ASC 606-10-55-243
The following journal entries illustrate how the entity would account for the significant financing
component.
a. Recognize a contract liability for the $4,000 payment received at contract inception.
Cash $4,000
Contract liability $4,000
b. During the 2 years from contract inception until the transfer of the asset, the entity adjusts the
promised amount of consideration (in accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-20) and accretes the
contract liability by recognizing interest on $4,000 at 6 percent for 2 years.
Interest expense $494
(a)
Contract liability $494
(a)
$494 = $4,000 contract liability × (6 percent interest per year for 2 years)
c. Recognize revenue for the transfer of the asset.
Contract liability $4,494
Revenue $4,494
Determine the transaction price 115
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity calculate the adjustment of
revenue in arrangements that contain a significant financing component?
At the March 2015 meeting,
51
the TRG noted that ASC 606 does not provide guidance on how to
calculate interest income or expense or how to subsequently account for these items. Entities should
refer to ASC 835-30 to determine the appropriate accounting.
Presentation
The guidance on identifying a significant financing component is designed to isolate financing income or
expense from revenue from contracts with customers. These financing activities do not constitute revenue
and therefore should be isolated to better reflect the true revenue-generating activities of the entity. An
entity presents the effects of financing separately from revenue as interest expense or interest income in
the statement of comprehensive income.
ASC 606-10-32-20
An entity shall present the effects of financing (interest income or interest expense) separately from
revenue from contracts with customers in the statement of comprehensive income (statement of
activities). Interest income or interest expense is recognized only to the extent that a contract asset (or
receivable) or a contract liability is recognized in accounting for a contract with a customer. In
accounting for the effects of the time value of money, an entity shall also consider the subsequent
measurement guidance in Subtopic 835-30, specifically the guidance in paragraphs 835-30-45-1A
through 45-3 on presentation of the discount and premium in the financial statements and the guidance
in paragraphs 835-30-55-2 through 55-3 on the application of the interest method.
5.3 Noncash consideration
Sometimes a customer promises to pay for a good or service in a form other than cash, such as shares of
common stock or other equity instruments, advertising, or equipment. An entity measures the estimated
fair value of the noncash consideration at contract inception when determining the transaction price.
ASC 606-10-32-21
To determine the transaction price for contracts in which a customer promises consideration in a form
other than cash, an entity shall measure the estimated fair value of the noncash consideration at
contract inception (that is, the date at which the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-1 are met).
51
TRG Paper 30, Significant Financing Components.
Determine the transaction price 116
The starting point for estimating fair value is the noncash consideration itself; however, if the entity cannot
reasonably estimate the fair value of the noncash consideration, the entity looks to the stand-alone selling
price of the goods or services that it is providing to the customer in exchange for the consideration in
accordance with the contract.
ASC 606-10-32-22
If an entity cannot reasonably estimate the fair value of the noncash consideration, the entity shall
measure the consideration indirectly by reference to the standalone selling price of the goods or
services promised to the customer (or class of customer) in exchange for the consideration.
Figure 5.3: Noncash consideration
Example 31 in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity should account for noncash consideration received in
exchange for a good or service.
Example 31Entitlement to Noncash Consideration
ASC 606-10-55-248
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to provide a weekly service for one year. The contract
is signed on January 1, 20X1, and work begins immediately. The entity concludes that the service is a
single performance obligation in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14(b). This is because the
entity is providing a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and have the same
pattern of transfer (the services transfer to the customer over time and use the same method to
measure progressthat is, a time-based measure of progress).
ASC 606-10-55-249
Can the entity reasonably
estimate the fair value of the
noncash consideration at
contract inception?
Measure the estimated fair
value of the noncash
consideration at contract
inception.
Measure the consideration
indirectly by reference to the
stand-alone selling price of
the goods or services
promised to the customer.
Y
N
Determine the transaction price 117
In exchange for the service, the customer promises 100 shares of its common stock per week of
service (a total of 5,200 shares for the contract). The terms in the contract require that the shares must
be paid upon the successful completion of each week of service.
ASC 606-10-55-250
To determine the transaction price (and the amount of revenue to be recognized), the entity measures
the estimated fair value of 5,200 shares at contract inception (that is, on January 1, 20X1). The entity
measures its progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation and recognizes
revenue as each week of service is complete. The entity does not reflect any changes in the fair value
of the 5,200 shares after contract inception in the transaction price. However, the entity assesses any
related contract asset or receivable for impairment. Upon receipt of the noncash consideration, the
entity would apply the guidance related to the form of the noncash consideration to determine whether
and how any changes in fair value that occurred after contract inception should be recognized.
Noncash consideration includes customer-provided goods or services to the vendor when the vendor
obtains control as discussed in ASC 606-10-25-25. Often, customer-supplied goods or services may be
provided to the vendor, but the vendor does not obtain control. That said, a customer may transfer control
of the goods or services to the vendor instead of cash to help the vendor fulfill its obligation under the
contract. For example, a customer of an automobile manufacturer may contribute equipment or materials
to one of its vendors for use in producing the end product for the customer. If the vendor obtains control
of the provided goods or services, it accounts for the goods or services as noncash consideration
received.
ASC 606-10-32-24
If a customer contributes goods or services (for example, materials, equipment, or labor) to facilitate an
entity’s fulfillment of the contract, the entity shall assess whether it obtains control of those contributed
goods or services. If so, the entity shall account for the contributed goods or services as noncash
consideration received from the customer.
The following example illustrates the accounting for goods that are contributed by a customer to an entity
to use in satisfying its obligations under a contract with the customer.
Determine the transaction price 118
Subsequent measurement of noncash consideration
As explained in ASC 606 Example 31, if the fair value of the noncash consideration varies after contract
inception because of its form, the entity does not adjust the transaction price for any changes in the fair
value of the consideration.
In Example 31, the form of the consideration is the customer’s common stock and the price of the shares
may change. The entity would not adjust the transaction price for changes in the market price of the
customer’s common stock.
If the facts were slightly different in Example 31 such that the fair value of the noncash consideration
changes for reasons other than the form of the consideration (for example, the entity may receive an
additional 100 shares if the entity’s performance under the contract meets certain quality ratings), the
entity is required to apply the guidance on variable consideration and the constraint when determining the
transaction price, considering the performance bonus.
ASC 606-10-32-23
The fair value of the noncash consideration may vary after contract inception because of the form of
the consideration (for example, a change in the price of a share to which an entity is entitled to receive
from a customer). Changes in the fair value of noncash consideration after contract inception that are
due to the form of the consideration are not included in the transaction price. If the fair value of the
noncash consideration promised by a customer varies for reasons other than the form of the
consideration (for example, the exercise price of a share option changes because of the entity’s
performance), an entity shall apply the guidance on variable consideration in paragraphs 606-10-32-5
through 32-14. If the fair value of the noncash consideration varies because of the form of the
consideration and for reasons other than the form of the consideration, the entity shall apply the
guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-5 through 32-14 on variable consideration only to the variability
resulting from reasons other than the form of the consideration.
Contributed goods or services
A themed-events company agrees to prepare food and provide wait staff services for an end-of-
production party for its customer, a movie studio. The customer agrees to pay $200,000 for the food and
service. The customer requests the events company to prepare and serve food and decorate the venue
in the theme of the film. The movie studio contributes props, costumes, and pieces of the set worth
$50,000 for the events company to use in staging the event.
The events company has discretion in staging the party and takes ownership of the props, costumes,
and set pieces after the event, and expects to be able to reuse many of the contributed goods at future
engagements. The events company concludes that it obtains control of the goods in accordance with
ASC 606-10-25-25.
As a result, at contract inception, the entity includes the fair value of the contributed goods in the
transaction price, which it determines to be $250,000.
Determine the transaction price 119
The following example illustrates when the fair value of the noncash consideration varies for reasons
other than the form of the consideration.
Fair value of noncash consideration varies for reasons other than the form of the
consideration
A construction entity enters into a contract to build an office building for a real estate entity over an
18-month period. The real estate entity agrees to pay the construction entity $50 million for the project.
The construction entity will receive a bonus of 10,000 common shares of the real estate entity if it
completes construction of the office building within one year. Assume a fair value of $100 per share at
contract inception.
The ultimate value of any shares the entity might receive could change for two reasons: 1) the entity
earns or does not earn the shares and 2) the fair value per share may change during the contract term.
When determining the transaction price, the entity would reflect changes in the number of shares to be
earned. However, the entity would not reflect changes in the fair value per share. Said another way, the
share price of $100 is used to value the potential bonus throughout the life of the contract.
As a result, if the entity earns the bonus, its revenue would be $50 million plus 10,000 common shares
at $100 per share for total consideration of $51 million.
5.4 Consideration payable to a customer
The logic behind the “consideration payable to a customer” guidance is that an entity should not inflate its
revenue by amounts given to customers in a contract that it will receive back through the purchase of its
goods or services. For example, a product manufacturer enters into a contract with a retailer for 100,000
units of product at $20 per unit, but the retailer also requires the manufacturer to pay $10,000 as an
incentive to enter into the contract. Because the manufacturer does not receive a distinct good or service
from the retailer, it should not recognize $2 million in revenue; rather, its transaction price is $1.99 million.
Consideration payable to a customer includes amounts that an entity pays or expects to pay to a
customer and occurs in many forms, including cash, credits, and other items that the customer can apply
against amounts owed to the entity, or equity instruments granted in conjunction with selling goods or
services. Consideration payable to a customer may include, but is not limited to, the following:
Slotting fees
Pay-to-play payments
Cooperative advertising arrangements
Rebates or coupons
Common shares
The key to appropriately accounting for consideration payable to a customer is determining whether the
payment is made in exchange for a distinct good or service. When the entity receives a good or service
from the customer, it applies the guidance in ASC 606-10-25-18 through 25-22 that it uses in Step 2 in
identifying its performance obligations (Section 4.2) to determine if that good or service is distinct.
Determine the transaction price 120
When an entity concludes that the consideration paid to a customer is in exchange for a distinct good or
service, it accounts for the distinct good or service as it would any other purchase from a supplier, as long
as the consideration paid does not exceed the fair value of the goods or services received. When the
consideration exceeds the fair value of the distinct goods or services received, any excess is accounted
for as a reduction in the transaction price.
If, on the other hand, the entity concludes that the consideration paid to the customer is not in exchange
for a distinct good or service, the entity would reduce the transaction price by the amount it pays or owes
the customer.
ASC 606-10-32-25
Consideration payable to a customer includes:
a. Cash amounts that an entity pays, or expects to pay, to the customer (or to other parties that
purchase the entity’s goods or services from the customer)
b. Credit or other items (for example, a coupon or voucher) that can be applied against amounts owed
to the entity (or to other parties that purchase the entity’s goods or services from the customer)
c. Equity instruments (liability or equity classified) granted in conjunction with selling goods or
services (for example, shares, share options, or other equity instruments).
An entity shall account for consideration payable to a customer as a reduction of the transaction
price and, therefore, of revenue unless the payment to the customer is in exchange for a distinct good
or service (as described in paragraphs 606-10-25-18 through 25-22) that the customer transfers to the
entity. If the consideration payable to a customer includes a variable amount, an entity shall estimate
the transaction price (including assessing whether the estimate of variable consideration is
constrained) in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-5 through 32-13.
ASC 606-10-32-26
If consideration payable to a customer is a payment for a distinct good or service from the customer,
then an entity shall account for the purchase of the good or service in the same way that it accounts for
other purchases from suppliers. If the amount of consideration payable to the customer exceeds the
fair value of the distinct good or service that the entity receives from the customer, then the entity shall
account for such an excess as a reduction of the transaction price. If the entity cannot reasonably
estimate the fair value of the good or service received from the customer, it shall account for all of the
consideration payable to the customer as a reduction of the transaction price.
Determine the transaction price 121
Figure 5.4: Consideration payable to a customer
If, after applying the above guidance, an entity determines that the consideration it paid, or promises to
pay, to a customer is a reduction of the transaction price, that reduction is recognized at the later of when
the entity (1) recognizes revenue for the goods or services, or (2) pays or promises to pay the
consideration.
ASC 606-10-32-27
Accordingly, if consideration payable to a customer is accounted for as a reduction of the transaction
price, an entity shall recognize the reduction of revenue when (or as) the later of either of the following
events occurs:
a. The entity recognizes revenue for the transfer of the related goods or services to the customer.
b. The entity pays or promises to pay the consideration (even if the payment is conditional on a future
event). That promise might be implied by the entity’s customary business practices.
Slotting fees
In Example 32 from ASC 606 below, a manufacturer pays slotting fees to a retailer. Because the fees are
“consideration payable to a customer,” the entity considers whether the fees paid are in exchange for a
distinct good or service. Since the entity concludes that the fees are not in exchange for a distinct good or
service, the entity recognizes the fees as a reduction of the transaction price at the later of when the
entity (1) recognizes revenue for transferring the related goods or services, or (2) pays or promises to pay
the consideration. In this case, the later event is when the entity transfers the goods to the customer.
N
Y
N
Y
Is the consideration payable to a customer a
payment for a distinct good or service from the
customer?
Account for the consideration as
a reduction of the transaction
price.
Account for the excess as a
reduction of the transaction
price.
Does the consideration exceed the fair value of
the distinct goods or services that the entity
receives from the customer?
Account for the purchase of the good or service
in the same way that the entity accounts for
other purchases from suppliers.
Determine the transaction price 122
Example 32Consideration Payable to a Customer
ASC 606-10-55-252
An entity that manufactures consumer goods enters into a one-year contract to sell goods to a
customer that is a large global chain of retail stores. The customer commits to buy at least $15 million
of products during the year. The contract also requires the entity to make a nonrefundable payment of
$1.5 million to the customer at the inception of the contract. The $1.5 million payment will compensate
the customer for changes it needs to make to its shelving to accommodate the entity’s products.
ASC 606-10-55-253
The entity considers the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-25 through 32-27 and concludes that the
payment to the customer is not in exchange for a distinct good or service that transfers to the entity.
This is because the entity does not obtain control of any rights to the customer’s shelves.
Consequently, the entity determines that, in accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-25, the $1.5 million
payment is a reduction of the transaction price.
ASC 606-10-55-254
The entity applies the guidance in paragraph 606-10-32-27 and concludes that the consideration
payable is accounted for as a reduction in the transaction price when the entity recognizes revenue for
the transfer of the goods. Consequently, as the entity transfers goods to the customer, the entity
reduces the transaction price for each good by 10 percent ($1.5 million ÷ $15 million). Therefore, in the
first month in which the entity transfers goods to the customer, the entity recognizes revenue of
$1.8 million ($2.0 million invoiced amount ˗ $0.2 million of consideration payable to the customer).
Pay-to-play payments
An entity may make a payment to a customer or potential customer in order to lure business or incentivize
future business. These payments may also serve to reimburse the customer for costs it will incur to switch
suppliers, including termination penalties paid to existing suppliers. Questions on the appropriate
accounting for these types of payments have been discussed by the TRG.
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity account for an upfront payment
when that payment relates to both current and anticipated contracts?
At the November 2016 meeting,
52
the TRG considered the following two examples:
Example 1: A supplier makes a $1 million payment to a potential customer as part of its
negotiations for a three-year exclusive supply contract to provide specialized parts that are a
component in one of the target customer’s main products. The payment is made as an
incentive and also to reimburse the customer for costs incurred to switch from its existing
supplier, including termination fees and other costs. The target customer provides a
nonbinding forecast of its supply requirements, which forecasts expected total purchases of
52
TRG Paper 59, Payments to Customers.
Determine the transaction price 123
100,000 parts at $100 per part (totaling $10 million). The supplier has never previously
contracted with this potential customer before.
Example 2: Assume the same facts as in Example 1, except that the supplier receives a
purchase order for 20,000 parts at the same time it makes the payment to the customer.
The TRG discussed how the supplier should account for the upfront payment in each of the two
examples and agreed that, depending upon the particular facts and circumstances surrounding the
upfront payment, payments made to a customer may be recognized as either an asset that is
subsequently amortized as a reduction to revenue or as an expense, particularly in the case of
Example 1 where a contract does not exist at the time of the payment.
After considering the specific facts and circumstances surrounding the payment and evaluating the
guidance in FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Concepts 6, the entity would likely conclude that
the payments to a customer in Examples 1 and 2 constitute assets.
In Example 1, it would be unlikely for an entity to make a $1 million payment without a valid expectation
that the customer will enter into a future contract. In such cases, the entity would need to evaluate the
asset for impairment in subsequent periods. TRG members observed that the impairment assessment
should be evaluated on the basis of expected future revenue from the customer. Depending on the
facts and circumstances of a particular situation, the entity may conclude, however, that the payment is
best reflected as an expense when paid. This may be appropriate if an existing contract is not in place
(for example, an entity makes a payment in anticipation that the customer will enter into a purchase
contract) and the entity deems that the payment does not constitute an asset.
TRG members agreed that the determination of whether the payment represents an asset or expense
is not an accounting policy election; rather, an entity should consider the facts and circumstances
surrounding the payment, apply judgment, and make appropriate disclosures.
Cooperative advertising
An entity may agree to pay its customer certain amounts in exchange for the customer advertising the
entity’s products or services. In this case, the entity is required to evaluate the contract to determine if it
receives a distinct good or service in exchange for the payment in accordance with the guidance in
ASC 606-10-32-25 through 32-27.
Cooperative advertising arrangements
An entity that manufacturers sinks sells its products to a home goods retailer. The entity’s contract with
the retailer specifies that the entity will deliver 5,000 sinks for $1,000 per sink and will give the retailer a
credit of $100,000 for advertising its products in the retailer’s store circulars. The entity receives a copy
of the retailer’s circular, which evidences the advertising on its behalf, and concludes that the fair value
of the advertising approximates $100,000.
The entity evaluates the criteria in ASC 606-10-32-25 through 32-27 to determine if the advertising is
distinct. The entity concludes that the advertising is capable of being distinct. The entity concludes that
the advertising is also distinct within the context of the contract because the advertising does not
customize or modify the promise to transfer the sinks, and the sinks do not customize or modify the
Determine the transaction price 124
advertising. In addition, there is no significant integration service, and the advertising and sinks are not
highly interdependent or highly interrelated since they do not significantly affect each other.
As a result, the entity accounts for the advertising payment as it does for other purchases from suppliers
(in this case, in selling, general, and administrative expense).
Equity
“Consideration payable to a customer” in the form of equity is addressed in both ASC 606 and ASC 718.
An entity uses the guidance in ASC 606 to determine how to present share-based payments issued to
customers in the financial statements, as discussed above in Section 5.4, while it uses the guidance in
ASC 718 to determine how to classify and measure the award (see Sections 3 to 7 in our Share-based
payments guide). The sections that follow discuss the classification and measurement of equity awards
issued as payments to a customer in a revenue contract.
Grant Thornton insight: Share-based payments to customers
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, which expands the scope of ASC 718 to include share-
based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees, superseding the
guidance in ASC 505-50. The amendments in ASU 2018-07 require entities to account for share-based
payment awards granted to customers in accordance with ASC 606, which provides guidance on how
to present payments made to customers other than payments for distinct goods or services at fair value
(that is, to recognize such amounts as a reduction of the transaction price); however, ASC 606 did not
provide specific measurement guidance for these share-based awards. As a result, some entities were
measuring the share-based payments at contract inception under the “noncash consideration”
guidance in ASC 606, while other entities were measuring the share-based payments at the grant date
under ASC 718. These two dates could yield very different fair-value measurement results for common
customer arrangements, such as those utilizing a master supply agreement.
In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-08 in response to stakeholders who maintained that
this lack of guidance could trigger diversity in practice in accounting for share-based payment awards
granted to a customer in conjunction with selling goods or services. The amendments require entities
that issue share-based payments to customers in conjunction with selling goods or services to use the
measurement and classification guidance in ASC 718, but to use the presentation guidance in
ASC 606, to account for such awards. In other words, the measurement date is either the grant date or
the date when the supplier and the customer reach a mutual understanding of the key terms and
conditions of the award.
The amendments in ASU 2019-08 are effective for calendar-year public entities beginning in 2020,
including interim periods within that year. For nonpublic calendar-year entities that have not yet
adopted ASU 2018-07, the amendments are effective in 2020 and in 2021 for interim periods.
Classification and initial measurement
An entity should use the guidance in ASC 718 to determine how to classify and measure a share-based
payment award, which includes guidance on identifying the grant date (see Section 3 as well as Sections
4 to 7 in our Share-based payments guide for more information).
Determine the transaction price 125
ASC 606-10-32-25A (excerpt)
Equity instruments granted by an entity in conjunction with selling goods or services shall be measured
and classified under Topic 718 on stock compensation. The equity instrument shall be measured at the
grant date in accordance with Topic 718 (for both equity-classified and liability-classified share-based
payment awards). …
Entities must carefully evaluate each award’s terms and conditions to determine whether the award
should be classified in equity or as a liability. Equity awards are initially measured at their grant-date fair
value and are not subsequently remeasured, while liability awards are measured at their grant-date fair
value and are then marked-to-market at each financial reporting date until settlement. In general, share-
based payments must be classified as a liability when any one of the following conditions is met:
The award is classified as a liability under the guidance in ASC 480.
Shares underlying options or similar instruments are classified as liabilities.
Cash settlement may be required.
The award has certain repurchase features.
The award is indexed to conditions other than market, performance, or service conditions.
The substantive terms of the award indicate that it is a liability.
In accordance with ASC 718, the entity must recognize the grant-date fair value of the consideration
payable to a customer on the award’s grant date. The grant date is the date when the grantor and grantee
(that is, the customer in this case) reach a mutual understanding of the key terms and conditions of the
share-based payment award.
The grant date is typically established when all of the following conditions are met:
A mutual understanding of the terms of the award exists between the grantor and the grantee.
All appropriate approvals have been obtained.
The entity is contingently obligated to issue the award.
The grantee is affected by subsequent changes in the share price.
Measurement date of awards granted to customers as part of a MSA
Entity S signs a master supply agreement (MSA) with a customer on January 1, 20X1 to provide
widgets over a four-year period in exchange for consideration. As part of the agreement, Entity S also
incentivizes the customer by providing 10 share-based payment awards to the customer for each widget
purchased. The price per widget is specified in the MSA. The customer executes purchase orders on
June 30, 20X1, January 1, 20X2, and June 30, 20X3.
Because there is not a minimum purchase guarantee, legally enforceable rights and obligations do not
exist in accordance with ASC 606 until the individual purchase orders are executed. However, the grant
date for initially classifying and measuring the share-based payment awards is the date when both
Determine the transaction price 126
parties sign the MSA (January 1, 20X1), because that is the date when the parties establish a mutual
understanding of the key terms and conditions of the arrangement, resulting in a single measurement
date for the share-based payment awards, as described in BC14 of ASU 2019-08.
Subsequent measurement
The fair value of consideration payable to a customer in the form of a share-based payment award may
vary after contract inception due to the form of the consideration, according to the guidance in ASC 606-
10-32-25A. This guidance specifies that subsequent changes in the measurement of an award due to the
form of the consideration should not be included in the transaction price (for example, if an entity is
required to remeasure liability-classified awards throughout the life of the award until settlement).
In contrast, sometimes the number of awards is variable because of a service or performance condition.
As circumstances change, the subsequent changes in measurement that are not due to the form of the
consideration should be reflected in the transaction price (for example, varying numbers of shares
depending upon which EBITDA target an entity achieves within a five-year period). As circumstances
change, the entity should update its estimate of the number of shares that it will be required to issue to
the customer and should reflect the associated changes in the transaction price.
ASC 606-10-32-25A (excerpt)
… Changes in the measurement of the equity instrument (through the application of Topic 718) after
the grant date that are due to the form of the consideration shall not be included in the transaction
price. Any changes due to the form of the consideration shall be reflected elsewhere in the grantor’s
income statement. See paragraphs 606-10-55-88A through 55-88B for implementation guidance on
equity instruments granted as consideration payable to a customer.
ASC 606-10-55-88A
Paragraph 606-10-32-25A requires that equity instruments granted in conjunction with an entity selling
goods or services be measured and classified under Topic 718 on stock compensation. If the number
of equity instruments promised in a contract is variable due to a service condition or a performance
condition that affects the vesting of an award, an entity should estimate the number of equity
instruments that it will be obligated to issue to its customer and update the estimate of the number of
equity instruments until the award ultimately vests in accordance with Topic 718. When measuring
each instrument, the entity should include, in accordance with Topic 718, the effect of any market
conditions and service or performance conditions that affect factors other than vesting. Examples of
factors other than vesting are included in paragraph 718-10-30-15. Changes in the grant-date fair value
of an award due to revisions in the expected outcome of a service condition or a performance condition
(both those that affect vesting and those that affect factors other than vesting) are not deemed to be
changes due to the form of the consideration (as described in paragraph 606-10-32-23) and, therefore,
should be reflected in the transaction price.
ASC 606-10-55-88B
Paragraph 606-10-32-25A requires that equity instruments granted by an entity in conjunction with
selling goods or services be measured and classified under Topic 718 at the grant date of the
instrument. When an estimate of the fair value of an equity instrument is required before the grant date
in accordance with the guidance on variable consideration in paragraph 606-10-32-7, the estimate
Determine the transaction price 127
should be based on the fair value of the award at the reporting dates that occur before the grant date.
An entity should change the transaction price for the cumulative effect of measuring the fair value at
each reporting period after the initial estimate until the grant date occurs. In the period in which the
grant date occurs, the entity should change the transaction price for the cumulative effect of measuring
the fair value at the grant date rather than the fair value previously used at any prior reporting date.
5.5 Changes in the transaction price
Facts and circumstances can change throughout the contract period that require an entity to update the
transaction price. For example, an event gives rise to variable consideration and the related uncertainty is
resolved during the contract period. An entity must update the transaction price when these
circumstances arise throughout the contract period.
ASC 606-10-32-42
After contract inception, the transaction price can change for various reasons, including the resolution
of uncertain events or other changes in circumstances that change the amount of consideration to
which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for the promised goods or services.
An entity must distinguish a change in the transaction price from a change that arises because of a
modification to the contract. Changes that arise because of a modification are addressed in Section 10.
However, an entity would apply the guidance in this section to changes in the transaction price that occur
after a contract modification, as prescribed below.
ASC 606-10-32-45
An entity shall account for a change in the transaction price that arises as a result of a contract
modification in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-10 through 25-13. However, for a change in the
transaction price that occurs after a contract modification, an entity shall apply paragraphs 606-10-32-
42 through 32-44 to allocate the change in the transaction price in whichever of the following ways is
applicable:
a. An entity shall allocate the change in the transaction price to the performance obligations identified
in the contract before the modification if, and to the extent that, the change in the transaction price
is attributable to an amount of variable consideration promised before the modification and the
modification is accounted for in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-13(a).
b. In all other cases in which the modification was not accounted for as a separate contract in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-12, an entity shall allocate the change in the transaction
price to the performance obligations in the modified contract (that is, the performance obligations
that were unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied immediately after the modification).
Determine the transaction price 128
5.6 Sales and other similar taxes
The transaction price excludes amounts collected from the customer on behalf of third parties. In addition,
an entity may elect to exclude all sales and other similar taxes from the transaction price as long as it
discloses its accounting policy election to do so. In this case, the entity would not be required to evaluate
sales and other similar tax laws on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis to determine whether the entity is
acting as a principal or agent for purposes of determining the appropriate amount to include in the
transaction price.
ASC 606-10-32-2A
An entity may make an accounting policy election to exclude from the measurement of the transaction
price all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a
specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the entity from a customer (for example, sales,
use, value added, and some excise taxes). Taxes assessed on an entity’s total gross receipts or
imposed during the inventory procurement process shall be excluded from the scope of the election. An
entity that makes this election shall exclude from the transaction price all taxes in the scope of the
election and shall comply with the applicable accounting policy guidance, including the discourse
requirements in paragraphs 235-10-50-1 through 50-6.
If an entity does not make a policy election to present qualifying taxes on a net basis, it must apply the
principal versus agent guidance on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis to determine whether amounts
collected from customers for those taxes should be included in the transaction price. See Section 9 for
principal versus agent considerations.
At the crossroads: Scope of the sales (and other similar taxes) policy election
The scope of the election to exclude all taxes assessed by a governmental authority both imposed and
concurrent with revenue-producing activities is the same as that in ASC 605-45. Entities should note
that taxes imposed on an entity’s gross receipts or the inventory procurement process are not within
the scope of the ASC 606 policy election.
6. Allocate the transaction price to the performance
obligations
The goal when allocating the transaction price is to allocate an amount that best represents consideration
that the entity expects to receive for transferring each promised good or service to the customer.
Generally, the best way to accomplish this goal is to allocate the contract’s transaction price to each of
the performance obligations identified in Step 2 on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. The Boards
decided that in most cases, an allocation based on stand-alone selling prices faithfully depicts the
different margins that may apply to promised goods or services.
53
There are two exceptions to the general allocation guidance: allocating discounts (see Section 6.4) and
allocating variable consideration (see Section 6.5). Under these exceptions, an entity allocates a
disproportionate amount of the transaction price to specific performance obligations based on evidence
that suggests the discount or variable consideration relates to those specific performance obligations.
Grant Thornton insight: Allocating a discount and/or variable consideration to
one or more, but not all, performance obligations
It is important to note that the Boards decided that allocating the transaction price on a relative stand-
alone selling price basis enhances comparability both within an entity and across different entities and
that the relative stand-alone selling price basis should be the “default” method for allocating the
transaction price.
54
That said, the Boards acknowledged that in certain cases, there may be evidence
that suggests that the discount or the variable consideration should be allocated entirely to one or more
performance obligations in the contract rather than across all performance obligations. For that reason,
ASC 606 includes specific guidance for allocating discounts and variable consideration when certain
conditions are met.
ASC 606-10-32-28
The objective when allocating the transaction price is for an entity to allocate the transaction price to
each performance obligation (or distinct good or service) in an amount that depicts the amount of
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring the promised goods
or services to the customer.
53
BC266, ASU 2014-09.
54
BC280, ASU 2014-09.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 130
ASC 606-10-32-29
To meet the allocation objective, an entity shall allocate the transaction price to each performance
obligation identified in the contract on a relative standalone selling price basis in accordance with
paragraphs 606-10-32-31 through 32-35, except as specified in paragraphs 606-10-32-36 through 32-
38 (for allocating discounts) and paragraphs 606-10-32-39 through 32-41 (for allocating consideration
that includes variable amounts).
The guidance in Step 4 applies only when an entity has identified more than one performance obligation
in a contract. However, the guidance may also apply if an entity has identified a series of distinct goods or
services as a single performance obligation in accordance with the “series guidance” in
ASC 606-10-25-14(b).
ASC 606-10-32-30
Paragraphs 606-10-32-31 through 32-41 do not apply if a contract has only one performance
obligation. However, paragraphs 606-10-32-39 through 32-41 may apply if an entity promises to
transfer a series of distinct goods or services identified as a single performance obligation in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14(b) and the promised consideration includes variable
amounts.
6.1 Determining stand-alone selling price
An entity determines the stand-alone selling price of the goods or services underlying each performance
obligation at contract inception. ASC 606 defines the “stand-alone selling price” as the price at which an
entity would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer.
In determining the stand-alone selling price, an entity is required to maximize the use of observable
inputs. In other words, the best evidence of the stand-alone selling price, if available, is the observable
price charged by the entity to similar customers in similar circumstances.
ASC 606-10-32-31
To allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price
basis, an entity shall determine the standalone selling price at contract inception of the distinct good or
service underlying each performance obligation in the contract and allocate the transaction price in
proportion to those standalone selling prices.
ASC 606-10-32-32
Stand-alone selling price: The price at which an entity would sell a promised good or service
separately to a customer.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 131
The standalone selling price is the price at which an entity would sell a promised good or service
separately to a customer. The best evidence of a standalone selling price is the observable price of a
good or service when the entity sells that good or service separately in similar circumstances and to
similar customers. A contractually stated price or a list price for a good or service may be (but shall not
be presumed to be) the standalone selling price of that good or service.
Entities frequently sell together a combination of goods and services, which are marketed as a bundle.
The bundle may consist of multiple performance obligations, discussed further in Chapter 4. The stand-
alone selling price should be determined for each performance obligation, regardless of whether the
goods and/or services are always bundled and sold together.
Price changes in a contract and evaluation of stand-alone selling price
Scenario A
Entity A and Customer B have an existing contract for the sale of equipment for $100 per unit over two
years. At the beginning of Year 2, the parties modify the pricing of the equipment in the contract to $90
per unit. The cost reduction is related to decreased supply costs and general efficiencies, causing sales
prices to decrease across the board for all of Entity A’s customers. As a result, Entity A may use this
pricing data as an input in determining the stand-alone selling price of the equipment when evaluating
future contracts.
Scenario B
Assume the same facts as above, but the cost reduction in this scenario is due to negotiations to
maintain a relationship only with Customer B. Entity A’s other customers have not received similar price
decreases. As a result, Entity A may determine that this pricing data should not be used as an input in
determining the stand-alone selling price in future contracts.
At the crossroads: The selling price ‘hierarchy’
ASC 605-25 specified the following hierarchy for determining the stand-alone selling price of each
deliverable:
1. Vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of the selling price
2. Third-party evidence of the selling price
3. The best estimate of the selling price
Under ASC 605-25, an entity would first determine that it does not have VSOE, then it would evaluate
whether there is third-party evidence of selling price before estimating the stand-alone selling price of a
good or service.
In contrast, ASC 606 does not specify a hierarchy of evidence to determine the stand-alone selling
price for a good or service. That said, ASC 606-10-32-32 states that the best evidence of a stand-alone
selling price is the observable price of a good or service when the entity sells that good or service
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 132
separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. Further, if an entity needs to estimate the
stand-alone selling price, the guidance requires the entity to use all information that is reasonably
available, maximizing the use of observable inputs.
While the resulting stand-alone selling price under legacy GAAP and the stand-alone selling price
under ASC 606 may not be largely different, the process to arrive at the amounts may differ greatly.
If the stand-alone selling price is not observable because, for example, the entity does not sell the good
or service separately, an entity should estimate the stand-alone selling price using all information that is
reasonably available to the entity, maximizing the use of observable inputs.
ASC 606-10-32-33
If a standalone selling price is not directly observable, an entity shall estimate the standalone selling
price at an amount that would result in the allocation of the transaction price meeting the allocation
objective in paragraph 606-10-32-28. When estimating a standalone selling price, an entity shall
consider all information (including market conditions, entity-specific factors, and information about the
customer or class of customer) that is reasonably available to the entity. In doing so, an entity shall
maximize the use of observable inputs and apply estimation methods consistently in similar
circumstances.
“All information that is reasonably available to the entity” may include,
55
but is not limited to, the following
items:
Reasonably available data points such as a stand-alone selling price of the good or service, costs
incurred to manufacture or provide the good or service, related profit margins, published price listings,
third-party or industry pricing, and the pricing of other goods or services in the same contract
Market conditions such as supply and demand for the good or service in the market, competition,
restrictions, and trends
Entity-specific factors such as business pricing strategy and practices
Information about the customer or class of customer such as type of customer, geographical region,
and distribution channel
Evaluating the evidence related to estimating a stand-alone selling price may require significant judgment.
An entity should establish policies and procedures for estimating stand-alone selling price and apply
those policies and procedures consistently to similar performance obligations. As a best practice, an
entity should document its evaluation of the market conditions and entity-specific factors considered in
estimating each stand-alone selling price, including factors that it considers to be irrelevant and the
reasons why.
55
BC269, ASU 2014-09.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 133
Grant Thornton insight: Determining stand-alone selling price when standard
price lists are not supported by stand-alone sales
We believe that entities should consider factors beyond the standard price lists when determining the
stand-alone selling price of a good or service.
Some market conditions to consider might include:
Overall economic conditions and trends
Customer awareness and demand for the good or service
Impact of competition for the good or service, including competitor pricing
Pricing caps in the market
Profit margins realized by entities in the industry
Impact of product customization
Impact of geographic location
Expected technological life of the product and impact of expected industry advancements
Some entity-specific factors might include
Impact of geographic factors
The entity’s pricing practices for the same goods or services, including such discounts as
Volume discounts
Price reductions to gain market share
Lower inventory levels due to obsolescence or an improved model
The Boards decided
56
not to preclude or prescribe any particular method for estimating stand-alone
selling price, as long as the method results in an estimate that provides a faithful representation of the
price at which the entity would separately sell the good or service to a customer. While ASC 606 does not
prescribe an estimation method, it does indicate that the following methods are acceptable for estimating
the stand-alone selling price when the selling price is not directly observable:
Adjusted market assessment approach
Expected cost-plus-a-margin approach
Residual approach
56
BC268, ASU 2014-09.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 134
ASC 606-10-32-34
Suitable methods for estimating the standalone selling price of a good or service include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. Adjusted market assessment approachAn entity could evaluate the market in which it sells goods
or services and estimate the price that a customer in that market would be willing to pay for those
goods or services. That approach also might include referring to prices from the entity’s
competitors for similar goods or services and adjusting those prices as necessary to reflect the
entity’s costs and margins.
b. Expected cost plus a margin approachAn entity could forecast its expected costs of satisfying a
performance obligation and then add an appropriate margin for that good or service.
c. Residual approachAn entity may estimate the standalone selling price by reference to the total
transaction price less the sum of the observable standalone selling prices of other goods or
services promised in the contract. However, an entity may use a residual approach to estimate, in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-33, the standalone selling price of a good or service only if
one of the following criteria is met.
1. The entity sells the same good or service to different customers (at or near the same time) for
a broad range of amounts (that is, the selling price is highly variable because a representative
standalone selling price is not discernible from past transactions or other observable evidence).
2. The entity has not yet established a price for that good or service, and the good or service has
not previously been sold on a standalone basis (that is, the selling price is uncertain).
Figure 6.1: Determining stand-alone selling price
Adjusted market assessment approach
Under the adjusted market assessment approach, an entity evaluates the market in which it sells the
goods or services and estimates the price that customers in that market would pay for those goods or
services when sold separately. An entity could also look to competitor pricing information for similar goods
Is the stand-alone selling price
directly observable?
Use the observable price
Estimate the stand-alone selling
price using one of the
following methods:
Yes
No
Adjusted market
assessment approach
Expected cost-plus-a-
margin approach
Residual approach
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 135
or services and adjust that information to reflect its own costs and margins. In other words, if an entity’s
product differs from the competitor’s product, those differences might indicate that the entity would not
sell its product for the same price as its competitor.
Expected cost-plus-a-margin approach
Under the expected cost-plus-a-margin approach, an entity forecasts its expected costs to provide the
good or service and adds an appropriate margin. When determining which costs to include in the selling
price analysis, an entity should develop and consistently apply a methodology that considers direct and
indirect costs, as well as other relevant costs considered in its normal pricing practices, such as research
and development costs. Determining the margin to use when applying a cost-plus-a-margin approach
requires significant judgment, particularly when the entity is not planning to separately sell a product or
service. Furthermore, using an expected cost-plus-margin approach may not be appropriate in many
circumstances, such as when direct fulfillment costs are not easily identifiable or when costs are not a
significant input in setting the price for the goods or services.
Residual approach
Under the residual approach, an entity estimates the stand-alone selling price of a performance obligation
by subtracting the sum of the observable stand-alone selling prices for other goods and services
promised under the contract from the total transaction price. This method is permitted only if either of the
following conditions is met:
The selling price of the good or service is highly variable. This means that the entity sells the same
good or service to different customers, at or near the same time, for a broad range of amounts so that
a representative stand-alone price is not discernible.
The selling price of the good or service is uncertain. The entity has not yet established a price for the
good or service and the good or service has not been sold on a stand-alone basis.
At the crossroads: Using the residual approach
The Boards emphasized
57
that the “residual approach” under ASC 606 differs from the “residual
method” used in legacy GAAP.
In ASC 606, the residual approach is used to determine the stand-alone selling price of a distinct good
or service. As a result, the distinct good or service cannot have a stand-alone selling price of zero
because, by definition, a good or service that is distinct has value on a stand-alone basis.
In contrast, a good or service may have been assigned a value of zero under legacy GAAP, because
the residual method was an allocation method. The Boards noted in BC273 of ASU 2014-09 that if no,
or very little, consideration is allocated to a good or service or to a bundle of goods or services as a
result of applying the residual approach, the entity should consider whether the estimate is appropriate.
57
BC273, ASU 2014-09.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 136
Method of estimating stand-alone selling prices
Scenario 1
Entity A enters a contract with a customer to manufacture and install new, highly specialized equipment
in a customer’s facility. Entity A determines that there are two performance obligations in this contract
the equipment and the installation services. Entity A has not yet sold the equipment on a stand-alone
basis, so there is no directly observable price. The selling price is uncertain due to the new, highly
specialized nature of the equipment, although market research and product backlog indicate a strong
demand for the equipment. The installation services have a directly observable price as Entity A
regularly performs installation services separately for other products at consistent prices and believes
that those installation services are similar to the installation services in this contract.
Entity A evaluated the facts and circumstances and determined that because there is sufficient cost
information, an estimate of stand-alone selling price using the expected cost-plus a margin approach
will maximize the use of observable inputs and is more appropriate than using the residual approach.
Scenario 2
Entity B, a software vendor, enters into a contract with a customer to license the rights to use its
software product on a perpetual basis and to provide post-contract customer support (PCS), including
when-and-if-available updates, for one year. Entity B concludes that there are two separate
performance obligations in the contractthe software license and the PCS.
Entity B always bundles its software licenses with PCS and does not license its software on a stand-
alone basis. However, there is a directly observable price for the PCS, as the services are regularly sold
separately at consistent prices that are evidenced through annual renewals.
Entity B owns various software platforms, and the level of discount offered in the bundled arrangements
varies significantly based on individual customer negotiations. As a result, Entity B determines that the
selling prices of its software licenses are highly variable.
Entity B determines that it will estimate the stand-alone selling price of the software license using the
residual method, because the prices offered to customers are highly variable based on individual
customer relationships.
The following table presents examples of when it may or may not be appropriate to apply each of these
methods to estimate the stand-alone selling price of a performance obligation.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 137
Figure 6.2: When to apply select methods to estimate stand-alone selling price
Method
Description
May be
appropriate
May not be
appropriate
Adjusted market
assessment
approach
An entity looks to the
relevant market to
determine what the
market will pay for the
good or service.
The good or service is not
new to the market and
sufficient data supports the
market demand.
The entity is selling a new
product or service.
Expected cost-
plus-a-margin
approach
An entity looks to entity-
specific factors, such as
the cost basis of the
good or service.
The entity has sufficient
data supporting the direct
costs of providing the good
or service.
The entity does not have
good data supporting the
direct costs of providing
the good or service.
Residual
approach
An entity subtracts the
sum of the observable
stand-alone selling
prices for other goods or
services promised
under the contract from
the total transaction
price, to arrive at an
estimated selling price
for the remaining
performance
obligation(s).
The entity determines a
stand-alone selling price in
contracts for IP and other
intangible products or for
two or more goods or
services with highly variable
or uncertain stand-alone
selling prices if at least one
of the other promised goods
or services has an
observable stand-alone
selling price.
The entity has information
that can be used for the
adjusted market
assessment or expected
cost-plus-a-margin
approach.
The entity sells the good
or service on a stand-
alone basis but does not
believe the price is
representative of the
stand-alone selling price.
Using a combination of approaches
An entity may need to use a combination of approaches to estimate the stand-alone selling prices when
two or more of the goods or services in the contract have highly variable or uncertain stand-alone selling
prices.
ASC 606-10-32-35
A combination of methods may need to be used to estimate the standalone selling prices of the goods
or services promised in the contract if two or more of those goods or services have highly variable or
uncertain standalone selling prices. For example, an entity may use a residual approach to estimate
the aggregate standalone selling price for those promised goods or services with highly variable or
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 138
uncertain standalone selling prices and then use another method to estimate the standalone selling
prices of the individual goods or services relative to that estimated aggregate standalone selling price
determined by the residual approach. When an entity uses a combination of methods to estimate the
standalone selling price of each promised good or service in the contract, the entity shall evaluate
whether allocating the transaction price at those estimated standalone selling prices would be
consistent with the allocation objective in paragraph 606-10-32-28 and the guidance on estimating
standalone selling prices in paragraph 606-10-32-33.
In some circumstances, an entity might find it challenging to determine a stand-alone selling price using
one of the three methods described in ASC 606-10-32-34. In those situations, it is important to consider
the guidance in ASC 606-10-32-33, which states that an entity should maximize observable inputs and
consider all reasonably available information when estimating the stand-alone selling price of goods or
services.
Grant Thornton insight: Using a percentage of the license price as the stand-alone
selling price for post-contract customer support
For certain contracts, it might be difficult to use one of the three methods described in ASC 606-10-32-
34 to determine the stand-alone selling price for goods or services, for example, a contract granting a
perpetual software license and maintenance services or post-contract customer support (PCS) when
the software product is not sold on a stand-alone basis and the pricing of bundled arrangements varies
among customers.
In those situations, we believe that a substantive renewal rate, expressed as a consistent percentage
of the software license fee, could be helpful in determining the stand-alone selling price of both the
software product and related, PCS, even if the dollar amounts of the initial license fees vary among
customers for the same software product.
For example, an entity may sell a perpetual software license bundled with one year of PCS and also
sell PCS renewals on a stand-alone basis. The entity may conclude that the practice of pricing and
selling PCS as a percentage of the net fee for related software licenses indicates that it has established
a value relationship between the software and the PCS, which supports the use of a set percentage of
the original software license fee as the stand-alone selling price for the PCS.
The key is for a vendor to use a consistent percentage for the PCS renewal rate from contract to
contract.
6.2 Allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations
Once an entity determines the transaction price in the arrangement, it allocates the transaction price to
each performance obligation on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. This section illustrates how an
entity allocates the transaction price based on the stand-alone selling prices, as determined in
Section 6.1. As noted above, allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations on a stand-
alone selling price basis is the “default” method in ASC 606.
Example 33 in ASC 606 demonstrates how an entity may allocate the transaction price to performance
obligations in a contract based on the stand-alone selling price of each good or service. The Example
also illustrates the allocation of a discount which is discussed in Section 6.4.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 139
Example 33Allocation Methodology
ASC 606-10-55-256
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to sell Products A, B, and C in exchange for $100. The
entity will satisfy the performance obligations for each of the products at different points in time. The
entity regularly sells Product A separately, and, therefore the standalone selling price is directly
observable. The standalone selling prices of Products B and C are not directly observable.
ASC 606-10-55-257
Because the standalone selling prices for Products B and C are not directly observable, the entity must
estimate them. To estimate the standalone selling prices, the entity uses the adjusted market
assessment approach for Product B and the expected cost plus a margin approach for Product C. In
making those estimates, the entity maximizes the use of observable inputs (in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-32-33). The entity estimates the standalone selling prices as follows:
Product
Standalone
Selling Price
Method
Product A
$ 50
Directly observable
(see paragraph 606-10-32-32)
Product B
25
Adjusted market assessment approach
(see paragraph 606-10-32-34(a))
Product C
75
Expected cost plus a margin approach
(see paragraph 606-10-32-34(b))
Total
$ 150
ASC 606-10-55-258
The customer receives a discount for purchasing the bundle of goods because the sum of the
standalone selling prices ($150) exceeds the promised consideration ($100). The entity considers
whether it has observable evidence about the performance obligation to which the entire discount
belongs (in accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-37) and concludes that it does not. Consequently, in
accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-31 and 606-10-32-36, the discount is allocated proportionately
across Products A, B, and C. The discount, and therefore the transaction price, is allocated as follows:
Product
Allocated
Transaction
Price
Product A
$ 33
($50 ÷ $150 × $100)
Product B
17
($25 ÷ $150 × $100)
Product C
50
($75 ÷ $150 × $100)
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 140
Total
$ 100
The following example illustrates the principle of estimating the stand-alone selling price of services in a
consulting contract and then allocating the transaction price when there are no directly observable prices.
In this example, the entity establishes stand-alone selling prices by referring to average realization from
standard hourly rates to charged hourly rates.
Estimating stand-alone selling price: consulting services
On January 1, 20X0, Entity Z, a provider of consulting services, enters into a contract with a customer to
provide the following services for total consideration of $725,000.
Service
Dates service will be provided
Contract price
A
During year 20X0
$150,000
B
During years 20X0 and 20X1
200,000
C
During year 20X1
75,000
D
During years 20X0 through 20X2
300,000
$725,000
Payments of $300,000, $150,000, $150,000, and $125,000 are due and payable on January 1, 20X0,
January 1, 20X1, January 1, 20X2, and June 30, 20X2, respectively. Entity Z concludes that each
service is a separate performance obligation. Entity Z does not sell any of the services on a stand-alone
basis and, therefore, does not have a directly observable price for each service, so it must estimate the
stand-alone selling price for each performance obligation.
Entity Z determines pricing for its services based on an estimate of expected hours, using standard
billing rates. Gross standard billing rates are set annually, based on Entity Z’s annual budget. In setting
the standard billing rates, Entity Z considers the overall economic conditions, customer demand,
competition, and average cost incurred to deliver the services. Entity Z typically provides its customers
with a discount from its standard billing rates, with the level of discount based on various factors,
including headcount, the timing and type of work, geographic location, the number of services
purchased, leverage in contract negotiations, and other general market forces. Although the entity
occasionally receives 100 percent of its gross billing rates for services offered in certain arrangements,
an analysis of historic data indicates an average realization of approximately 60 percent for services A
and B, and 65 percent for services C and D.
Based on these facts and circumstances, Entity Z determines that average realization is an appropriate
measure to use in estimating stand-alone selling prices. The budgeted hours and rates for each of the
consulting projects are obtained from the project managers to determine the gross billable amounts.
Entity Z then multiplies the gross billable amounts by the average realization for the type of service
performed in estimating the stand-alone selling price. Total transaction price is allocated to the
performance obligations on a relative stand-alone selling price basis.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 141
The table below summarizes the results.
Service
Estimated
hours
Blended
hourly
rate
Estimated
billings at
standard
rates
Realization
Stand-
alone
selling
price
Ratio
Arrangement
consideration
allocation
A
1,500
$200
$300,000
60%
$180,000
21%
$152,250
B
2,125
$200
425,000
60%
255,000
30%
217,500
C
500
$250
125,000
65%
81,250
10%
72,500
D
2,000
$250
500,000
65%
325,000
39%
282,750
$1,350,000
$841,250
100%
$725,000
6.2.1 Allocating based on a range of estimated stand-alone selling prices
ASC 606 does not address using a range of estimated stand-alone selling prices. However, we believe
that as long as the range maximizes the use of observable inputs, the use of such a range would not be
inconsistent with the objective of Step 4to allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation
in an amount that depicts the amount of consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in
exchange for transferring the promised goods or services. If an entity believes a range represents its
estimate of stand-alone selling price, the range should be sufficiently narrow so that any price within the
range represents a price that the entity would accept if the good or service were sold regularly on a stand-
alone basis. It is not appropriate for an entity to establish a point estimate and then calculate stand-alone
selling price as a narrow range of prices on either side of the point estimate. An entity might conclude that
multiple data points, adjusted for market and entity-specific factors, provide valid pricing points that are
within a narrow range of one another.
If the contract prices for the performance obligations are within the applicable range(s) established, then
the contract prices are deemed to approximate the entity’s estimated stand-alone selling price. If the
arrangement contains performance obligations with contractually stated prices that are not within the
range of estimated stand-alone selling prices, then the entity should not use the stated contract price as
the estimated stand-alone selling price, and should instead allocate the transaction price using a price
within the range, as illustrated in the following example.
Utilizing a range of estimated stand-alone selling prices
Entity A sells manufacturing equipment to customers in a variety of industries. Entity A enters into a
contract to sell a conveyor system to a customer for total consideration of $1 million. The contract
includes the following performance obligations and stated contract prices: conveyor $875,000,
installation $117,000, and eight days of training $8,000. Entity A estimates a narrow range of stand-
alone selling prices for each of the performance obligations as follows:
Conveyor $825,000 to $890,000
Installation $100,000 to $125,000
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 142
Training $975 to $1,000 per day
Because all of the stated contract prices fall within the stand-alone selling price ranges established by
Entity A, the stated contract prices are used to allocate the transaction price to the performance
obligations, and no further allocation is required.
Now assume the same facts, except that the stated contract prices for the performance obligations are
conveyor $865,000, installation $90,000, and training $9,000, for total consideration of $964,000.
Because the stated contract prices for the installation and training are outside the respective stand-
alone selling price ranges, Entity A would allocate the transaction price on a relative stand-alone selling
price basis. Entity A’s policy in these situations is to use the endpoint of the range nearest the stated
contract price as the estimated stand-alone selling price. As a result, Entity A allocates the transaction
price as shown below.
Stand-alone
selling price
Ratio
Allocation
Conveyor
$865,000
88.9%
$857,000
Installation
(low end of range)
100,000
10.3
99,075
Training
(high end of range)
8,000
0.8
7,925
$973,000
100.0%
$964,000
Grant Thornton insight: Selecting a policy when utilizing a range for stand-alone
selling price
In the example above, the stated contract prices for the installation and training are outside the
respective stand-alone selling price ranges established by Entity A. Entity A states that its policy is to
use the endpoint of the range nearest the stated contract price as the estimated stand-alone selling
price.
In our view, if an entity has a practice of utilizing a range of estimated stand-alone selling prices, it must
clearly establish its policy for identifying a stand-alone selling price to use when a contract amounts fall
outside that range. For example, the entity can use the endpoint of the range nearest the stated
contract price as in Entity A’s case above, the midpoint of the range, or another reasonable method.
We believe that the entity should clearly state its policy and consistently apply that policy in each case
it utilizes a range to estimate the stand-alone selling price for a good or service.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 143
The wider the range, the less relevant that range is in estimating a stand-alone selling price. If a wider
range exists, an entity may wish to consider whether its transactions should be stratified for purposes of
developing an estimate of stand-alone selling price.
6.3 Estimating the stand-alone selling price of an option
If an entity determines that a customer option constitutes a material right and therefore should be
recognized as a separate performance obligation (Section 4.4), then the entity must determine a stand-
alone selling price for that option for purposes of allocating a portion of the transaction price to that
performance obligation. If the stand-alone selling price is not directly observable, which is often the case
for an option, it must be estimated. The estimate should reflect the discount the customer will obtain when
exercising the option, adjusted for both any discount that the customer might receive without exercising
and the likelihood of exercise.
ASC 606-10-55-44
Paragraph 606-10-32-29 requires an entity to allocate the transaction price to performance obligations
on a relative standalone selling price basis. If the standalone selling price for a customer’s option to
acquire additional goods or services is not directly observable, an entity should estimate it. That
estimate should reflect the discount that the customer would obtain when exercising the option,
adjusted for both of the following:
a. Any discount that the customer could receive without exercising the option
b. The likelihood that the option will be exercised.
Allocating stand-alone selling price to a renewal option
A golf course provides a holiday promotion to new members, granting them an option to renew their
annual membership at a discount for up to two years. The golf course sells annual memberships for
$5,000 per year, but new members are offered the option to renew their membership for $4,000 per
year in years two and three.
Based on historical data, the course expects 20 people to join during the promotional period. After the
initial membership year, it expects renewals to be 50 percent in year two and to decline by another
50 percent in year three.
The golf course concludes that the renewal option provides a material right to the customer and that
there is no directly observable stand-alone selling price for the option.
To estimate the stand-alone selling price of the option, the entity performs the following analysis:
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 144
As a result, the golf course allocates $86,957 to the initial membership and $13,043 to the renewal
option.
End of year-two facts
Suppose that in year two, eight customers (40 percent of the new members) renew their membership,
and the entity expects that four of those customers (50 percent) will renew for a third year. The entity
would perform the following analysis:
Performance obligation
Stand-alone
selling price
Description/Calculation
One-year membership
$ 100,000
Expect 20 people to join during
promotion at SASP of $5,000
Option for a $1,000
discount on renewal
15,000
Expect 20 people to join, with 50
percent of those people renewing
each year (10 + 5) = 15 annual
renewals × $1,000 discount
per annual period
Total
$ 115,000
Performance
obligation
Stand-alone
selling price
Calculation
Membership
$86,957
($100,000 ÷ 115,000) ×
$100,000
Renewal option
13,043
($15,000 ÷ 115,000) ×
$100,000
Total
$100,000
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 145
As a result, the golf course recognizes membership revenue of $41,565 over time throughout year two
and retains a liability for the option of $3,478 to be recognized over year three or when the option to
renew expires.
Performance
obligation
Allocated
transaction
price
Description/Calculation
Membership
$41,565
Cash received:
$4,000 (renewal price) × 8
Revenue recognized for options exercised:
$869.50 ($13,043 ÷ 15 originally expected renewal
years) × 8 (number of renewals)
Revenue recognized for options no longer
expected to be exercised:
$869.50 × 3 (2 from year two + 1 from year three)
$ 32,000
6,956
2,609
$ 41,565
Renewal
option
$3,478
Remaining balance in contract liability
($869.50 × 4) OR ($13,043 6,956 2,609)
$ 3,478
Practical alternative to estimating the stand-alone selling price of an option
ASC 606 provides a practical alternative that may be used when a customer has a material right under
the terms in the original contract to acquire future goods and services that are similar to the original goods
or services in the contract. This guidance generally applies to customer rights to renew a contract on pre-
agreed terms. The practical alternative permits an entity to allocate the transaction price to the optional
goods or services by referring to the goods or services expected to be provided and the corresponding
expected consideration.
ASC 606-10-55-45
If a customer has a material right to acquire future goods or services and those goods or services are
similar to the original goods or services in the contract and are provided in accordance with the terms
of the original contract, then an entity may, as a practical alternative to estimating the standalone
selling price of the option, allocate the transaction price to the optional goods or services by reference
to the goods or services expected to be provided and the corresponding expected consideration.
Typically, those types of options are for contract renewals.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 146
Evaluating a renewal option using the practical alternative
Assume the same facts as in the previous example about the promotional golf course membership.
The golf course concludes that the discounted membership option provides a material right to the
customer and that there is no directly observable stand-alone selling price for the option. The entity
uses the practical alternative to estimate the stand-alone selling price of the option as shown in the
following table for year one. A similar updated calculation will be made at the end of years one and two.
Description
Amount
Calculation
Total expected
consideration
$ 160,000
(20 members × $5,000) + (10 members × $4,000) +
(5 members × $4,000)
Allocated
to each
membership
period
$ 4,571
$160,000 ÷ 35 membership periods (20 + 10 + 5)
Revenue in
year one
$ 91,420
$4,571 × 20 membership periods
Liability for
option to renew
in year one
$ 8,580
$100,000 consideration received $91,420
revenue recognized
Valuing an option when a nonrefundable fee gives rise to a material right
A software company hosts a software platform for its customer. The entity charges nonrefundable fees
of $20,000 at contract inception for setup activities and an ongoing $1,000 monthly fee. The initial
contract term is three years. The customer has the option to renew the contract for an additional three
years for $1,000 per month without repaying the $20,000 setup fee. The entity expects the customer to
exercise its renewal option.
The entity determines that its promise to host the software platform represents a series of distinct
services (consisting of monthly time increments) in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-14(b) and is
therefore a single performance obligation. The entity concludes that the $20,000 setup fee does not
relate to the transfer of a promised good or service.
The entity next considers if the prepayment of the setup fee provides the customer with a material right
in relation to the renewal option. In making this determination, the entity considers the following:
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 147
The renewal price ($1,000 per month × 12 months × 3 years = $36,000) is much lower than the
price a new customer would pay for the same service ($1,000 per month × 12 months × 3 years +
$20,000 setup fee = $56,000).
There are no similar service alternatives available to the customer (for example, the customer
cannot obtain substantially equivalent services from another provider without paying an activation
fee).
The average customer life is six years (an indication that the setup fee incentivizes customers to
continue service).
Because the customer does not have to pay the set-up fee again when it renews and the fee provides
the customer with an incremental discount that it would not otherwise receive without entering into the
initial contract, the entity concludes that the setup fee provides the customer with a material right related
to the renewal option that is accounted for as a separate performance obligation.
The entity next estimates the stand-alone selling price of the option using the practical alternative.
Therefore, total consideration of $56,000 received for the first three years of service would be allocated
as shown in the following table.
Description
Amount
Calculation
Upfront fee
$ 20,000
First three years of service fees
$ 36,000
$1,000 per month ×
36 months
Second three years of service fees
(renewal period)
$ $36,000
Total
$ 92,000
Total consideration per month
$ 1,278
$92,000 ÷ 72 months
(six years)
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 148
During the first three years, the entity recognizes monthly revenue of $1,278 as it performs the hosting
services and defers the $10,000 allocated to the option, since that amount is essentially a prepayment
for services to be provided during the renewal period.
During the second three-year term of the contract (the renewal period), the entity recognizes $1,278 in
revenue per month. That is, $36,000 that it receives from the customer ($1,000 per month × 36 months)
plus the $10,000 related to the option ÷ 36 months.
Taking a step back, the entity concludes that the accounting reflects the nature of its promise to transfer
a series of the same services over the entire six-year period. As a result, recognizing the same amount
of revenue for each month of service is in line with the core principle of the revenue guidance.
Performance obligation
Allocation
Calculation
Hosting service (initial contract term)
$ 46,000
$1,278 per month ×
36 months
Option
$ 10,000
$56,000 received less
amount allocated to
initial contract term
6.4 Allocating a discount
This guidance in this section generally applies to a contract that contains three or more performance
obligations. If the sum of the stand-alone selling price for the promised goods or services exceeds the
contract’s total consideration, the excess is a discount that is allocated to the performance obligations.
Unless an entity has observable evidence that the entire discount relates to only one or more, but not all,
performance obligations in the contract, the entity should allocate the discount proportionately to all
performance obligations in the contract based on relative stand-alone selling prices.
ASC 606-10-32-36
A customer receives a discount for purchasing a bundle of goods or services if the sum of the
standalone selling prices of those promised goods or services in the contract exceeds the promised
consideration in a contract. Except when an entity has observable evidence in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-32-37 that the entire discount relates to only one or more, but not all, performance
obligations in a contract, the entity shall allocate a discount proportionately to all performance
obligations in the contract. The proportionate allocation of the discount in those circumstances is a
consequence of the entity allocating the transaction price to each performance obligation on the basis
of the relative standalone selling prices of the underlying distinct goods or services.
The allocation methodology in Example 33 in ASC 606, illustrated above in Section 6.2, should be used
when there is no observable evidence that the discount applies to less than all of the performance
obligations included in the bundle of goods or services. However, an entity should allocate a discount to a
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 149
specific performance obligation (or obligations), but not all of the performance obligations, in the contract
if all of the following criteria exist:
The entity regularly sells each distinct good or service on a stand-alone basis.
The entity regularly sells a bundle (or bundles) of some of the distinct goods or services at a discount.
The bundle’s discount is substantially the same as the discount in the contract and there is
observable evidence of the performance obligations to which the discount belongs.
Under ASC 606, if an entity meets the above criteria for allocating the discount entirely to one or more
performance obligations, it should allocate the discount before using a residual approach to estimate a
stand-alone selling price for a good or service.
ASC 606-10-32-37
An entity shall allocate a discount entirely to one or more, but not all, performance obligations in the
contract if all of the following criteria are met:
a. The entity regularly sells each distinct good or service (or each bundle of distinct goods or
services) in the contract on a standalone basis.
b. The entity also regularly sells on a standalone basis a bundle (or bundles) of some of those distinct
goods or services at a discount to the standalone selling prices of the goods or services in each
bundle.
c. The discount attributable to each bundle of goods or services described in (b) is substantially the
same as the discount in the contract, and an analysis of the goods or services in each bundle
provides observable evidence of the performance obligation (or performance obligations) to which
the entire discount in the contract belongs.
ASC 606-10-32-38
If a discount is allocated entirely to one or more performance obligations in the contract in accordance
with paragraph 606-10-32-37, an entity shall allocate the discount before using the residual approach
to estimate the standalone selling price of a good or service in accordance with paragraph
606-10-32-34(c).
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 150
Figure 6.4: Allocating discounts
ASC 606 provides an example of the application of this guidance.
Example 34Allocating a Discount
ASC 606-10-55-259
An entity regularly sells Products A, B, and C individually, thereby establishing the following standalone
selling prices:
Product
Standalone Selling Price
Product A
$ 40
Product B
55
Product C
45
Total
$ 140
Does the entity regularly sell each distinct good
or service (or each bundle of distinct goods or
services) in the contract on a stand-alone basis?
Does the entity regularly sell on a stand-alone
basis a bundle (or bundles) of some of the
distinct goods or services at a discount and
therefore have observable evidence of which
performance obligation(s) the discount in
the contract is attributed to?
Y
Y
Allocate the discount entirely to those performance
obligations and do so before using the residual
approach to estimate stand-alone selling price
of a good or service, if applicable.
Allocate the discount
proportionately to all
performance obligations
in the contract.
N
N
N
N
Y
Y
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 151
ASC 606-10-55-260
In addition, the entity regularly sells Products B and C together for $60.
Case A Allocating a Discount to One or More Performance Obligations
ASC 606-10-55-261
The entity enters into a contract with a customer to sell Products A, B, and C in exchange for $100. The
entity will satisfy the performance obligations for each of the products at different points in time.
ASC 606-10-55-262
The contract includes a discount of $40 on the overall transaction, which would be allocated
proportionately to all 3 performance obligations when allocating the transaction price using the relative
standalone selling price method (in accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-36). However, because the
entity regularly sells Products B and C together for $60 and Product A for $40, it has evidence that the
entire discount should be allocated to the promises to transfer Products B and C in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-32-37.
ASC 606-10-55-263
If the entity transfers control of Products B and C at the same point in time, then the entity could, as a
practical matter, account for the transfer of those products as a single performance obligation. That is,
the entity could allocate $60 of the transaction price to the single performance obligation and recognize
revenue of $60 when Products B and C simultaneously transfer to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-264
If the contract requires the entity to transfer control of Products B and C at different points in time, then
the allocated amount of $60 is individually allocated to the promises to transfer Product B (standalone
selling price of $55) and Product C (standalone selling price of $45) as follows:
Product
Allocated
Transaction
Price
Product B
$ 33
($55 ÷ $100 total standalone selling price × $60)
Product C
27
($45 ÷ $100 total standalone selling price × $60)
Total
$ 60
Case B Residual Approach is Appropriate
ASC 606-10-55-265
The entity enters into a contract with a customer to sell Products A, B, and C as described in Case A.
The contract also includes a promise to transfer Product D. The consideration in the contract is $130.
The standalone selling price for Product D is highly variable (see paragraph 606-10-32-34(c)(1))
because the entity sells Product D to different customers for a broad range of amounts ($15 $45).
Consequently, the entity decides to estimate the standalone selling price of Product D using the residual
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 152
approach.
ASC 606-10-55-266
Before estimating the standalone selling price of Product D using the residual approach, the entity
determines whether any discount should be allocated to the other performance obligations in the
contract in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-37 and 32-38.
ASC 606-10-55-267
As in Case A, because the entity regularly sells Products B and C together for $60 and Product A for
$40, it has observable evidence that $100 should be allocated to those 3 products and a $40 discount
should be allocated to the promises to transfer Products B and C in accordance with paragraph 606-10-
32-37. Using the residual approach, the entity estimates the standalone selling price of Product D to be
$30 as follows:
Product
Standalone
Selling
Price
Method
Product A
$ 40
Directly observable (see paragraph 606-10-32-32)
Products B
and C
60
Directly observable with discount
(see paragraph 606-10-32-37)
Product D
30
Residual approach
(see paragraph 606-10-32-34(c))
Total
$ 130
ASC 606-10-55-268
The entity observes that the resulting $30 allocated to Product D is within the range of its observable
selling prices ($15 $45). Therefore, the resulting allocation (see above table) is consistent with the
allocation objective in paragraph 606-10-32-28 and the guidance in paragraph 606-10-32-33.
Case C Residual Approach is Inappropriate
ASC 606-10-55-269
The same facts as in Case B apply to Case C except the transaction price is $105 instead of $130.
Consequently, the application of the residual approach would result in a standalone selling price of $5
for Product D ($105 transaction price less $100 allocated to Products A, B, and C). The entity concludes
that $5 would not faithfully depict the amount of consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled
in exchange for satisfying its performance obligation to transfer Product D because $5 does not
approximate the standalone selling price of Product D, which ranges from $15 $45. Consequently, the
entity reviews its observable data, including sales and margin reports, to estimate the standalone selling
price of Product D using another suitable method. The entity allocates the transaction price of $105 to
Products A, B, C, and D using the relative standalone selling prices of those products in accordance
with paragraphs 606-10-32-28 through 32-35.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 153
6.5 Allocating variable consideration
Variable consideration may be attributable to the entire contract or to only part of the contract, such as a
specific performance obligation or a specific good or service in a series of distinct goods or services. For
example, a contract may include two performance obligations: the construction of a building and the
provision of services related to the ongoing maintenance of the property after construction. But a bonus
for early completion may relate entirely to the construction of the building.
ASC 606-10-32-39
Variable consideration that is promised in a contract may be attributable to the entire contract or to a
specific part of the contract, such as either of the following:
a. One or more, but not all, performance obligations in the contract (for example, a bonus may be
contingent on an entity transferring a promised good or service within a specified period of time)
b. One or more, but not all, distinct goods or services promised in a series of distinct goods or
services that forms part of a single performance obligation in accordance with paragraph 606-10-
25-14(b) (for example, the consideration promised for the second year of a two-year cleaning
service contract will increase on the basis of movements in a specified inflation index).
ASC 606 requires entities to allocate variable consideration entirely to a single performance obligation (or
to a distinct good or service that forms part of a series that is a single performance obligation) if both
The variable payment relates specifically to the entity’s efforts toward satisfying that performance
obligation or transferring the distinct good or service.
The allocation to the performance obligation (or distinct good or service) is consistent with the general
allocation principle.
When assessing whether the allocation is consistent with the general allocation principle, a relative stand-
alone selling price allocation is not required; however, it may be useful in determining the reasonableness
of the allocation (see the TRG discussion in Section 6.5.1).
ASC 606-10-32-40
An entity shall allocate a variable amount (and subsequent changes to that amount) entirely to a
performance obligation or to a distinct good or service that forms part of a single performance
obligation in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14(b) if both of the following criteria are met:
a. The terms of a variable payment relate specifically to the entity’s efforts to satisfy the performance
obligation or transfer the distinct good or service (or to a specific outcome from satisfying the
performance obligation or transferring the distinct good or service).
b. Allocating the variable amount of consideration entirely to the performance obligation or the distinct
good or service is consistent with the allocation objective in paragraph 606-10-32-28 when
considering all of the performance obligations and payment terms in the contract.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 154
ASC 606-10-32-41
The allocation requirements in paragraphs 606-10-32-28 through 32-38 shall be applied to allocate the
remaining amount of the transaction price that does not meet the criteria in paragraph 606-10-32-40.
Example 35 in ASC 606 illustrates how and when to allocate variable consideration to one or more
performance obligations in a contract.
Example 35 Allocation of Variable Consideration
ASC 606-10-55-270
An entity enters into a contract with a customer for two intellectual property licenses (Licenses X and Y),
which the entity determines to represent two performance obligations each satisfied at a point in time.
The standalone selling prices of Licenses X and Y are $800 and $1,000, respectively.
Case AVariable Consideration Allocated Entirely to One Performance Obligation
ASC 606-10-55-271
The price stated in the contract for License X is a fixed amount of $800, and for License Y the
consideration is 3 percent of the customer’s future sales of products that use License Y. For purposes of
allocation, the entity estimates its sales-based royalties (that is, the variable consideration) to be $1,000,
in accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-8.
ASC 606-10-55-272
To allocate the transaction price, the entity considers the criteria in paragraph 606-10-32-40 and
concludes that the variable consideration (that is, the sales-based royalties) should be allocated entirely
to License Y. The entity concludes that the criteria in paragraph 606-10-32-40 are met for the following
reasons:
a. The variable payment relates specifically to an outcome from the performance obligation to transfer
License Y (that is, the customer’s subsequent sales of products that use License Y).
b. Allocating the expected royalty amounts of $1,000 entirely to License Y is consistent with the
allocation objective in paragraph 606-10-32-28. This is because the entity’s estimate of the amount
of sales-based royalties ($1,000) approximates the standalone selling price of License Y and the
fixed amount of $800 approximates the standalone selling price of License X. The entity allocates
$800 to License X in accordance with paragraph 606-10-32-41. This is because, based on an
assessment of the facts and circumstances relating to both licenses, allocating to License Y some of
the fixed consideration in addition to all of the variable consideration would not meet the allocation
objective in paragraph 606-10-32-28.
ASC 606-10-55-273
The entity transfers License Y at inception of the contract and transfers License X one month later.
Upon the transfer of License Y, the entity does not recognize revenue because the consideration
allocated to License Y is in the form of a sales-based royalty. Therefore, in accordance with paragraph
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 155
606-10-55-65, the entity recognizes revenue for the sales-based royalty when those subsequent sales
occur.
ASC 606-10-55-274
When License X is transferred, the entity recognizes as revenue the $800 allocated to License X.
Case BVariable Consideration Allocated on the Basis of Standalone Selling Prices
ASC 606-10-55-275
The price stated in the contract for License X is a fixed amount of $300, and for License Y the
consideration is 5 percent of the customer’s future sales of products that use License Y. The entity’s
estimate of the sales-based royalties (that is, the variable consideration) is $1,500 in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-32-8.
ASC 606-10-55-276
To allocate the transaction price, the entity applies the criteria in paragraph 606-10-32-40 to determine
whether to allocate the variable consideration (that is, the sales-based royalties) entirely to License Y. In
applying the criteria, the entity concludes that even though the variable payments relate specifically to
an outcome from the performance obligation to transfer License Y (that is, the customer’s subsequent
sales of products that use License Y), allocating the variable consideration entirely to License Y would
be inconsistent with the principle for allocating the transaction price. Allocating $300 to License X and
$1,500 to License Y does not reflect a reasonable allocation of the transaction price on the basis of the
standalone selling prices of Licenses X and Y of $800 and $1,000, respectively. Consequently, the
entity applies the general allocation requirements in paragraphs 606-10-32-31 through 32-35.
ASC 606-10-55-277
The entity allocates the transaction price of $300 to Licenses X and Y on the basis of relative
standalone selling prices of $800 and $1,000, respectively. The entity also allocates the consideration
related to the sales-based royalty on a relative standalone selling price basis. However, in accordance
with paragraph 606-10-55-65, when an entity licenses intellectual property in which the consideration is
in the form of a sales-based royalty, the entity cannot recognize revenue until the later of the following
events: the subsequent sales occur or the performance obligation is satisfied (or partially satisfied).
ASC 606-10-55-278
License Y is transferred to the customer at the inception of the contract, and License X is transferred
three months later. When License Y is transferred, the entity recognizes as revenue the $167 ($1,000 ÷
$1,800 × $300) allocated to License Y. When License X is transferred, the entity recognizes as revenue
the $133 ($800 ÷ $1,800 × $300) allocated to License X.
ASC 606-10-55-279
In the first month, the royalty due from the customer’s first month of sales is $200. Consequently, the
entity recognizes as revenue the $111 ($1,000 ÷ $1,800 × $200) allocated to License Y (which has been
transferred to the customer and is therefore a satisfied performance obligation). The entity recognizes a
contract liability for the $89 ($800 ÷ $1,800 × $200) allocated to License X. This is because although the
subsequent sale by the entity’s customer has occurred, the performance obligation to which the royalty
has been allocated has not been satisfied.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 156
Allocating variable consideration to a series
The discussion in BC285 of ASU 2014-09 clarifies that when variable consideration is allocated entirely to
a distinct good or service that forms part of a series, an entity is not required to estimate the total variable
consideration because the uncertainty related to the consideration is resolved as each distinct good or
service in the series is transferred to the customer. Instead, the entity allocates variable consideration
(and subsequent changes in the amount) entirely to a distinct good or service that forms part of a series if
both
The terms of the variable payment relate specifically to the entity’s efforts to satisfy the performance
obligation or transfer the distinct good or service.
Allocating the variable amount of consideration entirely to the distinct good or service is consistent
with the allocation objective in ASC 606-10-32-28 when considering all of the performance obligations
and payment terms in the contract.
An entity that meets the requirements to allocate variable consideration entirely to a distinct good or
service that forms part of a series (see Section 4.3) should follow the guidance in ASC 606-10-32-40. In
other words, the entity does not make a policy election in this situation because the guidance is not
optional.
Example 25 in ASC 606 illustrates the guidance on allocating variable consideration to a distinct good or
service that forms part of a series.
Example 25Management Fees Subject to the Constraint
ASC 606-10-55-221
On January 1, 20X8, an entity enters into a contract with a client to provide asset management services
for five years. The entity receives a 2 percent quarterly management fee based on the client’s assets
under management at the end of each quarter. In addition, the entity receives a performance-based
incentive fee of 20 percent of the fund’s return in excess of the return of an observable market index
over the 5-year period. Consequently, both the management fee and the performance fee are variable
consideration.
ASC 606-10-55-222
The entity accounts for the services as a single performance obligation in accordance with paragraph
606-10-25-14(b), because it is providing a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and
have the same pattern of transfer (the services transfer to the customer over time and use the same
method to measure progressthat is, a time-based measure of progress).
ASC 606-10-55-223
At contract inception, the entity considers the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-5 through 32-9 on
estimating variable consideration and the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13 on
constraining estimates of variable consideration, including the factors in paragraph 606-10-32-12. The
entity observes that the promised consideration is dependent on the market and, thus, is highly
susceptible to factors outside the entity’s influence. In addition, the incentive fee has a large number
and a broad range of possible consideration amounts. The entity also observes that although it has
experience with similar contracts, that experience is of little predictive value in determining the future
performance of the market. Therefore, at contract inception, the entity cannot conclude that it is
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 157
probable that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized would not occur if
the entity included its estimate of the management fee or the incentive fee in the transaction price.
ASC 606-10-55-224
At each reporting date, the entity updates its estimate of the transaction price. Consequently, at the end
of each quarter, the entity concludes that it can include in the transaction price the actual amount of the
quarterly management fee because the uncertainty is resolved. However, the entity concludes that it
cannot include its estimate of the incentive fee in the transaction price at those dates. This is because
there has not been a change in its assessment from contract inceptionthe variability of the fee based
on the market index indicates that the entity cannot conclude that it is probable that a significant
reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized would not occur if the entity included its
estimate of the incentive fee in the transaction price. At March 31, 20X8, the client’s assets under
management are $100 million. Therefore, the resulting quarterly management fee and the transaction
price is $2 million.
ASC 606-10-55-225
At the end of each quarter, the entity allocates the quarterly management fee to the distinct services
provided during the quarter in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-39(b) and 606-10-32-40. This is
because the fee relates specifically to the entity’s efforts to transfer the services for that quarter, which
are distinct from the services provided in other quarters, and the resulting allocation will be consistent
with the allocation objective in paragraph 606-10-32-28. Consequently, the entity recognizes $2 million
as revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 20X8.
Software as a service (SaaS) arrangements with fixed and variable fees
A SaaS provider enters into a contract with a customer to provide access to its hosted platform for a
fixed fee of $12,000 for a one-year period. The customer is also charged a fee of $10 every time it prints
a report from the platform. The entity concludes that there is no license transferred to the customer and
that this is therefore a service arrangement.
The entity identifies the promises in the contract: monthly access to the hosted system. After evaluating
the Step 2 criteria, the entity identifies one performance obligation: its service of providing continuous
access to the software, which constitutes a series (each month of service is distinct).
In determining the transaction price, the entity considers that it is entitled to fixed consideration ($12,000
for the annual access to the platform) and to variable consideration based on the number of reports the
customer prints using the platform. The entity allocates the variable consideration associated with
printing the reports entirely to the monthly time increment (the distinct service that forms part of a single
performance obligation) because doing so is consistent with the allocation objective in
ASC 606-10-32-28. Therefore, the entity does not need to estimate the total variable consideration
associated with the report printing.
The TRG discussed whether entities should allocate variable consideration to distinct goods or services in
a series on a stand-alone selling price basis in order to meet the allocation objective in ASC 606-10-32-28
as required in ASC 606-10-32-40(b).
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 158
TRG area of general agreement: Is an entity required to allocate variable consideration
to a distinct good or service in a series on a stand-alone selling price basis?
To allocate a variable amount entirely to a performance obligation or to a distinct good or service that
forms part of a single performance obligation, both (1) the terms of the variable payment must relate
specifically to the entity’s efforts to satisfy the performance obligation or transfer the distinct good or
service, and (2) allocating the variable amount entirely to the performance obligation or to the distinct
good or service must be consistent with the overall allocation objective in Step 4. Stakeholders asked if
variable consideration needs to be allocated to distinct goods or services in a series on a stand-alone
selling price basis in order to meet the latter requirement.
At the July 2015 meeting,
58
TRG members generally agreed that an entity is not required to use stand-
alone selling prices to allocate variable consideration, but that doing so is one acceptable method of
providing evidence about the reasonableness of the allocation. Judgment is required in assessing
whether the allocation objective is met when variable consideration is allocated entirely to a distinct
good or service in a series.
Consider Example A in TRG Paper 39:
IT Seller and IT Buyer execute a 10-year IT outsourcing arrangement in which IT Seller
provides continuous delivery of outsourced activities over the contract term. The total monthly
invoice amount is calculated based on different units consumed for the respective activities.
For example, the billings might be based on millions of instructions per second of computing
power (MIPs), number of software applications used, or number of employees supported, and
the price per unit differs for each type of activity.
The price per unit charged by IT Seller declines over the life of the contract. The agreed-upon
pricing at the onset of the contract is considered to reflect market pricing. The pricing
decreases to reflect the associated costs decreasing over the term of the contract as the level
of effort to complete the tasks decreases. Initially, the tasks are performed by more expensive
personnel for activities that require more effort. Later in the contract, the level of effort for the
activities decreases, and the tasks are performed by less expensive personnel. The contract
includes a price benchmarking clause whereby IT Buyer engages a third-party benchmarking
firm to compare the contract pricing to market rates at certain points in the contract term. There
is an automatic prospective price adjustment if the benchmark is significantly below IT Seller’s
price.
IT Seller concludes that there is a single performance obligation satisfied over time because
the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by its services as
IT Seller performs them.
In this example, the events that trigger the variable consideration are the same throughout the contract,
but the price per unit decreases each year. Even with the declining prices, the allocation objective can
be met if the pricing is based on market terms or if the changes in price are substantive and linked to
changes in the entity’s cost to fulfill the obligation or value provided to the customer. In this example,
the contract contains a price benchmarking clause whereby IT Buyer engages a third-party
benchmarking firm to compare the contract pricing to current market rates, which may help support the
58
TRG Paper 39, Application of the Series Provision and Allocation of Variable Consideration.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 159
allocation objective is met when allocating the variable consideration to each distinct service (time
increment) in the contract.
An entity should apply reasonable judgment and consider the facts and circumstances specific to a
contract to determine whether the allocation of variable consideration results in a reasonable outcome.
6.6 Interaction between allocating discounts and allocating variable consideration
When a contract includes variable consideration, including a discount, an entity should first apply the
guidance on allocating variable consideration before considering the guidance on allocating discounts.
TRG area of general agreement: What is the interaction between the guidance on
allocating discounts and allocating variable consideration?
The criteria in ASC 606 for allocating discounts to one or more, but not all, performance obligations in a
contract differ from the criteria for allocating variable consideration to one or more, but not all,
performance obligations.
At the March 2015 meeting,
59
TRG members generally agreed that if a discount is variable, an entity
should first determine whether the variable discount meets the variable consideration allocation
guidance in ASC 606-10-32-39 and 32-40. If not, the entity would consider whether it meets the
discount allocation criteria in ASC 606-10-32-36 through 32-38. If a discount is not variable, an entity
would consider only whether it meets the discount allocation criteria.
6.7 Changes in transaction price
The transaction price can change for a number of reasons after contract inception, such as when
contingencies or other events that give rise to variable consideration are resolved.
ASC 606-10-32-42
After contract inception, the transaction price can change for various reasons, including the resolution
of uncertain events or other changes in circumstances that change the amount of consideration to
which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for the promised goods or services.
When the transaction price changes, an entity should allocate the change to the performance obligations
on the same basis used at contract inception, unless the contract has been modified, as discussed in
Section10. In other words, an entity should not reallocate the transaction price to reflect changes in the
stand-alone selling price of goods or services that occur after contract inception. If the reallocation
process causes an entity to allocate amounts to satisfied performance obligations, those amounts should
be recognized either as revenue or as a reduction in revenue in the period when the change occurs.
59
TRG Paper 31, Allocation of the Transaction Price for Discounts and Variable Consideration.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 160
ASC 606-10-32-43
An entity shall allocate to the performance obligations in the contract any subsequent changes in the
transaction price on the same basis as at contract inception. Consequently, an entity shall not
reallocate the transaction price to reflect changes in standalone selling prices after contract inception.
Amounts allocated to a satisfied performance obligation shall be recognized as revenue, or as a
reduction of revenue, in the period in which the transaction price changes.
Grant Thornton insight: Changes in stand-alone selling prices
When contracts are modified by changing the sales price, the impact of that modification may be
considered when evaluating the stand-alone selling price of performance obligations in a contract.
Entities should not revisit the stand-alone selling price for an existing contract that is modified, but may
use the pricing as a data point for future contracts with customers.
As a reminder, stand-alone selling price and the impact on the allocation of the transaction price to the
performance obligations should be evaluated on a contract-by-contract basis. We believe that an entity
should evaluate whether the sales price in a modified contract with a customer reflects a true stand-
alone sale.
When reallocating consideration because of a change in the transaction price, the entity continues to
allocate the variable amount entirely to a performance obligation or to a distinct good or service that forms
part of a single performance obligation in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14(b) if the criteria in
ASC 606-10-32-40 continue to be met.
ASC 606-10-32-44
An entity shall allocate a change in the transaction price entirely to one or more, but not all,
performance obligations or distinct goods or services promised in a series that forms part of a single
performance obligation in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14(b) only if the criteria in paragraph
606-10-32-40 on allocating variable consideration are met.
If the change in transaction price is the result of a contract modification, the entity should follow the
contract modification guidance (Section 10).
However, when the transaction price changes after a modification, the entity should allocate the change
in transaction price to the performance obligations identified before the modification if both
The change in the transaction price is attributable to variable consideration promised prior to the
modification.
The modification is accounted for as a termination of the old contract and the creation of a new
contract.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 161
An entity allocates all other changes in the transaction price to performance obligations under the
modified contract as long as the modification was not accounted for as a separate contract in accordance
with ASC 606-10-25-12.
ASC 606-10-32-45
An entity shall account for a change in the transaction price that arises as a result of a contract
modification in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-10 through 25-13. However, for a change in the
transaction price that occurs after a contract modification, an entity shall apply paragraphs 606-10-32-
42 through 32-44 to allocate the change in the transaction price in whichever of the following ways is
applicable:
a. An entity shall allocate the change in the transaction price to the performance obligations identified
in the contract before the modification if, and to the extent that, the change in the transaction price
is attributable to an amount of variable consideration promised before the modification and the
modification is accounted for in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-13(a)
b. In all other cases in which the modification was not accounted for as a separate contract in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-12, an entity shall allocate the change in the transaction
price to the performance obligations in the modified contract (that is, the performance obligations
that were unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied immediately after the modification).
Changes in the transaction price should be allocated entirely to one or more, but not all, distinct goods or
services promised in a series that forms part of a single performance obligation if the criteria for allocating
variable consideration are met in ASC 606-10-32-40.
Allocating a change in transaction price
On February 1, a consultant enters into an arrangement to provide due diligence, valuation, and
software implementation services to a customer for $2 million. The consultant can earn a $200,000
bonus if it completes the software implementation by August 1 or a $100,000 bonus if it completes the
software implementation by October 1.
The due diligence, valuation, and software implementation services are distinct and therefore are
accounted for as separate performance obligations. The consultant allocates the transaction price,
disregarding the potential bonus, on a relative stand-alone selling price basis as follows:
Due diligence
$ 800,000
Valuation
$ 200,000
Software implementation
$ 1,000,000
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 162
At contract inception, the consultant believes it will complete the software implementation by
November 1. After considering the factors in ASC 606-10-32-12, the consultant cannot conclude that a
significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized would not occur when the
uncertainty is resolved since the consultant lacks experience in completing similar projects. As a result,
the consultant does not include the amount of the early completion bonus in its estimated transaction
price at contract inception.
On May 1, the consultant notes that the project has progressed better than expected and believes that
implementation will be completed by August 1 based on a revised forecast. As a result, the consultant
updates its estimated transaction price to reflect a bonus of $200,000.
After reviewing its progress as of May 1, the consultant determines that it is 100 percent complete in
satisfying its performance obligations for due diligence and valuation and 60 percent complete in
satisfying its performance obligation for software implementation.
On May 1, the consultant allocates the bonus of $200,000 to the software implementation performance
obligation, for total consideration of $1.2 million allocated to that performance obligation, and adjusts the
cumulative revenue to date for the software implementation services to $720,000 (60 percent of
$1.2 million).
6.8 Allocating a significant financing component
If a contract includes a significant financing component, its effect is excluded from the transaction price
calculated in Step 3 of the revenue model because the effect of the financing (interest income or interest
expense) is not in exchange for promised goods or services. When a revenue contract includes more
than one performance obligation and a significant financing component, entities may question whether
the significant financing component should be attributed to one or more, but not all, of the performance
obligations, which the TRG discussed in 2015.
TRG area of general agreement: Could a significant financing component ever be
attributed to one or more performance obligations but not all?
Under the new revenue model, after an entity determines the transaction price, it allocates the
transaction price to the performance obligations. Generally, the transaction price is allocated to the
performance obligations on a relative stand-alone selling price basis, although if certain criteria are
met, discounts or variable consideration may be allocated on a basis other than the relative stand-
alone selling price. At the March 2015 meeting,
60
the TRG generally agreed that it would be reasonable
for entities to analogize to the guidance on allocating variable consideration or a discount, and to
attribute a significant financing component to one or more, but not all, of the performance obligations in
a transaction. Doing so will require judgment, and an entity may consider factors similar to those used
for allocating a discount or variable consideration in its evaluation.
60
TRG Paper 30, Significant Financing Components.
Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations 163
Allocating a significant financing component
An entity enters into a contract with a customer for Product A and Product B. Product A has a stand-
alone selling price of $1,000, and the entity transfers control of Product A to the customer at the start of
year one of the contract. Product B has a stand-alone selling price of $200, and the entity transfers
control of Product B to the customer at the start of year three of the contract. The customer pays $120
per year for 10 years for the two products, with payment being made at the end of each year. The entity
determines that it provides a significant financing benefit to the customer by allowing it to pay for
Products A and B over 10 years. The entity excludes the significant financing component from the
transaction price calculated in Step 3 of the revenue model.
The entity considers the following facts in determining whether it should allocate the significant financing
component to both Product A and Product B:
Because of Product A’s high price point, the entity regularly sells Product A on a stand-along basis
with no payments required for 24 months and annual payments only thereafter. When product B is
sold on a stand-alone basis, the entity has a practice of collecting payment in full at the time of
delivery.
The delivery and payment structure of the contract more closely aligns with the financing plan
offered for Product A, since Product A is delivered at the outset of the contract and the majority of
the total payment is due after 24 months. In addition, on a relative stand-alone selling price basis,
Product A (83 percent = $1,000 / $1,200) is more significant than Product B (17 percent = $200 /
$1,200).
The entity may conclude that the significant financing component should be attributed to only Product A;
however, if it did not reach this conclusion, the entity generally would allocate the significant financing
component to Product A and Product B on a pro-rata basis.
7. Recognize revenue when or as performance
obligations are satisfied
Timing is everything when it comes to revenue recognition, which is why Step 5 of the new five-step
revenue recognition model is so critical. Step 5 of the model is to recognize revenue when or as the entity
transfers the promised goods or services in the contract. An entity “transfers” the promised goods or
services when, or as, the customer obtains control of the goods or services. A customer “obtains control”
of an asset when, or as, it can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the remaining benefits from,
an asset.
ASC 606-10-25-23
An entity shall recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation by
transferring a promised good or service (that is, an asset) to a customer. An asset is transferred when
(or as) the customer obtains control of that asset.
A key part of the new revenue model is the concept that for some performance obligations, control is
transferred over time, while for other performance obligations, control transfers at a point in time.
ASC 606 specifies a sequence that requires entities first to determine whether control transfers over time
for each performance obligation in a contract. If control of a good or service does not transfer over time,
control transfers at a point in time.
ASC 606-10-25-24
For each performance obligation identified in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-14 through 25-22,
an entity shall determine at contract inception whether it satisfies the performance obligation over time
(in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-27 through 25-29) or satisfies the performance obligation at
a point in time (in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-30). If an entity does not satisfy a performance
obligation over time, the performance obligation is satisfied at a point in time.
Figure 7.1 illustrates the three criteria to determine whether control of a good or service transfers to the
customer over time. If any one of the three criteria is met, an entity recognizes revenue for that good or
service over time using the most appropriate measure of progress that best depicts the transfer of control
of the good or service to the customer. If none of the three criteria are met, the entity recognizes revenue
for the good or service at a point in time. The remainder of this section discusses in more detail each of
the criteria that indicate control transfers over time and provides further insight on when control transfers
(that is, at what point in time) when none of the three over-time criteria are met.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 165
Figure 7.1: Recognizing revenue over time or at a point in time
The new control model and new criteria to recognize revenue over time will result in a change in the
timing of revenue recognition for certain performance obligations. As such, all entities should take a fresh
look at their contracts and performance obligations to determine whether any one of the three criteria to
recognize revenue over time is met for each performance obligation. If not, the entity recognizes revenue
at a point in time for the performance obligation.
TRG area of general agreement: Can an entity that recognizes revenue at a point in time
under legacy GAAP be required to recognize revenue over time in accordance with the
new revenue standard?
At the November 2016 meeting,
61
the TRG generally agreed that an entity that recognized revenue at a
point in time for certain performance obligations under legacy GAAP may be required to recognize
revenue over time in accordance with the new revenue standard.
For example, consider a contract manufacturer that produces goods designed to a customer’s
specifications. If its performance does not create an asset with an alternative use and the manufacturer
has an enforceable right to payment for its performance completed to date, the manufacturer would
recognize revenue over time, while it may have recognized revenue for the sale of those goods at a
point in time under legacy GAAP.
61
TRG Paper 56, Over Time Revenue Recognition.
Does the customer receive and consume the
benefits as the entity performs?
Does the customer control the asset
as it is created or enhanced?
Does the asset have an alternative
use to the entity?
Does the entity have an enforceable right
to receive payment for work to date?
Control transfers over time
(Section 7.1).
Y
Y
Y
N
N
N
N
Control transfers at a point in time
(Section 7.2).
Y
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 166
Since the new model is a control-based model rather than a risk-and-reward-based model, it is important
to keep in mind the concept of control. “Control” in ASC 606 refers to the ability to direct the use of the
asset and to obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from the asset. The “benefits from the asset”
are the potential cash flows that can be obtained either directly or indirectly from the asset, such as by:
Using the asset to produce goods or provide services, to enhance the value of other assets, or to
settle liabilities or reduce expenses
Selling or exchanging the asset
Pledging the asset to secure a loan
Holding the asset
The concept of control in ASC 606 also includes the ability to prevent other entities from directing the use
of, and obtaining the benefits from, an asset.
7.1 Control transferred over time
An entity determines at contract inception whether each separate performance obligation will be satisfied
(that is, control will be transferred) over time or at a specific point in time.
Control is considered transferred over time if any one of following criteria is met:
The customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the asset as the entity performs.
The entity’s performance creates or enhances an asset (for example, work in process) that the
customer controls.
The entity’s performance creates or enhances an asset that has no alternative use to the entity, and
the entity has the right to payment for work completed to date.
As illustrated in Figure 7.1, if the entity does not meet any of these three criteria, control transfers at a
point in time.
ASC 606-10-25-27
An entity transfers control of a good or service over time and, therefore, satisfies a performance
obligation and recognizes revenue over time, if one of the following criteria is met:
a. The customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the entity’s
performance as the entity performs (see paragraphs 606-10-55-5 through 55-6).
b. The entity’s performance creates or enhances an asset (for example, work in process) that the
customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced (see paragraph 606-10-55-7).
c. The entity’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use to the entity (see
paragraph 606-10-25-28), and the entity has an enforceable right to payment for performance
completed to date (see paragraph 606-10-25-29).
Each of the conditions is explored in further detail below.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 167
Criteria to recognize revenue over time
Customer receives and consumes benefits as the entity performs
The criterion that “the customer receives and consumes the benefits as the entity performs” applies to
contracts in which the entity’s performance is immediately consumed by the customer. For typical service
contracts, the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the asset created by the entity (even if
the asset only exists momentarily), which means that the customer obtains control of the entity’s output
as soon as the entity performs. As such, the entity’s performance obligation is satisfied over time.
ASC 606-10-55-5
For some types of performance obligations, the assessment of whether a customer receives the
benefits of an entity’s performance as the entity performs and simultaneously consumes those benefits
as they are received will be straightforward. Examples include routine or recurring services (such as a
cleaning service) in which the receipt and simultaneous consumption by the customer of the benefits of
the entity’s performance can be readily identified.
A customer also simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the entity’s performance if
another entity could step in and fulfill the remaining performance obligation(s) for the customer without
substantially re-performing the work that the entity has completed to date. When determining whether
another entity would need to re-perform the work completed to date, an entity should
Disregard potential contractual restrictions or practical limitations
Assume that the other entity fulfilling the remaining performance obligation(s) would not have the
benefit of any work in process
ASC 606-10-55-6
For other types of performance obligations, an entity may not be able to readily identify whether a
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits from the entity’s performance as the
entity performs. In those circumstances, a performance obligation is satisfied over time if an entity
determines that another entity would not need to substantially reperform the work that the entity has
completed to date if that other entity were to fulfill the remaining performance obligation to the
customer. In determining whether another entity would not need to substantially reperform the work the
entity has completed to date, an entity should make both of the following assumptions:
a. Disregard potential contractual restrictions or practical limitations that otherwise would prevent the
entity from transferring the remaining performance obligation to another entity
b. Presume that another entity fulfilling the remainder of the performance obligation would not have
the benefit of any asset that is presently controlled by the entity and that would remain controlled
by the entity if the performance obligation were to transfer to another entity.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 168
The reason that the entity disregards contractual restrictions and practical limitations is because the
objective is to determine whether control of the goods or services has transferred to the customer. This
objective is accomplished by using a hypothetical assessment of what another entity would need to do if it
assumed the remaining performance obligation.
Does the customer receive and consume the benefits as the entity performs?
Scenario 1
A trucking company contracts with a customer to transport goods from Los Angeles to Boston. It
identifies one performance obligation, that is, to provide shipping services for its customer. In evaluating
whether the performance obligation meets one of the three criteria to recognize revenue over time, the
trucking company first considers whether the customer receives and consumes the benefits of the
shipping services as the company performs.
Because another entity would not need to substantially re-perform the work that the entity has
completed to date if the goods were delivered only partway (say, from Los Angeles to Chicago), the
trucking company concludes that the customer receives a benefit from the entity’s services as they are
provided.
As a result, the trucking company recognizes revenue over time.
Scenario 2
A consulting firm contracts with a manufacturer to provide business process improvement services. As
part of the engagement, the consulting firm will spend significant time with personnel in each of the
customer’s three major business lines and ultimately provide recommendations on how the
manufacturer can streamline operations, gain efficiencies, and cut costs. The consulting firm determines
that its performance obligation is to provide a report at the end of its engagement, which will summarize
the firm’s suggested improvements. The consulting firm will not provide interim recommendations
because it believes that it can make the appropriate recommendations only after studying all three
business lines. The consulting firm considers whether the customer receives and consumes the benefits
as it performs.
The consulting firm determines that the manufacturer does not obtain control of its consulting services
as it performs. It then considers whether another entity would need to substantially re-perform the work
that it has completed to date if the other entity were to step in and fulfill the remaining performance
obligation for the customer partway through the contract. Because another entity fulfilling the remaining
performance obligation would lack the benefit of the research, interviews, and other work in process
controlled by the consulting firm, the firm concludes that another entity would need to substantially re-
perform the work completed to date. As a result, the customer does not receive and consume the
benefits as the firm performs.
The consulting firm next assesses whether its performance creates an asset with an alternative use to
the entity and, if so, whether it has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 169
Example 13Customer Simultaneously Receives and Consumes the Benefits
ASC 606-10-55-159
An entity enters into a contract to provide monthly payroll processing services to a customer for one
year.
ASC 606-10-55-160
The promised payroll processing services are accounted for as a single performance obligation in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14(b). The performance obligation is satisfied over time in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-27(a) because the customer simultaneously receives and
consumes the benefits of the entity’s performance in processing each payroll transaction as and when
each transaction is processed. The fact that another entity would not need to reperform payroll
processing services for the service that the entity has provided to date also demonstrates that the
customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the entity’s performance as the entity
performs. (The entity disregards any practical limitations on transferring the remaining performance
obligation, including setup activities that would need to be undertaken by another entity.) The entity
recognizes revenue over time by measuring its progress toward complete satisfaction of that
performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-31 through 25-37 and 606-10-55-16
through 55-21.
Customer controls the asset as it is created or enhanced
This criterion applies if an entity’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls
as the asset is being created. Because the customer controls the work in process, the customer obtains
control as the entity performs, and therefore the entity recognizes revenue over time.
Contracts to which this criterion may apply include, but are not limited to, the following:
Construction contracts and other contracts where an entity builds on the customer’s land
Contracts with a government whereby the government is entitled to any work in process
ASC 606-10-55-7
In determining whether a customer controls an asset as it is created or enhanced in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-25-27(b), an entity should apply the guidance on control in paragraphs 606-10-25-23
through 25-26 and 606-10-25-30. The asset that is being created or enhanced (for example, a work in
process asset) could be either tangible or intangible.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 170
Does the customer control the asset as it is created or enhanced?
Scenario 1
A construction company contracts with a customer to build a home on the customer’s land. Because the
customer controls any work in process arising from the entity’s performance, the entity determines that
control transfers as it performs, and therefore it recognizes revenue over time.
Scenario 2
A defense contractor engages with the U.S. government to build a missile. The contract entitles the U.S.
government to any work in process if the defense contractor stops performing for any reason. As a
result, the contractor determines that control transfers as it performs, and it recognizes revenue over
time.
Asset with no alternative use and right to receive payment for work to date
The last of the three criteria that indicate that control of a good or service transfers over time is met when
both of the following conditions exist:
The entity’s performance does not create an asset with an alternative use.
The entity has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.
The Board developed this two-part criterion to help entities assess the transfer of control for services
specific to a customer, such as consulting services that ultimately result in a professional opinion, and for
the creation of certain tangible or intangible goods, such as customized goods or real estate with
contractual restrictions.
The logic behind this two-part criterion is that if an entity creates an asset with no alternative use, it is
effectively creating an asset at the customer’s discretion and likely wants to be economically protected in
the event the customer terminates the contract. When a customer is obligated to pay for performance
completed to date, this suggests that the customer obtains the benefits as the entity performs and
therefore, it is appropriate to recognize revenue over time.
ASC 606-10-25-28
An asset created by an entity’s performance does not have an alternative use to an entity if the entity is
either restricted contractually from readily directing the asset for another use during the creation or
enhancement of that asset or limited practically from readily directing the asset in its completed state
for another use. The assessment of whether an asset has an alternative use to the entity is made at
contract inception. After contract inception, an entity shall not update the assessment of the alternative
use of an asset unless the parties to the contract approve a contract modification that substantively
changes the performance obligation. Paragraphs 606-10-55-8 through 55-10 provide guidance for
assessing whether an asset has an alternative use to an entity.
ASC 606-10-25-29
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 171
An entity shall consider the terms of the contract, as well as any laws that apply to the contract, when
evaluating whether it has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-27(c). The right to payment for performance completed to date
does not need to be for a fixed amount. However, at all times throughout the duration of the contract,
the entity must be entitled to an amount that at least compensates the entity for performance
completed to date if the contract is terminated by the customer or another party for reasons other than
the entity’s failure to perform as promised. Paragraphs 606-10-55-11 through 55-15 provide guidance
for assessing the existence and enforceability of a right to payment and whether an entity’s right to
payment would entitle the entity to be paid for its performance completed to date.
The following discussion takes a closer look at the third criterion’s dual components (“no alternative use”
and “enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date”).
No alternative use
An entity evaluates whether a promised asset has an alternative use to the entity at contract inception
only. It does not revisit this evaluation unless the contract is modified. Further, when considering whether
the asset has an alternative use, the entity considers the characteristics of the asset that ultimately will be
transferred to the customer, rather than the characteristics at any point during production (see the
November 2016 TRG discussion below).
While the guidance in ASC 606-10-55-6 requires an entity to ignore contractual restrictions and practical
limitations when considering whether the customer receives and consumes the benefits as the entity
performs, the guidance in ASC 606-10-55-8 specifies that an entity should consider practical limitations
and contractual restrictions in determining whether the asset could be redirected to another customer
without incurring a significant cost to rework the assetthat is, the cost to repurpose or direct the asset to
another customer. The Boards
62
decided that customization may be a helpful factor to consider, but
should not be the determinative factor in assessing whether an asset has an alternative use. The Boards
reasoned that in some cases, an asset may be standardized, but still may not have an alternative use
because contractual restrictions preclude the entity from redirecting the asset (for example, a real estate
contract in which the entity is contractually obligated to direct the asset to the customer).
Figure 7.2: Considering practical limitations and contractual restrictions
Over-time criterion
Consider practical limitations and
contractual restrictions?
Customer simultaneously receives and
consumes the benefits as the entity performs
No ignore
The entity’s performance does not create an
asset with an alternative use
Yes consider practical limitations and substantive
contractual restrictions
62
BC137, ASU 2014-09.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 172
A practical limitation exists if an entity would incur significant economic losses to direct the asset for
another use. An asset that is highly customized for a particular customer does not likely have an
alternative use because the entity would incur significant costs to reconfigure the asset for another
customer or could only sell the asset at a significant loss. As long as the entity has an enforceable right to
payment for performance completed to date, the customer essentially receives the benefits of the entity’s
performance and therefore obtains control of the goods or services as the entity performs. On the other
hand, the customer generally cannot control a standard inventory item because it does not have the
ability to restrict the entity from directing the asset to another customer. In the latter case, the entity has
the ability to substitute inventory for different customers, and the asset is considered to have an
alternative use.
If a substantive contract provision precludes an entity from directing an asset for another use during the
creation or enhancement of the asset, the entity does not have an alternative use for that asset because it
is legally obliged to transfer the specific asset to the customer. Contractual restrictions are common in
real estate contracts because the customer specifies the specific plot of land or unit it wishes to purchase.
However, a contractual restriction that provides a protective right to the customer is not sufficient to
conclude that the restriction is “substantive.” A provision is not substantive if the entity can substitute a
different asset to transfer to the customer and still comply with the contract. Such a provision may protect
the customer in the event that the entity breaches the contract by not transferring the asset to the
customer, but it does not indicate that the customer controls the asset as it is being produced.
ASC 606-10-55-8
In assessing whether an asset has an alternative use to an entity in accordance with paragraph 606-
10-25-28, an entity should consider the effects of contractual restrictions and practical limitations on the
entity’s ability to readily direct that asset for another use, such as selling it to a different customer. The
possibility of the contract with the customer being terminated is not a relevant consideration in
assessing whether the entity would be able to readily direct the asset for another use.
ASC 606-10-55-9
A contractual restriction on an entity’s ability to direct an asset for another use must be substantive for
the asset not to have an alternative use to the entity. A contractual restriction is substantive if a
customer could enforce its rights to the promised asset if the entity sought to direct the asset for
another use. In contrast, a contractual restriction is not substantive if, for example, an asset is largely
interchangeable with other assets that the entity could transfer to another customer without breaching
the contract and without incurring significant costs that otherwise would not have been incurred in
relation to that contract.
ASC 606-10-55-10
A practical limitation on an entity’s ability to direct an asset for another use exists if an entity would
incur significant economic losses to direct the asset for another use. A significant economic loss could
arise because the entity either would incur significant costs to rework the asset or would only be able to
sell the asset at a significant loss. For example, an entity may be practically limited from redirecting
assets that either have design specifications that are unique to a customer or are located in remote
areas.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 173
As noted earlier, the TRG discussed whether an entity should consider the completed asset or the in-
production asset when determining whether the asset has an alternative use. A summary of the
discussion follows below.
TRG area of general agreement: Should an entity consider the completed or in-
production asset in assessing whether the asset has no alternative use?
At the November 2016 meeting,
63
the TRG discussed the following example:
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to build equipment. The entity is in the business
of building custom equipment for various customers. The customization of the equipment
occurs when the manufacturing process is approximately 75 percent complete. In other words,
for approximately 75 percent of the manufacturing process, the in-process asset could be
redirected to fulfill another customer’s equipment order, assuming that there is no contractual
restriction to do so. However, the equipment cannot be sold in its completed state to another
customer without incurring a significant economic loss. The design specifications of the
equipment are unique to the customer, and the entity would only be able to sell the completed
equipment at a significant loss.
The TRG reached general agreement that the entity would evaluate at contract inception whether there
is any contractual restriction or practical limitation on its ability to readily direct the asset in its
completed state for another use. The entity would not revisit this assessment unless there is a contract
modification. Because the entity cannot sell the completed equipment to another customer without
incurring a significant economic loss, the entity has a practical limitation on its ability to direct the
equipment in its completed state, and, therefore, the asset does not have an alternative use. However,
before concluding that revenue should be recognized over time, the entity must evaluate whether it has
an enforceable right to payment.
The TRG also agreed that if the entity is contractually restricted or has a practical limitation on its ability
to direct the asset for another use, then the asset would not have an alternative use, regardless of the
characteristics of the ultimate asset.
Example 15 in ASC 606 illustrates how to apply the guidance on assessing whether an asset has an
alternative use.
Example 15Asset Has No Alternative Use to the Entity
ASC 606-10-55-165
An entity enters into a contract with a customer, a government agency, to build a specialized satellite.
The entity builds satellites for various customers, such as governments and commercial entities. The
design and construction of each satellite differ substantially, on the basis of each customer’s needs and
the type of technology that is incorporated into the satellite.
ASC 606-10-55-166
63
TRG Paper 56, Over Time Revenue Recognition.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 174
At contract inception, the entity assesses whether its performance obligation to build the satellite is a
performance obligation satisfied over time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-27.
ASC 606-10-55-167
As part of that assessment, the entity considers whether the satellite in its completed state will have an
alternative use to the entity. Although the contract does not preclude the entity from directing the
completed satellite to another customer, the entity would incur significant costs to rework the design and
function of the satellite to direct that asset to another customer. Consequently, the asset has no
alternative use to the entity (see paragraphs 606-10-25-27(c), 606-10-25-28, and 606-10-55-8 through
55-10) because the customer-specific design of the satellite limits the entity’s practical ability to readily
direct the satellite to another customer.
ASC 606-10-55-168
For the entity’s performance obligation to be satisfied over time when building the satellite, paragraph
606-10-25-27(c) also requires the entity to have an enforceable right to payment for performance
completed to date. This condition is not illustrated in this Example.
Grant Thornton insight: Factors to consider in evaluating ‘no alternative use’ criterion
To evaluate whether an asset has no alternative use, an entity should consider practical limitations and
contractual restrictions to assess whether the asset can be redirected to another customer without
incurring a significant cost to rework the asset.
Within certain industries, customers may negotiate a protective right that contractually restricts the
entity from redirecting an asset to another customer for a specified period of time. In many cases,
protective rights are not substantive, but an asset might have no alternative use if the specified time
period is so long that it effectively precludes the entity from ever redirecting the asset. For example, the
asset might have no alternative use if it has a limited shelf life or technology that becomes obsolete
prior to the end of the specified time period.
In other situations, an entity may be able to redirect an asset to another customer, but the margin in the
second transaction may not be as high as the margin with the original customer, such as when an
asset is sold at auction or in liquidation. A practical limitation exists if the entity can only sell the asset at
a significant loss. If the entity is expected to recover costs or to recover costs and earn a reduced
margin, the asset has an alternative use.
Enforceable right to receive payment for performance completed to date
In order to determine whether an entity has an “enforceable right to receive payment for performance
completed to date,” the entity considers whether it would have an enforceable right to demand or retain
payment for its performance completed to date if the contract were terminated before completion for
reasons other than the entity’s failure to perform.
The amount that would compensate an entity for its performance to date is an amount that approximates
the selling price of the goods or services transferred to date (for example, costs plus a reasonable profit
margin). A reasonable profit margin need not be the margin as if the contract were fully performed, but
should entitle the entity to either
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 175
A proportion of the expected profit margin in the contract that reasonably reflects the extent of the
entity’s performance
A reasonable return on the entity’s cost of capital for similar contracts if the contract-specific margin is
higher than the typical return for similar contracts
An amount that compensates an entity for lost profit is not sufficient for the entity to conclude that it has a
right to payment for performance completed to date.
ASC 606-10-55-11
In accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-29, an entity has a right to payment for performance
completed to date if the entity would be entitled to an amount that at least compensates the entity for its
performance completed to date in the event that the customer or another party terminates the contract
for reasons other than the entity’s failure to perform as promised. An amount that would compensate
an entity for performance completed to date would be an amount that approximates the selling price of
the goods or services transferred to date (for example, recovery of the costs incurred by an entity in
satisfying the performance obligation plus a reasonable profit margin) rather than compensation for
only the entity’s potential loss of profit if the contract were to be terminated. Compensation for a
reasonable profit margin need not equal the profit margin expected if the contract was fulfilled as
promised, but an entity should be entitled to compensation for either of the following amounts:
a. A proportion of the expected profit margin in the contract that reasonably reflects the extent of the
entity’s performance under the contract before termination by the customer (or another party)
b. A reasonable return on the entity’s cost of capital for similar contracts (or the entity’s typical
operating margin for similar contracts) if the contract-specific margin is higher than the return the
entity usually generates from similar contracts.
The guidance in ASC 606-10-55-11 specifies that a “reasonable profit margin” need not equal the
expected profit margin at the outset of the contract; however, it also clarifies that the recovery of costs
alone is not enough to satisfy this criterion. Ultimately, significant judgment may be required to determine
whether a payment upon termination of a contract for reasons other than nonperformance satisfies the
“right to payment for performance completed to date” criterion. BC144 in ASU 2014-09 clarifies that an
entity should focus on the amount that it would be entitled to upon termination rather than on the amount
that it might ultimately be willing to settle for after negotiations. Ultimately, an entity may need to consult
with internal or external council to determine its rights if the contract terms are silent or unclear as to
termination payments.
Right to recover costs
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to build a customized machine. The written terms of the
contract are silent as to the rights and obligations of the parties if the contract is terminated before its
successful completion for reasons other than the entity’s failure to perform. The chief legal officer of the
company maintains that the entity is entitled to recover its costs in such cases.
The contract does not meet the “right to payment for performance completed to date” condition, as
defined in ASC 606-10-55-11, because the entity would not be entitled to an amount that compensates
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 176
the entity at least for its performance completed to date. An amount that would compensate an entity for
performance completed to date is an amount that approximates the selling price of the goods or
services transferred to date (for example, cost plus a reasonable profit margin). Recovery of costs alone
is not enough to meet this requirement.
Grant Thornton insight: Comparison of qualitative economic recovery thresholds in
‘no alternative use’ and ‘enforceable right to payment’ criteria
The economic threshold used to consider whether an asset has an alternative use differs from the
threshold used to evaluate whether an entity has an enforceable right to payment for performance to
date.
In evaluating whether an asset has an alternative use, a practical limitation exists if an entity would
incur significant economic losses to redirect the asset for another use.
In evaluating whether an enforceable right to payment exists, the entity considers the amount of the
payment within the context of the contract’s selling price, irrespective of whether it would incur a loss if
it was compensated for the performance completed to date. ASC 606-10-55-11 states that
an entity has a right to payment for performance completed to date if the entity would be
entitled to an amount that at least compensates the entity for its performance completed to
date in the event that the customer or another party terminates the contract for reasons other
than the entity’s failure to perform as promised. An amount that would compensate an entity for
performance completed to date would be an amount that approximates the selling price of the
goods or services transferred to date (for example, recovery of the costs incurred by an entity
in satisfying the performance obligation plus a reasonable profit margin) rather than
compensation for only the entity’s potential loss of profit if the contract were to be terminated.
Accordingly, in assessing if it has an enforceable right to payment, an entity would need to determine
whether the payment to which it is entitled if the customer terminates the contract would be an amount
that approximates the selling price of the goods or services transferred to date. The logic underlying
this guidance is that an entity who creates an asset with no alternative use would likely want to be
economically protected if the customer terminates the contract.
Example 14 in ASC 606 illustrates how to apply the guidance on assessing whether the asset has an
alternative use and whether there is a right to payment for performance completed to date.
Example 14Assessing Alternative Use and Right to Payment (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-161
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to provide a consulting service that results in the entity
providing a professional opinion to the customer. The professional opinion relates to facts and
circumstances that are specific to the customer. If the customer were to terminate the consulting
contract for reasons other than the entity’s failure to perform as promised, the contract requires the
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 177
customer to compensate the entity for its costs incurred plus a 15 percent margin. The 15 percent
margin approximates the profit margin that the entity earns from similar contracts.
ASC 606-10-55-163
… [T]he entity’s performance obligation meets the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-27(c) and is a
performance obligation satisfied over time because of both of the following factors:
a. In accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-28 and 606-10-55-8 through 55-10, the development of
the professional opinion does not create an asset with alternative use to the entity because the
professional opinion relates to facts and circumstances that are specific to the customer. Therefore,
there is a practical limitation on the entity’s ability to readily direct the asset to another customer.
b. In accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-29 and 606-10-55-11 through 55-15, the entity has an
enforceable right to payment for its performance completed to date for its costs plus a reasonable
margin, which approximates the profit margin in other contracts.
ASC 606-10-55-164
Consequently, the entity recognizes revenue over time by measuring the progress toward complete
satisfaction of the performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-31 through 25-37
and 606-10-55-16 through 55-21.
An entity does not need to have an unconditional right to payment at all times throughout the contract.
Rather, the entity needs to have an enforceable right to demand payment for performance to date if the
customer or another party terminates the contract before completion for a reason other than the entity’s
failure to perform.
ASC 606-10-55-12
An entity’s right to payment for performance completed to date need not be a present unconditional
right to payment. In many cases, an entity will have an unconditional right to payment only at an
agreed-upon milestone or upon complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. In assessing
whether it has a right to payment for performance completed to date, an entity should consider whether
it would have an enforceable right to demand or retain payment for performance completed to date if
the contract were to be terminated before completion for reasons other than the entity’s failure to
perform as promised.
Some contracts allow an entity to continue to perform even after a customer terminates the contract. If the
contract or law allows the entity to continue to transfer the promised goods or services and requires the
customer to pay for those goods or services, the entity would have an enforceable right to payment for
performance completed to date.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 178
ASC 606-10-55-13
In some contracts, a customer may have a right to terminate the contract only at specified times during
the life of the contract or the customer might not have any right to terminate the contract. If a customer
acts to terminate a contract without having the right to terminate the contract at that time (including
when a customer fails to perform its obligations as promised), the contract (or other laws) might entitle
the entity to continue to transfer to the customer the goods or services promised in the contract and
require the customer to pay the consideration promised in exchange for those goods or services. In
those circumstances, an entity has a right to payment for performance completed to date because the
entity has a right to continue to perform its obligations in accordance with the contract and to require
the customer to perform its obligations (which include paying the promised consideration).
In assessing the existence and enforceability of a right to payment for performance completed to date, an
entity may consider the contractual terms, relevant legislation, legal precedent, and its customary
business practices.
An entity may also consider whether the local laws supplement or override any existing contractual terms.
Similarly, an entity cannot ignore any evidence suggesting that contractual terms are deemed
unenforceable based on legal precedent in the relevant jurisdiction.
Grant Thornton insight: Evaluation of enforceable right to payment when contract
terms are silent
When a contract does not explicitly address whether an entity has an enforceable right to payment for
its performance completed to date, entities may look to other factors, such as past practices, laws in
the jurisdiction(s) where business is being conducted, and legal positions, among other things. In
practice, it might be difficult for entities to prove or disprove the existence of an enforceable right to
payment, particularly if an entity conducts business in multiple jurisdictions that could have different
laws and different legal precedence.
Some constituents have taken the position that there is a presumption an enforceable right to payment
does not exist if a written contract is silent about whether there is an enforceable right to payment when
a customer cancels the contract. The FASB staff confirmed in a Private Company Council memo
64
that
such an approach is reasonable.
An entity’s history of not enforcing the right to payment could impact the determination of whether a
contract meets the criteria in ASC 606-10-25-27(c). If an entity customarily waives its right to payment in
the event of termination, the right may be legally unenforceable in a particular jurisdiction, and the
contract would not meet the criterion in ASC 606-10-25-27(c). However, the right to payment for
performance to date may still remain enforceable, despite the entity’s practice of waiving its right.
64
Private Company Council Memo No. 3, Definition of an Accounting Contract and Short Cycle
Manufacturing (Right to Payment).
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 179
ASC 606-10-55-14
In assessing the existence and enforceability of a right to payment for performance completed to date,
an entity should consider the contractual terms as well as any legislation or legal precedent that could
supplement or override those contractual terms. This would include an assessment of whether:
a. Legislation, administrative practice, or legal precedent confers upon the entity a right to payment
for performance to date even though that right is not specified in the contract with the customer.
b. Relevant legal precedent indicates that similar rights to payment for performance completed to
date in similar contracts have no binding legal effect.
c. An entity’s customary business practices of choosing not to enforce a right to payment has resulted
in the right being rendered unenforceable in that legal environment. However, notwithstanding that
an entity may choose to waive its right to payment in similar contracts, an entity would continue to
have a right to payment to date if, in the contract with the customer, its right to payment for
performance to date remains enforceable.
An entity should not rely on a contractual payment schedule to support that it has an enforceable right to
payment for performance completed to date; rather, as stated above, the entity should support its position
using contract terms, company precedent, and legal precedent. Even if the cumulative payments
throughout the contract are expected to correspond to the amount that would at least compensate the
entity for its performance completed to date, the consideration may be refundable for reasons other than
the entity failing to perform as promised. That said, if an entity receives nonrefundable payment of all of
the contract consideration at contract inception, this would indicate that the entity has an enforceable right
to payment for performance completed to date.
ASC 606-10-55-15
The payment schedule specified in a contract does not necessarily indicate whether an entity has an
enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date. Although the payment schedule in a
contract specifies the timing and amount of consideration that is payable by a customer, the payment
schedule might not necessarily provide evidence of the entity’s right to payment for performance
completed to date. This is because, for example, the contract could specify that the consideration
received from the customer is refundable for reasons other than the entity failing to perform as
promised in the contract.
Example 16 in ASC 606 illustrates how a payment schedule may not correspond to an amount that would
be necessary to compensate the entity for performance completed to date.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 180
Example 16Enforceable Right to Payment for Performance Completed to Date
ASC 606-10-55-169
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to build an item of equipment. The payment schedule in
the contract specifies that the customer must make an advance payment at contract inception of
10 percent of the contract price, regular payments throughout the construction period (amounting to
50 percent of the contract price), and a final payment of 40 percent of the contract price after
construction is completed and the equipment has passed the prescribed performance tests. The
payments are nonrefundable unless the entity fails to perform as promised. If the customer terminates
the contract, the entity is entitled only to retain any progress payments received from the customer. The
entity has no further rights to compensation from the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-170
At contract inception, the entity assesses whether its performance obligation to build the equipment is a
performance obligation satisfied over time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-27.
ASC 606-10-55-171
As part of that assessment, the entity considers whether it has an enforceable right to payment for
performance completed to date in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-27(c), 606-10-25-29, and
606-10-55-11 through 55-15 if the customer were to terminate the contract for reasons other than the
entity’s failure to perform as promised. Even though the payments made by the customer are
nonrefundable, the cumulative amount of those payments is not expected, at all times throughout the
contract, to at least correspond to the amount that would be necessary to compensate the entity for
performance completed to date. This is because at various times during construction the cumulative
amount of consideration paid by the customer might be less than the selling price of the partially
completed item of equipment at that time. Consequently, the entity does not have a right to payment for
performance completed to date.
ASC 606-10-55-172
Because the entity does not have a right to payment for performance completed to date, the entity’s
performance obligation is not satisfied over time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-27(c).
Accordingly, the entity does not need to assess whether the equipment would have an alternative use to
the entity. The entity also concludes that it does not meet the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-27(a) or
(b), and, thus, the entity accounts for the construction of the equipment as a performance obligation
satisfied at a point in time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-30.
The criterion in ASC 606-10-25-27(c) might apply to construction entities selling multi-unit business and
residential real estate. Entities in this industry should pay particular attention to the local laws and legal
precedent in their particular jurisdictions. Example 17 in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity developing
multi-unit residential complexes determines if it has an enforceable right to payment for performance
completed to date.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 181
Example 17Assessing Whether a Performance Obligation is Satisfied at a Point in
Time or Over Time
ASC 606-10-55-173
An entity is developing a multi-unit residential complex. A customer enters into a binding sales contract
with the entity for a specified unit that is under construction. Each unit has a similar floor plan and is of a
similar size, but other attributes of the units are different (for example, the location of the unit within the
complex).
Case AEntity Does Not Have an Enforceable Right to Payment for Performance Completed to
Date
ASC 606-10-55-174
The customer pays a deposit upon entering into the contract, and the deposit is refundable only if the
entity fails to complete construction of the unit in accordance with the contract. The remainder of the
contract price is payable on completion of the contract when the customer obtains physical possession
of the unit. If the customer defaults on the contract before completion of the unit, the entity only has the
right to retain the deposit.
ASC 606-10-55-175
At contract inception, the entity applies paragraph 606-10-25-27(c) to determine whether its promise to
construct and transfer the unit to the customer is a performance obligation satisfied over time. The entity
determines that it does not have an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date
because until construction of the unit is complete, the entity only has a right to the deposit paid by the
customer. Because the entity does not have a right to payment for work completed to date, the entity’s
performance obligation is not a performance obligation satisfied over time in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-25-27(c). Instead, the entity accounts for the sale of the unit as a performance
obligation satisfied at a point in time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-30.
Case BEntity Has an Enforceable Right to Payment for Performance Completed to Date
ASC 606-10-55-176
The customer pays a nonrefundable deposit upon entering into the contract and will make progress
payments during construction of the unit. The contract has substantive terms that preclude the entity
from being able to direct the unit to another customer. In addition, the customer does not have the right
to terminate the contract unless the entity fails to perform as promised. If the customer defaults on its
obligations by failing to make the promised progress payments as and when they are due, the entity
would have a right to all of the consideration promised in the contract if it completes the construction of
the unit. The courts have previously upheld similar rights that entitle developers to require the customer
to perform, subject to the entity meeting its obligations under the contract.
ASC 606-10-55-177
At contract inception, the entity applies paragraph 606-10-25-27(c) to determine whether its promise to
construct and transfer the unit to the customer is a performance obligation satisfied over time. The entity
determines that the asset (unit) created by the entity’s performance does not have an alternative use to
the entity because the contract precludes the entity from transferring the specified unit to another
customer. The entity does not consider the possibility of a contract termination in assessing whether the
entity is able to direct the asset to another customer.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 182
ASC 606-10-55-178
The entity also has a right to payment for performance completed to date in accordance with
paragraphs 606-10-25-29 and 606-10-55-11 through 55-15. This is because if the customer were to
default on its obligations, the entity would have an enforceable right to all of the consideration promised
under the contract if it continues to perform as promised.
ASC 606-10-55-179
Therefore, the terms of the contract and the practices in the legal jurisdiction indicate that there is a right
to payment for performance completed to date. Consequently, the criteria in paragraph 606-10-25-27(c)
are met, and the entity has a performance obligation that it satisfies over time. To recognize revenue for
that performance obligation satisfied over time, the entity measures its progress toward complete
satisfaction of its performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-31 through 25-37
and 606-10-55-16 through 55-21.
ASC 606-10-55-180
In the construction of a multi-unit residential complex, the entity may have many contracts with individual
customers for the construction of individual units within the complex. The entity would account for each
contract separately. However, depending on the nature of the construction, the entity’s performance in
undertaking the initial construction works (that is, the foundation and the basic structure), as well as the
construction of common areas, may need to be reflected when measuring its progress toward complete
satisfaction of its performance obligations in each contract.
Case CEntity has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date
ASC 606-10-55-181
The same facts as in Case B apply to Case C, except that in the event of a default by the customer,
either the entity can require the customer to perform as required under the contract or the entity can
cancel the contract in exchange for the asset under construction and an entitlement to a penalty of a
proportion of the contract price.
ASC 606-10-55-182
Notwithstanding that the entity could cancel the contract (in which case the customer’s obligation to the
entity would be limited to transferring control of the partially completed asset to the entity and paying the
penalty prescribed), the entity has a right to payment for performance completed to date because the
entity also could choose to enforce its rights to full payment under the contract. The fact that the entity
may choose to cancel the contract in the event the customer defaults on its obligations would not affect
that assessment (see paragraph 606-10-55-13), provided that the entity’s rights to require the customer
to continue to perform as required under the contract (that is, pay the promised consideration) are
enforceable.
ASC 606-10-25-29 requires that at all times throughout the duration of the contract, the entity must be
entitled to an amount that at least compensates the entity for performance completed to date if the
contract is terminated by the customer or another party for reasons other than the entity’s failure to
perform. In the context of customized goods, an entity that does not have an enforceable right to payment
for performance completed to date prior to the point at which the entity begins customization (that is,
performance for the customer) would not be precluded from meeting ASC 606-10-25-27(c).
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 183
ASC 606-10-25-29
An entity shall consider the terms of the contract, as well as any laws that apply to the contract, when
evaluating whether it has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-27(c). The right to payment for performance completed to date
does not need to be for a fixed amount. However, at all times throughout the duration of the contract,
the entity must be entitled to an amount that at least compensates the entity for performance
completed to date if the contract is terminated by the customer or another party for reasons other than
the entity’s failure to perform as promised. Paragraphs 606-10-55-11 through 55-15 provide guidance
for assessing the existence and enforceability of a right to payment and whether an entity’s right to
payment would entitle the entity to be paid for its performance completed to date.
Evaluating an enforceable right to payment
Scenario 1: Enforceable right to payment from contract inception
Based on an example included in TRG Paper 56 discussed at the November 2016 TRG meeting, an
entity enters into a contract with a customer to build specialized equipment. The customization of the
equipment begins when the manufacturing process is approximately 75 percent complete. In other
words, for approximately 75 percent of the manufacturing process, the in-process asset could be
redirected to fulfill another customer’s equipment order, assuming that there is no contractual restriction
prohibiting the entity from redirecting the asset. However, the entity cannot sell the equipment in its
completed state to another customer without incurring a significant economic loss because the design
specifications of the equipment are unique to the original customer. The entity has an enforceable right
to payment at contract inception.
At contract inception, the entity determines whether the asset in its completed state has an alternative
use and whether it has an enforceable right to payment for its performance under the contract which
begins at the point of customization.
Because the entity cannot sell the completed equipment to another customer without incurring a
significant economic loss, the entity has a practical limitation on its ability to direct the equipment in its
completed state. Therefore, the asset does not have an alternative use. Further, the entity concludes
that it has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date and thus, it meets the
over time revenue recognition criteria.
Scenario 2: Enforceable right to payment only at point of customization
Assume the same facts as in Scenario 1, except that the entity has an enforceable right to payment only
when the customization begins.
Because the entity cannot sell the completed equipment to another customer without incurring a
significant economic loss, the entity has a practical limitation on its ability to direct the equipment in its
completed state. Therefore, the asset does not have an alternative use.
In this particular contract, since the entity has an enforceable right to payment beginning at the point of
customization (approximately 75 percent of the way through production), it has an enforceable right to
payment for performance completed to date since performance begins under the particular contract at
the point of customization. As a result, the entity concludes that it meets the criteria to recognize
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 184
revenue over time. It selects a measure of progress that best depicts the transfer of control to the
customer.
Shifting from point-in-time to over-time revenue recognition for some contract manufacturers
In its November 2016 meeting,
65
the TRG indicated that an entity that recognized revenue at a point in
time under ASC 605 should not assume that it will recognize revenue at a point in time under ASC 606.
For example, consider an entity that manufactures customized goods and recognizes revenue at a point
in time under ASC 605. In this situation, the entity might conclude that its performance does not create an
asset with an alternative use. Additionally, if the entity has an enforceable right to payment for the work
completed to date, it may conclude that it meets the criteria to recognize revenue over time in ASC 606-
10-25-27(c).
66
Evaluating no alternative use and enforceable right to payment when customization
process is brief
An entity manufactures pens for a hotel chain. Up until the point when the pens are stamped with the
hotel chain’s logo, which takes only seconds, the pens can be redirected to another customer. The
entity is prohibited from giving the hotel chain’s customized pens to other parties while the agreement is
in place. The entity concludes that the end productthe customized pensare an asset with no
alternative use because the entity is not permitted to redirect the customized pens to another entity after
customization.
If the hotel chain terminates the contract, it is required to pay for the pens imprinted with its logo.
Further, the contract also indicates that if the hotel chain terminates the contract, any work in process
(that is, unstamped pens set aside by the entity related to orders received from the hotel chain) will be
completed, added to the other finished goods, and become part of the merchandise that the hotel chain
must pay for as part of the agreement’s termination.
Based on the terms of the contract, the entity has an enforceable right to payment for both the work in
process and completed pens at the time the customer terminates the contract. As a result, the entity
concludes that it meets the criteria to recognize revenue over time and selects a measure of progress
that best depicts the transfer of control to the customer.
Enforceable right to payment in a loss contract
An entity may price a contract at a loss for various strategic reasons, for example, to attract a new
customer. An entity may question whether a contract that is priced at a loss can have an enforceable right
to payment for performance completed to date.
65
TRG Paper 56, Over time revenue recognition.
66
Private Company Council Memo No. 3, Definition of an Accounting Contract and Short Cycle
Manufacturing (Right to Payment).
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 185
ASC 606-10-55-11 refers to “an amount that approximates the selling price of the goods or services
transferred to date” and cites “cost plus a reasonable profit margin” as an example of an amount that
represents the selling price for performance completed to date. While the selling price is typically based
on cost plus a margin, the selling price will not have a margin if the contract is priced at cost or at a loss.
Although ASC 606 provides “cost plus a reasonable profit margin” as an example of an enforceable right
to payment, that is because it is generally assumed that contracts are priced at a profit, and the FASB did
not intend to preclude contracts priced at a loss from “over time” recognition.
Accordingly, the objective of the “right to payment” criterion
67
is to assess whether the customer is
obligated to pay for performance to date. This analysis should focus on whether the entity has a right to a
proportionate amount of the selling price reflecting its performance to date, rather than on whether this
amount is greater or less than the entity’s costs to fulfill the contract. Therefore, if the customer is
obligated to pay a proportionate amount of the contract price, this objective would be met.
ASC 606 does not include guidance on loss contracts. However, the FASB retained the guidance on loss
contracts in ASC 606-35 for construction-type and production-type contracts within its scope, updating the
content to reflect ASC 606 terminology. See the discussion of loss contracts at Section 11.5.1.
Enforceable right to payment in a loss contract
A government entity (the customer) requests bids for the design of a highly customized defense system.
The customer expects to award subsequent contracts for tens of thousands of systems over the next
10 years to whomever wins the design contract. There are four contractors bidding for this contract.
Contractor A knows that it must bid at a loss in order to win the design contract, but expects to recoup
the value in expected orders over the next 10 years.
Contractor A wins the contract with a value of $100 million and estimated costs to complete of
$110 million. The contract is noncancellable, but the contract terms stipulate that if the customer
terminates the contract, Contractor A would be entitled to payment for work done to date. The payment
amount upon cancellation would be equal to a proportional amount of the price of the contract based
upon the performance of work to date. For example, at the termination date, if Contractor A completed
50 percent of its performance or incurred $55 million in costs (50 percent of total costs of $110 million),
it would be entitled to a $50 million payment from the customer (50 percent of the $100 million contract
price).
Contractor A concludes that its performance does not create an asset with an alternative use due to the
highly customized design of the defense system. Contractor A then considers if it has an enforceable
right to payment to determine whether revenue should be recognized over time or at a point in time.
Contractor A has a right to payment for performance completed to date since it is entitled to receive a
proportionate amount of the contract price in the event the customer terminates the agreement. The
principle for assessing right to payment is based on whether the entity has a right to an amount that
approximates the selling price; therefore, an entity does not need to earn a profit in order to meet this
criterion. Accordingly, the loss contract may qualify for over-time recognition under 606-10-25-27(c).
67
BC142 - BC144, ASU 2014-09.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 186
This example does not address whether Contractor A would be required to record a loss accrual related
to the contract. Contractor A would also need to evaluate whether the contract is within the scope of
ASC 606-35 and whether a loss should be recognized at the inception of the contract.
Methods to measure progress
An entity recognizes revenue associated with a performance obligation that is satisfied over time by
measuring its progress toward completion of that performance obligation. The guidance does not require
or prescribe a particular method to measure progress toward completion, but does include a
measurement objective: to align with the entity’s performance in transferring control of the related goods
or services in the contract. The selection of a method is not a free choice;
68
rather, an entity should select
the method that best depicts its performance under the contract.
ASC 606-10-25-31
For each performance obligation satisfied over time in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-27
through 25-29, an entity shall recognize revenue over time by measuring the progress toward complete
satisfaction of that performance obligation. The objective when measuring progress is to depict an
entity’s performance in transferring control of goods or services promised to a customer (that is, the
satisfaction of an entity’s performance obligation).
ASC 606 discusses two categories of methods that are appropriate for measuring an entity’s progress
toward completion of a performance obligation: output methods and input methods. In determining the
best method for measuring progress, an entity must consider the nature of the good or service that it
promises to transfer to the customer.
Figure 7.3 provides descriptions, examples, and disadvantages associated with using input and output
methods for measuring progress toward satisfying a performance obligation. The methods are addressed
in more detail below.
Figure 7.3: Acceptable methods of measuring progress
Method
Description
Examples
Disadvantages
Output
method
Recognize revenue by
directly measuring the value
of the goods and services
transferred to date to the
customer relative to the
remaining goods or services
Surveys of performance
completed to date,
appraisals of results
achieved, time elapsed,
units produced, or units
delivered
The outputs may not be
directly observable, and the
information required to apply
an output method may not
be readily available.
68
BC159, ASU 2014-09.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 187
Method
Description
Examples
Disadvantages
yet to be delivered or
performed.
Input
method
Recognize revenue based on
the extent of efforts or inputs
expended toward satisfying a
performance obligation
compared to the expected
total efforts or inputs.
Resources consumed,
labor hours expended,
costs incurred, time
elapsed, or machine hours
used
There may not be a direct
relationship between an
entity’s inputs and the
transfer of control of the
goods/services to the
customer.
Items to exclude from the measure of progress
Regardless of the method selected, when measuring progress, an entity includes in the measure only
goods or services that transfer to the customer. For example, when a health club signs up a member, it
may perform necessary account setup or administrative activities, but those activities do not transfer a
good or service to the customer. As a result, the health club would exclude the setup activities from its
measure of progress.
ASC 606-10-25-34
When applying a method for measuring progress, an entity shall exclude from the measure of progress
any goods or services for which the entity does not transfer control to a customer. Conversely, an entity
shall include in the measure of progress any goods or services for which the entity does transfer control
to a customer when satisfying that performance obligation.
Similarly, a contract may include a nonrefundable upfront fee to compensate an entity for costs incurred
when setting up a contract. If the entity determines that those activities do not transfer control of a
performance obligation, it should disregard the activities (and costs) when measuring its progress
because the activities do not depict the transfer of services to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-53
An entity may charge a nonrefundable fee in part as compensation for costs incurred in setting up a
contract (or other administrative tasks as described in paragraph 606-10-25-17). If those setup
activities do not satisfy a performance obligation, the entity should disregard those activities (and
related costs) when measuring progress in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-21. That is because
the costs of setup activities do not depict the transfer of services to the customer. The entity should
assess whether costs incurred in setting up a contract have resulted in an asset that should be
recognized in accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-5.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 188
Output methods
Under an output method, an entity recognizes revenue by directly measuring the value of the goods and
services transferred to date to the customer (for example, units delivered, time elapsed, or units
produced). Although output methods might be the most faithful depiction of an entity’s performance, there
are challenges in applying output methods. For instance, outputs often are not readily observable, and
the information required to use them may be costly to obtain.
ASC 606-10-55-17
Output methods recognize revenue on the basis of direct measurements of the value to the customer
of the goods or services transferred to date relative to the remaining goods or services promised under
the contract. Output methods include methods such as surveys of performance completed to date,
appraisals of results achieved, milestones reached, time elapsed, and units produced or units
delivered. When an entity evaluates whether to apply an output method to measure its progress, the
entity should consider whether the output selected would faithfully depict the entity’s performance
toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. An output method would not provide a
faithful depiction of the entity’s performance if the output selected would fail to measure some of the
goods or services for which control has transferred to the customer. For example, output methods
based on units produced or units delivered would not faithfully depict an entity’s performance in
satisfying a performance obligation if, at the end of the reporting period, the entity’s performance has
produced work in process or finished goods controlled by the customer that are not included in the
measurement of the output.
ASC 606-10-55-19
The disadvantages of output methods are that the outputs used to measure progress may not be
directly observable and the information required to apply them may not be available to an entity without
undue cost. Therefore, an input method may be necessary.
Example 18 in ASC 606 outlines the analysis performed by a health club in selecting its best measure of
progress toward complete satisfaction of its performance obligation to make the health club available for
the customer to use as and when it wishes.
Example 18Measuring Progress When Making Goods or Services Available
ASC 606-10-55-184
An entity, an owner and manager of health clubs, enters into a contract with a customer for one year of
access to any of its health clubs. The customer has unlimited use of the clubs and promises to pay
$100 per month.
ASC 606-10-55-185
The entity determines that its promise to the customer is to provide a service of making the health
clubs available for the customer to use as and when the customer wishes. This is because the extent
to which the customer uses the health clubs does not affect the amount of the remaining goods and
services to which the customer is entitled. The entity concludes that the customer simultaneously
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 189
receives and consumes the benefits of the entity’s performance as it performs by making the health
clubs available. Consequently, the entity’s performance obligation is satisfied over time in accordance
with paragraph 606-10-25-27(a).
ASC 606-10-55-186
The entity also determines that the customer benefits from the entity’s service of making the health
clubs available evenly throughout the year. (That is, the customer benefits from having the health clubs
available, regardless of whether the customer uses it or not.) Consequently, the entity concludes that
the best measure of progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation over time is a
time-based measure, and it recognizes revenue on a straight-line basis throughout the year at $100
per month.
Work in process
As stated in ASC 606-10-55-17, an output method may not be appropriate if the method fails to measure
the goods or services for which control has transferred to the customer. For example, an output method
based on units produced or units delivered would not depict an entity’s progress in satisfying its
performance obligation if there is a material amount of work in process at any given time that is controlled
by the customer, but not included in the measure of progress. In other words, in over time recognition, the
customer is presumed to control the products as they are produced. An entity’s assertion that in-process
products should be excluded from the measure of progress therefore is in conflict with the concept of over
time transfer.
ASC 606-10-55-17 includes “milestones reached” as an example of an output method. The TRG
discussed the use of this method, specifically whether control of a good or service underlying a
performance obligation that is satisfied over time would transfer at discrete points in time. In other words,
is the concept of “over time” compatible with a milestone method to measure progress?
TRG area of general agreement: Can control of a good or service underlying a
performance obligation transfer at discrete points in time?
At the April 2016 meeting,
69
the TRG generally agreed that when an entity meets any of the three
criteria to recognize revenue over time, control does not transfer at discrete points in time, and an
appropriate measure of progress should not result in the recognition of work in process or a similar
asset from the entity’s performance. This doesn’t mean that an entity is prohibited from recognizing
revenue over time merely because there is or may be a gap in performance, for example, because an
entity does not perform any activities toward satisfying a performance obligation in a particular reporting
period.
69
TRG Paper 53, Evaluating How Control Transfers Over Time.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 190
Grant Thornton insight: Milestones reached
Given the TRG discussion above, we believe that the use of a “milestones reached” method would not
be appropriate if it results in material work in process or finished goods controlled by the customer that
are not included in the measure of progress, despite the Boards’ use of “milestones reached” as an
example of an output method in ASC 606-10-55-17.
Use of output method with significant work in process
A manufacturing entity produces sink faucets for a home fixtures entity. The home fixtures entity
provides the specifications for its patented sink faucets and the related component parts, both of which
are built by the manufacturer.
The contract indicates that if the home fixtures entity cancels the contract before the end of the five-year
contract term, it must pay the manufacturer for any work-in-process or completed but undelivered sink
faucets. The contract also stipulates that the patented component parts and sink faucets may not be
transferred to any entities other than the home fixtures entity.
The manufacturer concludes that over-time revenue recognition is appropriate in accordance with
ASC 606-10-25-27(c) because its performance does not create an asset with an alternative use and it
has an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date.
The home fixtures entity’s products are carried in thousands of home improvement stores and it submits
orders daily to the manufacturer based on demand in various locations. At any period-end, the
manufacturer has a significant amount of completed, patented component parts on hand that have not
yet been incorporated into a fully assembled sink faucet.
The manufacturer considers what might be an appropriate measure of progress for over-time revenue
recognition, noting that it would be inappropriate to use a measure of progress calculated as the per
order ratio of number of completed sink faucets to the total number of sink faucets in the order, as that
would result in a significant amount of work in process related to the completed component parts.
Accordingly, the entity selects a different, appropriate measure of progress that better reflects its
progress toward satisfaction of the performance obligation and does not result in a significant work in
process balance.
Input methods
With an input method, an entity recognizes revenue based on the extent of its efforts or inputs toward
satisfying a performance obligation compared to the expected total efforts or inputs needed to completely
satisfy the performance obligation. Examples of input measures include labor hours expended, machine
hours used, and costs incurred. A straight-line basis may be appropriate if efforts or inputs are expended
evenly throughout the performance period.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 191
ASC 606-10-55-20
Input methods recognize revenue on the basis of the entity’s efforts or inputs to the satisfaction of a
performance obligation (for example, resources consumed, labor hours expended, costs incurred, time
elapsed, or machine hours used) relative to the total expected inputs to the satisfaction of that
performance obligation. If the entity’s efforts or inputs are expended evenly throughout the
performance period, it may be appropriate for the entity to recognize revenue on a straight-line basis.
An entity that selects an input method, such as costs incurred, to measure its progress is required to
make adjustments to that measure of progress if including some of those costs (for example, wasted
materials) distorts the entity’s performance under the contract.
Further, if a performance obligation consists of goods and related services and the customer obtains
control of the goods (for instance, uninstalled materials) significantly before receiving the related services,
an entity might best depict its performance by recognizing revenue associated with those goods in an
amount equal to their cost when the goods are transferred to the customer. An entity might recognize
revenue equal to costs if all of the following conditions are met at contract inception:
The good is not distinct.
The customer is expected to obtain control of the good significantly before receiving services related
to the good.
The cost of the good is significant compared to the total expected costs associated with the
performance obligation.
The entity obtains the good from another entity and is not significantly involved in its design or
manufacture.
ASC 606-10-55-21
A shortcoming of input methods is that there may not be a direct relationship between an entity’s inputs
and the transfer of control of goods or services to a customer. Therefore, an entity should exclude from
an input method the effects of any inputs that, in accordance with the objective of measuring progress
in paragraph 606-10-25-31, do not depict the entity’s performance in transferring control of goods or
services to the customer. For instance, when using a cost-based input method, an adjustment to the
measure of progress may be required in the following circumstances:
a. When a cost incurred does not contribute to an entity’s progress in satisfying the performance
obligation. For example, an entity would not recognize revenue on the basis of costs incurred that
are attributable to significant inefficiencies in the entity’s performance that were not reflected in the
price of the contract (for example, the costs of unexpected amounts of wasted materials, labor, or
other resources that were incurred to satisfy the performance obligation).
b. When a cost incurred is not proportionate to the entity’s progress in satisfying the performance
obligation. In those circumstances, the best depiction of the entity’s performance may be to adjust
the input method to recognize revenue only to the extent of that cost incurred. For example, a
faithful depiction of an entity’s performance might be to recognize revenue at an amount equal to
the cost of a good used to satisfy a performance obligation if the entity expects at contract
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 192
inception that all of the following conditions would be met:
1. The good is not distinct.
2. The customer is expected to obtain control of the good significantly before receiving services
related to the good.
3. The cost of the transferred good is significant relative to the total expected costs to completely
satisfy the performance obligation.
4. The entity procures the good from a third party and is not significantly involved in designing
and manufacturing the good (but the entity is acting as a principal in accordance with
paragraphs 606-10-55-36 through 55-40).
Example 19 in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity may account for uninstalled materials.
Example 19 Uninstalled Materials
ASC 606-10-55-187
In November 20X2, an entity contracts with a customer to refurbish a 3-story building and install new
elevators for total consideration of $5 million. The promised refurbishment service, including the
installation of elevators, is a single performance obligation satisfied over time. Total expected costs are
$4 million, including $1.5 million for the elevators. The entity determines that it acts as a principal in
accordance with paragraphs 606-10-55-36 through 55-40 because it obtains control of the elevators
before they are transferred to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-188
A summary of the transaction price and expected costs is as follows:
Transaction price $ 5,000,000
Expected costs:
Elevators 1,500,000
Other costs 2,500,000
Total expected costs $ 4,000,000
ASC 606-10-55-189
The entity uses an input method based on costs incurred to measure its progress toward complete
satisfaction of the performance obligation. The entity assesses whether the costs incurred to procure
the elevators are proportionate to the entity’s progress in satisfying the performance obligation in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-21. The customer obtains control of the elevators when they are
delivered to the site in December 20X2, although the elevators will not be installed until June 20X3. The
costs to procure the elevators ($1.5 million) are significant relative to the total expected costs to
completely satisfy the performance obligation ($4 million). The entity is not involved in designing or
manufacturing the elevators.
ASC 606-10-55-190
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 193
The entity concludes that including the costs to procure the elevators in the measure of progress would
overstate the extent of the entity’s performance. Consequently, in accordance with paragraph 606-10-
55-21, the entity adjusts its measure of progress to exclude the costs to procure the elevators from the
measure of costs incurred and from the transaction price. The entity recognizes revenue for the transfer
of the elevators in an amount equal to the costs to procure the elevators (that is, at a zero margin).
ASC 606-10-55-191
As of December 31, 20X2, the entity observes that:
a. Other costs incurred (excluding elevators) are $500,000.
b. Performance is 20% complete (that is, $500,000 ÷ $2,500,000).
ASC 606-10-55-192
Consequently, at December 31, 20X2, the entity recognizes the following:
Revenue
$ 2,200,000
(a)
Costs of goods sold
2,000,000
(b)
Profit
$ 200,000
(a) Revenue recognized is calculated as (20% × $3,500,000) + $1,500,000 ($3,500,000 is $5,000,000
transaction price - $1,500,000 costs of elevators.)
(b) Cost of goods sold is $500,000 of costs incurred + $1,500,000 costs of elevators.
Right to invoice practical expedient
The guidance provides a “right to invoice” practical expedient that allows an entity to bypass Steps 3, 4,
and 5 when applying the five-step revenue model. Under the expedient, an entity may recognize revenue
equal to the invoice amount if it has a contractual right to invoice its customer in an amount equal to the
value provided to the customer for the entity’s performance completed to date.
ASC 606-10-55-18
As a practical expedient, if an entity has a right to consideration from a customer in an amount that
corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the entity’s performance completed to date (for
example, a service contract in which an entity bills a fixed amount for each hour of service provided),
the entity may recognize revenue in the amount to which the entity has a right to invoice.
The TRG addressed stakeholder questions about how to evaluate whether an entity’s right to
consideration from a customer corresponds directly with the “value to the customer.” Specifically,
stakeholders asked whether an entity would be precluded from using the practical expedient if
Billing rates change throughout the life of the contract.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 194
The contract includes a minimum payment.
The contract includes upfront or back-end payments.
After discussing each of these considerations, the TRG generally agreed that a fixed price is not always
required for the duration of the contract to apply the practical expedient. However, a price increase or
decrease must be based on the value of the units subsequently transferred to the customer. Determining
whether the price change is consistent with the value to the customer often requires the use of judgment.
The TRG’s discussions are summarized below.
TRG area of general agreement: Can an entity use the ‘right to invoice’ practical
expedient for a contract that includes changing rates, minimum guarantees, or upfront
or back-end payments?
Rate changes
There may be cases where the billing rates change throughout the life of the contract, which does not
necessarily mean that an entity cannot qualify to use the practical expedient for the contract. The entity
must be able to demonstrate that the changing rate reflects the value received by its customer for its
performance to date.
Market prices or stand-alone selling prices might reflect the value received by a customer for the
entity’s performance to date, but entities are not required to assess
70
these prices to demonstrate that
the amount invoiced reflects the value to the customer. Rather, the phrase “value to customer” is meant
to imply that judgment is required to determine whether the practical expedient is applicable. An entity
may determine that another means demonstrates that the amount invoiced to the customer
corresponds directly to the value to the customer for the entity’s performance to date. Any price
increase or price decrease must be based on the value of subsequent units transferred to the
customer.
The TRG considered the following example to illustrate the concept at the July 2015 meeting
71
:
Power Seller and Power Buyer execute a contract for the purchase and sale of electricity over a
six-year term. Power Buyer is obligated to purchase 10 megawatts (MW) of electricity per hour
for each hour during the contract term (87,600 MWh per annual period) at prices that
contemplate the forward market price of electricity at contract inception. The contract prices are
as follows:
Years 1-2: $50 per MWh
Years 3-4: $55 per MWh
Years 5-6: $60 per MWh
The transaction price, which represents the amount of consideration to which Power Seller
expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring electricity to Power Buyer, is $28.908 million
(annual contract prices per MWh multiplied by annual contract quantities). Power Seller
70
TRG Paper 40, Practical Expedient for Measuring Progress toward Complete Satisfaction of a
Performance Obligation.
71
Ibid.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 195
concludes that the promise to sell electricity represents one performance obligation that will be
satisfied over time.
The TRG generally agreed that Power Seller qualifies to use the “right to invoice” practical expedient
because the amount that it will bill to Power Buyer corresponds directly with the value to Power Buyer
of its performance completed to date. The amount that will be billed is based on both
Units of power transferred
A rate per unit of power that is priced by reference to one or more market indicators (for example,
the observable forward commodity price curve)
While the rate per unit of power is not the same for the duration of the contract, the rates per unit reflect
the value to the customer because the rates are based on one or more market indicators. Market prices
or stand-alone selling prices might reflect value to the customer, but are not required to be assessed to
demonstrate that the amount invoiced reflects the value to the customer. An entity may conclude that
another means could be used to demonstrate that the amount invoiced to the customer corresponds
directly to the value to the customer for the entity’s performance to date.
Contract minimums
The TRG also generally agreed that the existence of a contractual minimum payment would not impact
an entity’s ability to use the practical expedient (should it qualify to do so) as long as the minimum
payment is not expected to be “substantive” (meaning the entity expects to exceed the minimum
amount).
Upfront or back-end payments
When a customer makes a significant upfront payment or the entity provides a significant back-end
adjustment, an entity may struggle to conclude that the amount invoiced corresponds directly with the
value provided to the customer for the goods or services. Judgment is required to determine if the
practical expedient can be applied in contracts with these types of fees. The TRG generally agreed that
an entity would need to assess the significance of these fees relative to the overall consideration in the
arrangement.
Upfront payment and the ‘right to invoice’ practical expedient
Assume the same facts as in the TRG example above, except that Power Seller requires Power Buyer
to make a $5 million upfront payment at the beginning of the 6-year term.
Judgment is required to determine whether the right to invoice practical expedient can be applied in a
contract with an upfront adjustment that shifts payment to the beginning of the contract term, resulting in
an invoiced amount that does not directly correspond with the value provided to the customer for the
goods.
Because the upfront fee is significant relative to the overall consideration in the arrangement, Power
Seller concludes that it is ineligible to use the right to invoice practical expedient, since it cannot
demonstrate that the amounts that will be invoiced correspond directly to the value provided to the
customer for goods transferred to date. Power Seller needs to select an appropriate measure of
progress to recognize revenue as it satisfies its promise to provide electricity over the six-year term.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 196
Selecting a single measure of progress
The guidance requires an entity to apply a single method of measuring progress to depict the entity’s
performance in satisfying each performance obligation. The FASB and IASB explained that utilizing more
than one method to measure performance for a single performance obligation would effectively bypass
the guidance on identifying performance obligations. Identifying just one measure of progress may be
challenging in cases where a single performance obligation contains multiple promised goods and
services that are not distinct and are therefore combined into a distinct bundle of goods and services. In
especially challenging cases, the entity may want to revisit the Step 2 analysis to verify that it has
appropriately identified the performance obligations in the contract.
ASC 606-10-25-32
An entity shall apply a single method of measuring progress for each performance obligation satisfied
over time, and the entity shall apply that method consistently to similar performance obligations and in
similar circumstances. At the end of each reporting period, an entity shall remeasure its progress
toward complete satisfaction of a performance obligation satisfied over time.
The TRG discussed whether an entity can use multiple measures of progress for a single performance
obligation, as well as how to determine the single best measure of progress when a performance
obligation contains multiple goods or services and those underlying goods or services are not distinct.
Summaries of these discussions are provided below.
TRG area of general agreement: Considerations for selecting a measure of progress
when a combined performance obligation contains multiple goods or services
At its July 2015 meeting,
72
the TRG generally agreed that using multiple methods of measuring
progress for the same performance obligation would not be appropriate, because their use would
ignore the unit of account prescribed in the guidance, and revenue would be recognized in a manner
that overrides the separation and allocation in Steps 2 and 4 of the revenue model.
The TRG generally agreed that an entity should consider the nature of both the entity’s overall promise
for the combined performance obligation and the performance required to completely satisfy that
obligation. To make that assessment, the entity should consider the reasons why it decided that the
goods or services are not distinct and have been bundled into a combined performance obligation. If an
entity concludes that the result of a single measure of progress for a combined performance obligation
does not faithfully depict the economics of the arrangement, this could indicate that the entity did not
identify the appropriate performance obligations (meaning that there could be more than one
performance obligation). Nonetheless, some situations require significant judgment in selecting a
measure of progress for a combined performance obligation, even though the performance obligations
have been appropriately identified.
72
TRG Paper 41, Measuring progress when multiple goods or services are included in a single
performance obligation.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 197
The TRG considered the following example to illustrate this point:
An entity promises to provide a software license and installation services that will substantially
customize the software to add significant new functionality that enables the software to
interface with other customized applications used by the customer.
The entity concludes that the software and services are not separately identifiable from the
customized installation service; therefore, the software and installation are combined into a
single performance obligation. The entity concludes that the performance obligation is satisfied
over time. If the license was distinct, it would be considered a point-in-time license.
Because the customized software solution is the promise that is being performed over time, the
measure of progress should be based on a method that reflects the entity’s progress toward the
completion of that service and therefore complete satisfaction of the combined performance
obligation. Under this view, all of the revenue would be recognized over the period during which
the customization services are provided.
The TRG did not think an output method based on estimated value for each good or service delivered
would be appropriate in this case because this method effectively accounts for the license and services
as two separate performance obligations, which ignores the unit of account (that is, the single
performance obligation) and overrides the separation and allocation guidance.
Further, the TRG did not think the entity should recognize revenue when the software was delivered on
the basis that the software is the predominant item in the combined performance obligation. The entity
could not conclude that the software is the primary or dominant component of the combined
performance obligation because the nature of the entity’s promise is to provide a customized software
solution. In this situation, the base software license is not the dominant feature as the customization
services are also likely to be significant to the customer.
Ability to reasonably measure progress
An entity recognizes revenue for a performance obligation satisfied over time only if it can reasonably
measure its progress, which means the entity must have access to reliable information that allows it to
apply the most appropriate method of measurement.
ASC 606-10-25-36
An entity shall recognize revenue for a performance obligation satisfied over time only if the entity can
reasonably measure its progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. An entity
would not be able to reasonably measure its progress toward complete satisfaction of a performance
obligation if it lacks reliable information that would be required to apply an appropriate method of
measuring progress.
If an entity cannot reasonably measure its progress toward completion, but still expects to recover the
costs, the entity should recognize revenue to the extent of costs incurred until it can reasonably measure
its progress. This practice may be applicable in the initial stages of a contract or when an entity initiates a
new product or service and has no or limited history or experience in measuring progress. In recognizing
revenue to the extent of costs incurred, the entity is at least reflecting progress toward satisfying the
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 198
performance obligation. Once the entity can reasonably measure progress, it should recognize revenue
using that measure of progress.
ASC 606-10-25-37
In some circumstances (for example, in the early stages of a contract), an entity may not be able to
reasonably measure the outcome of a performance obligation, but the entity expects to recover the
costs incurred in satisfying the performance obligation. In those circumstances, the entity shall
recognize revenue only to the extent of the costs incurred until such time that it can reasonably
measure the outcome of the performance obligation.
Updates to measuring progress
An entity must update its measure of progress throughout the life of the contract. For example, if an entity
concludes part-way through a contract that its costs will double to complete the work, it recalculates
revenue to date and recognizes the change in its measure of progress as a change in accounting
estimate, in accordance with the guidance in ASC 250.
ASC 606-10-25-35
As circumstances change over time, an entity shall update its measure of progress to reflect any
changes in the outcome of the performance obligation. Such changes to an entity’s measure of
progress shall be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate in accordance with
Subtopic 250-10 on accounting changes and error corrections.
Pre-contract activities
An entity sometimes begins work on an anticipated contract before agreeing to all the contract terms or
before the agreement satisfies the criteria for an accounting contract in accordance with Step 1. This work
may include activities that
Do not transfer goods or services to the customer (for example, administrative tasks)
Fulfill the anticipated contract but do not result in the transfer of a good or service to the customer (for
example, setup costs)
Transfer a good or service to the customer at or subsequent to the date the contract meets Step 1
If an entity concludes that the activities performed before a contract meets the Step 1 criteria result in
progress toward satisfying a performance obligation, it would recognize the revenue to which it expects to
be entitled for that progress when the Step 1 criteria are met. In other words, in the period that the
contract passes Step 1, the entity recognizes revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis reflecting the
performance obligation(s) that are wholly or partially satisfied. This adjustment reflects the fact that control
of a portion of the goods or services has transferred to the customer on the date when the contract
passes the Step 1 criteria.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 199
TRG area of general agreement: How should revenue arising from pre-contract
establishment date (pre-CED) activities be recognized?
The TRG at its March 2015 meeting
73
considered the following example:
A manufacturer enters into a long-term contract with a customer to manufacture a highly
customized good. The customer issues purchase orders for 30 days of supply on a rolling
calendar basis (that is, every 30 days a new purchase order is issued). Purchase orders are
noncancelable and the manufacturer has a contractual right to payment for all work in process
for goods once an order is received. The manufacturer will pre-assemble some goods in order
to meet anticipated demand from the customer based on a nonbinding forecast provided by the
customer. At the time the customer issues a purchase order, the manufacturer has some goods
on hand that are completed and others that are partially completed.
The entity has determined that each customized good represents a performance obligation
satisfied over time because the customized goods have no alternative use and the
manufacturer has an enforceable right to payment once it receives the purchase order.
The TRG generally agreed that if an entity has transferred promised goods or services within a
performance obligation to the customer on the date it passes the Step 1 criteria, revenue should be
recognized on a cumulative catch-up basis to reflect the entity’s progress as of the date it satisfies the
Step 1 criteria. The entity should include costs that reflect the goods or services that the customer
controls in the measure of progress.
Preproduction activities
Preproduction activities are common in some long-term supply arrangements that require an entity to
undertake efforts up front to mobilize equipment or design new technology or equipment. Section 11.3
includes a discussion of the accounting considerations related to preproduction activities, which may also
apply to certain pre-contract activities.
Stand-ready obligations
When the nature of an entity’s performance obligation is to stand ready to provide goods or services, it
may be appropriate to utilize a time-based measure of progress. When the pattern of benefit and the
entity’s efforts to fulfill the contract are not even throughout the contract period, a time-based method of
measuring progress may not be appropriate. On the other hand, when an entity expects the customer will
receive and consume the benefits of the entity’s promise equally throughout the contract period, or if the
entity does not know and cannot reasonably estimate how and when the customer will request
performance, then a straight-line revenue attribution resulting from a time-based measure of progress
may be appropriate.
A summary of the TRG discussion regarding measures of progress for stand-ready obligations follows.
73
TRG Paper 33, Partial Satisfaction of Performance Obligations Prior to Identifying the Contract.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 200
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity measure progress toward the
satisfaction of a stand-ready obligation?
The TRG generally agreed during the January 2015 meeting
74
that entities need to exercise judgment
to determine whether the nature of the entity’s promise is to stand ready to provide goods or services or
to provide the underlying specified goods or services, which is not a stand-ready obligation (see
Section 4.1.3).
An appropriate measure of progress for a stand-ready obligation satisfied over time may vary
depending upon the type of stand-ready obligation. It is not appropriate to default to a straight-line
revenue attribution method when this measurement method does not depict the entity’s performance.
For example, a straight-line approach over the contract period for an annual snow removal contract
would not be reasonable because the pattern of benefits received by the customer and the entity’s
efforts to perform would generally not occur evenly throughout the year given there is no reasonable
expectation of snowfall during the warm months.
On the other hand, if the entity expects the customer will receive and consume the benefits of the
entity’s promise equally throughout the contract period or if it does not know and is unable to
reasonably estimate how and when the customer will request performance, then a straight-line revenue
attribution resulting from a time-based measure of progress may be appropriate. Example 18 in
ASC 606 concludes that the nature of the entity’s promise is to stand ready to provide the customer
with access to its health club facilities for the contract period. Because the customer will benefit from
the entity’s service of making the health clubs available for the customer’s use evenly throughout the
contract period, a time-based measure of progress is appropriate.
The TRG generally agreed that when an entity promises unspecified updates or upgrades to a
customer but is unable to predict the timing of when those updates or upgrades will be made available,
then the nature of its promise is to stand ready to provide updates or upgrades if and when they
become available. The customer benefits evenly throughout the contract period from the guarantee that
any updates or upgrades developed by the entity will be made available. As a result, a time-based
measure of progress would generally be appropriate in this situation.
7.2 Control transferred at a point in time
If a performance obligation does not meet one of the three criteria to recognize revenue over time, the
entity recognizes revenue for that performance obligation at a point in time. The entity determines the
point in time by evaluating when the customer obtains control of the asset (that is, the goods or services
that the entity has promised to transfer to the customer).
In performing this evaluation, the entity considers indicators that control has transferred to the customer,
including, but not limited to, the following:
The entity has a present right to receive payment for the asset.
The customer has legal title to the asset.
The customer has physical possession of the asset.
The customer has assumed the significant risks and rewards of owning the asset.
74
TRG Paper 16, Stand-Ready Performance Obligations.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 201
The customer has accepted the asset.
When an entity has a present right to receive payment for its performance, this indicates that the
customer has obtained control over the asset, meaning that the customer can generally obtain the
benefits from, and direct the use of, the asset.
Possession of legal title of an asset generally indicates which party controls the asset. However, if an
entity retains legal title only to protect itself against the customer’s failure to pay, this would not prevent
the customer from obtaining control of the asset.
Similarly, the customer’s physical possession of an asset may indicate that the customer controls the
asset because it can direct the use of the asset, obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits of the
asset, and/or restrict other entities’ access to the benefits of the asset; however, the entity must consider
if anything overrides this presumption. For example, a customer’s physical possession of an asset does
not automatically mean that it has control of the asset if substantive repurchase terms (see Section 7.4)
suggest that control remains with the entity. The same may be said for consignment arrangements (see
Section 7.6).
When a customer assumes the significant risks and rewards of owning the asset, this may indicate that
the customer controls the asset and has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the
remaining benefits from, the asset.
Grant Thornton insight: ‘Synthetic’ FOB destination and control
Synthetic free on board (FOB) destination occurs when the shipping terms specify FOB shipping point
but the entity continues to bear the risk of loss until the products are delivered to the customer’s
premises. The terms can be either explicitly stated in the contract or implicitly established by the entity’s
customary practice of providing replacement products for goods lost or damaged in transit.
Because the risks and rewards of owning the asset do not transfer to the customer until the entity
delivers the goods to the customer’s premises, this may indicate that control does not transfer to the
customer until the goods are delivered to the customer. In addition to this consideration, the entity will
need to evaluate other indicators including those in ASC 606-10-25-30 to determine the point in time at
which control transfers.
Finally, the customer’s acceptance of an asset indicates that it has obtained the ability to direct the use of,
and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset. Customer acceptance clauses are
discussed in Section 7.2.1.
ASC 606-10-25-30
If a performance obligation is not satisfied over time in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-27
through 25-29, an entity satisfies the performance obligation at a point in time. To determine the point
in time at which a customer obtains control of a promised asset and the entity satisfies a performance
obligation, the entity shall consider the guidance on control in paragraphs 606-10-25-23 through 25-26.
In addition, an entity shall consider indicators of the transfer of control, which include, but are not
limited to, the following:
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 202
a. The entity has a present right to payment for the assetIf a customer presently is obliged to pay
for an asset, then that may indicate that the customer has obtained the ability to direct the use of,
and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset in exchange.
b. The customer has legal title to the assetLegal title may indicate which party to a contract has the
ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, an asset or to
restrict the access of other entities to those benefits. Therefore, the transfer of legal title of an asset
may indicate that the customer has obtained control of the asset. If an entity retains legal title
solely as protection against the customer’s failure to pay, those rights of the entity would not
preclude the customer from obtaining control of an asset.
c. The entity has transferred physical possession of the asset—The customer’s physical possession
of an asset may indicate that the customer has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain
substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset or to restrict the access of other entities to
those benefits. However, physical possession may not coincide with control of an asset. For
example, in some repurchase agreements and in some consignment arrangements, a customer or
consignee may have physical possession of an asset that the entity controls. Conversely, in some
bill-and-hold arrangements, the entity may have physical possession of an asset that the customer
controls. Paragraphs 606-10-55-66 through 55-78, 606-10-55-79 through 55-80, and 606-10-55-81
through 55-84 provide guidance on accounting for repurchase agreements, consignment
arrangements, and bill-and-hold arrangements, respectively.
d. The customer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the assetThe transfer of the
significant risks and rewards of ownership of an asset to the customer may indicate that the
customer has obtained the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining
benefits from, the asset. However, when evaluating the risks and rewards of ownership of a
promised asset, an entity shall exclude any risks that give rise to a separate performance
obligation in addition to the performance obligation to transfer the asset. For example, an entity
may have transferred control of an asset to a customer but not yet satisfied an additional
performance obligation to provide maintenance services related to the transferred asset.
e. The customer has accepted the asset—The customer’s acceptance of an asset may indicate that it
has obtained the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits
from, the asset. To evaluate the effect of a contractual customer acceptance clause on when
control of an asset is transferred, an entity shall consider the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-55-85
through 55-88.
None of the indicators discussed above is individually determinative; rather, an entity should consider all
of the indicators collectively to make a determination as to when control passes to the customer.
Figure 7.4 provides additional guidance for each control indicator that may suggest either the entity or the
customer has control of the asset.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 203
Figure 7.4: Evaluating when control transfers
Indicator that the entity
maintains control of the asset
Control
indicator
Indicator that the
customer controls the asset
When the entity does not yet
have the right to invoice the
customer, this may indicate that
the entity has not yet transferred
control of the asset.
Present right to payment
When a customer is obligated to
pay for the asset, this may indicate
that the customer has control.
When the entity maintains legal
title to the asset and the retention
is not solely as protection against
the customer’s failure to pay, this
may indicate that the entity still
maintains control.
Legal title
When the customer obtains legal
title to the asset or the entity
maintains legal title only for
protection against the customer’s
failure to pay, this may indicate that
the customer has obtained control.
When the entity maintains
physical possession of the asset,
this may indicate that the entity
still controls the asset, except in
circumstances such as a bill-and-
hold arrangement (see
Section 7.5).
Physical possession
When the customer has physical
possession of the asset, this
may indicate that the customer
controls the asset; however, in
arrangements such as repurchase
agreements or consignment
arrangements, physical possession
may not coincide with control of
an asset.
If the entity can still direct the
use of the asset and obtain
substantially all of the benefits
from the asset, this may indicate
that the entity still controls the
asset.
Significant risks and
rewards of ownership
If the customer can direct the asset
to another location or to another
party, if the customer is exposed to
changes in market value, or if
the customer is responsible for
damages to the asset, this may
indicate that the customer has
control of the asset.
When the entity has not yet
satisfied substantive customer
acceptance provisions, this may
indicate that the entity still
controls the asset.
Customer acceptance
(see Section 7.2.1)
When the customer has formally
indicated that its acceptance
criteria have been met, this may
indicate that control has transferred
to the customer.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 204
At the crossroads: Sell-through method
Under legacy GAAP, some entities concluded that consideration is not fixed and determinable for sales
made to a distributor due to the risk of a potential price concession or discount. Therefore, these
entities waited to recognize revenue until the distributor sold the final product to a third-party customer.
This method is often referred to as the “sell-through” method under legacy GAAP.
Under ASC 606, entities that have historically used the sell-through method may recognize revenue
earlier than under legacy GAAP if they determine that control transfers when the good is shipped to the
distributor. In those situations, the entity estimates the transaction price, including any product returns
and any price concessions, and applies the constraint guidance to determine the amount of revenue to
recognize when control transfers to the distributor. The entity should update its transaction price,
including the assessment of whether any amounts are constrained, at each reporting period.
Customer acceptance provisions
Customer acceptance provisions allow a customer to cancel a contract or require remedial action by the
entity if a good or service does not meet the agreed-upon acceptance criteria. When evaluating customer
acceptance provisions, an entity must first determine whether these provisions are objective.
Figure 7.5: Customer acceptance provisions
When the provisions are “objective,” customer acceptance is deemed a formality that does not impact the
entity’s determination of when a customer obtains control of the good or service.
On the other hand, when the customer acceptance provisions are not objective or are nonstandard, the
entity must receive the customer’s formal acceptance before it can conclude that the customer has
obtained control of the good or service.
Factors that may indicate that the customer’s acceptance is substantive and therefore not a formality may
include
The acceptance terms are not customarily included in the entity’s contracts.
The acceptance terms are specified by the customer.
Customer acceptance is a
formality. An entity recognizes
revenue when it transfers control
of the asset to the customer
(Section 7.2).
Are the customer
acceptance provisions
objective or standard?
Customer acceptance is
substantive and the entity must
wait to recognize revenue until the
customer formally acknowledges
the acceptance criteria are met.
Y
N
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 205
The product subject to acceptance is complex, and testing results at the entity’s premises are not
indicative of testing results at the customer’s premises.
The product is new or the entity lacks sufficient history to support regular customer acceptance.
ASC 606-10-55-85
In accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-30(e), a customer’s acceptance of an asset may indicate that
the customer has obtained control of the asset. Customer acceptance clauses allow a customer to
cancel a contract or require an entity to take remedial action if a good or service does not meet agreed-
upon specifications. An entity should consider such clauses when evaluating when a customer obtains
control of a good or service.
ASC 606-10-55-86
If an entity can objectively determine that control of a good or service has been transferred to the
customer in accordance with the agreed-upon specifications in the contract, then customer acceptance
is a formality that would not affect the entity’s determination of when the customer has obtained control
of the good or service. For example, if the customer acceptance clause is based on meeting specified
size and weight characteristics, an entity would be able to determine whether those criteria have been
met before receiving confirmation of the customer’s acceptance. The entity’s experience with contracts
for similar goods or services may provide evidence that a good or service provided to the customer is
in accordance with the agreed-upon specifications in the contract. If revenue is recognized before
customer acceptance, the entity still must consider whether there are any remaining performance
obligations (for example, installation of equipment) and evaluate whether to account for them
separately.
ASC 606-10-55-87
However, if an entity cannot objectively determine that the good or service provided to the customer is
in accordance with the agreed-upon specifications in the contract, then the entity would not be able to
conclude that the customer has obtained control until the entity receives the customer’s acceptance.
That is because, in that circumstance the entity cannot determine that the customer has the ability to
direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the good or service.
The following examples illustrate how to apply the customer acceptance guidance in ASC 606.
Evaluating customer acceptance provisions
Entity A sells a machine to Customer B for $1,000 on June 15, 20X8. Entity A delivers the machine to
Customer B’s premises on June 30, 2018. Entity A determines that the contract contains a single
performance obligation (the machine) and that control transfers at a point in time. Title transfers to the
customer as well as the significant risks and rewards of ownership upon receipt of the machine. Entity A
has the right to invoice the customer upon delivery of the machine to Customer B’s premises. Customer
B formally accepts the machine on July 5.
Consider Entity A’s accounting for the machine if the contract includes either of the following customer
acceptance clauses.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 206
Scenario 1
The customer acceptance is based on the machine meeting specified size and weight characteristics.
Entity A sells the same, noncomplex machine to multiple customers and typically includes this particular
acceptance clause in the agreement.
Because Entity A can objectively determine that the specifications are met, the acceptance provision is
deemed to be objective and standard, and the entity determines that control has transferred. Entity A
recognizes revenue upon delivery on June 30, 20X8.
Scenario 2
The customer acceptance is based on Customer B’s internal quality checklist whereby the contract
specifies that the customer has 30 days to give formal written acceptance to Entity A for the machine.
The machine is highly complex and part of a relatively new product line, so Entity A does not have much
data on historical customer acceptance.
Entity A determines that the acceptance provision is nonstandard, specified by the customer, and relates
to a highly complex device with which it has limited history. As a result, control does not transfer until
formal acceptance by the customer and Entity A waits to recognize revenue until July 5.
7.3 Trial periods
When an entity offers a good or service to a customer on a trial basis and the customer is not required to
pay for the product until the trial period lapses, control of the product or service does not transfer to the
customer until the customer accepts the product or service or the trial period lapses. In fact, a contract
does not exist under Step 1 of the model (see Section 3.1) until the customer accepts the product or the
trial period lapses because enforceable rights and obligations do not yet exist.
ASC 606-10-55-88
If an entity delivers products to a customer for trial or evaluation purposes and the customer is not
committed to pay any consideration until the trial period lapses, control of the product is not transferred
to the customer until either the customer accepts the product or the trial period lapses.
7.4 Repurchase agreements
Sometimes an entity that enters into a contract to sell an asset also promises, or has the option, to
repurchase the same asset, an asset that is substantially the same, or another asset that is a component
of the original asset. Under ASC 606, an entity should evaluate the form of the promise to repurchase the
asset (for example, a forward, call option, or put option) in determining the appropriate accounting.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 207
Figure 7.6: Accounting for repurchase rights and obligations
Forwards or calls
If a contract includes a forward (an entity’s obligation to repurchase an asset) or a call option (an entity’s
right to repurchase an asset), an entity should account for the contract in one of two ways:
As a lease if it can or must repurchase the asset for an amount that is less than the original selling
price and the contract is not part of a sale-leaseback transaction
As a financing arrangement if it can or must repurchase the asset for an amount that is equal to or
more than the original selling price
While the customer may have physical possession of the asset, the customer does not have control of the
asset because its ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from,
the asset is limited due to the entity’s repurchase obligation or right.
ASC 606-10-55-68
If an entity has an obligation or a right to repurchase the asset (a forward or a call option), a customer
does not obtain control of the asset because the customer is limited in its ability to direct the use of,
and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset even though the customer may
have physical possession of the asset. Consequently, the entity should account for the contract as
either of the following:
a. A lease in accordance with Topic 840 (842) on leases, if the entity can or must repurchase the
asset for an amount that is less than the original selling price of the asset unless the contract is
part of a sale-leaseback transaction. If the contract is part of a sale-leaseback transaction, the
N
Entity’s right or obligation to repurchase the
asset (a call or forward)
Entity’s obligation to repurchase the asset at
the customer’s request (a put option)
Repurchase price original selling price?
Repurchase price original selling price and
> expected market value at repurchase date?
Contract is accounted
for as a financing
arrangement.
Part of a sale-
leaseback?
Customer has a significant
economic incentive to
exercise option?
Contract is accounted
for as a lease.
Contract is accounted for
as a sale with a right
of return.
Y
N
Y
N
N
Y
Y
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 208
entity should account for the contract as a financing arrangement and not as a sale-leaseback in
accordance with Subtopic 840-40 (842-40).
b. A financing arrangement in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-70, if the entity can or must
repurchase the asset for an amount that is equal to or more than the original selling price of the
asset.
ASC 606-10-55-69
When comparing the repurchase price with the selling price, an entity should consider the time value of
money.
When an entity accounts for a forward or call repurchase agreement as a financing arrangement, it
continues to recognize the asset as well as a financial liability for any consideration received from the
customer. The entity recognizes the difference between the amount of consideration received from the
customer and the amount to be paid to the customer as interest and, if applicable, as processing or
holding costs (for example, insurance). If the option lapses unexercised, the entity derecognizes the
liability and recognizes revenue.
ASC 606-10-55-70
If the repurchase agreement is a financing arrangement, the entity should continue to recognize the
asset and also recognize a financial liability for any consideration received from the customer. The
entity should recognize the difference between the amount of consideration received from the customer
and the amount of consideration to be paid to the customer as interest and, if applicable, as processing
or holding costs (for example, insurance).
ASC 606-10-55-71
If the option lapses unexercised, an entity should derecognize the liability and recognize revenue.
Example 62, Case A, in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity applies the guidance when it has a right to
repurchase an asset (a call option).
Example 62Repurchase Agreements (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-401
An entity enters into a contract with a customer for the sale of a tangible asset on January 1, 20X7, for
$1 million.
Case ACall Option: Financing
ASC 606-10-55-402
The contract includes a call option that gives the entity the right to repurchase the asset for $1.1 million
on or before December 31, 20X7.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 209
ASC 606-10-55-403
Control of the asset does not transfer to the customer on December 31, 20X7, because the entity has a
right to repurchase the asset and therefore the customer is limited in its ability to direct the use of, and
obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the asset. Consequently, in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-55-68(b), the entity accounts for the transaction as a financing arrangement because
the exercise price is more than the original selling price. In accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-70,
the entity does not derecognize the asset and instead recognizes the cash received as a financial
liability. The entity also recognizes interest expense for the difference between the exercise price
($1.1 million) and the cash received ($1 million) which increases the liability.
ASC 606-10-55-404
On December 31, 20X7, the option lapses unexercised; therefore, the entity derecognizes the liability
and recognizes revenue of $1.1 million.
Put options
If a customer is granted the right to require an entity to repurchase the asset (a put option) at a price that
is less than the original selling price, the entity should assess whether the customer has a significant
economic incentive to exercise its right. This assessment takes into consideration various factors,
including the relationship between the repurchase price and the expected market value of the asset at the
date of repurchase. If the repurchase price is expected to significantly exceed market value, then a
significant economic incentive exists. The agreement is then accounted for as a lease (because the
customer is effectively paying the entity for the right to use the asset for a period of time), unless the
contract is a part of a sale-leaseback arrangement, in which case, the agreement is accounted for as a
financing arrangement.
If the customer does not have a significant economic incentive to exercise the put option, the entity
accounts for the agreement as a sale with a right of return (see Section 5.1.3).
If a contract grants the customer a put option, and if the repurchase price of the asset is equal to or
greater than its original selling price and is more than the asset’s expected market value, the contract is
considered a financing arrangement. In such circumstances, the entity continues to recognize the asset
and a liability initially measured at the asset’s original selling price.
ASC 606-10-55-72
If an entity has an obligation to repurchase the asset at the customer’s request (a put option) at a price
that is lower than the original selling price of the asset, the entity should consider at contract inception
whether the customer has a significant economic incentive to exercise that right. The customer’s
exercising of that right results in the customer effectively paying the entity consideration for the right to
use a specified asset for a period of time. Therefore, if the customer has a significant economic
incentive to exercise that right, the entity should account for the agreement as a lease in accordance
with Topic 840 (842) on leases unless the contract is part of a sale-leaseback transaction. If the
contract is part of a sale-leaseback transaction, the entity should account for the contract as a financing
arrangement and not as a sale-leaseback in accordance with Subtopic 840-40 (842-40).
ASC 606-10-55-73
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 210
To determine whether a customer has a significant economic incentive to exercise its right, an entity
should consider various factors, including the relationship of the repurchase price to the expected
market value of the asset at the date of the repurchase and the amount of time until the right expires.
For example, if the repurchase price is expected to significantly exceed the market value of the asset,
this may indicate that the customer has a significant economic incentive to exercise the put option.
ASC 606-10-55-74
If the customer does not have a significant economic incentive to exercise its right at a price that is
lower than the original selling price of the asset, the entity should account for the agreement as if it
were the sale of a product with a right of return as described in paragraphs 606-10-55-22 through
55-29.
ASC 606-10-55-75
If the repurchase price of the asset is equal to or greater than the original selling price and is more than
the expected market value of the asset, the contract is in effect a financing arrangement and, therefore,
should be accounted for as described in paragraph 606-10-55-70.
ASC 606-10-55-76
If the repurchase price of the asset is equal to or greater than the original selling price and is less than
or equal to the expected market value of the asset, and the customer does not have a significant
economic incentive to exercise its right, then the entity should account for the agreement as if it were
the sale of a product with a right of return as described in paragraphs 606-10-55-22 through 55-29.
ASC 606-10-55-77
When comparing the repurchase price with the selling price, an entity should consider the time value of
money.
If either a call or put option expires unexercised, an entity derecognizes any liability recorded and
recognizes revenue.
ASC 606-10-55-78
If the option lapses unexercised, an entity should derecognize the liability and recognize revenue.
Example 62, Case B, in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity applies the guidance when the contract
provides the customer with a right to require the entity to repurchase the asset (a put option).
Example 62Repurchase Agreements (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-401
An entity enters into a contract with a customer for the sale of a tangible asset on January 1, 20X7, for
$1 million.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 211
Case BPut Option: Lease
ASC 606-10-55-405
Instead of having a call option, the contract includes a put option that obliges the entity to repurchase
the asset at the customer’s request for $900,000 on or before December 31, 20X7. The market value is
expected to be $750,000 on December 31, 20X7.
ASC 606-10-55-406
At the inception of the contract, the entity assesses whether the customer has a significant economic
incentive to exercise the put option, to determine the accounting for the transfer of the asset (see
paragraphs 606-10-55-72 through 55-78). The entity concludes that the customer has a significant
economic incentive to exercise the put option because the repurchase price significantly exceeds the
expected market value of the asset at the date of repurchase. The entity determines there are no other
relevant factors to consider when assessing whether the customer has a significant economic incentive
to exercise the put option. Consequently, the entity concludes that control of the asset does not transfer
to the customer because the customer is limited in its ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially
all of the remaining benefits from, the asset.
ASC 606-10-55-407
In accordance with paragraphs 606-10-55-72 through 55-73, the entity accounts for the transaction as a
lease in accordance with Topic 840 (842) on leases.
7.5 Bill-and-hold arrangements
In a bill-and-hold arrangement, a customer takes title to, and agrees to pay for, goods but is not yet ready
for the goods to be delivered. The entity retains physical possession of the products until later transferred
to the customer. A customer may request a sale on a bill-and-hold basis in various situations, including,
for example, when the customer does not have space to store the goods or is behind in a production
process that uses the good as a component.
ASC 606-10-55-81
A bill-and-hold arrangement is a contract under which an entity bills a customer for a product but the
entity retains physical possession of the product until it is transferred to the customer at a point in time
in the future. For example, a customer may request an entity to enter into such a contract because of
the customer’s lack of available space for the product or because of delays in the customer’s
production schedules.
In these arrangements, the customer may obtain control of the goods even though it does not have
physical possession, and an entity must determine whether it has transferred control of the product to the
customer.
For an entity to conclude that it has transferred control of the product to the customer in a bill-and-hold
arrangement, all of the following criteria must be met:
The reason for the arrangement must be substantive.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 212
The product must be separately identified for the customer and ready for physical transfer.
The entity cannot have the ability to use the product or direct it to another customer.
If any one of the conditions above is not met, the customer does not have control of the product, and the
entity is precluded from recognizing revenue.
ASC 606-10-55-82
An entity should determine when it has satisfied its performance obligation to transfer a product by
evaluating when a customer obtains control of that product (see paragraph 606-10-25-30). For some
contracts, control is transferred either when the product is delivered to the customer’s site or when the
product is shipped, depending on the terms of the contract (including delivery and shipping terms).
However, for some contracts, a customer may obtain control of a product even though that product
remains in an entity’s physical possession. In that case, the customer has the ability to direct the use
of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the product even though it has decided
not to exercise its right to take physical possession of that product. Consequently, the entity does not
control the product. Instead, the entity provides custodial services to the customer over the customer’s
asset.
ASC 606-10-55-83
In addition to applying the guidance in paragraph 606-10-25-30, for a customer to have obtained
control of a product in a bill-and-hold arrangement, all of the following criteria must be met:
a. The reason for the bill-and-hold arrangement must be substantive (for example, the customer has
requested the arrangement).
b. The product must be identified separately as belonging to the customer.
c. The product currently must be ready for physical transfer to the customer.
d. The entity cannot have the ability to use the product or to direct it to another customer.
An entity no longer controls the product, and therefore recognizes revenue for the sale of the product,
when it concludes that the customer has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the
remaining benefits from, the product, even though the customer has not yet taken physical possession. In
this case, the entity is required to consider whether it has any remaining performance obligations, such as
providing custodial services to the customer. If it does, the entity should allocate a portion of the
transaction price to the remaining performance obligation(s).
ASC 606-10-55-84
If an entity recognizes revenue for the sale of a product on a bill-and-hold basis, the entity should
consider whether it has remaining performance obligations (for example, for custodial services) in
accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-14 through 25-22 to which the entity should allocate a portion
of the transaction price in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-28 through 32-41.
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 213
At the crossroads: Bill-and-hold arrangements
Legacy GAAP and SEC guidance include criteria for determining if an entity can recognize revenue in
a bill-and-hold arrangement. The criteria in legacy guidance are broadly similar to those in ASC 606,
except that legacy guidance requires that the arrangement include a fixed delivery schedule and
explicitly requires that the buyer request the transaction on a bill-and-hold basis.
In August 2017, the staff of the SEC’s Office of the Chief Accountant issued SAB 116 to align existing
SEC guidance with the guidance in ASC 606 and related amendments, including the clarification that
once a registrant adopts ASC 606, it should no longer refer to SEC Accounting and Auditing
Enforcement Release 108 for guidance regarding the recognition of revenue from bill-and-hold
arrangements.
Example 63 in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity may apply the bill-and-hold guidance.
Example 63Bill-and-Hold Arrangements
ASC 606-10-55-409
An entity enters into a contract with a customer on January 1, 20X8 for the sale of a machine and spare
parts. The manufacturing lead time for the machine and spare parts is two years.
ASC 606-10-55-410
Upon completion of the manufacturing, the entity demonstrates that the machine and spare parts meet
the agreed-upon specifications in the contract. The promises to transfer the machine and spare parts are
distinct and result in two performance obligations that each will be satisfied at a point in time. On
December 31, 20X9, the customer pays for the machine and spare parts but only takes physical
possession of the machine. Although the customer inspects and accepts the spare parts, the customer
requests that the spare parts be stored at the entity’s warehouse because of its close proximity to the
customer’s factory. The customer has legal title to the spare parts, and the parts can be identified as
belonging to the customer. Furthermore, the entity stores the spare parts in a separate section of the
warehouse, and the parts are ready for immediate shipment at the customer’s request. The entity
expects to hold the spare parts for two to four years, and the entity does not have the ability to use the
spare parts or direct them to another customer.
ASC 606-10-55-411
The entity identifies the promise to provide custodial services as a performance obligation because it is a
service provided to the customer and it is distinct from the machine and spare parts. Consequently, the
entity accounts for three performance obligations in the contract (the promises to provide the machine,
the spare parts, and the custodial services). The transaction price is allocated to the three performance
obligations and revenue is recognized when (or as) control transfers to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-412
Control of the machine transfers to the customer on December 31, 20X9, when the customer takes
physical possession. The entity assesses the indicators in ASC 606-10-25-30 to determine the point in
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 214
time at which control of the spare parts transfers to the customer, noting that the entity has received
payment, the customer has legal title to the spare parts, and the customer has inspected and accepted
the spare parts. In addition, the entity concludes that all of the criteria in ASC 606-10-55-83 are met,
which is necessary for the entity to recognize revenue in a bill-and-hold arrangement. The entity
recognizes revenue for the spare parts on December 31, 20X9, when control transfers to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-413
The performance obligation to provide custodial services is satisfied over time as the services are
provided. The entity also considers whether the payment terms include a significant financing component
in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-15 through 32-20.
7.6 Consignment arrangements
A consignment arrangement exists when a product is delivered to another party (for example, a dealer)
but the other party has not obtained control of the product. Accordingly, an entity should not recognize
revenue upon delivery if the product is held on consignment by the dealer.
Indicators of a consignment arrangement include, but are not limited to, the following:
The product is controlled by the entity until a specified event occurs, such as the sale of the product
to a customer of the dealer, or until a specified period of time passes.
The entity can require the return of the product or its transfer to a third party.
The dealer does not have an unconditional obligation to pay for the product, although it may be
required to pay a deposit.
ASC 606-10-55-79
When an entity delivers a product to another party (such as a dealer or a distributor) for sale to end
customers, the entity should evaluate whether that other party has obtained control of the product at
that point in time. A product that has been delivered to another party may be held in a consignment
arrangement if that other party has not obtained control of the product. Accordingly, an entity should
not recognize revenue upon delivery of a product to another party if the delivered product is held on
consignment.
ASC 606-10-55-80
Indicators that an arrangement is a consignment arrangement include, but are not limited to, the
following:
a. The product is controlled by the entity until a specified event occurs, such as the sale of the
product to a customer of the dealer, or until a specified period expires.
b. The entity is able to require the return of the product or transfer the product to a third party (such
as another dealer).
c. The dealer does not have an unconditional obligation to pay for the product (although it might be
required to pay a deposit).
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 215
The following example illustrates the guidance on consignment arrangements.
Evaluating consignment arrangements
A jewelry designer sells its jewelry through local boutiques (not related parties of the designer). Third-
party customers visit the local boutiques to shop for jewelry and purchase the merchandise directly from
the boutiques. The terms of the arrangement between the designer and the boutique owners provide
that the designer retains title of the jewelry until the sale of the merchandise to the third-party
customers. The designer also may require the boutique to send the unsold jewelry to other retailers or
back to the designer. Further, the boutique owner is not required to remit payment to the designer until
the sale to its customer occurs.
The arrangement is a consignment arrangement in accordance with ASC 606 because
The product is controlled by the designer until a specified event (that is, the sale to the boutique’s
customer) occurs.
The designer can direct the jewelry to another boutique.
The boutique owner is not required to pay for the jewelry until it sells the jewelry to its end customer.
As a result, the designer does not recognize revenue until the jewelry is sold to the boutique owner’s
customer.
7.7 Customer’s unexercised rights
Sometimes a customer makes a payment to an entity that entitles the customer to a right to receive a
good or service in the future, but the customer may leave that right unexercised (for example, a gift card
that the customer never redeems). The unexercised rights are commonly referred to as “breakage.” Upon
receipt of the payment, the entity must recognize a contract liability that represents its obligation to
transfer goods or services in the future. The timing of when the entity can derecognize the contract
liability depends upon whether the entity expects to be entitled to breakage.
If the entity expects to be entitled to breakage, it recognizes the estimated breakage amount as revenue
in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. If the entity does not expect to be entitled
to breakage, it waits to recognize the breakage amount as revenue until the likelihood of the customer
exercising its right becomes remote.
When unclaimed property laws or similar regulations require an entity to remit any consideration received
that is attributable to a customer’s unexercised rights, the entity recognizes a liability for the amount of
consideration received.
An entity should consider the constraint guidance in Section 5.1.1 to determine whether it expects to be
entitled to breakage.
ASC 606-10-55-46
In accordance with paragraph 606-10-45-2, upon receipt of a prepayment from a customer, an entity
should recognize a contract liability in the amount of the prepayment for its performance obligation to
transfer, or to stand ready to transfer, goods or services in the future. An entity should derecognize that
Recognize revenue when or as performance obligations are satisfied 216
contract liability (and recognize revenue) when it transfers those goods or services and, therefore,
satisfies its performance obligation.
ASC 606-10-55-47
A customer’s nonrefundable prepayment to an entity gives the customer a right to receive a good or
service in the future (and obliges the entity to stand ready to transfer a good or service). However,
customers may not exercise all of their contractual rights. Those unexercised rights are often referred
to as breakage.
ASC 606-10-55-48
If an entity expects to be entitled to a breakage amount in a contract liability, the entity should
recognize the expected breakage amount as revenue in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by
the customer. If an entity does not expect to be entitled to a breakage amount, the entity should
recognize the expected breakage amount as revenue when the likelihood of the customer exercising its
remaining rights becomes remote. To determine whether an entity expects to be entitled to a breakage
amount, the entity should consider the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13 on
constraining estimates of variable consideration.
ASC 606-10-55-49
An entity should recognize a liability (and not revenue) for any consideration received that is
attributable to a customer’s unexercised rights for which the entity is required to remit to another party,
for example, a government entity in accordance with applicable unclaimed property laws.
8. Intellectual property licenses
The revenue standard provides supplemental implementation guidance for licenses of intellectual
property (license guidance) because intellectual property (IP) is inherently different from other goods or
services due to its uniquely “divisible” nature
75
(in other words, more than one entity may use the same IP
at the same time). Entities are required to consider the supplemental guidance for licenses within the
scope of ASC 606 (see Section 8.1), in addition to the overall revenue guidance in Steps 1 through 5.
In accordance with the license guidance, when a contract includes a license of IP, the entity considers the
nature of its promise to determine whether it should recognize revenue related to the license over time or
at a point in time. Applying the license guidance may require significant judgment. To assist with the
evaluation, ASC 606 distinguishes between an entity’s promise to grant a customer a license to
“functional” IP and “symbolic” IP. The distinction focuses on the utility of the IP, which is the IP’s ability to
provide benefits or value to the customer.
8.1 Scope
This guidance applies to licenses of IP only. Sales of IP are not within the scope of this guidance.
Therefore, the form of the arrangement matters. Even a license that is exclusive and perpetual does not
constitute a sale of IP, and an entity should apply the supplemental license guidance discussed in this
section for such an arrangement.
Because the supplemental license guidance differs in many ways from the rest of the revenue model, an
entity should confirm that it has appropriately identified contracts that contain licenses of IP. Licenses of
IP are common in the technology, media, pharmaceuticals, and retail industries. ASC 606 identifies
numerous examples of licenses of IP.
The supplemental license guidance does not apply to a license that is a component in a tangible good
that is integral to the functionality of that good.
76
In this case, the license is not distinct from the good, and
the entity applies the general five-step revenue model to the good, without regard to the license. In other
circumstances, however, a license included in a performance obligation might impact the accounting for
the performance obligation as discussed in Section 8.2.
ASC 606-10-55-54
A license establishes a customer’s rights to the intellectual property of an entity. Licenses of intellectual
property may include, but are not limited to, licenses of any of the following:
a. Software (other than software subject to a hosting arrangement that does not meet the criteria in
paragraph 985-20-15-5) and technology
b. Motion pictures, music, and other forms of media and entertainment
75
BC51, ASU 2016-10.
76
ASC 606-10-55-56(a).
Intellectual property licenses 218
c. Franchises
d. Patents, trademarks, and copyrights.
It is important to note that software as a service (SaaS) and other hosting arrangements are within the
scope of the licensing guidance in ASC 606 only if the criteria in ASC 985-20-15-5 (outlined below) are
met. A SaaS contract that meets the criteria in ASC 985-20-15-5 includes a software license as well as a
hosting service and is subject to the supplemental license guidance.
If the software does not meet the criteria in ASC 985-20-15-5, the arrangement includes only a hosting
service. The entity accounts for this service following the five-step model and does not apply the
supplemental license guidance.
ASC 985-20-15-5
The software subject to a hosting arrangement is within the scope of this Subtopic only if both of the
following criteria are met:
a. The customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time during the
hosting period without significant penalty.
b. It is feasible for the customer to either run the software on its own hardware or contract with
another party unrelated to the vendor to host the software.
The term “significant penalty” in the first criterion in ASC 985-20-15-5 implies two distinct conditions:
(1) the customer can accept delivery of the software without incurring significant cost, and (2) the
customer has the ability to use the software separately without a significant decrease in its utility or
value.
77
The following examples help clarify the appropriate guidance to apply to various hosting arrangements.
Hosting arrangements
Scenario 1
Hosting Entity A enters into an arrangement to grant a nonexclusive perpetual software license and to
provide hosting services for a one-year period to Customer B for total consideration of $600,000, due at
the arrangement’s inception. The hosting services can be renewed in subsequent periods for $200,000
per year. Customer B does not have the ability to take possession of the software at any time during the
arrangement.
Because Customer B cannot take possession of the software, the arrangement does not include a
license and is not within the scope of the supplemental license guidance.
77
ASC 985-20-15-6.
Intellectual property licenses 219
Scenario 2
Entity A enters into a hosting arrangement to grant a nonexclusive perpetual software license and to
provide hosting services for a period of two years to Customer B for total consideration of $500,000, due
at the arrangement’s inception. At the end of the two-year period, the hosting services can be renewed
for an additional year for $200,000. Customer B has the right to take possession of the software at any
time during the arrangement without significant penalty and can feasibly run the software on its own
hardware. The software is essential to the functionality of the hosting element in this arrangement.
Since the customer has the right to take possession of the software without incurring a significant
penalty and the software can feasibly run on the customer’s hardware, this arrangement contains a
software license that is accounted for using the supplemental license guidance.
8.2 Applying Step 2 to license arrangements
Sometimes, a license of IP is the only promise in a contract with a customer, in which case, the
supplemental license guidance applies. In other contracts, the license is just one of many promises in a
contract with the customer, and the entity should apply the Step 2 guidance to identify the distinct goods
and services provided in the arrangement (see Section 4). The license implementation guidance not only
applies to distinct licenses, but should also be considered when assessing a performance obligation that
includes a license of IP except when the license is a component in a tangible good that is integral to the
functionality of that good.
Licenses of intellectual property that are not distinct
A contract may include a license and another good or service that are bundled as a single performance
obligation because the license is not distinct. An example of a license that is not distinct from other goods
or services in the contract is a license of IP that the customer can benefit from only with a related service,
such as an online service that allows a customer to access content.
78
When a single performance obligation includes a license of IP as well as one or more other goods or
services, an entity should consider the nature of the combined good or service in determining whether the
entity satisfies that combined good or service over time or at a point in time.
ASC 606-10-55-57
When a single performance obligation includes a license (or licenses) of intellectual property and one
or more other goods or services, the entity considers the nature of the combined good or service for
which the customer has contracted (including whether the license that is part of the single performance
obligation provides the customer with a right to use or a right to access intellectual property in
accordance with paragraphs 606-10-55-59 through 55-60 and 606-10-55-62 through 55-64A) in
determining whether that combined good or service is satisfied over time or at a point in time in
accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-23 through 25-30 and, if over time, in selecting an appropriate
method for measuring progress in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-31 through 25-37.
78
ASC 606-10-55-56.
Intellectual property licenses 220
Example 56, Case A, in ASC 606 illustrates when a license is not distinct from other promises in the
contract.
Example 56Identifying a Distinct License (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-367
An entity, a pharmaceutical company, licenses to a customer its patent rights to an approved drug
compound for 10 years and also promises to manufacture the drug for the customer for 5 years, while
the customer develops its own manufacturing capability. The drug is a mature product; therefore, there
is no expectation that the entity will undertake activities to change the drug (for example, to alter its
chemical composition). There are no other promised goods or services in the contract.
Case ALicense Is Not Distinct
ASC 606-10-55-368
In this case, no other entity can manufacture this drug while the customer learns the manufacturing
process and builds its own manufacturing capability because of the highly specialized nature of the
manufacturing process. As a result, the license cannot be purchased separately from the manufacturing
service.
ASC 606-10-55-369
The entity assesses the goods and services promised to the customer to determine which goods and
services are distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19. The entity determines that the
customer cannot benefit from the license without the manufacturing service; therefore, the criterion in
paragraph 606-10-25-19(a) is not met. Consequently, the license and the manufacturing service are not
distinct, and the entity accounts for the license and the manufacturing service as a single performance
obligation.
ASC 606-10-55-370
The nature of the combined good or service for which the customer contracted is a sole sourced supply
of the drug for the first five years; the customer benefits from the license only as a result of having
access to a supply of the drug. After the first five years, the customer retains solely the right to use the
entity’s functional intellectual property (see Case B, paragraph 606-10-55-373), and no further
performance is required of the entity during Years 610. The entity applies paragraphs 606-10-25-23
through 25-30 to determine whether the single performance obligation (that is, the bundle of the license
and the manufacturing service) is a performance obligation satisfied at a point in time or over time.
Regardless of the determination reached in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-23 through 25-30,
the entity’s performance under the contract will be complete at the end of Year 5.
Contractual restrictions
When identifying the performance obligations in a contract that includes an IP license, an entity should
distinguish between (a) contractual provisions that require it to transfer to the customer control of
additional rights to use or rights to access IP, and (b) contractual provisions that, explicitly or implicitly,
define the attributes of a single promised license (for example, restrictions of time, geographical region, or
use). The provisions listed in (a), but not those listed in (b), should be evaluated as separate promises
when applying Step 2 and determining the performance obligations in the arrangement.
Intellectual property licenses 221
The attributes of a promised license define the scope of a customer’s right to use or right to access an
entity’s IP. As a result, such attributes do not define whether the entity satisfies its performance over time
or at a point in time, and do not create an obligation for the entity to transfer any additional IP rights to the
customer. The customer already controls the rights conveyed by the license, and there is no additional
promise for the entity to fulfill. Therefore, an entity would not evaluate the attributes of a license as
separate promises for purposes of identifying the performance obligations in the arrangement.
Evaluating whether a contractual provision is either a single license with multiple attributes or multiple
licenses can be challenging and may require significant judgment. A substantive break between the
periods when the customer has the right to use the IP might suggest that the two periods are separate
licenses.
ASC 606-10-55-64
Contractual provisions that explicitly or implicitly require an entity to transfer control of additional goods
or services to a customer (for example, by requiring the entity to transfer control of additional rights to
use or rights to access intellectual property that the customer does not already control) should be
distinguished from contractual provisions that explicitly or implicitly define the attributes of a single
promised license (for example, restrictions of time, geographical region, or use). Attributes of a
promised license define the scope of a customer’s right to use or right to access the entity’s intellectual
property and, therefore, do not define whether the entity satisfies its performance obligation at a point
in time or over time and do not create an obligation for the entity to transfer any additional rights to use
or access its intellectual property.
The following example from ASC 606 illustrates the distinction between contractual provisions that require
an entity to transfer additional rights to use or rights to access IP to the customer and contractual
provisions that define the attributes of a single promised license.
Example 61BDistinguishing Multiple Licenses from Attributes of a Single License
ASC 606-10-55-399K
On December 15, 20X0, an entity enters into a contract with a customer that permits the customer to
embed the entity’s functional intellectual property in two classes of the customer’s consumer products
(Class 1 and Class 2) for five years beginning on January 1, 20X1. During the first year of the license
period, the customer is permitted to embed the entity’s intellectual property only in Class 1. Beginning in
Year 2 (that is, beginning on January 1, 20X2), the customer is permitted to embed the entity’s
intellectual property in Class 2. There is no expectation that the entity will undertake activities to change
the functionality of the intellectual property during the license period. There are no other promised
goods or services in the contract. The entity provides (or otherwise makes availablefor example,
makes available for download) a copy of the intellectual property to the customer on December 20,
20X0.
ASC 606-10-55-399L
In identifying the goods and services promised to the customer in the contract (in accordance with
guidance in paragraphs 606-10-25-14 through 25-18), the entity considers whether the contract grants
Intellectual property licenses 222
the customer a single promise, for which an attribute of the promised license is that during Year 1 of the
contract the customer is restricted from embedding the intellectual property in the Class 2 consumer
products, or two promises (that is, a license for a right to embed the entity’s intellectual property in Class
1 for a five-year period beginning on January 1, 20X1, and a right to embed the entity’s intellectual
property in Class 2 for a four-year period beginning on January 1, 20X2).
ASC 606-10-55-399M
In making this assessment, the entity determines that the provision in the contract stipulating that the
right for the customer to embed the entity’s intellectual property in Class 2 only commences one year
after the right for the customer to embed the entity’s intellectual property in Class 1 means that after the
customer can begin to use and benefit from its right to embed the entity’s intellectual property in Class 1
on January 1, 20X1, the entity must still fulfill a second promise to transfer an additional right to use the
licensed intellectual property (that is, the entity must still fulfill its promise to grant the customer the right
to embed the entity’s intellectual property in Class 2). The entity does not transfer control of the right to
embed the entity’s intellectual property in Class 2 before the customer can begin to use and benefit from
that right on January 1, 20X2.
ASC 606-10-55-399N
The entity then concludes that the first promise (the right to embed the entity’s intellectual property in
Class 1) and the second promise (the right to embed the entity’s intellectual property in Class 2) are
distinct from each other. The customer can benefit from each right on its own and independently of the
other. Therefore, each right is capable of being distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19(a).
In addition, the entity concludes that the promise to transfer each license is separately identifiable (that
is, each right meets the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(b)) on the basis of an evaluation of the
principle and the factors in paragraph 606-10-25-21. The entity concludes that it is not providing any
integration service with respect to the two rights (that is, the two rights are not inputs to a combined
output with functionality that is different from the functionality provided by the licenses independently),
neither right significantly modifies or customizes the other, and the entity can fulfill its promise to transfer
each right to the customer independently of the other (that is, the entity could transfer either right to the
customer without transferring the other). In addition, neither the Class 1 license nor the Class 2 license
is integral to the customer’s ability to use or benefit from the other.
ASC 606-10-55-399O
Because each right is distinct, they constitute separate performance obligations. On the basis of the
nature of the licensed intellectual property and the fact that there is no expectation that the entity will
undertake activities to change the functionality of the intellectual property during the license period,
each promise to transfer one of the two licenses in this contract provides the customer with a right to
use the entity’s intellectual property and the entity’s promise to transfer each license is, therefore,
satisfied at a point in time. The entity determines at what point in time to recognize the revenue
allocable to each performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-55-58B through 55-
58C. Because a customer does not control a license until it can begin to use and benefit from the rights
conveyed, the entity recognizes revenue allocated to the Class 1 license no earlier than January 1,
20X1, and the revenue on the Class 2 license no earlier than January 1, 20X2.
In many cases, a contractual restriction defines the attributes of the license and therefore does not
constitute a separate promise. The following table highlights some common examples of contractual
restrictions and how they are accounted for under the licensing guidance in ASC 606.
Intellectual property licenses 223
Contractual
restriction
Example
Generally a separate promise
or an attribute of the license?
Establishes the period of
time the customer may use
the license
The licensee may use a patent
beginning January 1, 20X1
through December 31, 20X1.
Attribute
Defines the jurisdiction and
the time period in which the
customer may use the
license
The licensee may use the patent
in the United States only from
January 1, 20X1 through
December 31, 20X1.
Attribute
Expands the scope of the
rights over the contractual
period
The licensee may use the patent
in the United States from January
1, 20X1 through December 31,
20X1 and in the United Kingdom
as well as the United States from
January 1, 20X2 through
December 31, 20X2.
Two separate promises: one for
use in the United States in 20X1
20X2 and a second for use in the
United Kingdom in 20X2
Expands the rights provided
under the license over the
contractual period
The licensee may use only in the
United States patent A from
January 1, 20X1 through
December 31, 20X2 and patent B
from January 1, 20X2 through
December 31, 20X2.
Two separate promises: one for
patent A in 20X1 through 20X2 and
a second for patent B in 20X2
Guarantees to defend a patent
The guidance states that a promise to defend a patent right is not a promised good or service because it
provides assurance to the customer that the license transferred meets the specifications of the license
promised in the contract. This provision is consistent with the guidance on warranties in ASC 606
(Section 4.6), which stipulates that an entity should not identify a warranty as a separate performance
obligation if that warranty only assures the customer that the product will operate as intended.
ASC 606-10-55-64A
Guarantees provided by the entity that it has a valid patent to intellectual property and that it will defend
that patent from unauthorized use do not affect whether a license provides a right to access the entity’s
intellectual property or a right to use the entity’s intellectual property. Similarly, a promise to defend a
patent right is not a promised good or service because it provides assurance to the customer that the
license transferred meets the specifications of the license promised in the contract.
Intellectual property licenses 224
8.3 Determining the nature of the entity’s promise in granting a license
To decide whether revenue for a license should be recognized over time or at a point in time, an entity
must determine the nature of its promise in granting the license. ASC 606-10-55-58 provides two types of
IP licenses:
A right to access the entity’s IP
A right to use the entity’s IP
ASC 606-10-55-58
In evaluating whether a license transfers to a customer at a point in time or over time, an entity should
consider whether the nature of the entity’s promise in granting the license to a customer is to provide
the customer with either:
a. A right to access the entity’s intellectual property throughout the license period (or its remaining
economic life, if shorter)
b. A right to use the entity’s intellectual property as it exists at the point in time at which the license is
granted.
In addition to determining whether the license is “to access” or “to use” the IP, ASC 606 distinguishes
between whether the IP is “functional” or “symbolic”. The distinction focuses on the utility of the IP, which
is the IP’s ability to provide benefits or value to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-59
To determine whether the entity’s promise [is] to provide a right to access its intellectual property or a
right to use its intellectual property, the entity should consider the nature of the intellectual property to
which the customer will have rights. Intellectual property is either:
a. Functional intellectual property. Intellectual property that has significant standalone functionality
(for example, the ability to process a transaction, perform a function or task, or be played or aired).
Functional intellectual property derives a substantial portion of its utility (that is, its ability to provide
benefit or value) from its significant standalone functionality.
b. Symbolic intellectual property. Intellectual property that is not functional intellectual property (that
is, intellectual property that does not have significant standalone functionality). Because symbolic
intellectual property does not have significant standalone functionality, substantially all of the utility
of symbolic intellectual property is derived from its association with the entity’s past or ongoing
activities, including its ordinary business activities.
8.3.1 Functional intellectual property
As stated in ASC 606-10-55-59, functional IP derives a substantial portion of its utility from its significant
stand-alone functionality. It includes most software, biological compounds or drug formulas, and
completed media content. “Stand-alone functionality” includes the ability to process a transaction, perform
Intellectual property licenses 225
a function or task, or be played or aired. An entity’s promise to grant a customer a license to functional IP
does not include a promise to support or maintain that IP during the license period; therefore, an entity
satisfies its obligation at the point in time when the customer can use and benefit from the license.
ASC 606-10-55-58B
An entity’s promise to provide a customer with the right to use its intellectual property is satisfied at a
point in time. The entity should apply paragraph 606-10-25-30 to determine the point in time at which
the license transfers to the customer.
The figure below provides common examples of functional IP.
Figure 8.1: Common examples of functional IP
Example 54 in ASC 606 illustrates how to apply the revenue model to a right-to-use license of functional
software.
Example 54Right to Use Intellectual Property
ASC 606-10-55-362
Using the same facts as in Case A in Example 11, (see paragraphs 606-10-55-141 through 55-145), the
entity identifies four performance obligations in a contract:
a. The software license
b. Installation services
c. Software updates
d. Technical support.
A life sciences company licenses a cancer
drug compound to a customer.
A music producer licenses a recording
to a radio station.
A media company licenses a
movie to a theater.
A software company provides a customer with
a license and key to download
a software package.
Intellectual property licenses 226
ASC 606-10-55-363
The entity assesses the nature of its promise to transfer the software license. The entity first concludes
that the software to which the customer obtains rights as a result of the license is functional intellectual
property. This is because the software has significant standalone functionality from which the customer
can derive substantial benefit regardless of the entity’s ongoing business activities.
ASC 606-10-55-363A
The entity further concludes that while the functionality of the underlying software is expected to change
during the license period as a result of the entity’s continued development efforts, the functionality of the
software to which the customer has rights (that is, the customer’s instance of the software) will change
only as a result of the entity’s promise to provide when-and-if available software updates. Because the
entity’s promise to provide software updates represents an additional promised service in the contract,
the entity’s activities to fulfill that promised service are not considered in evaluating the criteria in
paragraph 606-10-55-62. The entity further notes that the customer has the right to install, or not install,
software updates when they are provided such that the criterion in 606-10-55-62(b) would not be met
even if the entity’s activities to develop and provide software updates had met the criterion in paragraph
606-10-55-62(a).
ASC 606-10-55-363B
Therefore, the entity concludes that it has provided the customer with a right to use its software as it
exists at the point in time the license is granted and the entity accounts for the software license
performance obligation as a performance obligation satisfied at a point in time. The entity recognizes
revenue on the software license performance obligation in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-55-58B
through 55-58C.
Functional IP
Entity A contracts with a customer to provide a two-year software license and post-contract customer
support (PCS). The customer can download the software using a passcode provided by Entity A at the
time the contract is signed, and thereafter the customer may use the software on its own device.
Entity A determines that there are two performance obligations in the arrangementthe license and the
PCSbecause both the license and PCS are capable of being distinct and are distinct in the context of
the contract.
Entity A concludes that the license provides a right to use the software, which means the software is
functional IP. The software has significant stand-alone functionality and derives a substantial portion of
its utility from its functionality. As a result, Entity A recognizes revenue at the point in time when the
customer can use and benefit from the license.
Entity A concludes that the PCS meets the criterion for over-time revenue recognition in ASC 606-10-25-
27(a) because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the PCS as the
entity performs. As a result, the entity recognizes revenue allocated to the PCS over the PCS period.
Intellectual property licenses 227
Functional software expected to substantively change
There is an exception to the general guidance for functional IP when the functionality of the IP is expected
to change substantively due to the entity’s actions, and the customer must either contractually or
practically use the updated IP. In this case, the entity’s promise to grant the customer a license includes a
promise to support or maintain that IP during the license period, and therefore the entity recognizes
revenue over the license period.
ASC 606-10-55-62
A license to functional intellectual property grants a right to use the entity’s intellectual property as it
exists at the point in time at which the license is granted unless both of the following criteria are met:
a. The functionality of the intellectual property to which the customer has rights is expected to
substantively change during the license period as a result of activities of the entity that do not
transfer a promised good or service to the customer (see paragraphs 606-10-25-16 through 25-18).
Additional promised goods or services (for example, intellectual property upgrade rights or rights to
use or access additional intellectual property) are not considered in assessing this criterion.
b. The customer is contractually or practically required to use the updated intellectual property
resulting from the activities in criterion (a).
If both of those criteria are met, then the license grants a right to access the entity’s intellectual
property.
Example 59 in ASC 606 demonstrates how an entity evaluates whether the criteria in ASC 606-10-55-62
are met.
Example 59Right to Use Intellectual Property (excerpt)
Case AInitial License
ASC 606-10-55-389
An entity, a music record label, licenses to a customer a recording of a classical symphony by a noted
orchestra. The customer, a consumer products company, has the right to use the recorded symphony in
all commercials, including television, radio, and online advertisements for two years in Country A starting
on January 1, 20X1. In exchange for providing the license, the entity receives fixed consideration of
$10,000 per month. The contract does not include any other goods or services to be provided by the
entity. The contract is noncancellable.
ASC 606-10-55-390
The entity assesses the goods and services promised to the customer to determine which goods and
services are distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19. The entity concludes that its only
performance obligation is to grant the license. The term of the license (two years), the geographical scope
of the license (that is, the customer’s right to use the symphony only in Country A), and the defined
permitted uses for the recording (that is, use in commercials) are all attributes of the promised license in
Intellectual property licenses 228
this contract.
ASC 606-10-55-391
In determining that the promised license provides the customer with a right to use its intellectual property
as it exists at the point in time at which the license is granted, the entity considers the following:
a. The classical symphony recording has significant standalone functionality because the recording can
be played in its present, completed form without the entity’s further involvement. The customer can
derive substantial benefit from that functionality regardless of the entity’s further activities or actions.
Therefore, the nature of the licensed intellectual property is functional.
b. The contract does not require, and the customer does not reasonably expect, that the entity will
undertake activities to change the licensed recording.
Therefore, the criteria in paragraph 606-10-55-62 are not met.
ASC 606-10-55-392
In accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-58B, the promised license, which provides the customer with a
right to use the entity’s intellectual property, is a performance obligation satisfied at a point in time. The
entity recognizes revenue from the satisfaction of that performance obligation in accordance with
paragraphs 606-10-55-58B through 55-58C. Additionally, because of the length of time between the
entity’s performance (at the beginning of the period) and the customer’s monthly payments over two years
(which are noncancellable), the entity considers the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-15 through 32-20
to determine whether a significant financing component exists.
8.3.2 Symbolic intellectual property
In contrast to functional IP, symbolic IP does not have significant stand-alone functionality. As stated in
ASC 606-10-55-59, its utility is derived from the licensor’s past and ongoing activities. Examples of
symbolic IP are brands, team or trade names, logos, and franchise rights. An entity’s promise to grant a
customer a license to symbolic IP includes supporting or maintaining that IP during the license period;
therefore, the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits from its right to access
symbolic IP as the entity performs, which means that an entity satisfies its promise to provide a license to
symbolic IP over time.
ASC 606-10-55-58A
An entity should account for a promise to provide a customer with a right to access the entity’s
intellectual property as a performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer will
simultaneously receive and consume the benefit from the entity’s performance of providing access to
its intellectual property as the performance occurs (see paragraph 606-10-25-27(a)). An entity should
apply paragraphs 606-10-25-31 through 25-37 to select an appropriate method to measure its progress
toward complete satisfaction of that performance obligation to provide access to its intellectual
property.
ASC 606-10-55-60
A customer’s ability to derive benefit from a license to symbolic intellectual property depends on the
entity continuing to support or maintain the intellectual property. Therefore, a license to symbolic
Intellectual property licenses 229
intellectual property grants the customer a right to access the entity’s intellectual property, which is
satisfied over time (see paragraphs 606-10-55-58A and 606-10-55-58C) as the entity fulfills its promise
to both:
a. Grant the customer rights to use and benefit from the entity’s intellectual property
b. Support or maintain the intellectual property. An entity generally supports or maintains symbolic
intellectual property by continuing to undertake those activities from which the utility of the
intellectual property is derived and/or refraining from activities or other actions that would
significantly degrade the utility of the intellectual property.
Figure 8.2: Common examples of symbolic IP
Example 61 in ASC 606 provides an example of a right to access symbolic IP.
Example 61Access to Intellectual Property
ASC 606-10-55-395
An entity, a well-known sports team, licenses the use of its name and logo to a customer. The customer,
an apparel designer, has the right to use the sports team’s name and logo on items including t-shirts,
caps, mugs, and towels for one year. In exchange for providing the license, the entity will receive fixed
consideration of $2 million and a royalty of 5 percent of the sales price of any items using the team
name or logo. The customer expects that the entity will continue to play games and provide a
competitive team.
ASC 606-10-55-396
The entity assesses the goods and services promised to the customer to determine which goods and
services are distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19. The entity concludes that the only
good or service promised to the customer in the contract is the license. The additional activities
associated with the license (that is, continuing to play games and provide a competitive team) do not
directly transfer a good or service to the customer. Therefore, there is one performance obligation in the
contract.
A sports team licenses the
right to print its logo on
hats and shirts to a
sporting goods store.
A well-known consumer
products company
licenses the use of its
brand name to
certain distributors.
A restaurant group enters into a
franchise arrangement with a
franchisee conveying rights to
open a new restaurant.
Intellectual property licenses 230
ASC 606-10-55-397
To determine whether the entity’s promise in granting the license provides the customer with a right to
access the entity’s intellectual property or a right to use the entity’s intellectual property, the entity
assesses the nature of the intellectual property to which the customer obtains rights. The entity
concludes that the intellectual property to which the customer obtains rights is symbolic intellectual
property. The utility of the team name and logo to the customer is derived from the entity’s past and
ongoing activities of playing games and providing a competitive team (that is, those activities effectively
give value to the intellectual property). Absent those activities, the team name and logo would have little
or no utility to the customer because they have no standalone functionality (that is, no ability to perform
or fulfill a task separate from their role as symbols of the entity’s past and ongoing activities).
ASC 606-10-55-398
Consequently, the entity’s promise in granting the license provides the customer with the right to access
the entity’s intellectual property throughout the license period and, in accordance with paragraph 606-
10-55-58A, the entity accounts for the promised license as a performance obligation satisfied over time.
ASC 606-10-55-399
The entity recognizes the fixed consideration allocable to the license performance obligation in
accordance with paragraphs 606-10-55-58A and 606-10-55-58C. This includes applying paragraphs
606-10-25-31 through 25-37 to identify the method that best depicts the entity’s performance in
satisfying the license. For the consideration that is in the form of a sales-based royalty, paragraph 606-
10-55-65 applies because the sales-based royalty relates solely to the license that is the only
performance obligation in the contract. The entity concludes that recognizing revenue from the sales-
based royalty when the customer’s subsequent sales of items using the team name or logo occur is
consistent with the guidance in paragraph 606-10-55-65(b). That is, the entity concludes that ratable
recognition of the fixed consideration of $2 million plus recognition of the royalty fees as the customer’s
subsequent sales occur reasonably depict the entity’s progress toward complete satisfaction of the
license performance obligation.
Grant Thornton insight: No exceptions to recognizing revenue related to symbolic IP
over time
In the spirit of increased operability, the FASB opted to require entities to recognize revenue from all
licenses to symbolic IP over time. As a result, revenue from a license to symbolic IP should be
recognized over time, regardless of whether the entity undertakes activities that significantly affect the
utility of the IP during the license term.
Figure 8.3 summarizes the guidance for symbolic and functional IP included in ASC 606.
Intellectual property licenses 231
Figure 8.3: Symbolic and functional IP
Figure 8.4 provides examples of both symbolic and functional IP as well as the basis for recognizing
revenue in each case. The figure does not include functional IP that meets the exception criteria because
it is expected to substantively change (see Section 8.3.1).
Figure 8.4: Functional versus symbolic IP at a glance
Type
of IP
Type
of right
provided
Examples
Revenue
recognized
Basis for
revenue recognition
pattern
Does the IP have significant
stand-alone functionality?
Functional IP Symbolic IP
1. Is the functionality expected to
substantially change due to the
entity’s actions that do not transfer
a promised good/service to the
customer?
2. Is the customer contractually or
practically required to use the
updated IP?
Point in time
Over time
N
N
Y
Y
Intellectual property licenses 232
Type
of IP
Type
of right
provided
Examples
Revenue
recognized
Basis for
revenue recognition
pattern
Functional
Right to use
Software, biological
compounds or drug
formulas, completed
media content
Point in time
Unlike symbolic IP, functional IP
has significant stand-alone
functionality. When an entity grants
a license to functional IP, it does
not promise to support or maintain
the IP. None of the over time
criteria in ASC 606-10-25-27 are
met, so the entity recognizes
revenue at the point when control
of the right to use the functional IP
transfers to the customer.
Franchise rights
Because franchise rights provide the customer with a right to access the entity’s logo and trade name
and/or sell the entity’s products or services, these rights are accounted for as rights to symbolic IP. The
utility of the products developed or services provided by a franchisee in accordance with a franchise
agreement is derived largely from the products’ or services’ association with the franchise brand.
Substantially all of the utility inherent in the trade name, logo, and product or service rights stem from the
entity’s past and ongoing activities. As a result, an entity recognizes any consideration received for a
franchise license over time, including any upfront or fixed fees.
Example 57 in ASC 606 illustrates how to account for franchise rights.
Example 57Franchise Rights
ASC 606-10-55-375
An entity enters into a contract with a customer and promises to grant a franchise license that provides
the customer with the right to use the entity’s trade name and sell the entity’s products for 10 years. In
addition to the license, the entity also promises to provide the equipment necessary to operate a
franchise store. In exchange for granting the license, the entity receives a fixed fee of $1 million, as well
as a sales-based royalty of 5 percent of the customer’s sales for the term of the license. The fixed
consideration for the equipment is $150,000 payable when the equipment is delivered.
Identifying Performance Obligations
ASC 606-10-55-376
The entity assesses the goods and services promised to the customer to determine which goods and
services are distinct in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19. The entity observes that the entity, as
a franchisor, has developed a customary business practice to undertake activities such as analyzing the
consumers’ changing preferences and implementing product improvements, pricing strategies,
Intellectual property licenses 233
marketing campaigns, and operational efficiencies to support the franchise name. However, the entity
concludes that these activities do not directly transfer goods or services to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-377
The entity determines that it has two promises to transfer goods or services: a promise to grant a
license and a promise to transfer equipment. In addition, the entity concludes that the promise to grant
the license and the promise to transfer the equipment are each distinct. This is because the customer
can benefit from each good or service (that is, the license and the equipment) on its own or together
with other resources that are readily available (see paragraph 606-10-25-19(a)). The customer can
benefit from the license together with the equipment that is delivered before the opening of the
franchise, and the equipment can be used in the franchise or sold for an amount other than scrap value.
The entity also determines that the promises to grant the franchise license and to transfer the
equipment are separately identifiable in accordance with the criterion in paragraph 606-10-25-19(b).
The entity concludes that the license and the equipment are not inputs to a combined item (that is, they
are not fulfilling what is, in effect, a single promise to the customer). In reaching this conclusion, the
entity considers that it is not providing a significant service of integrating the license and the equipment
into a combined item (that is, the licensed intellectual property is not a component of, and does not
significantly modify, the equipment). Additionally, the license and the equipment are not highly
interdependent or highly interrelated because the entity would be able to fulfill each promise (that is, to
license the franchise or to transfer the equipment) independently of the other. Consequently, the entity
has two performance obligations:
a. The franchise license
b. The equipment.
Allocating the Transaction Price
ASC 606-10-55-378
The entity determines that the transaction price includes fixed consideration of $1,150,000 and variable
consideration (5 percent of the customer’s sales from the franchise store). The standalone selling price
of the equipment is $150,000 and the entity regularly licenses franchises in exchange for 5 percent of
customer sales and a similar upfront fee.
ASC 606-10-55-379
The entity applies paragraph 606-10-32-40 to determine whether the variable consideration should be
allocated entirely to the performance obligation to transfer the franchise license. The entity concludes
that the variable consideration (that is, the sales-based royalty) should be allocated entirely to the
franchise license because the variable consideration relates entirely to the entity’s promise to grant the
franchise license. In addition, the entity observes that allocating $150,000 to the equipment and
allocating the sales-based royalty (as well as the additional $1 million in fixed consideration) to the
franchise license would be consistent with an allocation based on the entity’s relative standalone selling
prices in similar contracts. Consequently, the entity concludes that the variable consideration (that is,
the sales-based royalty) should be allocated entirely to the performance obligation to grant the franchise
license.
Licensing
ASC 606-10-55-380
Intellectual property licenses 234
The entity assesses the nature of the entity’s promise to grant the franchise license. The entity
concludes that the nature of its promise is to provide a right to access the entity’s symbolic intellectual
property. The trade name and logo have limited standalone functionality; the utility of the products
developed by the entity is derived largely from the products’ association with the franchise brand.
Substantially all of the utility inherent in the trade name, logo, and product rights granted under the
license stems from the entity’s past and ongoing activities of establishing, building, and maintaining the
franchise brand. The utility of the license is its association with the franchise brand and the related
demand for its products.
ASC 606-10-55-381
The entity is granting a license to symbolic intellectual property. Consequently, the license provides the
customer with a right to access the entity’s intellectual property and the entity’s performance obligation
to transfer the license is satisfied over time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-58A. The entity
recognizes the fixed consideration allocable to the license performance obligation in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-55-58A and paragraph 606-10-55-58C. This includes applying paragraphs 606-10-
25-31 through 25-37 to identify the method that best depicts the entity’s performance in satisfying the
license (see paragraph 606-10-55-382).
ASC 606-10-55-382
Because the consideration that is in the form of a sales-based royalty relates specifically to the franchise
license (see paragraph 606-10-55-379), the entity applies paragraph 606-10-55-65 in recognizing that
consideration as revenue. Consequently, the entity recognizes revenue from the sales-based royalty as
and when the sales occur. The entity concludes that recognizing revenue resulting from the sales-based
royalty when the customer’s subsequent sales occur is consistent with the guidance in paragraph 606-
10-55-65(b). That is, the entity concludes that ratable recognition of the fixed $1 million franchise fee
plus recognition of the periodic royalty fees as the customer’s subsequent sales occur reasonably depict
the entity’s performance toward complete satisfaction of the franchise license performance obligation to
which the sales-based royalty has been allocated.
8.4 Transferring control of the license
Regardless of whether an entity transfers a license to functional or to symbolic IP, the entity cannot
recognize revenue from the license before both (1) the entity provides or otherwise makes available a
copy of the IP to the customer, and (2) the customer can use and benefit from the IP.
ASC 606-10-55-58C
Notwithstanding paragraphs 606-10-55-58A through 55-58B, revenue cannot be recognized from a
license of intellectual property before both:
a. An entity provides (or otherwise makes available) a copy of the intellectual property to the
customer.
b. The beginning of the period during which the customer is able to use and benefit from its right to
access or its right to use the intellectual property. That is, an entity would not recognize revenue
before the beginning of the license period even if the entity provides (or otherwise makes available)
a copy of the intellectual property before the start of the license period or the customer has a copy
Intellectual property licenses 235
of the intellectual property from another transaction. For example, an entity would recognize
revenue from a license renewal no earlier than the beginning of the renewal period.
The example below demonstrates how to apply the guidance in ASC 606-10-55-58C.
Transferring control of the license
On January 1, 20X0, Entity A enters into a one-year contract with a customer to grant the customer the
right to use Entity A’s technology in two of the customer’s products beginning February 1, 20X0. Entity A
provides the customer with the technology on January 15, 20X0.
Control of the technology does not transfer until February 1, 20X0. Therefore, Entity A cannot begin to
recognize revenue until February 1, 20X0 because that’s the date when the customer can start to use
and benefit from its right to use Entity A’s technology.
8.4.1 Renewals
The guidance specifies that an entity should not recognize revenue from a license renewal any earlier
than the beginning of the renewal period. BC50 in ASU 2016-10 clarifies that when two parties enter into
a contract to renew or extend a license, the entity should not combine the initial contract with the renewal
unless the contract combination criteria in ASC 606-10-25-9 are met. The additional rights granted by the
renewal are evaluated in the same manner as any other rights granted to the customer. In other words,
the entity recognizes revenue from the transfer of the license only when the customer can begin to use
and benefit from the license renewal, which generally is the beginning of the renewal period.
ASC 606-10-55-58C
Notwithstanding paragraphs 606-10-55-58A through 55-58B, revenue cannot be recognized from a
license of intellectual property before both:
a. An entity provides (or otherwise makes available) a copy of the intellectual property to the
customer.
b. The beginning of the period during which the customer is able to use and benefit from its right to
access or its right to use the intellectual property. That is, an entity would not recognize revenue
before the beginning of the license period even if the entity provides (or otherwise makes available)
a copy of the intellectual property before the start of the license period or the customer has a copy
of the intellectual property from another transaction. For example, an entity would recognize
revenue from a license renewal no earlier than the beginning of the renewal period.
Intellectual property licenses 236
Grant Thornton insight: Revenue from renewals
The FASB decided to require entities to recognize revenue from a renewal of a “right to use” license at
the beginning of the renewal period rather than when the renewal is agreed to by the parties, in part, to
make the guidance more operable, since it alleviates the need to evaluate whether a renewal is for the
same or a different IP as the initial license
79
.
Example 59 in ASC 606, specifically Case B, describes how an entity accounts for the renewal of a
license to use functional IP. Note that Case B builds on Case A about the classical symphony recording,
which is outlined above.
Example 59Right to Use Intellectual Property (excerpt)
Case BRenewal of the License
ASC 606-10-55-392A
At the end of the first year of the license period, on December 31, 20X1, the entity and the customer
agree to renew the license to the recorded symphony for two additional years, subject to the same
terms and conditions as the original license. The entity will continue to receive fixed consideration of
$10,000 per month during the 2-year renewal period.
ASC 606-10-55-392B
The entity considers the contract combination guidance in paragraph 606-10-25-9 and assesses that
the renewal was not entered into at or near the same time as the original license and, therefore, is not
combined with the initial contract. The entity evaluates whether the renewal should be treated as a new
license or the modification of an existing license. Assume that in this scenario, the renewal is distinct. If
the price for the renewal reflects its standalone selling price, the entity will, in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-25-12, account for the renewal as a separate contract with the customer.
Alternatively, if the price for the renewal does not reflect the standalone selling price of the renewal, the
entity will account for the renewal as a modification of the original license contract.
ASC 606-10-55-392C
In determining when to recognize revenue attributable to the license renewal, the entity considers the
guidance in paragraph 606-10-55-58C and determines that the customer cannot use and benefit from
the license before the beginning of the two-year renewal period on January 1, 20X3. Therefore, revenue
for the renewal cannot be recognized before that date.
ASC 606-10-55-392D
Consistent with Case A, because the customer’s additional monthly payments for the modification to the
license will be made over two years from the date the customer obtains control of the second license,
the entity considers the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-15 through 32-20 to determine whether a
significant financing component exists.
79
BC50, ASU 2016-10.
Intellectual property licenses 237
License renewal with a modification
A renewal of a license of IP often is accompanied by other modifications to the contract, including adding
or removing other goods or services from the contract or changing the original pricing of the IP granted to
the customer. The interaction of the renewal guidance and the modification guidance in ASC 606 has
triggered questions about how to account for contract modifications if an entity both extends the term of
the arrangement and adds new rights, as well as how to account for the revocation of licensing rights,
such as the conversion of a term software license into a SaaS arrangement.
Grant Thornton insight: Modification of licenses of intellectual property
In 2019, the EITF added Issue 19-B to its agenda, with the objective of reducing the diversity in
practice around accounting for modifications of IP licenses. This project included the following
scenarios within its scope
Modifications where the term for existing rights was extended and new rights were added
Accounting for the revocation of licensing rights, including conversion of term software licenses to
software as a service (SaaS) arrangements
In situations where the modification results in an extension of the contractual term and additional rights,
some entities recognize revenue for the license renewal at the modification date, while others
recognize revenue at the start of the renewal period. (See “Extending contract term and simultaneously
adding rights” for more information.)
When there is a contract modification that includes the revocation of licensing rights, such as when a
software license is converted into a SaaS arrangement, there have been questions regarding how to
account for the modification when a functional IP license recognized at a point in time converts to a
service provided over time. Some entities apply a right-of-return model to account for the potential
conversion of the functional IP license to SaaS. The right of return is treated as variable consideration,
subject to the constraint, and the estimate is updated at each reporting period. If the customer
exercises the option to convert the license, the amount deferred would be recognized as SaaS revenue
over the remaining contractual term. However, other entities account for the conversion as a contract
modification, which results in prospective accounting treatment. In other words, there is no revenue
deferral at inception of the term license and no adjustment to revenue upon the conversion.
Unrecognized revenue at the date of conversion (if any) is recognized over the remaining SaaS
arrangement.
The Board decided to remove the EITF project from its technical agenda and instead will consider
these questions as part of the Post-Implementation Review of ASC 606. Because the project is not
active, we believe an entity must make a policy election to account for these modifications and must
apply that policy election consistently to similar arrangements.
Intellectual property licenses 238
Extending contract term and simultaneously adding rights
There is currently diversity in how the contract modification guidance and the renewal guidance in ASC
606 is applied when an entity extends the original license term and grants additional rights to the licensee
in a single arrangement. In other words, in this scenario, the contract extension does not retain the same
terms and conditions as the original license.
One view is that the entity should follow the licensing renewal guidance in ASC 606-10-55-58C, which
states that the entity cannot recognize revenue prior to the start of the renewal period. An alternative view
is that the entity should follow the contract modification guidance in ASC 606-10-25-12 and 25-13,
meaning the modification would be accounted for as the termination of the existing contract and the
creation of a new contract. Because the EITF and FASB decided not to address the issue, we believe that
entities should make a policy election and apply the election consistently for similar modifications and
renewals to similar contracts.
Modification and renewal of an IP license
On January 1, 20X0, Entity A enters into a two-year contract with a customer to grant the customer a
license to use 10 seats of software A (functional IP) for $10,000. On December 31, 20X0, the parties
modify the contract to add an additional 5 seats for a two-year term for an additional $5,000 and to
extend the term of the original 10 seats to December 31, 20X2.
Policy Choice 1 Contract renewal for existing rights and new contract for new rights
The entity’s performance under the original contract is complete. The entity transfers control of the
license to 10 seats on January 1, 20X0 and recognizes $10,000 on that date. The modification should
be accounted for separately as a new contract with two performance obligations:
A renewal of the original license for 10 seats for one year beginning on January 1, 20X2 and
A new contract with a license for 5 additional seats for two years beginning on the modification date
The $5,000 for the modification to add the additional five seats and to extend the contract for two years
is allocated on a relative SASP basis to the two performance obligations. The amount allocated to the
renewal of the original 10 seats is recognized at the start of the renewal period (January 1, 20X2), and
the amount allocated to the 5 new seats is recognized on the modification date.
Policy Choice 2 Termination of the existing contract and the creation of a new contract
Under the second policy election, the modification results in the termination of the existing contract and
the creation of a new contract. Accordingly, there is no need to analyze whether the additional rights are
priced at SASP. Entity A recognizes $5,000 as revenue on the modification date when the license to the
5 new seats is provided.
8.5 Sales-based and usage-based royalties
ASC 606 provides an exception to applying Step 3’s estimation guidance and Step 5’s recognition
guidance, referred to as the “royalty exception.” The exception applies only to licenses of IP when the
consideration is wholly or partially based on a customer’s subsequent sales or usage and may not be
applied by analogy to non-IP license arrangements as discussed in Section 8.5.1 below.
Intellectual property licenses 239
The Board decided to include this exception in the guidance because, without it, an entity would need to
estimate the amount of IP royalties it expects to be entitled to throughout the life of the contract and to
recognize a minimum amount of revenue, which would inevitably require significant adjustments as a
result of changes in circumstances that are not related to the entity’s performance.
80
This approach of
estimating and adjusting could result in information that is of limited use to financial statement users.
Instead, as a result of the exception provided in ASC 606-10-55-65, an entity recognizes revenue for a
sales-based or usage-based royalty related to a license of IP at the later of when (a) the underlying sale
or usage occurs, or (b) the performance obligation to which some or all of the sales-based or usage-
based royalty has been allocated is satisfied (or partially satisfied).
ASC 606-10-55-65
Notwithstanding the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-14, an entity should recognize
revenue for a sales-based or usage-based royalty promised in exchange for a license of intellectual
property only when (or as) the later of the following events occurs:
a. The subsequent sale or usage occurs.
b. The performance obligation to which some or all of the sales-based or usage-based royalty has
been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied).
An entity recognizes revenue from a sales-based or usage-based royalty when or as the customer’s
subsequent sale or usage occurs, unless this approach accelerates the recognition of revenue ahead of
the entity’s performance. The Board explains in BC71 of ASU 2016-10 that revenue recognition might be
accelerated ahead of the entity’s performance in some circumstances where the performance obligation
is satisfied over time. This may occur when the consideration, in the form of a sales-based or usage-
based royalty, declines over the license period because of a declining royalty rate. For example, an entity
may receive 8 percent of sales until cumulative sales equal $1 million, and then the entity may receive 4
percent of sales up to the next $3 million, and 2 percent of sales thereafter. The declining royalty rate
does not reflect changing value to the customer if the entity’s performance is equal in each period.
Recognizing royalties as the sales occur where the royalty rate declines over time may subvert the
recognition principle of the guidance. In this case and similar cases, an entity should apply judgment to
determine the appropriate pattern of revenue recognition based on the facts and circumstances of the
arrangement.
Many licensors learn of licensee sales or usage and the related royalty after the close of a period. Historic
practices included recognizing those royalties on a consistent lag basis in the period the information was
made available to the licensor. The guidance in ASC 606-10-55-65, however, does not provide an
exception to the guidance for any time lags in receiving data that supports the sales or usage, as
explained below.
80
BC73, ASU 2016-10.
Intellectual property licenses 240
At the crossroads: Changes for entities reporting royalties on a lag
In a speech before the 35
th
Annual SEC and Financial Reporting Institute Conference in 2016,
Wesley
R. Bricker, then Deputy Chief Accountant for the SEC, reminded stakeholders that the FASB did not
provide a “lagged reporting exception” for sales-based and usage-based royalties. As a result, entities
that currently recognize revenue from sales-based or usage-based royalties on a lag need to estimate
the sales- and usage-based royalties to which they expect to be entitled for the current period so that
the royalties are recognized in the appropriate period. While the “royalties exception” allows an entity to
avoid estimating royalties using the variable consideration and constraint guidance in Step 3, the entity
still needs to determine its best estimate of the expected royalties for the current reporting period if it is
unable to obtain timely data on actual sales- or usage-based royalties.
Grant Thornton insight: Estimating sales-based and usage-based royalties
The “royalty exception” in ASC 606 provides an entity with relief from estimating and constraining
variable consideration when the variability relates to consideration tied to the sales and usage of
intellectual property; however, the “royalty exception” does not completely absolve the entity from all
estimations.
For example, some pharmaceutical manufacturers receive sales reports from their distributors on a
quarterly basis, and the manufacturers use these reports, which summarize sales by product and
geography, to recognize revenue. Often, these reported numbers include estimates, such as sales
rebates and returns, which the distributor will update and finalize in a future report based on the actual
number of rebates and returns related to sales in the current period. The manufacturer should consider
whether the estimates in the reported sales data are reasonable or if they require further adjustments
for example, modifications based on the manufacturer’s historical records and statistics.
8.5.1 Scope of the exception
The royalties exception applies to a “royalty promised in exchange for a license of intellectual property.”
The FASB clarified in ASC 606-10-55-65A that the exception applies when an IP license is the sole or
predominant item to which the royalty relates. In other words, the royalty may also constitute
consideration for other goods or services in the contract, but the royalty exception would apply only if the
customer ascribes significantly more value to the IP license than to the other goods or services in the
contract. An entity needs to apply judgment to determine whether a license is the predominant item to
which the sales-based or usage-based royalty relates.
ASC 606 limits the sales-based or usage-based royalty guidance to IP licenses.
ASC 606-10-55-65A
The guidance for a sales-based or usage-based royalty in paragraph 606-10-55-65 applies when the
royalty relates only to a license of intellectual property or when a license of intellectual property is the
predominant item to which the royalty relates (for example, the license of intellectual property may be
the predominant item to which the royalty relates when the entity has a reasonable expectation that the
Intellectual property licenses 241
customer would ascribe significantly more value to the license than to the other goods or services to
which the royalty relates).
Example 60 in ASC 606 demonstrates a situation in which a sales-based royalty relates to both a license
and other promotional goods and services, and the entity concludes that the license is the predominant
item to which the royalty relates.
Example 60Sales-Based Royalty Promised in Exchange for a License of Intellectual
Property and Other Goods and Services
ASC 606-10-55-393
An entity, a movie distribution company, licenses Movie XYZ to a customer. The customer, an operator
of cinemas, has the right to show the movie in its cinemas for six weeks. Additionally, the entity has
agreed to provide memorabilia from the filming to the customer for display at the customer’s cinemas
before the beginning of the six-week airing period and to sponsor radio advertisements for Movie XYZ
on popular radio stations in the customer’s geographical area throughout the six-week airing period. In
exchange for providing the license and the additional promotional goods and services, the entity will
receive a portion of the operator’s ticket sales for Movie XYZ (that is, variable consideration in the form
of a sales-based royalty).
ASC 606-10-55-394
The entity concludes that the license to show Movie XYZ is the predominant item to which the sales-
based royalty relates because the entity has a reasonable expectation that the customer would ascribe
significantly more value to the license than to the related promotional goods or services. The entity will
recognize revenue from the sales-based royalty, the only fees to which the entity is entitled under the
contract, wholly in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-65. If the license, the memorabilia, and the
advertising activities were separate performance obligations, the entity would allocate the sales-based
royalties to each performance obligation.
Figure 8.5: Scope for the sales-based and usage-based royalties exception
Does the sales-based or usage-based royalty relate
solely to a license of IP or is the license of IP the
predominant item to which the royalty relates?
Apply the royalties exception guidance
in ASC 606-10-55-65 to the entire sales-
based or usage-based royalty.
Apply the variable consideration guidance
in ASC 606-10-32-5 through 32-14 to the
entire sales-based or usage-based royalty.
Y
N
Intellectual property licenses 242
As demonstrated in Example 60 above and discussed in ASC 606-10-55-65B, an entity should not split a
single royalty into a portion subject to, and a portion not subject to, the royalties exception, regardless of
whether the royalty relates to one or more promised goods and services in the contract.
ASC 606-10-55-65B
When the guidance in paragraph 606-10-55-65A is met, revenue from a sales-based or usage-based
royalty should be recognized wholly in accordance with the guidance in paragraph 606-10-55-65. When
the guidance in paragraph 606-10-55-65A is not met, the guidance on variable consideration in
paragraphs 606-10-32-5 through 32-14 applies to the sales-based or usage-based royalty.
8.5.2 Contracts with minimum royalty guarantees
Sometimes license arrangements in which the consideration is in the form of a sales-based or usage-
based royalty also include a minimum guaranteed royalty. For example, a contract may require the
licensee to pay the licensor 5 percent of the licensee’s gross sales with a minimum guarantee of
$5 million. The guarantee establishes a minimum amount of consideration that the licensor will collect. In
other words, the minimum ($5 million in this case) is fixed consideration.
In contracts that do not include a license of IP and that include variable consideration with a minimum
guarantee, the minimum guarantee effectively establishes a floor for an entity’s estimate of the
transaction price and the entity would therefore include the estimated variable consideration (subject to
the constraint guidance) in the transaction price. In contrast, for a license of IP, an entity is precluded
from recognizing the variable consideration in the form of a sales-based or usage-based royalty before
the customer’s subsequent sales or usage occurs.
At its November 2016 meeting, the TRG discussed how guaranteed minimum payments would impact the
recognition of sales-based or usage-based royalties provided in exchange for licenses of both functional
and symbolic IP.
TRG area of general agreement: How does a minimum guarantee impact the recognition
of sales-based or usage-based royalties promised in exchange for a license of
symbolic IP?
At the November 2016 meeting,
81
the TRG discussed the following example, which illustrates the
acceptable methods of recognizing sales-based or usage-based royalties for a symbolic IP license with
a minimum guarantee:
Entity A enters into a five-year arrangement to license a trademark. The trademark is symbolic
IP. The license requires the customer to pay a sales-based royalty of 5 percent of the
customer’s gross sales associated with the trademark; however, the contract includes a
guarantee that the entity will receive a minimum of $5 million for the entire five-year contract
period. Entity A expects that the royalties will exceed the minimum guarantee.
81
TRG Paper 58, Sales-Based or Usage-Based Royalty with Minimum Guarantee.
Intellectual property licenses 243
The customer’s actual gross sales associated with the trademark and the related royalties
each year are as follows (of course, this information is not known at the beginning of the
contract period):
Year
Sales
Royalties
1
$15 million
$ 750,000
2
$30 million
$1.5 million
3
$40 million
$2.0 million
4
$20 million
$1.0 million
5
$60 million
$3.0 million
Total
$165 million
$8,250,000
For symbolic licenses of IP with a minimum guarantee, the TRG generally agreed that the following
broad approaches are reasonable interpretations of the new revenue standard, and that entities should
apply judgment and consider the specific facts and circumstances of an arrangement to determine
which measure of progress is appropriate:
Recognize revenue from the royalties when the subsequent sales occur (Approach 1)
Estimate the total transaction price and recognize revenue using an appropriate measure of
progress subject to the royalties constraint (Approach 2)
Recognize the minimum guarantee as fixed consideration using an appropriate measure of
progress. Include only the royalties in excess of the minimum guarantee in the variable
consideration and constrain the amounts until the customer’s subsequent sale or usage occurs
(Approach 3)
Approach 1
A prerequisite to appropriately applying Approach 1 is that the entity expects the total royalties to
exceed the minimum guarantee. In this case, it may be appropriate for an entity to recognize revenue
from the royalties when the subsequent sales occur. An appropriate measure of progress may be the
practical expedient in ASC 606-10-55-18 (that is, the right to invoice approach as discussed in
Section 7.1.3) when the royalties correlate directly with the value to the customer of the entity’s
performance to date.
Intellectual property licenses 244
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Total
Royalties
received
$750
$1,500
$2,000
$1,000
$3,000
$8,250
Annual
revenue
750
1,500
2,000
1,000
3,000
8,250
Cumulative
revenue
750
2,250
4,250
5,250
8,250
Approach 2
Entity A estimates the total transaction price (including both fixed and variable consideration) and
recognizes revenue using an appropriate measure of progress subject to the royalties constraint.
Entity A estimates the total transaction price to be $8,250. Under this method, because an element of
the consideration is fixed, Entity A may recognize revenue in advance of the royalty from the
customer’s subsequent sales; however, once the minimum guarantee is met and there is no longer
fixed consideration, the remaining consideration is variable, and the entity is precluded from
recognizing revenue for sales-based royalties in advance of the underlying sales. As a result, year-four
revenue is constrained to $0.3 million because cumulative revenue is constrained to $5.25 million.
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Total
Royalties
received
$ 750
$1,500
$2,000
$1,000
$3,000
$8,250
Annual
revenue
1,650
1,650
1,650
300
3,000
8,250
Cumulative
revenue
1,650
3,300
4,950
5,250
8,250
Approach 3
The variable consideration only includes the royalties in excess of the minimum guarantee, and those
royalties are constrained from being recognized until the customer’s subsequent sale or usage occurs.
Entity A does not begin to recognize any variable consideration until the royalties received exceed
$5 million on a cumulative basis because the variable consideration is only the amount in excess of the
minimum guarantee of $5 million. In applying Approach 3, Entity A considers the symbolic license to be
a series of distinct time periods and the variable consideration (the royalties in excess of the minimum
guarantee) are allocated to the distinct time periods in which the subsequent sales entitling Entity A to
the variable consideration occur.
Intellectual property licenses 245
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Total
Royalties
received
$ 750
$1,500
$2,000
$1,000
$3,000
$8,250
Annual
revenue
1,000
1,000
1,000
1,250
4,000
8,250
Cumulative
revenue
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,250
8,250
The TRG also discussed functional IP license arrangements with consideration in the form of a sales-
based or usage-based royalty and a minimum guarantee. The TRG generally agreed that the licensor
should recognize the minimum guaranteed amount as revenue at the point in time when it transfers
control of the license to the customer. In this case, the guaranteed amount is not subject to the
royalties exception. Royalties above the minimum guarantee, however, would be recognized in
accordance with the royalties exception (in other words, generally as the sales or usage occurs).
9. Principal versus agent
In many revenue transactions, more than one party is involved in delivering the goods and services to the
customer. In those situations, it is sometimes difficult for an entity to determine whether it is acting as a
principal or as an agent, and an entity must often apply significant judgment to reach a conclusion. While
the principal-agent guidance in ASC 606 does not eliminate the need for judgment, it is intended to make
the principal versus agent assessment easier.
ASC 606 requires an entity to determine whether the nature of its promise is to provide the specified
goods or services to the customer or to arrange for another party to provide the goods or services to the
customer.
ASC 606-10-55-36 (excerpt)
When another party is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, the entity should
determine whether the nature of its promise is a performance obligation to provide the specified goods
or services itself (that is, the entity is a principal) or to arrange for those goods or services to be
provided by the other party (that is, the entity is an agent).
If the nature of the promise is to provide the specified goods or services directly to the customer, the
entity is a principal and recognizes revenue on a gross basis at the amount of consideration to which it
expects to be entitled. In contrast, if the nature of the promise is to arrange for another party to provide
the goods or services to the customer, the entity is an agent and recognizes revenue in the net amount of
the fee or commission it is entitled to for its agency services. In this case, the net amount might be the
amount that the entity retains after paying the other party if the entity is responsible for collecting the full
amount of consideration.
ASC 606-10-55-37B
When (or as) an entity that is a principal satisfies a performance obligation, the entity recognizes
revenue in the gross amount of consideration to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for the
specified good or service transferred.
ASC 606-10-55-38
An entity is an agent if the entity’s performance obligation is to arrange for the provision of the specified
good or service by another party. An entity that is an agent does not control the specified good or
service provided by another party before that good or service is transferred to the customer. When (or
as) an entity that is an agent satisfies a performance obligation, the entity recognizes revenue in the
amount of any fee or commission to which it expects to be entitled in exchange for arranging for the
specified goods or services to be provided by the other party. An entity’s fee or commission might be
Principal versus agent 247
the net amount of consideration that the entity retains after paying the other party the consideration
received in exchange for the goods or services to be provided by that party.
To determine whether an entity is a principal or an agent in contracts involving more than one party
delivering goods or providing services to customers, the entity should first identify the specified goods or
services to be provided to the customer and then assess whether it controls the specified goods or
services before they are transferred to the customer.
Under ASC 606, “control” of an asset refers to the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of
the remaining benefits from, the asset. Control includes the ability to prevent other entities from directing
the use of, and obtaining the benefits from, an asset. The benefits of an asset are the potential cash flows
(either inflows or savings in outflows) that might be obtained by using the asset to produce goods or
provide services, to enhance the value of other assets, or to settle liabilities or reduce expenses; by
selling or exchanging the asset; by pledging the asset to secure a loan; or by holding the asset.
82
ASC 606-10-55-36A
To determine the nature of its promise (as described in paragraph 606-10-55-36), the entity should:
a. Identify the specified goods or services to be provided to the customer (which, for example, could
be a right to a good or service to be provided by another party [see paragraph 606-10-25-18])
b. Assess whether it controls (as described in paragraph 606-10-25-25) each specified good or
service before that good or service is transferred to the customer.
The following diagram summarizes the guidance in ASC 606 that an entity should consider when
assessing whether it is acting as a principal or as an agent in a customer arrangement.
82
ASC 606-10-25-25.
Principal versus agent 248
Figure 9.1: Principal versus agent considerations in ASC 606
Assessing whether the entity controls the specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer
is the basis for determining the nature of the entity’s promise.
83
To conclude that it is providing the
specified good or service itself, the entity should first determine whether it controls the specified good or
service before it is transferred to the customer.
9.1 Identifying the specified goods or services promised to the customer
The unit of account for the principal versus agent assessment is the specified good or service, which is
defined in ASC 606-10-55-36.
ASC 606-10-55-36 (excerpt)
… An entity determines whether it is a principal or an agent for each specified good or service
promised to the customer. A specified good or service is a distinct good or service (or a distinct bundle
of goods or services) to be provided to the customer (see paragraphs 606-10-25-19 through 25-22). If a
contract with a customer includes more than one specified good or service, an entity could be a
principal for some specified goods or services and an agent for others.
A specified good or service is a “distinct” good or service or a “distinct” bundle of goods or services to be
provided to the customer. ASC 606 defines “distinct” goods and services as those that are both capable
of being distinct and are separately identifiable from other promises in the contract (see Section 4.2). If a
83
BC11, ASU 2014-08.
Identify the specified good or service
to be provided to the customer.
Does the entity control the specified
good or service before it transfers the
good or service to the customer?
The entity’s performance obligation
is to arrange for another party to
provide the specified goods or
services to the customer.
Y
N
The entity is acting
as principal in the
transaction.
Recognize
revenue gross.
The entity is acting
as agent in the
transaction.
Recognize
revenue net.
Is a third party involved in providing
the promised good or service
to the customer?
Y
N
The principal/agent
guidance in ASC
606 does not apply.
Principal versus agent 249
contract contains more than one specified good or service, an entity should determine if it is principal or
agent for each one and may be a principal for some goods or services and an agent for others.
Grant Thornton insight: Specified good or service not performance obligation
The FASB decided to use the term “specified good or service” rather than “performance obligation” to
describe the unit of account for purposes of the principal versus agent evaluation because using the
term “performance obligation” would have been confusing when the entity is acting as an agent. An
agent’s promise (its performance obligation) is to arrange for another party to provide that party’s
goods or services to the customer. In that circumstance, the specified good or service itself is not the
agent’s performance obligation.
84
While the identification of the specified good or service may be straightforward in many contracts, it may
be more difficult when an entity attempts to determine whether the specified good or service promised to
the customer is the underlying good or service itself or whether it is a right to that good or service.
The following excerpt from Example 46A in ASC 606 demonstrates when the specified good or service
promised to the customer is the underlying good or service rather than the right to that good or service.
Example 46APromise to Provide Goods or Services (Entity is a Principal) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-324A
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to provide office maintenance services. The entity and
the customer define and agree on the scope of the services and negotiate the price. The entity is
responsible for ensuring that the services are performed in accordance with the terms and conditions in
the contract. The entity invoices the customer for the agreed-upon price on a monthly basis with
10-day payment terms.
ASC 606-10-55-324B
The entity regularly engages third-party service providers to provide office maintenance services to its
customers. When the entity obtains a contract from a customer, the entity enters into a contract with one
of those service providers, directing the service provider to perform office maintenance services for the
customer. The payment terms in the contracts with the service providers generally are aligned with the
payment terms in the entity’s contracts with customers. However, the entity is obliged to pay the service
provider even if the customer fails to pay.
ASC 606-10-55-324C
To determine whether the entity is a principal or an agent, the entity identifies the specified good or
service to be provided to the customer and assesses whether it controls that good or service before the
good or service is transferred to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-324D
84
BC10, ASU 2016-08.
Principal versus agent 250
The entity observes that the specified services to be provided to the customer are the office
maintenance services for which the customer contracted and that no other goods or services are
promised to the customer. While the entity obtains a right to office maintenance services from the
service provider after entering into the contract with the customer, that right is not transferred to the
customer. That is, the entity retains the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the
remaining benefits from, that right. For example, the entity can decide whether to direct the service
provider to provide the office maintenance services for that customer, or for another customer, or at its
own facilities. The customer does not have a right to direct the service provider to perform services that
the entity has not agreed to provide. Therefore, the right to office maintenance services obtained by the
entity from the service provider is not the specified good or service in its contract with the customer.
Example 46A from ASC 606 continues with the evaluation of control in Section 9.2 below.
The following excerpt from Example 47 in ASC 606 demonstrates when the specified good or service
promised to the customer is the right to the underlying good or service rather than the underlying good or
service itself.
Example 47Promise to Provide Goods or Services (Entity Is a Principal) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-325
An entity negotiates with major airlines to purchase tickets at reduced rates compared with the price of
tickets sold directly by the airlines to the public. The entity agrees to buy a specific number of tickets and
must pay for those tickets regardless of whether it is able to resell them. The reduced rate paid by the
entity for each ticket purchased is negotiated and agreed in advance.
ASC 606-10-55-326
The entity determines the prices at which the airline tickets will be sold to its customers. The entity sells
the tickets and collects the consideration from customers when the tickets are purchased.
ASC 606-10-55-327
The entity also assists the customers in resolving complaints with the service provided by the airlines.
However, each airline is responsible for fulfilling obligations associated with the ticket, including
remedies to a customer for dissatisfaction with the service.
ASC 606-10-55-328
To determine whether the entity’s performance obligation is to provide the specified goods or services
itself (that is, the entity is a principal) or to arrange for those goods or services to be provided by another
party (that is, the entity is an agent), the entity identifies the specified good or service to be provided to
the customer and assesses whether it controls that good or service before the good or service is
transferred to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-328A
The entity concludes that with each ticket that it commits itself to purchase from the airline, it obtains
control of a right to fly on a specified flight (in the form of a ticket) that the entity then transfers to one of
its customers (see paragraph 606-10-55-37A(a)). Consequently, the entity determines that the specified
Principal versus agent 251
good or service to be provided to its customer is that right (to a seat on a specific flight) that the entity
controls. The entity observes that no other goods or services are promised to the customer.
Example 47 in ASC 606 continues with the evaluation of control in Section 9.2 below.
The proper identification of the specified good or service remains a critical step in determining whether an
entity is acting as a principal or an agent in a customer arrangement. This step can be particularly
challenging when two parties are involved in providing services to the customer, especially if some of the
services can only be provided by a specific service provider.
Identifying the specified good or service when a third party is legally required
to provide certain services in the contract
In many arrangements, an entity is engaged by the customer to perform an overall service in exchange
for a fee but, due to legal or regulatory restrictions, the entity cannot provide certain sub-services in the
contract. As noted in ASC 606-10-55-37A, a principal may obtain control of a service from a third party,
which it may then combine with other goods or services, to provide the specified good or service to the
customer. Determining whether an entity is a principal or an agent in a revenue transaction can be
particularly challenging when two parties are involved in providing services to a customer, especially if
some of the services can only be provided by a specific service provider (for example, a licensed
physician. See “Identifying the specified good or service when a third party is legally required to provide
certain services in the contract”).
At the 2019 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, the SEC staff
85
provided
an example of how to evaluate these types of scenarios. First and foremost, the entity must
appropriately identify the specified good or service in the arrangement. Further, the SEC clarified that an
entity is not precluded from identifying itself as a principal solely because some of the services offered
can legally only be provided by a third-party licensed provider. Rather, an entity is not precluded from
concluding that it is acting as the principal in an arrangement if the entity (1) has the contractual ability
to direct the other service provider to provide services to customers on its behalf, and (2) can
demonstrate it is primarily responsible for fulfilling the overall promise to provide specified services.
Identifying the specified good or service when a third party is legally required
to provide certain services in the contract
Wellness Company provides cancer patients with an overall specified service of a “cancer treatment and
wellness program.” Wellness Company developed its proprietary wellness program that caters to all of a
cancer patient’s needs throughout their cancer treatment and recovery journey. After completing a
comprehensive intake form using the entity’s proprietary approach, each patient is assigned a “wellness
leader,” who customizes the program for each patient, including program execution, chemotherapy
treatments, physical and mental rehabilitation, and pharmacy needs. The chemotherapy treatments and
85
2019 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, Speech by Lauren K. Alexander,
Professional Accounting Fellow, Office of the Chief Accountant.
Principal versus agent 252
physical rehabilitation are provided by licensed physicians, and the mental rehabilitation is performed by
licensed psychologists, all vetted and engaged separately by Wellness Company.
Wellness Company concludes that the specified good or service in the arrangement is its cancer
treatment and wellness program. It determines that it is primarily responsible for providing this service to
its customers and therefore is acting as the principal in the arrangement.
When considering the role of the licensed physicians and psychologists, Wellness Company observes
that it obtains control of the services provided by these doctors through its contractual relationships, and
that it then directs the doctors to treat the patients on its behalf. Further, Wellness Company notes that it
integrates the individual services into a unique and comprehensive proprietary wellness program for
each of its customers.
9.2 Evaluating control
Once an entity has identified the specified goods or services to be provided to the customer, it must
evaluate whether it controls those goods or services before they are transferred to the customer, in which
case, it is acting as a principal in the transaction.
An important aspect of the guidance is that a principal either provides the specified good or service to the
customer or engages another party to provide some or all of the good or service on its behalf.
ASC 606-10-55-37
An entity is a principal if it controls the specified good or service before that good or service is
transferred to a customer. However, an entity does not necessarily control a specified good if the entity
obtains legal title to that good only momentarily before legal title is transferred to the customer. An
entity that is a principal may satisfy its performance obligation to provide the specified good or service
itself or it may engage another party (for example, a subcontractor) to satisfy some or all of the
performance obligation on its behalf.
The three instances in which a principal obtains control of a specified good or service are described in
ASC 606-10-55-37A.
ASC 606-10-55-37A
When another party is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, an entity that is a principal
obtains control of any one of the following:
a. A good or another asset from the other party that it then transfers to the customer.
b. A right to a service to be performed by the other party, which gives the entity the ability to direct
that party to provide the service to the customer on the entity’s behalf.
c. A good or service from the other party that it then combines with other goods or services in
providing the specified good or service to the customer. For example, if an entity provides a
significant service of integrating goods or services (see paragraph 606-10-25-21(a)) provided by
Principal versus agent 253
another party into the specified good or service for which the customer has contracted, the entity
controls the specified good or service before that good or service is transferred to the customer.
This is because the entity first obtains control of the inputs to the specified good or service (which
include goods or services from other parties) and directs their use to create the combined output
that is the specified good or service.
Determining whether an entity controls a tangible good before it is transferred to a customer is generally
straightforward; however, determining whether an entity controls a service before it is transferred to a
customer might be more challenging. As a result, the Board included guidance on applying the control
principle to service transactions.
In a transaction with more than one party providing goods or services to the customer, a principal obtains
control of any one of the following prior to its transfer to a customer:
An asset from the other party
A right to a service to be performed by the other party (that is, the entity directs the other party in
providing the service to the customer on its behalf)
An asset or a service from the other party that it then combines with other goods or services to
provide the specified good or service to the customer
The first instance is generally straightforward to identify. For example, a car dealership purchases
10 vehicles from a used-car auction for resale to third-party customers. The car dealership assumes
inventory risk for the 10 vehicles while they are in its possession.
The second case may be less straightforward to identify. Example 46A in ASC 606 (discussed earlier)
illustrates a scenario where an entity engages a third-party service provider to provide office maintenance
services to the entity’s customers. The entity first obtains a contract with a customer and then enters into
a contract with a service provider, directing the service provider to perform office maintenance services
for the customer. The specified service is the office maintenance services. While the entity obtains a right
to office maintenance services from the service provider after entering into the contract with the customer,
that right is not transferred to the customer. In other words, the entity retains the ability to direct the use
of, and obtain substantially all the remaining benefits from, that right.
An entity is also a principal when the entity obtains control of the third-party’s good or service before it
integrates the good or service with other goods or services that it provides to the customer as part of
transferring control of the overall performance obligation. This situation is common in the engineering and
construction industry where entities often engage third-party entities to perform pieces of an overall
project (for example, to construct a building), but the entity retains overall responsibility for integrating all
of the services into the combined output requested by the customer. The entity identifies a single
performance obligation because it conducts a significant service by integrating the promises into the
overall output for the customer. As a result, the entity would likely conclude that it is acting as principal.
A further excerpt from Example 46A in ASC 606 (started above in Section 9.1) adds the control
evaluation to the analysis.
Principal versus agent 254
Example 46APromise to Provide Goods or Services (Entity is a Principal) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-324E
The entity concludes that it controls the specified services before they are provided to the customer. The
entity obtains control of a right to office maintenance services after entering into the contract with the
customer but before those services are provided to the customer. The terms of the entity’s contract with
the service provider give the entity the ability to direct the service provider to provide the specified
services on the entity’s behalf (see paragraph 606-10-55-37A(b)).
The example continues in Section 9.3 below with a look at how the indicators support (or do not support)
the control evaluation.
A further excerpt from Example 47 in ASC 606 (started above in Section 9.1) adds the control evaluation
to the analysis.
Example 47Promise to Provide Goods or Services (Entity Is a Principal) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-328B
The entity controls the right to each flight before it transfers that specified right to one of its customers
because the entity has the ability to direct the use of that right by deciding whether to use the ticket to
fulfill a contract with a customer and, if so, which contract it will fulfill. The entity also has the ability to
obtain the remaining benefits from that right by either reselling the ticket and obtaining all of the
proceeds from the sale or, alternatively, using the ticket itself.
The example continues in Section 9.3 below with a look at how the indicators support (or do not support)
the control evaluation.
9.3 Indicators of control
ASC 606 includes indicators that denote when an entity controls the specified good or service before it is
transferred to a customer.
ASC 606-10-55-39
Indicators that an entity controls the specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer
(and is therefore a principal [see paragraph 606-10-55-37]) include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. The entity is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified good or service.
This typically includes responsibility for the acceptability of the specified good or service (for
example, primary responsibility for the good or service meeting customer specifications). If the
entity is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified good or service, this
may indicate that the other party involved in providing the specified good or service is acting on the
entity’s behalf.
Principal versus agent 255
b. The entity has inventory risk before the specified good or service has been transferred to a
customer or after transfer of control to the customer (for example, if the customer has a right of
return). For example, if the entity obtains, or commits to obtain, the specified good or service
before obtaining a contract with a customer, that may indicate that the entity has the ability to direct
the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from, the good or service before it
is transferred to the customer.
c. The entity has discretion in establishing the price for the specified good or service. Establishing the
price that the customer pays for the specified good or service may indicate that the entity has the
ability to direct the use of that good or service and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits.
However, an agent can have discretion in establishing prices in some cases. For example, an
agent may have some flexibility in setting prices in order to generate additional revenue from its
service of arranging for goods or services to be provided by other parties to customers.
ASC 606-10-55-39A
The indicators in paragraph 606-10-55-39 may be more or less relevant to the assessment of control
depending on the nature of the specified good or service and the terms and conditions of the contract.
In addition, different indicators may provide more persuasive evidence in different contracts.
As noted in ASC 606-10-55-39, indicators that an entity controls the specified good or service before it is
transferred to a customer include, but are not limited to, the following:
The entity is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the specified good or service.
The entity has inventory risk.
The entity has discretion in establishing the price for the specified good or service.
These indicators, which are not all-inclusive, may be more or less relevant to the assessment of control
depending on the facts and circumstances of each situation. An entity may determine that other indicators
are more persuasive evidence based on the terms of the contract and the facts and circumstances of a
particular situation.
The Boards
86
included these indicators to support an entity’s assessment of whether it controls the
specified good or service before it is transferred or provided to the customer. The indicators
Do not override the assessment of control
Do not constitute a separate or additional evaluation
Are not a checklist of criteria to be met in all situations
At the crossroads: ASC 605-45 versus ASC 606
When an entity has an arrangement to provide goods and services to a customer that includes more
than one party, it needs to perform a new analysis under ASC 606 and might reach a different
conclusion regarding whether it is acting as a principal or an agent than under legacy GAAP. ASC 606
86
BC16, ASU 2016-08.
Principal versus agent 256
focuses on the transfer of control, while legacy GAAP relied on a risks-and-rewards model, to
determine how and when an entity is acting as a principal or an agent.
Legacy GAAP also provided a detailed list of weighted indicators to help an entity evaluate whether it is
acting as a principal or an agent. While the three indicators in ASC 606 appear similar to those in
legacy GAAP, they are not weighted like the indicators in legacy GAAP, and no single indicator is
determinative of whether an entity is acting like a principal or agent. Rather, the indicators support
whether the entity controls the good or service before it is transferred to the customer.
The remaining excerpt from Example 46A in ASC 606, started above in Sections 9.1 and 9.2,
demonstrates the entity’s consideration of the indictors in ASC 606.
Example 46APromise to Provide Goods or Services (Entity is a Principal) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-324E
The entity concludes that it controls the specified services before they are provided to the customer. The
entity obtains control of a right to office maintenance services after entering into the contract with the
customer but before those services are provided to the customer. The terms of the entity’s contract with
the service provider give the entity the ability to direct the service provider to provide the specified
services on the entity’s behalf (see paragraph 606-10-55-37A(b)). In addition, the entity concludes that
the following indicators in paragraph 606-10-55-39 provide further evidence that the entity controls the
office maintenance services before they are provided to the customer:
a. The entity is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide office maintenance services.
Although the entity has hired a service provider to perform the services promised to the customer, it
is the entity itself that is responsible for ensuring that the services are performed and are acceptable
to the customer (that is, the entity is responsible for fulfilment of the promise in the contract,
regardless of whether the entity performs the services itself or engages a third-party service
provider to perform the services).
b. The entity has discretion in setting the price for the services to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-324F
The entity observes that it does not commit itself to obtain the services from the service provider before
obtaining the contract with the customer. Thus, the entity has mitigated its inventory risk with respect to
the office maintenance services. Nonetheless, the entity concludes that it controls the office
maintenance services before they are provided to the customer on the basis of the evidence in
paragraph 606-10-55-324E.
ASC 606-10-55-324G
Thus, the entity is a principal in the transaction and recognizes revenue in the amount of consideration
to which it is entitled from the customer in exchange for the office maintenance services.
Principal versus agent 257
The remaining excerpt from Example 47 in ASC 606, started above in Sections 9.1 and 9.2,
demonstrates the entity’s consideration of the indictors that the entity controls the specified good or
service in ASC 606.
Example 47Promise to Provide Goods or Services (Entity Is a Principal) (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-328C
The indicators in paragraph 606-10-55-39(b) through (c) also provide relevant evidence that the entity
controls each specified right (ticket) before it is transferred to the customer. The entity has inventory risk
with respect to the ticket because the entity committed itself to obtain the ticket from the airline before
obtaining a contract with a customer to purchase the ticket. This is because the entity is obliged to pay
the airline for that right regardless of whether it is able to obtain a customer to resell the ticket to or
whether it can obtain a favorable price for the ticket. The entity also establishes the price that the
customer will pay for the specified ticket.
ASC 606-10-55-329
Thus, the entity concludes that it is a principal in the transactions with customers. The entity recognizes
revenue in the gross amount of consideration to which it is entitled in exchange for the tickets
transferred to the customers.
9.4 Examples of the principal versus agent assessment
ASC 606 includes the following comprehensive example where an entity concludes that it is acting as an
agent. In its assessment, the entity identifies the specified good or service and then determines whether it
controls the specified good or service before it is transferred to the customer. The entity considers the
indicators to support the control assessment.
Example 45Arranging for the Provision of Goods or Services (Entity Is an Agent)
ASC 606-10-55-317
An entity operates a website that enables customers to purchase goods from a range of suppliers who
deliver the goods directly to the customers. Under the terms of the entity’s contracts with suppliers,
when a good is purchased via the website, the entity is entitled to a commission that is equal to
10 percent of the sales price. The entity’s website facilitates payment between the supplier and the
customer at prices that are set by the supplier. The entity requires payment from customers before
orders are processed, and all orders are nonrefundable. The entity has no further obligations to the
customer after arranging for the products to be provided to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-318
To determine whether the entity’s performance obligation is to provide the specified goods itself (that is,
the entity is a principal) or to arrange for those goods to be provided by the supplier (that is, the entity is
an agent), the entity identifies the specified good or service to be provided to the customer and
assesses whether it controls that good or service before the good or service is transferred to the
customer.
Principal versus agent 258
ASC 606-10-55-318A
The website operated by the entity is a marketplace in which suppliers offer their goods and customers
purchase the goods that are offered by the suppliers. Accordingly, the entity observes that the specified
goods to be provided to customers that use the website are the goods provided by the suppliers, and no
other goods or services are promised to customers by the entity.
ASC 606-10-55-318B
The entity concludes that it does not control the specified goods before they are transferred to
customers that order goods using the website. The entity does not at any time have the ability to direct
the use of the goods transferred to customers. For example, it cannot direct the goods to parties other
than the customer or prevent the supplier from transferring those goods to the customer. The entity
does not control the suppliers’ inventory of goods used to fulfill the orders placed by customers using
the website.
ASC 606-10-55-318C
As part of reaching that conclusion, the entity considers the following indicators in paragraph 606-10-55-
39. The entity concludes that these indicators provide further evidence that it does not control the
specified goods before they are transferred to the customers.
a. The supplier is primarily responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the goods to the customer.
The entity is neither obliged to provide the goods if the supplier fails to transfer the goods to the
customer nor responsible for the acceptability of the goods.
b. The entity does not take inventory risk at any time before or after the goods are transferred to the
customer. The entity does not commit to obtain the goods from the supplier before the goods are
purchased by the customer and does not accept responsibility for any damaged or returned goods.
c. The entity does not have discretion in establishing prices for the supplier’s goods. The sales price is
set by the supplier.
ASC 606-10-55-319
Consequently, the entity concludes that it is an agent and its performance obligation is to arrange for the
provision of goods by the supplier. When the entity satisfies its promise to arrange for the goods to be
provided by the supplier to the customer (which, in this example, is when goods are purchased by the
customer), the entity recognizes revenue in the amount of the commission to which it is entitled.
As noted above in Section 9.1, if a contract contains more than one specified good or service, an entity
may be a principal for some goods or services and an agent for others. ASC 606 includes the following
example where the entity concludes that it is acting as a principal and an agent in the same contract. In
the assessment, the entity identifies the specified goods or services and then determines if it controls
each specified good or service before they are transferred to the customer. The entity considers the
indicators to support the control assessment.
Principal versus agent 259
Example 48AEntity Is a Principal and an Agent in the Same Contract
ASC 606-10-55-334A
An entity sells services to assist its customers in more effectively targeting potential recruits for open job
positions. The entity performs several services itself, such as interviewing candidates and performing
background checks. As part of the contract with a customer, the customer agrees to obtain a license to
access a third party’s database of information on potential recruits. The entity arranges for this license
with the third party, but the customer contracts directly with the database provider for the license. The
entity collects payment on behalf of the third-party database provider as part of its overall invoicing to
the customer. The database provider sets the price charged to the customer for the license and is
responsible for providing technical support and credits to which the customer may be entitled for service
down-time or other technical issues.
ASC 606-10-55-334B
To determine whether the entity is a principal or an agent, the entity identifies the specified goods or
services to be provided to the customer and assesses whether it controls those goods or services
before they are transferred to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-334C
For the purpose of this Example, it is assumed that the entity concludes that its recruitment services and
the database access license are each distinct on the basis of its assessment of the guidance in
paragraphs 606-10-25-19 through 25-22. Accordingly, there are two specified goods or services to be
provided to the customeraccess to the third-party’s database and recruitment services.
ASC 606-10-55-334D
The entity concludes that it does not control the access to the database before it is provided to the
customer. The entity does not at any time have the ability to direct the use of the license because the
customer contracts for the license directly with the database provider. The entity does not control
access to the provider’s database—it cannot, for example, grant access to the database to a party other
than the customer or prevent the database provider from providing access to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-334E
As part of reaching that conclusion, the entity also considers the indicators in paragraph 606-10-55-39.
The entity concludes that these indicators provide further evidence that it does not control access to the
database before that access is provided to the customer.
a. The entity is not responsible for fulfilling the promise to provide the database access service. The
customer contracts for the license directly with the third-party database provider, and the database
provider is responsible for the acceptability of the database access (for example, by providing
technical support or service credits).
b. The entity does not have inventory risk because it does not purchase or commit to purchase the
database access before the customer contracts for database access directly with the database
provider.
c. The entity does not have discretion in setting the price for the database access with the customer
because the database provider sets that price.
Principal versus agent 260
ASC 606-10-55-334F
Thus, the entity concludes that it is an agent in relation to the third-party’s database service. In contrast,
the entity concludes that it is the principal in relation to the recruitment services because the entity
performs those services itself and no other party is involved in providing those services to the customer.
Identifying the customer in a distributor relationship
Supplier A manufactures and sells equipment. Supplier A sells directly to end customers and also sells
through a distributor.
In transactions with distributors, the distributor identifies the end customer, agrees to a price with the
end customer for the equipment, sends notification of the agreed upon sales price back to the supplier,
and the supplier has three days to accept or reject the price offered. If the supplier agrees to the end-
customer pricing, the supplier drop ships the equipment to the end customer. When the equipment is
drop shipped, the distributor never takes control of the equipment (that is, the distributor does not have
legal title, physical possession or risks and rewards of ownership related to the equipment). Inventory
returns by the end customer are made to Supplier.
The invoice to the end customer is on Supplier A letterhead but Supplier A is paid by the distributor
upon shipment to the end customer and there is no further credit risk to Supplier A. The distributor takes
on credit extension including, in some situations, working with the end customer to set up an installment
sale. Supplier A does not participate in any credit extension as it is paid by the distributor at shipment.
The payment received by Supplier A from the distributor at the time of shipment is “net” of distributor
commissions (for example, if the invoice to the customer is for $10,000 and the distributor commission is
5%, upon shipment, the distributor remits $9,500 ($10,000 - $10,000 x 5%) to Supplier A).
Supplier A considers whether the distributor or the end customer is its customer and determines that the
end customer, not the distributor, is its customer because it is primarily responsible for fulfilling the
equipment ordered by the end customer. Supplier A also considers whether it is acting as a principal
and therefore would record revenue of $10,000, or if it is acting as an agent, in which case it would
record revenue of $9,500.
Supplier A determines that it controls the equipment and therefore is acting as a principal for the
following reasons:
Supplier A has the ability to reject the transaction if it does not accept the price negotiated by the
distributor.
The end customer knows it is purchasing the equipment from Supplier A.
Supplier A has primary responsibility for fulfilling the contract and Supplier A accepts returns from
the end customer.
The distributor never takes control of the equipment. Further, the distributor does not purchase the
equipment until it has identified the end customer and, as a result, it has no inventory risk.
Supplier A records revenue at the gross amount of $10,000. The fees retained by the distributor are
akin to a finder’s fee or commission, and therefore the supplier should also consider whether the fees to
the distributor are an incremental cost of obtaining the contract and whether the fee should be recorded
Principal versus agent 261
as a deferred commission asset. In this particular example, because the contract is completed at the
time the equipment is shipped, the commission is expensed.
In some transactions involving a distributor, the supplier may not know the amount of the transaction price
paid by the end customer to the distributor. In situations where the supplier concludes it is acting as a
principal with respect to the underlying goods or services, but only knows the net amount it receives from
the distributor, questions have arisen regarding the determination of the transaction price to be recorded
by the supplier. Such situations are discussed at BC37 to BC38 of ASC 2016-08. In particular, the Board
noted that entities may consider estimating the transaction price following the guidance for variable
consideration; however, in order to apply the guidance regarding variable consideration, the uncertainty in
the transaction price must ultimately be resolved at some point in the future. If such uncertainty is not
expected to ever be resolved, the amount charged by the distributor to the end customer is not
considered variable consideration and would not be part of the transaction price.
Estimating gross revenue as a principal
Continue with the above example, except assume that Supplier A does not know the transaction price
paid by the end customer to the distributor. Supplier A only knows the amount of the payment it receives
from the distributor and never obtains access to the details of the transaction price paid by the end
customer.
In this situation, even if Supplier A concludes it is acting as a principal with respect to the equipment
sold to the end customer, it would recognize revenue equal to the net amount it receives from the
distributor. It would be inappropriate for Supplier A to estimate the transaction price paid by the end
customer because the guidance regarding variable consideration does not apply when the uncertainty
regarding the transaction price is not expected to be ultimately resolved.
Drop-ship or flash-title arrangements
The determination of whether an entity is acting as a principal or an agent can be especially challenging
when the entity never obtains physical possession of a good prior to the customer’s receipt of the good.
For example, some goods are shipped directly from a manufacturer to the customer. These arrangements
are often referred to as “drop-shipments” or “drop-ship arrangements.” Further, an entity may only take
title momentarily before a good is transferred on to the customer. Such an arrangement is often referred
to as “flash title.”
Grant Thornton insight: Considerations related to drop-ship or flash-title arrangements
The SEC staff
87
addressed drop-ship or flash-title arrangements at the 2018 AICPA Conference on
Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, noting that an entity may appropriately conclude that it is
acting as a principal in some cases and as an agent in other cases after considering all relevant facts
87
2018 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and PCAOB Developments, Speech by Sheri L. York,
Professional Accounting Fellow, Office of the Chief Accountant.
Principal versus agent 262
and circumstances. The SEC staff reminded registrants to consider the definition of control as well as
the indicators used to determine whether control of a good has transferred, of which inventory risk is
only one of the possible indicators. In some circumstances, physical possession will not coincide with
who controls a specified good.
In light of the SEC staff speech, we believe an entity needs to consider all facts and circumstances
when determining whether it is acting as a principal or an agent for any drop-ship or flash-title
arrangements. When determining if it takes control of the specified good prior to transferring that good
to the customer, the entity should consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the following:
If it has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the remaining benefits from,
the goods For example, can the entity redirect the shipment between the point of departure from
the third-party facility to the point where it reaches the customer?
If it is primarily responsible for fulfillment For example, if the customer does not receive the good
or the customer is dissatisfied with the good, who will the customer call and from whom will the
customer seek recourse?
The reason for structuring the arrangement as a drop-ship or flash-title arrangement.
If it has discretion is setting the price with the customer
9.5 Reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses
In order to correctly account for the reimbursement by a customer of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
an entity in connection with its performance under a contract with a customer, the entity will need to
determine whether it is acting as a principal or an agent with respect to the related specified goods or
services. In this determination, the entity should first identify the specified goods or services to be
provided to the customer and then assess whether it controls the specified goods or services before they
are transferred to the customer.
Reimbursable costs entity is a principal
A professional services firm is reimbursed by its client for out-of-pocket expenses including meals,
transportation, and lodging incurred by the engagement team for travel required in the execution of the
client’s consulting services engagement.
The professional services firm identifies the specified goods and services as the meals, airfare, and
lodging consumed by its staff in the performance of the consulting engagement and concludes that it
controls the specified goods or services as it is the entity that is primarily involved in selecting the nature
of the specified goods and services and directly consumes the benefits from the meals, airfare, and
lodging. The benefits of the specified services are not transferred to the customer; rather, the
professional services firm controls the benefit of the meals, airfare, and lodging services, which it
integrates into its performance of the consulting services for which the client has contracted.
Because the professional services firm concludes that it controls the specified goods or services, the
customer’s reimbursement of these items is included in the contract price.
Principal versus agent 263
Under the new revenue model, if an entity is acting as a principal with respect to the reimbursable goods
or services, out-of-pocket reimbursements from the entity’s customer are included in the transaction price
(Step 3), are allocated to the performance obligations (Step 4), and are recognized in revenue (Step 5)
when those performance obligations are satisfied. The FASB staff addressed concerns raised by
stakeholders regarding the application of the new model to reimbursable expenses, particularly the
following:
The requirement to estimate variable consideration in cases where the amount of the expense
reimbursement is not known at the inception of the contract
The effect of timing differences between when expenses are incurred and the related reimbursements
are recognized as revenue
Based on the outreach performed by the FASB staff, many public entities typically are not estimating out-
of-pocket reimbursements. Those that do make such estimates develop those estimates at a portfolio
level using historical information or other reliable available data. Others have implemented thresholds
under which they do not estimate immaterial amounts or have implemented new accounting systems to
comply with the new guidance.
The paper also identifies certain situations where the entity may not be required to estimate variable
consideration with respect to reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, including
The reimbursable expense is variable consideration that is constrained until the expense is incurred.
The variable consideration relates specifically to a performance obligation or a distinct good or
service in a series and the allocation guidance in ASC 606-10-32-40 applies, and the entity is able to
allocate the out-of-pocket reimbursement entirely to that performance obligation or distinct good or
service in the series.
The entity is able to apply the “as invoiced” practical expedient.
The entity recognizes revenue over time and applies a cost-to-cost measure of progress under
previous GAAP and will apply such measure under ASC 606.
Materiality is also a consideration. If the reimbursable expenses are incurred consistently with the
measure of progress selected for the performance obligation, there likely will not be a material difference
between the amounts of revenue recognized under either method.
10. Modifications
Modifications that change the terms of a contract are common in many industries, including
manufacturing, telecommunications, aerospace and defense, and construction. Depending upon the
industry or jurisdiction, the modification may be better known as a change order, a variation, or an
amendment. Legacy GAAP did not provide an overall framework for the identification of and accounting
for contract modifications, except for limited industry-specific guidance for modifications on construction-
and production-type contracts under ASC 605-35. As a result, under legacy guidance, there was diversity
in practice. The Boards decided to prescribe specific guidance for contract modifications in ASC 606 to
promote consistent accounting for modifications within and across all industries.
The modification guidance under ASC 606 requires an entity to
Identify if a contract has been modified.
Determine if the modification results in a separate contract, a termination of the existing contract and
the creation of a new contract, or a continuation of the existing contract.
Account for the contract modification accordingly.
The rest of this section discusses these steps in further detail.
At the crossroads: New framework for contract modifications
Contract modifications is an area of change for many entities because legacy GAAP did not include an
overall framework for accounting for contract modifications. With the exception of the engineering and
construction industry where change orders are routine, many entities may not have a robust system in
place to identify, track, and account for contract modifications. Because ASC 606 provides prescriptive
guidance on how to account for modifications, entities may need to update their systems and controls
to reflect this guidance.
10.1 Identifying a modification
A contract modification exists if three conditions are met:
There is a change in the scope, price, or both in a contract.
That change is approved by both the entity and the customer.
The change is enforceable.
Similar to the criterion in Step 1 in ASC 606-10-25-1(a), the approval of a contract modification may be
written, oral, or implied by customary business practice.
Modifications 265
ASC 606-10-25-10
A contract modification is a change in the scope or price (or both) of a contract that is approved by the
parties to the contract. In some industries and jurisdictions, a contract modification may be described
as a change order, a variation, or an amendment. A contract modification exists when the parties to the
contract approve a modification that either creates new or changes existing enforceable rights and
obligations of the parties to the contract. A contract modification could be approved in writing, by oral
agreement, or implied by customary business practices. If the parties to the contract have not approved
a contract modification, an entity shall continue to apply the guidance in this Topic to the existing
contract until the contract modification is approved.
Contract modifications may take many forms and the following list includes some common examples:
Partially terminating the contract
Extending the contract term with a corresponding increase in price
Adding new goods and/or services to the contract, with or without a corresponding change in price
Reducing the contract price without a change in goods or services promised
Unpriced change orders and claims
An entity may need to apply modification accounting, even if the details of the change are not yet
finalized, when changes create new or modify existing rights and obligations in the contract.
If the entity and the customer agree to a change in the scope of the contract but have not yet agreed to a
change in the price, the entity should estimate the change in transaction price using the guidance for
variable consideration (see Section 5.1). The entity should then apply the guidance in Section 10.2 to
determine if it should account for the modification as a separate contract. If on the other hand, the parties
to a contract have not yet approved the change in scope, the entity should continue to apply the guidance
in ASC 606 to the existing contract until the modification is approved.
Modifications 266
Figure 10.1: Unpriced change orders and claims
ASC 606 provides the following guidance on unpriced change orders and claims.
ASC 606-10-25-11
A contract modification may exist even though the parties to the contract have a dispute about the
scope or price (or both) of the modification or the parties have approved a change in the scope of the
contract but have not yet determined the corresponding change in price. In determining whether the
rights and obligations that are created or changed by a modification are enforceable, an entity shall
consider all relevant facts and circumstances including the terms of the contract and other evidence.
If the parties to a contract have approved a change in the scope of the contract but have not yet
determined the corresponding change in price, an entity shall estimate the change to the transaction
price arising from the modification in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-32-5 through 32-9 on
estimating variable consideration and paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13 on constraining
estimates of variable consideration.
N
Have the parties modified
the scope, price, or both
in a contract?
Have the parties approved
all of the changes?
Have the parties approved
the change in scope but not
the change in price?
Y
Y
N
Apply the guidance in Figure 10.2
to determine how to account
for the modification.
Estimate the change in transaction price
by applying the variable consideration
guidance in Section 5.1.
Y
The modification has not yet been approved and therefore the entity must continue to
apply ASC 606 to the existing contract until the modification is approved.
Does the entity have
enforceable rights as a result
of the changes made to
the contract?
Y
Apply judgment to determine if a contract
modification exists; the entity may
need to apply the modification
guidance in Figure 10.2.
N
Modifications 267
The following example in ASC 606 demonstrates the accounting for an unapproved change in scope and
price.
Example 9Unapproved Change in Scope and Price
ASC 606-10-55-134
An entity enters into a contract with a customer to construct a building on customer-owned land. The
contract states that the customer will provide the entity with access to the land within 30 days of contract
inception. However, the entity was not provided access until 120 days after contract inception because
of storm damage to the site that occurred after contract inception. The contract specifically identifies any
delay (including force majeure) in the entity’s access to customer-owned land as an event that entitles
the entity to compensation that is equal to actual costs incurred as a direct result of the delay. The entity
is able to demonstrate that the specific direct costs were incurred as a result of the delay in accordance
with the terms of the contract and prepares a claim. The customer initially disagreed with the entity’s
claim.
ASC 606-10-55-135
The entity assesses the legal basis of the claim and determines, on the basis of the underlying
contractual terms, that it has enforceable rights. Consequently, it accounts for the claim as a contract
modification in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-10 through 25-13. The modification does not
result in any additional goods or services being provided to the customer. In addition, all of the
remaining goods and services after the modification are not distinct and form part of a single
performance obligation. Consequently, the entity accounts for the modification in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-25-13(b) by updating the transaction price and the measure of progress toward
complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. The entity considers the constraint on estimates of
variable consideration in paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13 when estimating the transaction price.
10.2 Accounting for the modification
Once an entity determines that a contract with a customer has been modified, it needs to determine
whether the modification should be accounted for as a separate contract as discussed in Section 10.2.1.
If the modification is not accounted for as a separate contract, it will be accounted for in one of the
following three ways as discussed in Section 10.2.2:
As a termination of the old contract and the creation of a new contract
By making a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the original contract
A combination of the two
Modifications 268
Figure 10.2: Accounting for a contract modification
Modifications that constitute separate contracts
An entity accounts for a contract modification as a separate contract if the modification both (1) increases
the scope of the work promised under the original contract by adding new promised goods or services
that are considered distinct, and (2) the increase in the contract price reflects the stand-alone selling price
of the additional goods or services. An entity determines if the additional promised goods or services are
N
N
Are both of the following true:
1. The scope of the contract increases
because distinct promised goods or
services are added to the contract.
2. The consideration increases by the stand-
alone selling price of the added goods or
services.
Account for the modification as a
separate contract (Section 10.2.1).
Are the remaining goods or services distinct
from the goods or services transferred on or
before the date of the contract modification?
Allocate the remaining transaction price
not yet recognized to the outstanding
performance obligations. In other words,
treat as a termination of the old contract
and the creation of a new contract
(Section 10.2.2).
Y
N
Y
Are the remaining goods or services not
distinct and, therefore, form part of a single
performance obligation that is partially
satisfied at the date of the
contract modification?
Account for the contract modification as if
it were a part of the existing contract
that is, the adjustment to revenue is
made on a cumulative catch-up basis
(Section 10.2.2).
Y
Are some of the remaining goods
or services distinct and others
not distinct?
Follow the guidance above for distinct
and non-distinct remaining goods or
services (Section 10.2.2).
Y
Modifications 269
distinct using the guidance in ASC 606-10-25-18 through 25-22. The logic behind this guidance is that
there is no economic difference between the entity entering into a separate contract or modifying an
existing contract
88
for the additional goods or services.
When assessing whether the transaction price increases by an amount of consideration that reflects the
stand-alone selling prices of the additional goods or services, an entity is allowed to adjust the stand-
alone selling price for costs that it does not incur because it is contracting with a repeat customer.
Therefore, if the stand-alone selling price in the original contract is $10 per unit, a modification that adds
units for $9.50 per unit might reflect a stand-alone selling price of the additional units. For example, the
selling effort and administration costs might be much lower when incremental units are added, in contrast
to the effort and cost of the original quantity. The entity needs to exercise judgment to make that
determination.
If a modification adds a distinct good or service to a series of distinct goods or services that is accounted
for as a single performance obligation, the modification is accounted for as a separate contract as long as
the transaction price increases by the stand-alone selling price for those added goods or services.
The following guidance from ASC 606 specifies when an entity should account for a modification as a
separate contract.
ASC 606-10-25-12
An entity shall account for a contract modification as a separate contract if both of the following
conditions are present:
a. The scope of the contract increases because of the addition of promised goods or services that are
distinct (in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-25-18 through 25-22).
b. The price of the contract increases by an amount of consideration that reflects the entity’s
standalone selling prices of the additional promised goods or services and any appropriate
adjustments to that price to reflect the circumstances of the particular contract. For example, an
entity may adjust the standalone selling price of an additional good or service for a discount that
the customer receives, because it is not necessary for the entity to incur the selling-related costs
that it would incur when selling a similar good or service to a new customer.
The following example from ASC 606 illustrates a contract modification that is accounted for as a
separate contract.
Example 5Modification of a Contract for Goods (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-111
An entity promises to sell 120 products to a customer for $12,000 ($100 per product). The products are
transferred to the customer over a six-month period. The entity transfers control of each product at a
point in time. After the entity has transferred control of 60 products to the customer, the contract is
88
BC77, ASU 2014-09.
Modifications 270
modified to require the delivery of an additional 30 products (a total of 150 identical products) to the
customer. The additional 30 products were not included in the initial contract.
Case AAdditional Products for a Price That Reflects the Standalone Selling Price
ASC 606-10-55-112
When the contract is modified, the price of the contract modification for the additional 30 products is an
additional $2,850 or $95 per product. The pricing for the additional products reflects the standalone
selling price of the products at the time of the contract modification, and the additional products are
distinct (in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-19) from the original products.
ASC 606-10-55-113
In accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-12, the contract modification for the additional 30 products is,
in effect, a new and separate contract for future products that does not affect the accounting for the
existing contract. The entity recognizes revenue of $100 per product for the 120 products in the original
contract and $95 per product for the 30 products in the new contract.
Modifications that do not constitute separate contracts
If a contract modification is not accounted for as a separate contract in accordance with
ASC 606-10-25-12, the guidance provides the following three methods to account for the modification:
First, account for the modification prospectively as long as the goods or services to be provided after
the modification are distinct from the goods or services that were already provided to the customer.
The Boards’ logic behind this guidance is that accounting for these types of modifications on a
cumulative catch-up basis could be complex and may not faithfully depict the economics of the
modification, since the modification is negotiated based on facts and circumstances that exist after
the original contract’s inception.
89
Second, when the remaining goods or services are not distinct and are part of a single performance
obligation that is partially satisfied, the entity recognizes the effect of the modification on a cumulative
catch-up basis. This is the case in many construction contracts where a modification does not result
in the transfer of additional distinct goods or services.
Third, there may be cases where the remaining goods or services provided after a modification are a
combination of both distinct and non-distinct goods or services. In this case, the entity accounts for
those remaining goods or services that are distinct on a prospective basis and for those goods and
services that are not distinct on a cumulative catch-up basis.
ASC 606 contains the following guidance for when the modification is not accounted for as a separate
contract.
89
BC78, ASU 2014-09.
Modifications 271
ASC 606-10-25-13
If a contract modification is not accounted for as a separate contract in accordance with paragraph
606-10-25-12, an entity shall account for the promised goods or services not yet transferred at the date
of the contract modification (that is, the remaining promised goods or services) in whichever of the
following ways is applicable:
a. An entity shall account for the contract modification as if it were a termination of the existing
contract, and the creation of a new contract, if the remaining goods or services are distinct from the
goods or services transferred on or before the date of the contract modification. The amount of
consideration to be allocated to the remaining performance obligations (or to the remaining distinct
goods or services in a single performance obligation identified in accordance with paragraph 606-
10-25-14(b)) is the sum of:
1. The consideration promised by the customer (including amounts already received from the
customer) that was included in the estimate of the transaction price and that had not been
recognized as revenue and
2. The consideration promised as part of the contract modification.
b. An entity shall account for the contract modification as if it were a part of the existing contract
if the remaining goods or services are not distinct and, therefore, form part of a single performance
obligation that is partially satisfied at the date of the contract modification. The effect that the
contract modification has on the transaction price, and on the entity’s measure of progress toward
complete satisfaction of the performance obligation, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue
(either as an increase in or a reduction of revenue) at the date of the contract modification (that is,
the adjustment to revenue is made on a cumulative catch-up basis).
c. If the remaining goods or services are a combination of items (a) and (b), then the entity shall
account for the effects of the modification on the unsatisfied (including partially unsatisfied)
performance obligations in the modified contract in a manner that is consistent with the objectives
of this paragraph.
Remaining goods or services are distinct
As noted above, if the contract modification is not accounted for as a separate contract in accordance
with ASC 606-10-25-12, the modification should be accounted for prospectively when the goods or
services to be provided after the modification are distinct from the goods or services that were already
provided to the customer. Typically, this occurs when the distinct goods or services are not at their stand-
alone selling prices.
The amount of consideration that the entity allocates to the remaining performance obligations (or the
remaining distinct goods or services in a series) is the sum of
The consideration promised by the customer that was part of the original transaction price, including
any amounts already received from the customer that have not yet been recognized as revenue
The consideration promised in the contract modification
Modifications 272
Grant Thornton insight: Distinct goods or services in a modified contract
If the goods or services in a modified contract are consistent with those in the original contract, we
believe that determining whether the goods or services in the modified contract are distinct should be
consistent with the initial evaluation of the performance obligations in the original contract.
ASC 606 Example 5, Case B, demonstrates the accounting for contract modifications described in
ASC 606-10-25-13(a)
.
Example 5Modification of a Contract for Goods (excerpt)
ASC 606-10-55-111
An entity promises to sell 120 products to a customer for $12,000 ($100 per product). The products are
transferred to the customer over a six-month period. The entity transfers control of each product at a
point in time. After the entity has transferred control of 60 products to the customer, the contract is
modified to require the delivery of an additional 30 products (a total of 150 identical products) to the
customer. The additional 30 products were not included in the initial contract.
Case BAdditional Products for a Price That Does Not Reflect the Standalone Selling Price
ASC 606-10-55-114
During the process of negotiating the purchase of an additional 30 products, the parties initially agree on
a price of $80 per product. However, the customer discovers that the initial 60 products transferred to
the customer contained minor defects that were unique to those delivered products. The entity promises
a partial credit of $15 per product to compensate the customer for the poor quality of those products.
The entity and the customer agree to incorporate the credit of $900 ($15 credit × 60 products) into the
price that the entity charges for the additional 30 products. Consequently, the contract modification
specifies that the price of the additional 30 products is $1,500 or $50 per product. That price comprises
the agreed-upon price for the additional 30 products of $2,400, or $80 per product, less the credit of
$900.
ASC 606-10-55-115
At the time of modification, the entity recognizes the $900 as a reduction of the transaction price and,
therefore, as a reduction of revenue for the initial 60 products transferred. In accounting for the sale of
the additional 30 products, the entity determines that the negotiated price of $80 per product does not
reflect the standalone selling price of the additional products. Consequently, the contract modification
does not meet the conditions in paragraph 606-10-25-12 to be accounted for as a separate contract.
Because the remaining products to be delivered are distinct from those already transferred, the entity
applies the guidance in paragraph 606-10-25-13(a) and accounts for the modification as a termination of
the original contract and the creation of a new contract.
ASC 606-10-55-116
Consequently, the amount recognized as revenue for each of the remaining products is a blended price
of $93.33 {[($100 × 60 products not yet transferred under the original contract) + ($80 × 30 products to
be transferred under the contract modification)] ÷ 90 remaining products}.
Modifications 273
ASC 606 Example 5, Case B, also demonstrates the appropriate accounting when an entity offers a
partial credit to compensate the customer for poor quality of previously delivered products. Because the
entity can isolate the quality issues to products already delivered (that is, past performance) in this
example, the entity recognizes the credit as a reduction of the transaction price and, therefore, as a
reduction of revenue for the initial 60 products transferred, even though the discount is incorporated into
the modified terms on a prospective basis. Ultimately, an entity may need to exercise significant judgment
and consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances to determine if a discount for additional goods
and services in a modified contract relates to past performance.
Modification of a service agreement that is a series
Entity A enters into a contract with Customer B to provide janitorial services for three years for $10,000
a month, totaling $360,000. Entity A determines that the janitorial services represent a single
performance obligation consisting of a series of distinct time periods, in this case, months.
Six months into the contract, after issues with the services provided, Entity A gives Customer B a
$27,000 credit to use against future services. The service issues and resulting credit were not
anticipated at contract inception, so Entity A recognized no variable consideration previously. Entity A
determines that the credit is a change in the original transaction price and allocates the credit to the
distinct services that form part of the single transaction price in accordance with ASC 606-10-32-44.
The $27,000 credit reduces the total transaction price of $360,000 resulting in an adjusted transaction
price of $333,000, which is allocated to each of the 36 distinct months in the performance obligation at
$9,250 per month. The amount allocated to the first six satisfied months, or $55,500 ($9,250 x 6
months), is less than the previously recognized amount of $60,000. As a result, Entity A recognizes the
difference of $4,500 as a reduction in revenue as of the date of the modification.
Contract assets
ASC 606 requires entities to record a contract asset when a performance obligation has been satisfied or
partially satisfied, but the amount of consideration has not yet been received because the receipt of the
consideration is conditioned on something other than the passage of time. Stakeholders asked about the
subsequent accounting for contract assets after a contract is modified in accordance with ASC 606-10-
25-13(a). The TRG’s discussion on this topic is summarized below.
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity account for contract assets in a
contract modification?
Stakeholders suggested two views on how to account for contract assets in a contract modification:
View A: The contract asset should be written off to revenue because there is no longer a contract if
the original contract is terminated.
View B: The contract asset should be carried forward to the new modified contract and
subsequently realized under the new contract as the receivables are recognized, which results in
prospective accounting.
Modifications 274
At the April 2016 meeting,
90
the TRG reached a general agreement that View B results in a financial
reporting outcome that is consistent with the new revenue guidance for contract modifications that are
accounted for in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-13(a), since the objective is to account for these
modifications prospectively. This view is also consistent with the guidance in BC78 of ASU 2014-09,
which indicates that the intent of ASC 606-10-25-13(a) is to account for these types of modifications on
a prospective basis and to avoid adjustments to revenue for satisfied performance obligations.
Modification of a series
The modification of a series of distinct goods or services accounted for as a single performance
obligation that does not meet the criteria to be recognized as a separate contract should be accounted
for as a termination of the old contract and the creation of a new contract, in accordance with
ASC 606-10-25-13(a). In other words, an entity in this situation should apply the prospective accounting
treatment.
Grant Thornton insight: Modifications and the series guidance
The guidance in ASC 606-10-25-13(a) makes it clear that the determination of whether a modification
is accounted for prospectively depends on whether the remaining promises in the contract are for
distinct goods or services. The Boards included this language to address concerns that an entity would
be required to use a cumulative catch-up basis to account for any modification to a series.
91
Therefore,
an entity should account for the modification as the termination of the old contract and the creation of a
new contract (that is, prospective accounting treatment) even if an entity determines that it has a single
performance obligation, provided that the performance obligation represents a series of distinct goods
or services.
The following example demonstrates the accounting described in ASC 606-10-25-13(a) when an entity
modifies a series of distinct goods or services and the modification is not accounted for as a separate
contract.
Example 7Modification of a Services Contract
ASC 606-10-55-125
An entity enters into a three-year contract to clean a customer’s offices on a weekly basis. The customer
promises to pay $100,000 per year. The standalone selling price of the services at contract inception is
$100,000 per year. The entity recognizes revenue of $100,000 per year during the first 2 years of
providing services. At the end of the second year, the contract is modified and the fee for the third year
is reduced to $80,000. In addition, the customer agrees to extend the contract for 3 additional years for
consideration of $200,000 payable in 3 equal annual installments of $66,667 at the beginning of years
4, 5, and 6. The standalone selling price of the services for years 4 through 6 at the beginning of the
90
Paper 51, Contract Asset Treatment in Contract Modifications.
91
BC79, ASU 2014-09.
Modifications 275
third year is $80,000 per year. The entity’s standalone selling price at the beginning of the third year,
multiplied by the additional 3 years of services, is $240,000, which is deemed to be an appropriate
estimate of the standalone selling price of the multiyear contract.
ASC 606-10-55-126
At contract inception, the entity assesses that each week of cleaning service is distinct in accordance
with paragraph 606-10-25-19. Notwithstanding that each week of cleaning service is distinct, the entity
accounts for the cleaning contract as a single performance obligation in accordance with paragraph
606-10-25-14(b). This is because the weekly cleaning services are a series of distinct services that are
substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer (the services transfer to
the customer over time and use the same method to measure progressthat is, a time-based measure
of progress).
ASC 606-10-55-127
At the date of the modification, the entity assesses the additional services to be provided and concludes
that they are distinct. However, the price change does not reflect the standalone selling price.
ASC 606-10-55-128
Consequently, the entity accounts for the modification in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-13(a) as
if it were a termination of the original contract and the creation of a new contract with consideration of
$280,000 for 4 years of cleaning service. The entity recognizes revenue of $70,000 per year ($280,000
÷ 4 years) as the services are provided over the remaining 4 years.
Remaining goods or services are not distinct
The accounting is different when the remaining goods or services are not distinct and are part of a single
performance obligation that is partially satisfied. In this case, the entity recognizes the effect of the
modification on a cumulative catch-up basis. This accounting may apply to many construction contracts
where a modification does not result in the transfer of additional distinct goods or services. The following
example demonstrates the accounting described in ASC 606-10-25-13(b) when the remaining goods or
services are not distinct and form part of a single performance obligation that is partially satisfied at the
date of the contract modification.
Example 8Modification Resulting in a Cumulative Catch-Up Adjustment to Revenue
ASC 606-10-55-129
An entity, a construction company, enters into a contract to construct a commercial building for a
customer on customer-owned land for promised consideration of $1 million and a bonus of $200,000 if
the building is completed within 24 months. The entity accounts for the promised bundle of goods and
services as a single performance obligation satisfied over time in accordance with paragraph 606-10-
25-27(b) because the customer controls the building during construction. At the inception of the
contract, the entity expects the following:
Modifications 276
Transaction price
$ 1,000,000
Expected costs
700,000
Expected profit (30%)
$ 300,000
ASC 606-10-55-130
At contract inception, the entity excludes the $200,000 bonus from the transaction price because it
cannot conclude that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue
recognized will not occur. Completion of the building is highly susceptible to factors outside the entity’s
influence, including weather and regulatory approvals. In addition, the entity has limited experience with
similar types of contracts.
ASC 606-10-55-131
The entity determines that the input measure, on the basis of costs incurred, provides an appropriate
measure of progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation. By the end of the first
year, the entity has satisfied 60 percent of its performance obligation on the basis of costs incurred to
date ($420,000) relative to total expected costs ($700,000). The entity reassesses the variable
consideration and concludes that the amount is still constrained in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-
32-11 through 32-13. Consequently, the cumulative revenue and costs recognized for the first year are
as follows:
Revenue
$ 600,000
Costs
420,000
Gross profit
$ 180,000
ASC 606-10-55-132
In the first quarter of the second year, the parties to the contract agree to modify the contract by
changing the floor plan of the building. As a result, the fixed consideration and expected costs increase
by $150,000 and $120,000, respectively. Total potential consideration after the modification is
$1,350,000 ($1,150,000 fixed consideration + $200,000 completion bonus). In addition, the allowable
time for achieving the $200,000 bonus is extended by 6 months to 30 months from the original contract
inception date. At the date of the modification, on the basis of its experience and the remaining work to
be performed, which is primarily inside the building and not subject to weather conditions, the entity
concludes that it is probable that including the bonus in the transaction price will not result in a
significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized in accordance with paragraph 606-
10-32-11 and includes the $200,000 in the transaction price. In assessing the contract modification, the
entity evaluates paragraph 606-10-25-19(b) and concludes (on the basis of the factors in paragraph
606-10-25-21) that the remaining goods and services to be provided using the modified contract are not
distinct from the goods and services transferred on or before the date of contract modification; that is,
the contract remains a single performance obligation.
ASC 606-10-55-133
Consequently, the entity accounts for the contract modification as if it were part of the original contract
(in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-13(b)). The entity updates its measure of progress and
Modifications 277
estimates that it has satisfied 51.2 percent of its performance obligation ($420,000 actual costs incurred
÷ $820,000 total expected costs). The entity recognizes additional revenue of $91,200 [(51.2 percent
complete × $1,350,000 modified transaction price) $600,000 revenue recognized to date] at the date
of the modification as a cumulative catch-up adjustment.
BC80 in ASU 2014-09 states that the Boards decided that an entity should recognize the effect of a
contract modification on a cumulative catch-up basis if the remaining goods and services are not distinct
and are part of a single performance obligation that is partially satisfied. The Boards further noted that this
approach is particularly relevant to the construction industry where a modification to a contract typically
does not result in the transfer of additional distinct goods or services.
In other words, the added goods or services may be capable of being distinct, but they are not distinct in
the context of the contract. Accordingly, the entity accounts for such modifications on a cumulative catch-
up basis.
Accounting for modifications that include goods or services that are distinct and
other goods or services that are not distinct
Entity A enters into a contract with Customer B to build and deliver customized equipment for
$2,000,000. The selling price is consistent with the stand-alone selling price of similar equipment sold
by Entity A. Entity A determines that the customized equipment is one performance obligation, which will
be recognized over time based on costs incurred. At the end of Year 1, Entity A has recognized 40
percent of the transaction price in revenue, or $800,000, based on the costs incurred to date relative to
the total estimated costs.
At the beginning of Year 2, Entity A and Customer B modify the contract to revise the specifications of
the customized equipment for an additional $500,000, as well as to add the delivery of 100 units of
Widget C for $300,000, increasing the transaction price by $800,000.
Entity A considers whether the changes in the specifications of the customized equipment are distinct
from the initial equipment, and concludes that the changes do not result in a distinct good and that the
services are sold at stand-alone selling price.
Entity A then determines that Widget C is distinct and that the widgets are sold at the stand-alone
selling price of $3,000 per unit. The widgets do not meet any of the over-time recognition criteria in
ASC 606-10-25-27; therefore, revenue is recognized at a point in time when control of the widgets
transfers to Customer B.
The modification of the contract results in a combination of goods that are distinct from the goods
transferred before the modification (Widget C) and goods that are not distinct from the goods transferred
before the modification (the modifications to the customized equipment). In accordance with ASC 606-
10-25-13.c, Entity A records a cumulative catch up adjustment for the customized equipment and will
recognize revenue on Widget C as control transfers.
The cumulative catch-up adjustment for the modification to the customized equipment performance
obligation is calculated as follows:
Modifications 278
Total transaction price allocated to customized equipment (original
transaction price of $2,000,000 + additional transaction price at
modification of $500,000)
$2,500,000
Management’s updated estimate of percent of contract completed
35%
Revenue that should be recognized to date
$875,000
Cumulative catch-up to be recorded ($875,000 revenue to date
$800,000 recognized before the modification)
$75,000
The remaining transaction price of $1,625,000 is recognized over time using the cost-incurred measure
of progress as the construction of the customized equipment is satisfied.
Because each unit of Widget C is a distinct good, revenue is recognized at the point in time when
control transfers for each unit ($3,000 per unit).
Reduction in contract scope or partial terminations
A reduction in a contract’s scope or a partial termination of a contract meets the definition of a contract
modification in ASC 606that is, a change in the scope or price (or both) of a contract. That said, a
reduction in a contract’s scope or partial termination of a contract can never meet the separate contract
criteria in ASC 606-10-25-12 because the scope of the contract must increase for a modification to be
accounted for as a separate contract.
Therefore, when an entity and customer agree to a reduction in the scope of a contract or a partial
termination, the entity applies the guidance in ASC 606-10-25-13. If the remaining goods or services are
distinct from the goods or services transferred on or before the date of the contract modification, the entity
accounts for the modification as if it were a termination of the existing contract and the creation of a new
contract, in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-13(a). If the remaining goods or services are not distinct
and, therefore, form part of a single performance obligation that is partially satisfied at the date of the
contract modification, the entity accounts for the modification as if it were a part of the existing contract
(that is, an adjustment to revenue on a cumulative catch-up basis).
Grant Thornton insight: When a modification results in the reduction of goods or
services provided
If a contract with a customer is modified and the promised goods or services have been reduced, we
believe that companies should consider whether the goods or services remaining in the modified
contract are distinct from those already delivered. When the remaining goods or services are distinct,
the modification should be treated as a termination of the original contract and the creation of a new
contract and accounted for prospectively. When the remaining goods and services are not distinct, the
modification results in a change to the original contract and is accounted for as a cumulative catch-up.
Modifications 279
Reduction in contract scope
On January 1, 20X8, Entity A enters into a contract with Customer B to provide a machine for $1 million
and one year of maintenance services for $10,000 per month. Entity A determines that the machine is
distinct and that the services constitute a series of distinct services that are substantially the same and
have the same pattern of transfer to the customer in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-15. Therefore,
Entity A accounts for the services as a single performance obligation that is satisfied over time. Entity A
determines that both the machine and services are priced at stand-alone selling prices. Entity A delivers
the machine on January 1, 20X8, transferring control of the machine at a point in time (when delivered
to the customer).
On September 30, 20X8, Entity A and Customer B agree to modify the contract to reduce the amount of
services that A will provide B for the rest of the contract, which results in a reduction of the contract price
from $10,000 per month to $6,000 per month.
Because the final three months of services are distinct from the services provided in the first nine
months of the contract, the modification is accounted for in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-13(a), and
Entity A accounts for the contract modification as if it were a termination of the existing contract and the
creation of a new contract. The amount of consideration allocated to the remaining performance
obligation (that is, the final three months of service) is $18,000, which is the sum of
The consideration promised by the customer (including amounts already received from the
customer) that was included in the estimate of the transaction price and had not yet been
recognized as revenue
The consideration promised as part of the contract modification
Reduction to stated contractual minimum quantities
On January 1, 20X8, Entity A enters into a contract with Customer B to provide a minimum of 100,000
widgets per year for five years at $100/widget. Entity A determines that each widget is a distinct
performance obligation and records revenue at the point in time when each widget is shipped (that is,
when control transfers to Customer B).
On March 31, 20X9, due to an economic downturn, Entity A and Customer B modify the contract to
reduce the minimum quantity from 100,000 widgets per year to 50,000 widgets per year at $100/widget
beginning with the year ended December 31, 20X9; 10,000 widgets had already been purchased during
the first three months of 20X9.
Because the remaining promised widgets are distinct from the widgets provided in the first 15 months of
the contract, the modification is prospectively accounted for as a termination of the prior contract and
the creation of a new contract under ASC 606-10-25-13(a). The amount of consideration allocated to
the remaining performance obligations (that is, the remaining 190,000 widgets) is $19,000,000
($39,000,000 + (20,000,000)), which is the sum of the following amounts:
The consideration promised by the customer (including amounts already received from the
customer) that was included in the estimate of the transaction price and had not yet been
Modifications 280
recognized as revenue (390,000 remaining widgets per original contract x $100/widget =
$39,000,000)
The consideration promised as part of the contract modification; because the scope of the contract
is reduced, this consideration is negative (50,000 reduced widgets/year x 4 remaining years x
$100/widget = ($20,000,000))
11. Contract costs
ASU 2014-09 added a new Subtopic to the Codification, ASC 340-40, to address the accounting for costs
incurred as part of obtaining or fulfilling a contract with a customer.
The guidance in this Subtopic applies to all costs to obtain a contract with a customer; however, before
applying the guidance for fulfillment costs in ASC 340-40, an entity should first consider whether the costs
are within the scope of another Topic or Subtopic within the Codification, including, but not limited to, the
following:
a. Consideration payable to a customer (ASC 606-10-32-25 through 32-27)
b. Inventory (ASC 330)
c. Preproduction costs related to long-term supply arrangements (ASC 340-10-25-1 through 25-4)
d. Internal-use software (ASC 350-40)
e. Property, plant, and equipment (ASC 360)
f. Costs of software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed (ASC 985-20)
In other words, if the costs are within the scope of another Codification Topic or Subtopic, the entity would
not look to ASC 340-40 to determine how to account for those costs.
ASC 340-40-15-2
The guidance in this Subtopic applies to the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer
within the scope of Topic 606 on revenue from contracts with customers (excluding any consideration
payable to a customer, see paragraphs 606-10-32-25 through 32-27).
ASC 340-40-15-3
The guidance in this Subtopic applies to the costs incurred in fulfilling a contract with a customer within
the scope of Topic 606 on revenue from contracts with customers, unless the costs are within the
scope of another Topic or Subtopic, including, but not limited to, any of the following:
a. Topic 330 on inventory
b. Paragraphs 340-10-25-1 through 25-4 on preproduction costs related to long-term supply
arrangements
c. Subtopic 350-40 on internal-use software
d. Topic 360 on property, plant, and equipment
e. Subtopic 985-20 on costs of software to be sold, leased, or otherwise marketed.
Contract costs 282
At the crossroads: Impact of the new cost guidance
Legacy GAAP provided little guidance on the accounting for costs related to revenue arrangements,
with the exception of guidance on separately-priced extended warranties, construction contracts, and
inventory. As a result, with regard to obtaining a contract, some companies have historically capitalized
certain costs by analogizing to guidance that requires capitalization, while other entities have elected to
expense direct and incremental costs associated with obtaining a revenue contract, leading to diversity
in practice.
With the issuance of ASU 2014-09, which creates ASC 340-40, entities now have a consistent
framework to account for contract costs. The end result is a significant change in practice for some
entities, especially related to costs to obtain a contract, due to the new guidance requiring capitalization
of most incremental costs incurred in obtaining a contract.
In addition, the new guidance on fulfillment costs may result in a change in how some entities account
for preproduction and similar costs.
11.1 Costs to obtain a contract
If the requirements of ASC 340-40 to capitalize costs to obtain a contract are met, such accounting is not
optional. In other words, the entity does not have an accounting policy election to capitalize or expense
costs. The only exception is the practical expedient related to costs with an amortization period of one
year or less as discussed below. The following diagram illustrates the guidance in ASC 340-40 on how to
account for costs to obtain a contract.
Figure 11.1: Incremental costs to obtain a contract
N
N
Y
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Are the costs incremental?
Does the entity expect to
recover the costs?
Is the amortization period of
the asset that the entity would
recognize one year or less?
May elect to use the practical
expedient (to expense the
costs) or capitalize the costs.
Are the costs reimbursable
regardless of whether the
contract is obtained?
Capitalize the costs as
incremental costs of
obtaining the contract.
Expense the costs as
incurred.
Contract costs 283
Entities may incur various costs to obtain or acquire a contract with a customer, including, but not limited
to, legal fees, advertising expenses, travel expenses, and salespersons’ salaries and commissions. Once
an entity has determined that costs incurred relate to a specific contract with a customer, it should then
determine if the costs meet the conditions in ASC 340-40-25-1 through 25-3 for capitalization.
Incremental costs to obtain a contract that an entity expects to recover should be capitalized, while costs
to obtain a contract that do not qualify for capitalization should be expensed as incurred.
ASC 340-40-25-1
An entity shall recognize as an asset the incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer if
the entity expects to recover those costs.
ASC 340-40-25-2
The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that an entity incurs to obtain a contract
with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained (for example, a
sales commission).
ASC 340-40-25-3
Costs to obtain a contract that would have been incurred regardless of whether the contract was
obtained shall be recognized as an expense when incurred, unless those costs are explicitly
chargeable to the customer regardless of whether the contract is obtained.
Under ASC 340-40, an entity capitalizes the incremental costs of obtaining a contract only if it expects to
recover those costs. An entity can expect to recover the costs if they are either directly reimbursable
under the contract or reimbursable through the expected margin included in the contract.
The test to determine if a cost is incremental is to ask whether the entity would have incurred the cost had
one or both of the parties decided to walk away just before signing the arrangement. In this context, any
legal costs (for example, to draft or negotiate the contract) or salaries for salespeople would be incurred
regardless of whether the contract is finalized. Therefore, these costs are not incremental. On the other
hand, a commission paid only upon the successful signing of the contract would be incremental and
should be capitalized.
The following table examines common costs incurred when entering into a contract with a customer and
the accounting treatment for those costs.
Contract costs 284
Figure 11.2: Evaluating costs to obtain a contract
Cost
Capitalize
or expense
Reason
Commission paid only
upon successful signing
of a contract
Capitalize
Assuming the entity expects to recover the
cost, the commission is incremental since
it would not have been paid if the parties
decided not to enter into the arrangement
just before signing.
Travel expenses for
salespersons pitching a
new client contract
Expense
Because the costs are incurred regardless
of whether the new contract is won or lost,
the entity expenses the costs, unless they
are expressly reimbursable.
Legal fees for drafting
terms of arrangement for
parties to approve and sign
Expense
If the parties walk away during
negotiations, the costs would still be
incurred and therefore are not incremental
costs of obtaining the contract.
Salaries for salespeople
working exclusively on
obtaining new clients
Expense
The salaries are incurred regardless of
whether contracts are won or lost and
therefore are not incremental costs to
obtain the contract.
Bonus based on quarterly
sales target
Capitalize
Bonuses based solely on sales are
incremental costs to obtain a contract.
Commission paid to sales
manager based on contracts
obtained by the sales
manager’s local employees
Capitalize
The commissions are incremental costs
that would not have been incurred had the
entity not obtained the contract.
ASC 340-40 does not differentiate costs
based on the function or title of the
employee that receives the commission.
Example 1 from ASC 340-40 evaluates various costs incurred by a consulting entity in winning a bid for a
new customer.
Example 1Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract
ASC 340-40-55-2
An entity, a provider of consulting services, wins a competitive bid to provide consulting services to a
new customer. The entity incurred the following costs to obtain the contract:
Contract costs 285
External legal fees for due diligence
$15,000
Travel costs to deliver proposal
25,000
Commissions to sales employees
10,000
Total costs incurred
$50,000
ASC 340-40-55-3
In accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-1, the entity recognizes an asset for the $10,000 incremental
costs of obtaining the contract arising from the commissions to sales employees because the entity
expects to recover those costs through future fees for the consulting services. The entity also pays
discretionary annual bonuses to sales supervisors based on annual sales targets, overall profitability of
the entity, and individual performance evaluations. In accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-1, the
entity does not recognize an asset for the bonuses paid to sales supervisors because the bonuses are
not incremental to obtaining a contract. The amounts are discretionary and are based on other factors,
including the profitability of the entity and the individuals’ performance. The bonuses are not directly
attributable to identifiable contracts.
ASC 340-40-55-4
The entity observes that the external legal fees and travel costs would have been incurred regardless
of whether the contract was obtained. Therefore, in accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-3, those
costs are recognized as expenses when incurred, unless they are within the scope of another Topic, in
which case, the guidance in that Topic applies.
Practical expedient
When capitalization is otherwise required under ASC 340-40, an entity may elect to use a practical
expedient to expense the incremental costs of obtaining a contract if the amortization period of the asset
that the entity would otherwise have recognized is one year or less.
ASC 340-40-25-4
As a practical expedient, an entity may recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an
expense when incurred if the amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have
recognized is one year or less.
This does not mean, however, that an entity can default to the practical expedient if the initial contract
term is one year or less. In some situations, the amortization period may be longer than the initial contract
term. An entity needs to consider the impact of anticipated contract renewals and amendments when
determining if the amortization period is one year or less.
The following example demonstrates a situation where an entity concludes that the practical expedient
does not apply even though the initial contract term is only one year.
Contract costs 286
Initial contract term is one year but practical expedient does not apply
A professional services firm awards an employee with a 5 percent commission for obtaining a one-year
contract with a customer and pays a commission on renewal of that contract that is not commensurate
with the commission paid on the initial contract (say, only 2 percent). The entity determines that the
amortization period for the original commission would be longer than the initial contract term because
the customer is expected to renew and the renewal commission is not commensurate with the
commission on the initial contract, thus, the contract does not qualify for the practical expedient.
For more information on determining the appropriate amortization period, including issues related to
renewals, see Section 11.4.
Commissions
As illustrated in Example 1 in ASC 340-40 above, a sales commission is often cited as an example of an
incremental cost to obtain a contract provided in the new cost guidance. The TRG discussed various
aspects of commission arrangements in multiple meetings. At the TRG meeting in January 2015, rather
than focusing on the specific questions submitted by stakeholders, the TRG focused on when an entity
should apply the guidance in ASC 340-40.
TRG area of general agreement: A closer look at commission arrangements
At the January 2015 meeting,
92
the TRG focused on the cost capitalization principle in ASC 340-40 and
reached general agreement that the appropriate time to evaluate the costs is when a related liability is
incurred. TRG members also emphasized that the new revenue standard does not change the existing
liability guidance, and that an entity should refer to other applicable standards to determine when to
recognize the liability for the commission (for example, employee compensation guidance).
Once an entity concludes that it should recognize a liability for costs incurred in accordance with the
applicable liability guidance, it should refer to the guidance in ASC 340-40 to determine whether to
capitalize or expense the related cost.
While it may be rather straightforward to apply the guidance on incremental costs to obtain a contract for
a fixed commission under a contract (say, $100 per new contract obtained) or a fixed percentage of the
new contract’s stated value (say, 5 percent of the sale), some entities have less straightforward
commission terms. The U.S. members of the TRG discussed numerous questions about commission
structures in 2016.
92
Paper 23, Incremental costs of obtaining a contract.
Contract costs 287
TRG area of general agreement: Evaluating various commission arrangements
At the November 2016 TRG meeting,
93
the U.S. members of the TRG discussed the following
examples of evaluating different types of sales commissions in contracts with customers.
Example 1: Timing of the commission payment
An entity pays an employee a 4 percent sales commission on all of the employee’s signed
contracts with customers. For cash flow management, the entity pays the employee half of the
commission (2 percent of the total contract value) upon completion of the sale, and the
remaining half of the commission (2 percent of the total contract value) six months later. The
employee is entitled to the unpaid commission, even if the employee is no longer employed by
the entity when payment is due. An employee makes a sale of $50,000 at the beginning of
year one.
The entity capitalizes the entire commission of $2,000 because the commission is an incremental cost
that relates specifically to the signed contract and the employee is entitled to the unpaid commission.
The timing of the payment does not impact whether the costs would have been incurred if the contract
had not been obtained.
Example 2: Commissions paid to different levels of employees
An entity’s salesperson receives a 10 percent sales commission on each contract obtained. In
addition, the following employees of the entity receive sales commissions on each signed
contract negotiated by the salesperson: 5 percent to the manager and 3 percent to the regional
manager.
The entity capitalizes all of the commissions because the costs are incremental and would not have
been incurred had the entity not obtained the contract. The new guidance does not differentiate based
on the function or title of the employee that receives the commission.
Example 3: Commission payments subject to a threshold
An entity has a commission program that increases the amount of commission a sales person
receives based on how many contracts the salesperson has obtained during an annual period.
The breakdown is as follows:
Contract number
Commission
0-9
0%
10-19
2% of value of contracts 1-19
20+
5% of value of contracts 1-
20+
Even though the entity’s program is based on a pool of contracts (and not directly attributable to a
specific contract), the commissions would not have been incurred if the entity had not obtained the
93
Paper 57, Capitalization and Amortization of Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract.
Contract costs 288
contracts with those customers. Therefore, when an entity recognizes a liability, it should also
recognize a corresponding asset for the commissions. The entity should apply guidance other than
ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 to determine when a liability for the commission payments should be
recognized.
Some entities’ compensation structures may condition commission or bonus payments on factors in
addition to signing a new contract or meeting an overall threshold of new contracts. For example, an
entity may retain half of a sales commission related to a new contract and delay the payment of the
retained half until certain events have occurred, such as the salesperson’s continued employment for a
specified period of time. If the other factors are substantive inputs to the determination of whether the
commission is paid, the commission may not be an incremental cost of obtaining a contract because the
other conditions are required to be met in order for the amount to be paid.
Continuing with Example 1 in the TRG discussion above, consider an alternative fact pattern where the
employee must be employed by the entity six months after the initial sale in order to be entitled to the
second half of the sales commission. In this situation, the entity conditions the payment of the second half
of the commission to encourage retention of its salesperson. Because the second payment is conditioned
on an input other than the passage of time, the entity must determine whether the employment condition
is substantive. If the entity concludes that the employment condition is substantive, the second half of the
commission would not be an incremental cost of obtaining the contract.
Accounting for commissions when a contract modification is not accounted for as a new
contract
Many entities also pay commissions when customer arrangements are expanded, for example, to include
additional goods or services. Under ASC 606, not all contract modifications are considered new contracts
for accounting purposes. Accordingly, some entities have questioned whether commissions related to a
contract modification that is not accounted for as a new contract should be capitalized given that the
contract already existed and the commission is not a cost to obtain a new contract. The TRG addressed
this issue in January 2015.
TRG area of general agreement: Commission earned when contract modification is not
a new contract for accounting purposes
At the January 2015 meeting,
94
the TRG discussed the following example:
An entity pays a salesperson a commission based on the initial contract price. This initial
commission is considered incremental and is capitalized.
Later, the customer modifies the contract to purchase additional goods. This modification is not
accounted for as a separate contract in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-12. The salesperson
is paid an additional commission based on the increase in the contract price.
The TRG noted that while the contract modification is not accounted for as a separate contract, the
increase in the contract price results in a cost (the second commission), which is an incremental cost of
obtaining the modified contract, and should be capitalized. The TRG noted that this would be true
whether the contract modification is accounted for as if it were a termination of the existing contract and
94
TRG Paper 23, Incremental costs of obtaining a contract.
Contract costs 289
the creation of a new contract in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-13(a), or as if it were part of the
existing contract in accordance with ASC 606-10-25-13(b).
11.2 Costs to fulfil a contract
In addition to guidance on accounting for costs to obtain a contract, ASC 340-40 also contains guidance
on accounting for costs to fulfill a contract. Under that guidance, certain costs give rise to an asset while
other costs are expensed as incurred. Before evaluating whether a cost incurred in fulfilling a contract
with a customer gives rise to an asset under ASC 340-40, an entity should first evaluate whether the cost
is within the scope of another ASC Topic or Subtopic, in which case, the entity would apply the guidance
in that other Topic.
An entity does not have a policy election to expense or capitalize costs to fulfill a contract if the
capitalization criteria are met, as discussed below.
ASC 340-40-25-6
For costs incurred in fulfilling a contract with a customer that are within the scope of another Topic (for
example, Topic 330 on inventory; paragraphs 340-10-25-1 through 25-4 on preproduction costs related
to long-term supply arrangements; Subtopic 350-40 on internal-use software; Topic 360 on property,
plant, and equipment; or Subtopic 985-20 on costs of software to be sold, leased, or otherwise
marketed), an entity shall account for those costs in accordance with those other Topics or Subtopics.
Under ASC 340-40, an entity should recognize an asset for contract fulfillment costs if they meet all of the
following conditions:
Relate directly to a contract or to an anticipated contract
Generate or enhance resources of the entity that will be used in satisfying performance obligations in
the future
Are expected to be recovered
ASC 340-40-25-5
An entity shall recognize an asset from the costs incurred to fulfill a contract only if those costs meet all
of the following criteria:
a. The costs relate directly to a contract or to an anticipated contract that the entity can specifically
identify (for example, costs relating to services to be provided under renewal of an existing contract
or costs of designing an asset to be transferred under a specific contract that has not yet been
approved).
b. The costs generate or enhance resources of the entity that will be used in satisfying (or in
continuing to satisfy) performance obligations in the future.
Contract costs 290
c. The costs are expected to be recovered.
The following diagram shows how to account for costs incurred in fulfilling a contract with a customer
under ASC 340-40.
Figure 11.3: Costs to fulfill a contract
The guidance in ASC 340-40-25-7 and 25-8 provide examples of the types of costs that relate directly to
a contract, as well as costs that should be expensed as incurred.
For instance, direct labor, direct materials, directly allocable costs, and reimbursable costs qualify as
costs that directly relate to the contract and should therefore be evaluated under the guidance in
ASC 340-40 to determine if they should be capitalized.
On the other hand, overhead, wasted resources, and costs that relate to satisfied or partially satisfied
performance obligations must be expensed as incurred. In other words, costs that relate to past
performance must be expensed. When an entity cannot determine whether costs relate to satisfied or
unsatisfied performance obligations, it should expense those costs.
ASC 340-40-25-7
Costs that relate directly to a contract (or a specific anticipated contract) include any of the following:
a. Direct labor (for example, salaries and wages of employees who provide the promised services
directly to the customer)
b. Direct materials (for example, supplies used in providing the promised services to a customer)
Are the costs incurred covered under another Topic/Subtopic
(for example ASC 330, Inventory)?
Account for the costs in
accordance with that
Topic/Subtopic.
Are all of the following conditions met?
1. The costs relate directly to a contract.
2. The costs generate or enhance resources of the entity
that will be used to satisfy performance obligations in the
future.
3. The entity expects to recover the costs.
Recognize an asset for
such costs.
Y
N
Expense costs as
incurred.
Y
N
Contract costs 291
c. Allocations of costs that relate directly to the contract or to contract activities (for example, costs of
contract management and supervision, insurance, and depreciation of tools and equipment used in
fulfilling the contract)
d. Costs that are explicitly chargeable to the customer under the contract
e. Other costs that are incurred only because an entity entered into the contract (for example,
payments to subcontractors).
ASC 340-40-25-8
An entity shall recognize the following costs as expenses when incurred:
a. General and administrative costs (unless those costs are explicitly chargeable to the customer
under the contract, in which case an entity shall evaluate those costs in accordance with paragraph
340-40-25-7)
b. Costs of wasted materials, labor, or other resources to fulfill the contract that were not reflected in
the price of the contract
c. Costs that relate to satisfied performance obligations (or partially satisfied performance obligations)
in the contract (that is, costs that relate to past performance)
d. Costs for which an entity cannot distinguish whether the costs relate to unsatisfied performance
obligations or to satisfied performance obligations (or partially satisfied performance obligations).
Example 2 in ASC 340-40 evaluates both incremental costs to obtain a contract and costs to fulfill a
contract.
Example 2Costs That Give Rise to an Asset
ASC 340-40-55-5
An entity enters into a service contract to manage a customer’s information technology data center for
five years. The contract is renewable for subsequent one-year periods. The average customer term is
seven years. The entity pays an employee a $10,000 sales commission upon the customer signing the
contract. Before providing the services, the entity designs and builds a technology platform for the
entity’s internal use that interfaces with the customer’s systems. That platform is not transferred to the
customer but will be used to deliver services to the customer.
Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract
ASC 340-40-55-6
In accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-1, the entity recognizes an asset for the $10,000 incremental
costs of obtaining the contract for the sales commission because the entity expects to recover those
costs through future fees for the services to be provided. The entity amortizes the asset over seven
years in accordance with paragraph 340-40-35-1 because the asset relates to the services transferred
to the customer during the contract term of five years and the entity anticipates that the contract will be
renewed for two subsequent one-year periods.
Contract costs 292
Loss leader sales
Sometimes an entity sells a good or service at a loss because it expects to make a profit on the
subsequent sale of other goods or services to the same customer, resulting in an overall profitable
contract. Questions have arisen as to how to account for the costs in a loss leader contract. In many
cases, when a product has been delivered, the costs associated with the product are accounted for in
accordance with ASC 330, and, accordingly, the costs would be included in cost of sales. Further,
ASC 340-40-25-8(c) requires an entity to expense costs that relate to satisfied or partially satisfied
performance obligations in the contract. Therefore, when an entity transfers control of a good or service
that is distinct at a loss, the entity should recognize the loss. The TRG discussed loss contracts, as
summarized below.
Costs to Fulfill a Contract
ASC 340-40-55-7
The initial costs incurred to set up the technology platform are as follows:
Design services
$ 40,000
Hardware
120,000
Software
90,000
Migration and testing of data center
100,000
Total costs
$ 350,000
ASC 340-40-55-8
The initial setup costs relate primarily to activities to fulfill the contract but do not transfer goods or
services to the customer. The entity accounts for the initial setup costs as follows:
a. Hardware costsaccounted for in accordance with Topic 360 on property, plant, and equipment
b. Software costsaccounted for in accordance with Subtopic 350-40 on internal-use software
c. Costs of the design, migration, and testing of the data centerassessed in accordance with
paragraph 340-40-25-5 to determine whether an asset can be recognized for the costs to fulfill the
contract. Any resulting asset would be amortized on a systematic basis over the seven-year period
(that is, the five-year contract term and two anticipated one-year renewal periods) that the entity
expects to provide services related to the data center.
ASC 340-40-55-9
In addition to the initial costs to set up the technology platform, the entity also assigns two employees
who are primarily responsible for providing the service to the customer. Although the costs for these two
employees are incurred as part of providing the service to the customer, the entity concludes that the
costs do not generate or enhance resources of the entity (see paragraph 340-40-25-5(b)). Therefore,
the costs do not meet the criteria in paragraph 340-40-25-5 and cannot be recognized as an asset using
this Topic. In accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-8, the entity recognizes the payroll expense for
these two employees when incurred.
Contract costs 293
TRG area of general agreement: Loss contracts
The TRG discussed the following fact pattern at its November 2015 meeting
95
:
An entity enters into an exclusive contract with a customer to sell equipment and consumable
parts for the equipment and determines that both the equipment and parts are distinct. The
equipment does not function without the consumable part, but the customer could resell the
equipment. The stand-alone selling price of the equipment is $10,000 and the stand-alone
selling price of the part is $100. The cost of the equipment and each part is $8,000 and $60,
respectively. The entity sells the equipment for $6,000 (a 40 percent discount from the stand-
alone selling price), with a contractual option to purchase each part for $100. There are no
contract minimums, but the entity is virtually certain that the customer will purchase 200 parts
over the next two years.
ASC 340-40-25-6 says that costs incurred in fulfilling a contract with a customer that are within the
scope of another Topic should be accounted for in accordance with that Topic. In this case, ASC 330
on inventory applies, so the entity expenses the cost of the equipment when it sells the equipment. As
discussed in Step 2, items that, as a matter of law, are optional from the customer’s perspective are not
promised goods or services in the contract. Therefore, it would not be appropriate for the entity to defer
any element of the cost to reflect its expectation that the customer will purchase consumables in the
future. In this example, the transaction price is $6,000, which is entirely attributable to the equipment,
and the entity would recognize a loss of $2,000 when it transfers control of the equipment to the
customer.
11.3 Preproduction activities
Some long-term supply arrangements require an entity to undertake efforts up front to mobilize equipment
or design new technology or equipment, which are referred to as preproduction activities. Preproduction
activities are often necessary before delivering any units under a manufacturing contract.
Preproduction costs
An entity must first determine the scope of the preproduction costs. Legacy guidance now superseded in
ASC 605-35 included prescriptive cost guidance for pre-contract costs associated with long-term
construction and production-type contracts, such as mobilization costs, learning costs, and costs to
purchase production equipment. Continuing guidance in ASC 340-10 provides guidance on preproduction
costs related to long-term supply arrangements, such as design and development costs for molds, dies,
and other tools.
The TRG discussed the scope of preproduction costs at the November 2015 meeting.
96
Generally,
preproduction costs fall in one of the following three categories:
Entities that previously applied the guidance in ASC 605-35 should instead apply ASC 340-40 to
those costs because ASU 2014-09 supersedes the pre-contract guidance in ASC 605-35.
Entities that previously applied the guidance in ASC 340-10 should continue to apply ASC 340-10 to
costs within its scope because this guidance is not superseded by ASC 606.
95
Paper 48, Customer options for additional goods and services.
96
Paper 46, Pre-Production Activities.
Contract costs 294
Entities that have been applying guidance in ASC 340-10 or other standards by analogy should revisit
the scope of that guidance and determine if their accounting conclusions remain appropriate.
Determining the nature of preproduction activities
If preproduction activities are within the scope of ASC 606, the entity next must determine whether the
preproduction activities are a promised good or service or a fulfillment activity, a determination that
impacts the timing of revenue recognition. If the preproduction activities are a promised good or service in
the contract and constitute a separate performance obligation, the entity would then determine the best
measure of progress to reflect the transfer of control of that good or service to the customer, and would
recognize revenue accordingly. If the preproduction activities are a promised good or service in the
contract that are bundled with other promises into a single performance obligation, the entity would
consider the activities when measuring its progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance
obligation.
However, if a preproduction activity is not a promised good or service in a contract with a customer, then
the costs should be accounted for as fulfillment costs (see Section 11.2).
ASC 606-10-25-17
Promised goods or services do not include activities that an entity must undertake to fulfill a contract
unless those activities transfer a good or service to a customer. For example, a services provider may
need to perform various administrative tasks to set up a contract. The performance of those tasks does
not transfer a service to the customer as the tasks are performed. Therefore, those setup activities are
not promised goods or services in the contract with the customer.
TRG Paper 46, Pre-Production Activities, provides the following factors for an entity to consider when
determining whether the activities constitute a promised good or service in the contract:
The nature of the promise to the customer: In other words, are the preproduction activities a promised
service, or are they activities that the entity must undertake to fulfill a contract to transfer the ultimate
promised good or service?
Whether control is transferred: Revenue should depict the transfer of promised goods and services.
For example, if an entity performs engineering services as part of developing a new product for the
customer and the customer will own the intellectual property that results from those activities, then the
entity would likely conclude that it transfers control of the intellectual property to the customer.
Whether another entity would need to re-perform the work to date: This can be a secondary criterion
in assessing whether control is transferred during the preproduction period.
If preproduction activities transfer control of a good or service to the customer and are bundled with other
promises into a single performance obligation that is satisfied over time, the entity would identify an
appropriate measure of progress and recognize revenue accordingly.
Contract costs 295
Grant Thornton insight: Evaluating preproduction costs
When an entity considers which, if any, preproduction activities to include in the measure of progress to
reflect the transfer of control in over-time revenue recognition, it should only include goods and
services that transfer to the customer. An entity might determine that a preproduction cost should be
included in the measure of progress, based on the circumstances of the arrangement. However, if the
entity incurs a significant amount of costs near the start of the arrangement and the activities related to
those costs do not transfer a good or a service to the customer, then the entity should consider the
guidance on items to exclude from the measure of progress when using a cost-based input method
(see Section 7.1.2). Application of that guidance requires an entity to consider whether the costs for
certain activities should be excluded from the measure of progress (because their inclusion is not
representative of progress toward satisfying a performance obligation) or whether an input method
should be adjusted to recognize revenue only to the extent of the cost incurred.
Preproduction arrangements
Preproduction arrangements generally require an entity to undertake activities before production of a
good, and the customer to pay for those activities through either an upfront payment or as part of the cost
per unit when, or if, the goods are produced. Under ASC 605 these activities were typically considered
either a service deliverable or a nonrevenue arrangement. In a 2017 speech, staff from the SEC’s Office
of the Chief Accountant (OCA) noted
97
these historical determinations could impact how an entity
approaches its accounting analysis of these arrangements under ASC 606, including whether any related
consideration received is included in the transaction price.
At the crossroads: Preproduction arrangements
Registrants that have treated preproduction activities as a service deliverable under legacy GAAP must
now evaluate the activities to determine whether they qualify as a performance obligation under the
new revenue guidance. OCA staff noted that this might result in a registrant concluding that a service
deliverable under legacy GAAP is not considered a performance obligation under ASC 606. In one
prefiling consultation evaluated by the OCA staff, a registrant determined that a preproduction
arrangement for the design of a specialized good did not transfer control of a good or service to the
customer. In arriving at this conclusion, the registrant considered that the information provided to the
customer during the design process would not be sufficient to avoid reperformance of the completed
design work if the customer were to select a different manufacturer, which indicates that the customer
does not obtain control of the design work. The staff did not object to the registrant’s determination that
the preproduction design activities should be accounted for as research and development expenses
and that the payments received should be considered an advance payment for the future sale of the
specialized goods. The staff also noted that this would not be considered a voluntary change in
accounting principle under ASC 250 and is instead an application of the transition guidance under
ASC 606, because the registrant began its analysis under the revenue guidance, consistent with its
policy under ASC 605, and applied reasonable judgment to reach its conclusion under ASC 606.
97
Refer to SEC staff’s comments, Remarks before the 2017 AICPA Conference on Current SEC and
PCAOB Developments.
Contract costs 296
For registrants that have considered preproduction a nonrevenue arrangement (for example, research
and development, fulfillment activities with the consideration received from the customer accounted for
as an advance payment for goods, or a contra-expense under a cost reimbursement model), OCA staff
noted that they would not object to those registrants continuing to apply their historical nonrevenue
model when they transition to ASC 606. However, registrants applying a nonrevenue model that are
considering making changes to that nonrevenue model or applying a revenue model under ASC 606
are encouraged to first consult with the staff. Private entities may also consider the OCA guidance in
evaluating preproduction arrangements.
11.4 Amortization of contract costs
Under ASC 340-40, an entity amortizes capitalized contract costs on a systematic basis consistent with
the pattern of transferring the goods or services related to those costs. If an entity identifies a significant
change to the expected pattern of transfer, it should update the amortization to reflect that estimated
change in accordance with ASC 250.
ASC 340-40-35-1
An asset recognized in accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-1 or 340-40-25-5 shall be amortized on
a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which
the asset relates. The asset may relate to goods or services to be transferred under a specific
anticipated contract (as described in paragraph 340-40-25-5(a)).
ASC 340-40-35-2
An entity shall update the amortization to reflect a significant change in the entity’s expected timing of
transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the asset relates. Such a change shall be
accounted for as a change in accounting estimate in accordance with Subtopic 250-10 on accounting
changes and error corrections.
Estimating the amortization period for capitalized incremental costs is analogous to estimating the
amortization or depreciation period for other intangible and tangible assets. Both processes are subjective
and require judgment. In some circumstances, the amortization period could be longer than the initial
contract term if the costs also relate to an anticipated future contract.
In paragraph BC309 of ASU 2014-09, the Boards indicated that amortizing capitalized commissions over
a period that is longer than the initial contract term is not appropriate if an entity pays a commission on
renewing a contract that is commensurate with the commission paid when obtaining the original contract.
The TRG discussed what the Boards meant by “commensurate with” at its November 2016 meeting,
which has implications for determining the amortization period and for whether an entity can use the
practical expedient discussed in Section 11.1.
Contract costs 297
TRG area of general agreement: Does ‘commensurate with’ mean level of effort, or
is it a quantitative assessment only?
At the November 2016 meeting,
98
the U.S. TRG members generally agreed that capitalized
commissions should be amortized over a period that is longer than the initial contract term if the
contract includes a renewal option, if history supports that the contract will be renewed, and if there is
no commission paid for the renewal or the renewal commission is not commensurate with the
commission paid on the initial contract.
When evaluating whether a commission paid for renewing a contract is “commensurate with” the
commission paid for obtaining the original contract, the TRG agreed that the assessment is not based
on the level of effort required to obtain the initial contract and to renew it. Rather, an entity should
determine if the commission relates only to the initial contract or if it also relates to goods or services to
be provided under future anticipated contracts.
Paper 23, Incremental costs of obtaining a contract, indicates that it would be reasonable for an entity
to conclude that a renewal commission is “commensurate with” an initial commission if the two
commissions are reasonably proportional to the respective contract value (for example, 5 percent of
the contract value is paid for both the initial and the renewal contract). Conversely, it would be
reasonable to conclude that a renewal commission is not commensurate with an initial commission if it
is disproportionate to the initial commission (for example, 6 percent of the contract value is paid on the
initial contract and 2 percent is paid for renewals).
Therefore, if an entity pays a lower commission for contract renewals than it does for an initial
contract, the amortization period would exceed one year and the practical expedient discussed in
Section 11.1 would not apply to the contract.
The TRG also discussed what the appropriate amortization period would be if an entity determines that
the amortization period for capitalized incremental costs is longer than the initial contract term because
the costs also relate to an anticipated future contract.
TRG area of general agreement: Should customer life be the default amortization period
for costs to obtain a contract?
In November 2016,
99
the U.S. TRG members agreed that estimating the amortization period for
capitalized incremental costs is analogous to estimating the amortization or depreciation period for
other intangible and tangible assets, which is a subjective determination that requires judgment. While
the particular facts and circumstances of the contract may indicate that an amortization period equal to
the average customer life is a reasonable application of the guidance, the TRG agreed that the new
guidance does not require using, nor should entities default to using, the average customer life when
determining the amortization period for costs to obtain a contract.
98
TRG Paper 57, Capitalization and Amortization of Incremental Costs of Obtaining a Contract.
99
Ibid.
Contract costs 298
Grant Thornton insight: Determining the amortization period
When an entity determines that the commission on the renewal contract is not commensurate with the
commission on the initial contract, it must evaluate the facts and circumstances and apply judgment to
determine the amortization period. As noted above, the TRG generally agreed with the staff paper that
the standard does not require an entity to amortize the asset over the average customer life, rather the
entity should determine the goods or services to which the asset relates, which may include the goods
or services in both the initial contract as well as anticipated renewal contracts. In some circumstances,
this evaluation may lead an entity to conclude that the appropriate amortization period is the average
customer life. However, in other cases, for example when an entity enjoys long-term relationships with
its customers such that its average customer life is in excess of 15 years, the entity will need to look to
other factors to determine the appropriate amortization period.
Under ASC 340-40-35-1, an asset recognized for costs of obtaining a contract is to be amortized on a
systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which
the asset relates. In circumstances such as the example of an entity whose average customer life
exceeds 15 years, the entity might conclude that a commission paid 15 years ago has little to no
relationship to the goods or services provided today. Said another way, one consideration in
determining the amortization period is the expected life of the goods or services. This could include, for
example, consideration of the product or service offering life cycle. That is, at what point in the future
would the entity expect that product or service offerings have fundamentally changed based on
technology or other attributes such that the commission paid in the past no longer reasonably relates to
the customer’s ongoing purchases, even if those future products or services continue to be of similar
benefit to the customer.
The following example highlights factors an entity might consider to develop a methodology to amortize
capitalized contract costs on a systematic basis consistent with the pattern of transferring the goods or
services related to those costs.
Amortization of capitalized sales commission
Smith Company enters into a contract with a customer to provide Service A for five years. When the
initial contract is executed, Smith Company pays its employee a 10 percent commission. Smith’s current
commission structure also includes a 5 percent commission upon contract renewal. Smith expects the
customer to renew the services and considers that its average customer life exceeds 15 years.
Smith Company operates in an industry that is susceptible to changes in technology and consumer
preferences, and anticipates that within the next five to eight years, Service A will be replaced by Smith
Company’s next generation offering. In addition, Smith Company also reviews its commission plans with
an external compensation consultant every three years to ensure its compensation practices are
competitive and in-line with the market. The next review will be completed in two years.
In determining the appropriate amortization period for the initial commission, Smith Company first
considers whether the expected renewal commission is commensurate with the initial commission.
While it is possible the renewal commission percentage will change as a result of the next compensation
policy review, Smith Company concludes that the best information available at the time the contract is
entered into is the current commission plan.
Contract costs 299
Smith Company also determines that under the current commission plan, the commission on the
renewal contract is not commensurate with the commission on the initial contract because the two
commissions are not reasonably proportional to the contract value: The initial 10 percent commission is
twice the proportion of the contract value compared to the 5 percent renewal commission. Because the
contract is expected to be renewed and the expected renewal commission is not commensurate with
the initial commission, the initial commission relates to services that will be transferred to the customer
over a period that is longer than the initial five-year term.
Although Smith Company’s average customer life is 15 years, the service related to the commission is
expected to have a remaining life of five to eight years. Therefore, selecting an amortization period
equal to the average customer life would be inconsistent with the transfer of control of the SaaS service
to the customer.
Smith Company selects an amortization period for the initial commission of 7.5 years, which is its best
estimate of the period that the customer will benefit from Service A.
Entities will need to ensure they have the appropriate processes and controls in place to identify and
account for changes in the expected pattern of transfer of the good or service to which capitalized
contract costs relates. ASC 340-40-35-2 indicates that entities should update the amortization to reflect a
significant change in the expected timing of transfer to the customer of the good or service to which the
asset relates.
Change in amortization period for capitalized sales commission
Consider the same facts outlined in the previous example.
Two years after Smith Company enters into the initial contract with its customer for Service A, it
completes the periodic review of its compensation practices and changes the commission on contract
renewals so that it equals the 10 percent commission earned on initial contracts, consistent with industry
practice.
Smith Company considers whether the increase in the expected renewal commission impacts the
amortization period selected for the initial commission asset. Because the expected renewal
commission and the initial commission are now both 10 percent of the contract price, Smith Company
considers whether the initial and renewal commission are commensurate. Smith concludes that the
initial contract asset does not relate to periods beyond the initial contract term and that it would be
inappropriate to amortize the initial commission over a period that is longer than the initial contract term.
Smith Company follows the guidance in ASC 250 related to changes in accounting estimates to
recognize an adjustment in the amortization to date.
The TRG also discussed
100
factors to consider to determine an appropriate method of amortization for a
contract asset that relates to multiple performance obligations that an entity satisfies at or during different
time periods.
100
TRG Paper 23, Incremental costs of obtaining a contract.
Contract costs 300
Single commission for multiple performance obligations
Smith Company enters into a contract with a customer for Good A and Service B. Control of Good A is
transferred to the customer on day one of the contract, while Service B will be performed over the two-
year contract period. Smith Company pays its salesperson a commission for obtaining the contract and
determines that the commission is an incremental cost to obtaining the contract under ASC 340-40. The
commission relates to both Good A and Service B.
The transaction price is $1,000 and the commission is $100. Based on their respective stand-alone
selling prices, Good A constitutes 75 percent of the overall transaction price in the contract and
Service B constitutes 25 percent of the overall transaction price.
Smith Company allocates the commission asset to the individual performance obligations based on their
respective stand-alone selling prices and recognizes the respective portion of the asset based on the
pattern of performance for the related performance obligation. As a result, $75 of the contract asset is
allocated to Good A ($100 x 75%) and is amortized on the first day of the contract and $25 of the
contract asset is allocated to Service B ($100 x 25%) and is amortized over the two-year term.
In addition to the allocation methodology described above, the TRG also noted
101
at its January 2015
meeting that it may also be reasonable to amortize a single commission asset using one measure of
performance that contemplates all of the performance obligations in the contract.
11.5 Impairment of contract costs
An entity should recognize an impairment loss in earnings if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its
recoverable amount. Under ASC 340-40, the recoverable amount equals the consideration the entity
either expects to receive in the future or has received but has not yet recognized as revenue, minus the
costs directly related to providing goods or services that have not yet been expensed.
ASC 340-40-35-3
An entity shall recognize an impairment loss in profit or loss to the extent that the carrying amount of an
asset recognized in accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-1 or 340-40-25-5 exceeds:
a. The amount of consideration that the entity expects to receive in the future and that the entity has
received but has not recognized as revenue, in exchange for the goods or services to which the
asset relates (“the consideration”), less
b. The costs that relate directly to providing those goods or services and that have not been
recognized as expenses (see paragraphs 340-40-25-2 and 340-40-25-7).
ASC 340-40-35-4
For the purposes of applying paragraph 340-40-35-3 to determine the consideration, an entity shall use
the principles for determining the transaction price (except for the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-32-
11 through 32-13 on constraining estimates of variable consideration) and adjust that amount to reflect
the effects of the customer’s credit risk. When determining the consideration for the purposes of
101
Ibid.
Contract costs 301
paragraph 340-40-35-3, an entity also shall consider expected contract renewals and extensions (with
the same customer).
As highlighted in ASC 340-40-35-4, an entity determines the consideration amount in
ASC 340-40-35-3(a) by applying the same guidance for determining the transaction price in Step 3 of the
new revenue model, with the exception of two items: (1) the constraint guidance is not applied, and (2)
the amount is adjusted to reflect the customer’s credit risk.
As part of the technical corrections to ASC 606 issued in December 2016,
102
the FASB clarified that when
determining the amount of consideration for purposes of impairment testing in ASC 340-40-35-3, an entity
should include amounts that it has received but not yet recognized as revenue, as well as amounts
related to expected renewals and extensions. In other words, if an entity expects the contract to be
renewed, it would include the consideration associated with that renewal as well as the expected costs of
renewal (for example, commissions).
The following figure summarizes how the guidance on determining the transaction price in ASC 606
differs from the guidance on assessing impairment in ASC 340.
Figure 11.4: Transaction price versus consideration for impairment
ASC 606
ASC 340
In determining the transaction price, estimate
variable consideration and consider the impact of
the constraint guidance.
In determining the consideration for purposes
of impairment testing, estimate variable
consideration but ignore the constraint and
reflect the customer’s credit risk.
In determining the transaction price, do not
anticipate that the contract will be cancelled,
renewed, or modified.
Include expected contract renewals and
extensions with the same customer.
Impairment testing should first be performed on assets related to the contract that are recognized in
accordance with guidance other than ASC 340, ASC 350, or ASC 360 (for example, inventory under
ASC 330). Next, an entity applies the impairment guidance to assets related to the contract that are
recognized in accordance with ASC 340.
After applying the impairment guidance in ASC 340-40-35-3, an entity includes the resulting carrying
amount of the asset in the carrying amount of the asset group or reporting unit to which that asset
belongs for purposes of applying the impairment guidance in ASC 350 and ASC 360.
Consistent with other U.S. GAAP impairment guidance, an entity is not permitted to reverse previously
recognized impairment losses under ASC 340-40.
102
ASU 2016-20.
Contract costs 302
The following figure explains the sequence of the impairment testing guidance in ASC 340-40 and other
Codification Topics for assets related to a contract with a customer.
Figure 11.5: Impairment testing
ASC 340-40-35-5
Before an entity recognizes an impairment loss for an asset recognized in accordance with paragraph
340-40-25-1 or 340-40-25-5, the entity shall recognize any impairment loss for assets related to the
contract that are recognized in accordance with another Topic other than Topic 340 on other assets
and deferred costs, Topic 350 on goodwill and other intangible assets, or Topic 360 on property, plant,
and equipment (for example, Topic 330 on inventory and Subtopic 985-20 on costs of software to be
sold, leased, or otherwise marketed). After applying the impairment test in paragraph 340-40-35-3, an
entity shall include the resulting carrying amount of the asset recognized in accordance with paragraph
340-40-25-1 or 340-40-25-5 in the carrying amount of the asset group or reporting unit to which it
belongs for the purpose of applying the guidance in Topics 360 and 350.
ASC 340-40-35-6
An entity shall not recognize a reversal of an impairment loss previously recognized.
11.5.1 Loss contracts
ASC 606 does not include guidance on loss contracts. However, the FASB retained the guidance on loss
contracts in ASC 605-35 for construction-type and production-type contracts, updating the content to
For purposes of applying the impairment guidance
in ASC 360 and ASC 350, include the resulting carrying
amount of the asset in the carrying amount of the asset
group or reporting unit to which the asset belongs.
Is the asset related to the contract within the
scope of a Topic or Subtopic outside of:
ASC 340
ASC 350
ASC 360?
Perform the impairment
test required by that
other Topic or Subtopic.
Apply the impairment guidance in ASC 340-40-35-3.
Y
N
Contract costs 303
reflect ASC 606 terminology and clarifying that the loss is determined at the contract level. As an
accounting policy election, an entity may consider the need for a loss provision at the performance
obligation level.
103
103
ASU 2016-20.
12. Presentation
At the end of each reporting period, an entity presents a contract liability, a contract asset, or a receivable
in the balance sheet, depending upon the relationship between the entity’s performance and the
customer’s payment at that date, to reflect its rights and obligations under a contract with its customer.
The guidance in ASC 606 uses the terms “contract asset” and “contract liability,” but an entity can use
alternative descriptions, provided that it gives sufficient information to enable financial statement users to
distinguish between contract assets and receivables. An entity presents as a receivable any unconditional
rights to consideration.
ASC 606-10-45-1
When either party to a contract has performed, an entity shall present the contract in the statement of
financial position as a contract asset or a contract liability, depending on the relationship between the
entity’s performance and the customer’s payment. An entity shall present any unconditional rights to
consideration separately as a receivable.
ASC 606-10-45-5
This guidance uses the terms contract asset and contract liability but does not prohibit an entity from
using alternative descriptions in the statement of financial position for those items. If an entity uses an
alternative description for a contract asset, the entity shall provide sufficient information for a user of
the financial statements to distinguish between receivables and contract assets.
Figure 12.1 summarizes the presentation guidance on contract assets, receivables, and liabilities in
ASC 606. The guidance is explained in detail in the sections that follow.
Figure 12.1: Presentation of contract assets, receivables, and liabilities
Receivable
Contract asset
Contract liability
Is the entity's right to consideration unconditional?
Does the entity have a right to consideration for a good
or service that it has transferred to a customer?
Y
N
Y
Does the entity have an
obligation to transfer a good
or service to a customer
for which the entity has
received consideration
or an amount is due?
Y
Presentation 305
In addition to complying with the presentation guidance included in ASC 606, financial statements that are
filed with the SEC should comply with the applicable presentation guidance included in Regulation S-X,
including S-X Rule 5-03. For additional discussion of S-X Rule 5-03, see Section 12.5.
12.1 Contract assets and receivables
If the entity has transferred goods or services but the customer has not yet paid for them as of the
reporting date, the entity should recognize either a contract asset or a receivable. An entity recognizes a
contract asset if its right to consideration is conditioned on something other than the passage of time (for
example, the entity still needs to transfer control of one or more of its performance obligations); otherwise,
an entity recognizes a receivable. An entity presents contract assets separately from receivables in the
balance sheet.
In BC323 of ASU 2014-09, the Boards emphasized that making a distinction between a contract asset
and a receivable is important because doing so provides financial statement users with relevant
information about the risks associated with the entity’s rights in a contract. Both a receivable and a
contract asset are subject to credit risk, but a contract asset is also subject to other risks, including
performance risk.
In BC326 of ASU 2014-09, the Boards clarified that an entity’s obligation to refund some or all of the
consideration to the customer does not affect the entity’s unconditional right to consideration. In this case,
the entity may recognize a receivable and a refund liability.
Receivables and contract assets are subject to impairment testing under ASC 310 after initial recognition.
An entity presents any impairment loss resulting from contracts with customers separately from losses
from other contracts.
ASC 606-10-45-3
If an entity performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before the customer pays
consideration or before payment is due, the entity shall present the contract as a contract asset,
excluding any amounts presented as a receivable. A contract asset is an entity’s right to consideration
in exchange for goods or services that the entity has transferred to a customer. An entity shall assess a
contract asset for impairment in accordance with Topic 310 on receivables. An impairment of a contract
asset shall be measured, presented, and disclosed in accordance with Topic 310 (see also paragraph
606-10-50-4(b))
ASC 606-10-45-4
A receivable is an entity’s right to consideration that is unconditional. A right to consideration is
unconditional if only the passage of time is required before payment of that consideration is due. For
example, an entity would recognize a receivable if it has a present right to payment even though that
amount may be subject to refund in the future. An entity shall account for a receivable in accordance
with Topic 310. Upon initial recognition of a receivable from a contract with a customer, any difference
between the measurement of the receivable in accordance with Topic 310 and the corresponding
amount of revenue recognized shall be presented as an expense (for example, as an impairment loss).
Presentation 306
The following examples from ASC 606 illustrate when an entity should present a contract asset and a
receivable.
Example 39—Contract Asset Recognized for the Entity’s Performance
ASC 606-10-55-287
On January 1, 20X8, an entity enters into a contract to transfer Products A and B to a customer in
exchange for $1,000. The contract requires Product A to be delivered first and states that payment for
the delivery of Product A is conditional on the delivery of Product B. In other words, the consideration
of $1,000 is due only after the entity has transferred both Products A and B to the customer.
Consequently, the entity does not have a right to consideration that is unconditional (a receivable) until
both Products A and B are transferred to the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-288
The entity identifies the promises to transfer Products A and B as performance obligations and
allocates $400 to the performance obligation to transfer Product A and $600 to the performance
obligation to transfer Product B on the basis of their relative standalone selling prices. The entity
recognizes revenue for each respective performance obligation when control of the product transfers to
the customer.
ASC 606-10-55-289
The entity satisfies the performance obligation to transfer Product A.
Contract asset $400
Revenue $400
ASC 606-10-55-290
The entity satisfies the performance obligation to transfer Product B and to recognize the unconditional
right to consideration.
Receivable $1,000
Contract asset $400
Revenue $600
Example 40—Receivable Recognized for the Entity’s Performance
ASC 606-10-55-291
An entity enters into a contract with a customer on January 1, 20X9, to transfer products to the
customer for $150 per product. If the customer purchases more than 1 million products in a calendar
year, the contract indicates that the price per unit is retrospectively reduced to $125 per product.
ASC 606-10-55-292
Consideration is due when control of the products transfer to the customer. Therefore, the entity has an
unconditional right to consideration (that is, a receivable) for $150 per product until the retrospective
price reduction applies (that is, after 1 million products are shipped).
ASC 606-10-55-293
Presentation 307
In determining the transaction price, the entity concludes at contract inception that the customer will
meet the 1 million products threshold and therefore estimates that the transaction price is $125 per
product. Consequently, upon the first shipment to the customer of 100 products the entity recognizes
the following.
Receivable $15,000
(a)
Revenue $12,500
(b)
Refund liability $2,500
(a) $150 per product × 100 products
(b) $125 transaction price per product × 100 products
ASC 606-10-55-294
The refund liability (see paragraph 606-10-32-10) represents a refund of $25 per product, which is
expected to be provided to the customer for the volume-based rebate (that is, the difference between
the $150 price stated in the contract that the entity has an unconditional right to receive and the $125
estimated transaction price).
12.2 Contract liabilities
An entity presents a contract as a contract liability if the customer has paid consideration, or if payment is
due as of the reporting date, but the entity has not yet satisfied its performance obligation by transferring
a good or service.
ASC 606-10-45-2
If a customer pays consideration, or an entity has a right to an amount of consideration that is
unconditional (that is, a receivable), before the entity transfers a good or service to the customer, the
entity shall present the contract as a contract liability when the payment is made or the payment is due
(whichever is earlier). A contract liability is an entity’s obligation to transfer goods or services to a
customer for which the entity has received consideration (or an amount of consideration is due) from
the customer.
In addition to Example 40 above, the following example from ASC 606 illustrates when an entity should
present a contract liability and receivable.
Example 38Contract Liability and Receivable
Case ACancellable Contract
ASC 606-10-55-284
On January 1, 20X9, an entity enters into a cancellable contract to transfer a product to a customer on
March 31, 20X9. The contract requires the customer to pay consideration of $1,000 in advance on
January 31, 20X9. The customer pays the consideration on March 1, 20X9. The entity transfers the
Presentation 308
product on March 31, 20X9. The following journal entries illustrate how the entity accounts for the
contract:
a. The entity receives cash of $1,000 on March 1, 20X9 (cash is received in advance of performance).
Cash $1,000
Contract liability $1,000
b. The entity satisfies the performance obligation on March 31, 20X9.
Contract liability $1,000
Revenue $1,000
Case BNoncancellable Contract
ASC 606-10-55-285
The same facts as in Case A apply to Case B except that the contract becomes noncancellable on
January 31, 20X9. The following journal entries illustrate how the entity accounts for the contract:
a. January 31, 20X9 is the date at which the entity recognizes a receivable because it has an
unconditional right to consideration.
Receivable $1,000
Contract liability $1,000
b. The entity receives the cash on March 1, 20X9.
Cash $1,000
Receivable $1,000
c. The entity satisfies the performance obligation on March 31, 20X9.
Contract liability $1,000
Revenue $1,000
ASC 606-10-55-286
If the entity issued the invoice before January 31, 20X9, the entity would not recognize the receivable
and the contract liability in the statement of financial position because the entity does not yet have a
right to consideration that is unconditional (the contract is cancellable before January 31, 20X9).
Grant Thornton insight: When should a contract asset or receivable be recognized for
advance billings?
Example 38 in ASC 606 illustrates when to recognize a contract liability and receivable in the balance
sheet. Entities may question whether advance billing to a customer should also be reflected as a
contract asset or receivable. For example, an entity bills customers on December 1 for the next year’s
subscription. Customers may cancel prior to January 1; however, on January 1, the contract becomes
noncancellable. Because of the cancellation terms, the amounts are not unconditionally due to the
Presentation 309
entity until January 1. Neither a contract asset nor receivable should be recognized at December 31.
As of January 1, the entity has an unconditional right to the uncollected amounts and recognizes a
receivable.
Careful evaluation of the facts and circumstances is necessary to determine the appropriate point in
time when advance billed amounts should be reflected as receivables.
12.3 Unit of account
Stakeholders asked the TRG if an entity should present a contract asset or liability for each performance
obligation or aggregate all contract assets and liabilities at the contract level.
TRG area of general agreement: How should an entity present assets and liabilities if a
contract contains multiple performance obligations?
Many aspects of the guidance in ASC 606 are applied at the performance obligation level. However, at
the October 31, 2014 meeting,
104
the TRG generally agreed that an entity should determine if a
contract asset or liability exists at the contract level, and not at the performance obligation level. The
TRG looked to the guidance in BC317 of ASU 2014-09, which states:
The Boards decided that the remaining rights and performance obligations in a contract should
be accounted for and presented on a net basis, as either a contract asset or a contract liability.
The Boards noted that the rights and obligations in a contract with a customer are
interdependentthe right to receive consideration from a customer depends on the entity’s
performance and, similarly, the entity performs only as long as the customer continues to pay.
The Boards decided that those interdependencies are best reflected by accounting and
presenting on a net basis the remaining rights and obligations in the statement of financial
position.
Presentation of contract assets and liabilities with more than one performance
obligation
A SaaS provider enters into a contract to provide SaaS service for one year beginning on December 1,
20X1 along with 40 hours of training to be provided within the first three months. The entity has
determined that the training and the SaaS services promises are distinct and, therefore, identifies two
performance obligations.
The contract terms require an upfront payment of $8,000. The contract also includes an offer for the first
six months of the SaaS service for free and then charges for the remaining six months of SaaS service
at $4,000/month. The contract includes a substantive termination penalty. As a result, the entity
determines that both parties are committed to the arrangement and that a contract exists for the
purposes of applying ASC 606 as of December 1, 20X1 and begins recording revenue for the contract
as the services under the contract are provided.
104
TRG Paper 7, Presentation of a contract as a contract asset or a contract liability.
Presentation 310
The SaaS provider estimates a total transaction price of $32,000 and determines the SASP of the
training and SaaS services are $8,000 and $24,000, respectively. As of December 31, 20X1, the entity
has provided one month of SaaS services and 20 hours of training.
The entity recognizes a contract asset of $2,000 related to the one month of service provided
($24,000/12 months = $2,000 per month). The entity also recognizes a contract liability of $4,000
($8,000 x 20 hours of training provided / 40 hours of total training promised). At December 31, 20X1, the
entity presents a net contract liability of $2,000 ($4,000 contract liability - $2,000 contract asset).
12.4 Offsetting
Because ASC 606 does not contain offsetting guidance, the TRG agreed that entities should apply other
relevant guidance to determine if offsetting other balance sheet items against a contract asset or liability
is appropriate, based on the facts and circumstances of each arrangement.
TRG area of general agreement: Can an entity offset other balance sheet items (for
example, receivables) against the contract asset or liability?
At the October 31, 2014 meeting,
105
the TRG discussed the following example:
Assume that in a single contract, the entity has invoiced the customer and recognized a
receivable for that invoiced amount because it represents an unconditional right to
consideration. Also, assume that the entity has collected previous billed receivables in advance
of performance. Therefore, the entity has recognized a receivable for the recurrent amount
billed and a contract liability for the prior amounts collected.
The guidance in ASC 606 allows for net presentation of contract assets and liabilities at the contract
level, as discussed in Section 12.3, but stakeholders specifically questioned whether a receivable and
contract liability could be offset against each other in the balance sheet.
The TRG members generally agreed that entities must look to guidance outside ASC 606 to determine
whether offsetting would be appropriate in this situation, since ASC 606 lacks specific offsetting
guidance.
Grant Thornton insight: Offsetting receivables and contract liabilities
The guidance in ASC 210-20 is typically the starting point in evaluating whether it is appropriate to
offset assets and liabilities. The guidance states that offsetting assets and liabilities is improper unless
a right of setoff exists. Therefore, after considering the guidance about contract assets and liabilities in
ASC 606, together with the TRG general agreement discussed above, entities typically would look to
ASC 210-20 for guidance on offsetting. Often entities will conclude that offsetting (for example, a
receivable and a contract liability) is inappropriate unless an explicit right of setoff exists, as discussed
105
Ibid.
Presentation 311
in ASC 210-20-45-1. That paragraph provides four conditions that must be met to offset an asset and a
liability:
The amounts due to and from must be determinable.
The entity has the right to set off the amounts.
The entity intends to set off the amounts.
The right to set off is enforceable by law.
12.5 Interaction of ASC 606 with SEC Regulation S-X, Rule 5-03(b)
If revenue from more than one category specified in S-X Rule 5-03(b) is over 10 percent of total revenue,
such categories of revenue should be presented separately on the face of the income statement. For
example, if revenue from products and revenue from services represent 30 percent and 70 percent,
respectively, of total revenue, both categories should be separately presented on the face of the income
statement.
The requirements in S-X Rule 5-03(b) have not changed with the adoption of ASC 606. Therefore, the
SEC’s views on the separation of product and service revenue still exist related to the presentation on the
face of the income statement. Accordingly, if an entity concludes under ASC 606 that it has a single
performance obligation that includes both products and services, separate income statement presentation
may be required for product and service revenue under S-X Rule 5-03(b). Similarly, S-X Rule 5-03(b) also
requires separate presentation for each category of costs of sales for each category of revenue that is
required to be presented separately.
In a 2007 SEC staff speech,
106
the staff indicated that they would not object to separate presentation of
product and service revenue that could not be separated into more than one deliverable for recognition
purposes, as long as the entity has a reasonable basis for developing a separation method and
consistently applies and discloses the separation method.
Questions have arisen about how to apply the guidance in S-X Rule 5-03(b) when the transaction price is
based on multiple fee structures. When the transaction price for a single performance obligation is
determined using more than one fee structure, an entity should not presume there is more than one
category of revenue for income statement presentation purposes. For example, a transportation contract
may include a fixed rate per mile as well as a fuel surcharge per mile. In this example, only one product or
service, the transportation service, is provided. Accordingly, this contract includes only one revenue
category for income statement presentation purposes, the transportation service.
106
https://www.sec.gov/news/speech/2007/spch121007mb.htm
13. Disclosure
Financial statement users have criticized legacy GAAP for lacking sufficient revenue disclosure
requirements. The Boards sought to address this criticism by providing a robust set of disclosure
requirements in ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 for both public and private business entities. As a result, all
entities will find that the disclosures under ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 are substantially more extensive
and require much greater effort to provide than under legacy GAAP.
The Boards designed the disclosure requirements using an overall disclosure objective to guide entities:
to provide a clear, transparent, and consistent picture for financial statement users to understand the
nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.
Entities should keep this objective in mind as they evaluate which disclosures to provide and at what
level. Entities should consider the particular characteristics of their business when deciding how much
emphasis to place on each of the various requirements.
ASC 606-10-50-1
The objective of the disclosure requirements in this Topic is for an entity to disclose sufficient
information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. To achieve that objective,
an entity shall disclose qualitative and quantitative information about all of the following:
Its contracts with customers (see paragraphs 606-10-50-4 through 50-16)
The significant judgments, and changes in the judgments, made in applying the guidance in this
Topic to those contracts (see paragraphs 606-10-50-17 through 50-21)
Any assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer in accordance
with paragraph 340-40-25-1 or 340-40-25-5 (see paragraphs 340-40-50-1 through 50-6).
ASC 606-10-50-2
An entity shall consider the level of detail necessary to satisfy the disclosure objective and how much
emphasis to place on each of the various requirements. An entity shall aggregate or disaggregate
disclosures so that useful information is not obscured by either the inclusion of a large amount of
insignificant detail or the aggregation of items that have substantially different characteristics.
ASC 606-10-50-3
Amounts disclosed are for each reporting period for which a statement of comprehensive income
(statement of activities) is presented and as of each reporting period for which a statement of financial
position is presented. An entity need not disclose information in accordance with the guidance in this
Topic if it has provided the information in accordance with another Topic.
Disclosure 313
An entity must distinguish the amount of revenue recognized from contracts with customers separately
from other sources of revenue either in the notes or within the income statement. An entity is also
required to disclose impairment losses from contracts with customers separately from other impairment
losses if they are not separately presented in the income statement.
ASC 606-10-50-4
An entity shall disclose all of the following amounts for the reporting period unless those amounts are
presented separately in the statement of comprehensive income (statement of activities) in accordance
with other Topics:
a. Revenue recognized from contracts with customers, which the entity shall disclose separately from
its other sources of revenue
b. Any impairment losses recognized (in accordance with Topic 310 on receivables) on any
receivables or contract assets arising from an entity’s contracts with customers, which the entity
shall disclose separately from impairment losses from other contracts.
Because the disclosure requirements differ for public and private business entities, the rest of this Section
separately discusses the requirements and considerations applicable to each group.
13.1 Public business entities
The following table provides a summary of the disclosures required for a public business entity for each
period that it presents an income statement and a balance sheet. The remainder of this section discusses
each disclosure area in more detail.
Figure 13.1: Summary of disclosure requirements for public business entities
Disclosure area
Summary of requirements
Disaggregation of
revenue
Categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of
revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors
Sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to understand
the relationship with revenue information disclosed for reportable segments
under ASC 280
Contract
balances
Opening and closing balances of contract assets, contract liabilities, and
receivables (if not otherwise separately presented or disclosed)
Revenue recognized in the period that was included in opening contract
liabilities and from performance obligations either wholly or partially satisfied
in prior periods
Disclosure 314
Disclosure area
Summary of requirements
Explanation of relationship between timing of satisfying performance
obligations and payment, and the related effect on contract assets and
contract liabilities
Significant changes in the balances of contract assets and contract liabilities
Performance
obligations
When the entity typically satisfies performance obligations
Significant payment terms
Nature of goods and services, including when the entity acts as an agent
Obligations for returns, refunds, and similar terms
Types of warranties and related obligations
Aggregate amount of transaction price allocated to remaining performance
obligations at end of period, including partially satisfied performance
obligations and when that amount is expected to be recognized as revenue
Significant
judgments
and changes
in judgments
Significant judgments and changes in judgments used to determine both of
the following:
Timing of satisfying performance obligations
The transaction price and amounts allocated to performance obligations,
including methods, inputs, and assumptions
Assets recognized
from the costs to
obtain or fulfill a
contract
Judgments made in determining costs capitalized
Amortization method used
Closing balances by main category
Amortization expense
Impairment losses
Disaggregation of revenue
The Boards explained in BC336 of ASU 2014-09 that they did not want to be overly specific in prescribing
how entities should disaggregate their revenue from contracts with customers. The Boards instead
provided a disclosure objective for entities to keep in mind as they consider their own business and
determine which disaggregation categories make the most sense for financial statement users.
Disclosure 315
ASC 606-10-50-5
An entity shall disaggregate revenue recognized from contracts with customers into categories that
depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by
economic factors. An entity shall apply the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-55-89 through 55-91 when
selecting the categories to use to disaggregate revenue.
Some public business entities may need to use more than one type of disaggregation category to meet
the objective. Other entities may meet the objective by using only one type of category. In BC337 of
ASU 2014-09, the Boards suggest that an entity making this determination might consider how it
communicates information about its revenue for other purposes, including earnings releases or segment
disclosures.
An entity should provide enough information to allow financial statement users to understand the
relationship between the revenue disclosures and the segment disclosures; however, the two
disaggregation levels may be different because the objectives of the disclosures are different.
ASC 606-10-50-6 (excerpt)
[A]n entity shall disclose sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to understand the
relationship between the disclosure of disaggregated revenue (in accordance with paragraph 606-10-
50-5) and revenue information that is disclosed for each reportable segment, if the entity applies Topic
280 on segment reporting.
Grant Thornton insight: Interaction between disaggregated revenue information and
segment reporting
The Boards decided
107
to require disaggregated revenue information for revenue from contracts with
customers in ASC 606, despite some similarity between the disaggregation of revenue and segment
reporting in ASC 280, because some entities may not be subject to the segment disclosures.
Moreover, even if an entity is subject to the segment disclosures, the disclosures may not be
disaggregated enough to achieve the objectives outlined for the disaggregation of revenue.
One notable difference between the guidance in ASC 280 and ASC 606 is that ASC 280 requires a
certain level of detail to be disclosed unless it is “impracticable” to do so, whereas there is no
“practicability out” in ASC 606. According to ASC 280-10, information would be “impractical to present”
if the information is unavailable and the cost to develop it would be excessive.
ASC 606 does not include such language. Therefore, one can infer that the Boards expect companies
to do the work necessary to provide the appropriate level of disaggregated revenue information to
users.
An entity’s ultimate goal should be to tell a clear, transparent, and cohesive story about revenue across
107
BC340, ASU 2014-09.
Disclosure 316
all of its communication elements, whether through the ASC 606 disclosures, MD&A, segment
disclosures, investor presentations, or website summaries.
The new revenue guidance offers the following considerations and examples to help an entity determine
the most appropriate level of disaggregation.
ASC 606-10-55-89
Paragraph 606-10-50-5 requires an entity to disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers into
categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are
affected by economic factors. Consequently, the extent to which an entity’s revenue is disaggregated
for the purposes of this disclosure depends on the facts and circumstances that pertain to the entity’s
contracts with customers. Some entities may need to use more than one type of category to meet the
objective in paragraph 606-10-50-5 for disaggregating revenue. Other entities may meet the objective
by using only one type of category to disaggregate revenue.
ASC 606-10-55-90
When selecting the type of category (or categories) to use to disaggregate revenue, an entity should
consider how information about the entity’s revenue has been presented for other purposes, including
all of the following:
a. Disclosures presented outside the financial statements (for example, in earnings releases, annual
reports, or investor presentations)
b. Information regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker for evaluating the financial
performance of operating segments
c. Other information that is similar to the types of information identified in (a) and (b) and that is used
by the entity or users of the entity’s financial statements to evaluate the entity’s financial
performance or make resource allocation decisions.
ASC 606-10-55-91
Examples of categories that might be appropriate include, but are not limited to, all of the following:
a. Type of good or service (for example, major product lines)
b. Geographical region (for example, country or region)
c. Market or type of customer (for example, government and nongovernment customers)
d. Type of contract (for example, fixed-price and time-and-materials contracts)
e. Contract duration (for example, short-term and long-term contracts)
f. Timing of transfer of goods or services (for example, revenue from goods or services transferred to
customers at a point in time and revenue from goods or services transferred over time)
g. Sales channels (for example, goods sold directly to consumers and goods sold through
intermediaries).
Disclosure 317
Example 41 in ASC 606 illustrates how an entity may satisfy the disclosure requirements related to
disaggregated revenue balances.
Example 41Disaggregation of RevenueQuantitative Disclosure
ASC 606-10-55-296
An entity reports the following segments: consumer products, transportation, and energy, in
accordance with Topic 280 on segment reporting. When the entity prepares its investor presentations,
it disaggregates revenue into primary geographical markets, major product lines, and timing of revenue
recognition (that is, goods transferred at a point in time or services transferred over time).
ASC 606-10-55-297
The entity determines that the categories used in the investor presentations can be used to meet the
objective of the disaggregation disclosure requirement in paragraph 606-10-50-5, which is to
disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers into categories that depict how the nature,
amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. The
following table illustrates the disaggregation disclosure by primary geographical market, major product
line, and timing of revenue recognition, including a reconciliation of how the disaggregated revenue ties
in with the consumer products, transportation, and energy segments in accordance with paragraphs
606-10-50-6.
Segments
Consumer
Products
Transportation
Energy
Total
Primary Geographic Markets
North America
$ 990
$ 2,250
$ 5,250
$ 8,490
Europe
300
750
1,000
2,050
Asia
700
260
-
960
$ 1, 990
$ 3,260
$ 6,250
$ 11,500
Major Goods/Service Lines
Office supplies
$ 600
-
-
$ 600
Appliances
990
-
-
990
Clothing
400
-
-
400
Motorcycles
-
500
-
500
Automobiles
-
2,760
-
2,760
Solar panels
-
-
1,000
1,000
Power plant
-
-
5,250
5,250
$ 1, 990
$ 3,260
$ 6,250
$ 11,500
Timing of Revenue Recognition
Disclosure 318
Goods transferred at a point in time
$ 1,990
$ 3,260
$ 1,000
$ 6,250
Services transferred over time
-
-
5,250
5,250
$ 1, 990
$ 3,260
$ 6,250
$ 11,500
Grant Thornton insight: Disaggregating revenue
The guidance in ASC 606 provides overall objectives and some examples of how an entity might
disaggregate revenue, but does not provide a checklist or detailed requirements. As a result, an entity
should take a holistic approach to determine the level of disaggregation that best reflects its business.
When determining the appropriate level of disaggregation, an entity should consider the breadth of
information available that has already been utilized in stakeholder communications or in other
information provided to stakeholders outside of the traditional financial statements.
In Example 41 above, although the entity has identified only three reportable segments (consumer
products, transportation, and energy) under ASC 280, in investor presentations it has historically
disclosed revenue in more detail that that required by ASC 280, including disclosing revenue by major
product line. Because the entity determines that the disclosures in the investor presentations meet the
objective of the disaggregation of revenue disclosure requirement, it provides disaggregation of
revenue disclosures in more detail than has historically been required under ASC 280.
Contract balances
The goal of the disclosure requirements about contract balances is to help financial statement users
understand the relationship between the revenue recognized and changes in the overall contract
balances (contract assets and liabilities) during the reporting period. Users want to know when contract
assets will convert into accounts receivable or cash and when contract liabilities will convert into revenue.
Public business entities can meet the disclosure requirements through a combination of tabular and
narrative information.
ASC 606-10-50-8
An entity shall disclose all of the following:
a. The opening and closing balances of receivables, contract assets, and contract liabilities from
contracts with customers, if not otherwise separately presented or disclosed
b. Revenue recognized in the reporting period that was included in the contract liability balance at the
beginning of the period
ASC 606-10-50-9
An entity shall explain how the timing of satisfaction of its performance obligations (see paragraph 606-
10-50-12(a)) relates to the typical timing of payment (see paragraph 606-10-50-12(b)) and the effect
that those factors have on the contract asset and the contract liability balances. The explanation
provided may use qualitative information.
Disclosure 319
ASC 606-10-50-10
An entity shall provide an explanation of the significant changes in the contract asset and the contract
liability balances during the reporting period. The explanation shall include qualitative and quantitative
information. Examples of changes in the entity’s balances of contract assets and contract liabilities
include any of the following:
a. Changes due to business combinations
b. Cumulative catch-up adjustments to revenue that affect the corresponding contract asset or
contract liability, including adjustments arising from a change in the measure of progress, a change
in an estimate of the transaction price (including any changes in the assessment of whether an
estimate of variable consideration is constrained), or a contract modification
c. Impairment of a contract asset
d. A change in the time frame for a right to consideration to become unconditional (that is, for a
contract asset to be reclassified to a receivable)
e. A change in the time frame for a performance obligation to be satisfied (that is, for the recognition
of revenue arising from a contract liability).
Performance obligations
To address financial statement user criticism that most entities’ revenue policy disclosures under legacy
GAAP were “boilerplate” and did not describe how the policies related to the entity’s existing contracts,
the Boards decided to require public business entities to provide detailed information about their
performance obligations as prescribed below.
108
ASC 606-10-50-12
An entity shall disclose information about its performance obligations in contracts with customers,
including a description of all of the following:
a. When the entity typically satisfies its performance obligations (for example, upon shipment, upon
delivery, as services are rendered, or upon completion of service) including when performance
obligations are satisfied in a bill-and-hold arrangement
b. The significant payment terms (for example, when payment typically is due, whether the contract
has a significant financing component, whether the consideration amount is variable, and whether
the estimate of variable consideration is typically constrained in accordance with paragraphs 606-
10-32-11 through 32-13)
c. The nature of the goods or services that the entity has promised to transfer, highlighting any
performance obligations to arrange for another party to transfer goods or services (that is, if the
entity is acting as an agent)
d. Obligations for returns, refunds, and other similar obligations
108
BC354, ASU 2014-09.
Disclosure 320
e. Types of warranties and related obligations.
Finally, the Boards decided to require that public business entities disclose the amount of revenue
recognized during the period that is not a result of performance in the current period, but is related to
performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in prior periods. This may happen, for example,
when the transaction price is variable and changes after performance is complete.
ASC 606-10-50-12A
An entity shall disclose revenue recognized in the reporting period from performance obligations
satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods (for example, changes in transaction price).
Financial statement users also requested additional information about an entity’s remaining performance
obligations and when the entity expects to recognize revenue related to those remaining performance
obligations, specifically for long-term contracts since they usually have the most significant amounts of
unrecognized revenue. Overall, the Boards agreed, reasoning that disclosures about remaining
performance obligations would provide
Additional information about trends relating to the amount and expected timing of revenue from the
remaining performance obligations in the contract
Risks associated with expected future revenue
The effects of changes in judgments about or circumstances affecting an entity’s revenue
109
At the crossroads: Backlog disclosures
While many entities disclose “backlog” information in compliance with SEC regulations,
110
the
disclosure requirements about remaining performance obligations under ASC 606 are new and
different. Therefore, entities that historically have not provided backlog disclosures and even those that
have provided the backlog disclosures under Regulation S-K should now provide the information on
remaining performance obligations required by ASC 606. Further, the new revenue guidance does not
change the backlog disclosures required by SEC regulations.
109
BC348-350, ASU 2014-09.
110
Regulation S-K, Item 101(c)(viii).
Disclosure 321
ASC 606-10-50-13
An entity shall disclose the following information about its remaining performance obligations:
a. The aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the performance obligations that are
unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) as of the end of the reporting period
b. An explanation of when the entity expects to recognize as revenue the amount disclosed in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-50-13(a), which the entity shall disclose in either of the
following ways:
1. On a quantitative basis using the time bands that would be most appropriate for the duration of
the remaining performance obligations
2. By using qualitative information.
As described in ASC 606-10-50-13(b), the disclosures about remaining performance obligations can be
provided on either a quantitative basis (that is, amounts to be recognized in given time bands, such as
within year one and year two and within year two and year three) or by disclosing qualitative information.
Some entities might disclose a mix of quantitative and qualitative information.
The guidance includes some relief by allowing entities to avoid the disclosures about remaining
performance obligations in the following cases:
The performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or
less.
The entity recognizes revenue by applying the “right to invoice” practical expedient (Section 7.1.3).
Variable consideration is a sales-based or usage-based royalty promised in exchange for a license of
intellectual property (Section 8.5).
Variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation or to a
wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a distinct good or service that forms part of a single
performance obligation (Section 6.5).
When a public business entity elects to apply one of the optional exemptions noted above, it still needs to
disclose the nature of its performance obligations, the remaining duration of the performance obligations,
and a description of the variable consideration that has been excluded from the information disclosed.
ASC 606-10-50-14
An entity need not disclose the information in paragraph 606-10-50-13 for a performance obligation if
either of the following conditions is met:
a. The performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year
or less.
b. The entity recognizes revenue from the satisfaction of the performance obligation in accordance
with paragraph 606-10-55-18.
Disclosure 322
ASC 606-10-50-14A
An entity need not disclose the information in paragraph 606-10-50-13 for variable consideration for
which either of the following conditions is met:
a. The variable consideration is a sales-based or usage-based royalty promised in exchange for a
license of intellectual property accounted for in accordance with paragraphs 606-10-55-65 through
55-65B.
b. The variable consideration is allocated entirely to a wholly unsatisfied performance obligation or to
a wholly unsatisfied promise to transfer a distinct good or service that forms part of a single
performance obligation in accordance with paragraph 606-10-25-14(b), for which the criteria in
paragraph 606-10-32-40 have been met.
ASC 606-10-50-14B
The optional exemptions in paragraphs 606-10-50-14(b) and 606-10-50-14A shall not be applied to
fixed consideration.
ASC 606-10-50-15
An entity shall disclose which optional exemptions in paragraphs 606-10-50-14 through 50-14A it is
applying. In addition, an entity applying the optional exemptions in paragraphs 606-10-50-14 through
50-14A shall disclose the nature of the performance obligations, the remaining duration (see paragraph
606-10-25-3), and a description of the variable consideration (for example, the nature of the variability
and how that variability will be resolved) that has been excluded from the information disclosed in
accordance with paragraph 606-10-50-13. This information shall include sufficient detail to enable
users of financial statements to understand the remaining performance obligations that the entity
excluded from the information disclosed in accordance with paragraph 606-10-50-13. In addition, an
entity shall explain whether any consideration from contracts with customers is not included in the
transaction price and, therefore, not included in the information disclosed in accordance with paragraph
606-10-50-13. For example, an estimate of the transaction price would not include any estimated
amounts of variable consideration that are constrained (see paragraphs 606-10-32-11 through 32-13).
ASC 606 illustrates the remaining performance obligations disclosure, using both a quantitative and
qualitative approach, in Examples 42 and 43.
Example 42Disclosure of the Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining
Performance Obligations
ASC 606-10-55-298
On June 30, 20X7, an entity enters into three contracts (Contracts A, B, and C) with separate
customers to provide services. Each contract has a two-year noncancellable term. The entity considers
the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-50-13 through 50-15 in determining the information in each contract
to be included in the disclosure of the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance
obligations at December 31, 20X7.
Contract A
Disclosure 323
ASC 606-10-55-299
Cleaning services are to be provided over the next two years typically at least once per month. For
services provided, the customer pays an hourly rate of $25.
ASC 606-10-55-300
Because the entity bills a fixed amount for each hour of service provided, the entity has a right to
invoice the customer in the amount that corresponds directly with the value of the entity’s performance
completed to date in accordance with paragraph 606-10-55-18. Consequently, the entity could elect to
apply the optional exemption in paragraph 606-10-50-14(b). If the entity elects not to disclose the
transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations for Contract A, the entity would
disclose that it has applied the optional exemption in paragraph 606-10-50-14(b). The entity also would
disclose the nature of the performance obligation, the remaining duration, and a description of the
variable consideration that has been excluded from the disclosure of remaining performance
obligations in accordance with paragraph 606-10-50-15.
Contract B
ASC 606-10-55-301
Cleaning services and lawn maintenance services are to be provided as and when needed with a
maximum of four visits per month over the next two years. The customer pays a fixed price of $400 per
month for both services. The entity measures its progress toward complete satisfaction of the
performance obligation using a time-based measure.
ASC 606-10-55-302
The entity discloses the amount of the transaction price that has not yet been recognized as revenue in
a table with quantitative time bands that illustrates when the entity expects to recognize the amount as
revenue. The information for Contract B included in the overall disclosure is as follows.
20X8
20X9
Total
Revenue expected to be recognized on this contract as
of December 31, 20X7
$4,800
(a)
$2,400
(b)
$7,200
(a) $4,800 = $400 × 12 months
(b) $2,400 = $400 × 6 months
Contract C
ASC 606-10-55-303
Cleaning services are to be provided as and when needed over the next two years. The customer pays
fixed consideration of $100 per month plus a one-time variable consideration payment ranging from
$0 $1,000 corresponding to a one-time regulatory review and certification of the customer’s facility
(that is, a performance bonus). The entity estimates that it will be entitled to $750 of the variable
consideration. On the basis of the entity’s assessment of the factors in paragraph 606-10-32-12, the
entity includes its estimate of $750 of variable consideration in the transaction price because it is
probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur. The
entity measures its progress toward complete satisfaction of the performance obligation using a time-
Disclosure 324
based measure.
ASC 606-10-55-304
The entity discloses the amount of the transaction price that has not yet been recognized as revenue in
a table with quantitative time bands that illustrates when the entity expects to recognize the amount as
revenue. The entity also includes a qualitative discussion about any significant variable consideration
that is not included in the disclosure. The information for Contract C included in the overall disclosure is
as follows.
20X8
20X9
Total
Revenue expected to be recognized on this contract as
of December 31, 20X7
$1,575
(a)
$788
(b)
$2,363
(a) Transaction price = $3,150 ($100 × 24 months + $750 variable consideration) recognized
evenly over 24 months at $1,575 per year
(b) $1,575 ÷ 2 = $788 (that is, for 6 months of the year)
ASC 606-10-55-305
In addition, in accordance with paragraph 606-10-50-15, the entity discloses qualitatively that part of
the performance bonus has been excluded from the disclosure because it was not included in the
transaction price. That part of the performance bonus was excluded from the transaction price in
accordance with the guidance on constraining estimates of variable consideration.
ASC 606-10-55-305A
The entity does not meet the criteria to apply the optional exemption in paragraph 606-10-50-14A
because the monthly consideration is fixed and the variable consideration does not meet the condition
in paragraph 606-10-50-14A(b).
Example 43Disclosure of the Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance
ObligationsQualitative Disclosure
ASC 606-10-55-306
On January 1, 20X2, an entity enters into a contract with a customer to construct a commercial building
for fixed consideration of $10 million. The construction of the building is a single performance obligation
that the entity satisfies over time. As of December 31, 20X2, the entity has recognized $3.2 million of
revenue. The entity estimates that construction will be completed in 20X3 but it is possible that the
project will be completed in the first half of 20X4.
ASC 606-10-55-307
At December 31, 20X2, the entity discloses the amount of the transaction price that has not yet been
recognized as revenue in its disclosure of the transaction price allocated to the remaining performance
obligations. The entity also discloses an explanation of when the entity expects to recognize that
amount as revenue. The explanation can be disclosed either on a quantitative basis using time bands
that are most appropriate for the duration of the remaining performance obligation or by providing a
Disclosure 325
qualitative explanation. Because the entity is uncertain about the timing of revenue recognition, the
entity discloses this information qualitatively as follows:
As of December 31, 20X2, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the
remaining performance obligation is $6.8 million, and the entity will recognize this revenue as
the building is completed, which is expected to occur over the next 1218 months.
Significant judgments
Because ASC 606 requires entities to exercise considerably more judgment and to make numerous
estimates (specifically around the timing of satisfying performance obligations, determining the
transaction price, and allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations) the Boards
decided
111
to require specific disclosures around these judgments and estimates that are above and
beyond the general existing requirements in legacy GAAP.
ASC 606-10-50-17
An entity shall disclose the judgments, and changes in the judgments, made in applying the guidance
in this Topic that significantly affect the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from
contracts with customers. In particular, an entity shall explain the judgments, and changes in the
judgments, used in determining both of the following:
a. The timing of satisfaction of performance obligations (see paragraphs 606-10-50-18 through 50-19)
b. The transaction price and the amounts allocated to performance obligations (see paragraph 606-
10-50-20).
The requirements for disclosing significant judgments used in determining the timing of when a
performance obligation is satisfied differ for performance obligations satisfied over time and those
satisfied at a point in time.
Because these new disclosures embody judgments, entities may be required to disclose significantly
more information under ASC 606 than under legacy GAAP. For example, an entity might have historically
disclosed the passing of title as the point of revenue recognition in a transaction, but the passage of title
is only one of several indicators of the transfer of control under ASC 606. The disclosure about when a
customer obtains control under ASC 606 likely will be more comprehensive than under legacy GAAP.
111
BC355, ASU 2014-09.
Disclosure 326
ASC 606-10-50-18
For performance obligations that an entity satisfies over time, an entity shall disclose both of the
following:
a. The methods used to recognize revenue (for example, a description of the output methods or input
methods used and how those methods are applied)
b. An explanation of why the methods used provide a faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or
services.
ASC 606-10-50-19
For performance obligations satisfied at a point in time, an entity shall disclose the significant
judgments made in evaluating when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services.
Specific disclosures are required for certain judgments made in Step 3 and Step 4 of the new revenue
model. These types of judgments are captured by the following disclosure requirements in ASC 606.
ASC 606-10-50-20
An entity shall disclose information about the methods, inputs, and assumptions used for all of the
following:
a. Determining the transaction price, which includes, but is not limited to, estimating variable
consideration, adjusting the consideration for the effects of the time value of money, and measuring
noncash consideration
b. Assessing whether an estimate of variable consideration is constrained
c. Allocating the transaction price, including estimating standalone selling prices of promised goods or
services and allocating discounts and variable consideration to a specific part of the contract (if
applicable)
d. Measuring obligations for returns, refunds, and other similar obligations.
Assets recognized from costs to obtain or fulfill a contract
Public business entities are required to disclose information about significant judgments and contract
balances related to any assets recognized for costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. The
potential for new or different contract assets and liabilities under ASC 606 means not only accounting for
them, but also capturing information for disclosure purposes.
Disclosure 327
ASC 340-40-50-2
An entity shall describe both of the following:
a. The judgments made in determining the amount of the costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract
with a customer (in accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-1 or 340-40-25-5)
b. The method it uses to determine the amortization for each reporting period.
ASC 340-40-50-3
An entity shall disclose all of the following:
a. The closing balances of assets recognized from the costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract with
a customer (in accordance with paragraph 340-40-25-1 or 340-40-25-5), by main category of asset
(for example, costs to obtain contracts with customers, precontract costs, and setup costs)
b. The amount of amortization and any impairment losses recognized in the reporting period.
Practical expedients for measurement under ASC 606 and ASC 340-40
ASC 606 provides the following relief for entities:
An entity does not have to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant
financing component if the entity expects, at contract inception, that the period between when it
transfers a promised good or service to a customer and when the customer pays for that good or
service will be one year or less.
An entity can elect not to recognize the incremental costs of obtaining a contract as an asset if the
amortization period of the asset that the entity otherwise would have recognized is one year or less.
An entity is, however, required to disclose that it has taken advantage of one or both of the above
practical expedients if it chooses to do so.
ASC 606-10-50-22
If an entity elects to use the practical expedient in either paragraph 606-10-32-18 (about the existence
of a significant financing component) or paragraph 340-40-25-4 (about the incremental costs of
obtaining a contract), the entity shall disclose that fact.
Interim disclosure requirements
ASU 2014-09 expanded the interim disclosure requirements in ASC 270 to include information related to
accounting for revenue under ASC 606.
The revenue guidance requires the following interim disclosures for
Public business entities
Disclosure 328
Not-for-profit entities that have issued, or are a conduit bond obligor for, securities that are traded,
listed, or quoted on an exchange or an over-the-counter market
Employee benefit plans that file or furnish financial statements with or to the SEC.
ASC 270-10-50-1A
Consistent with paragraph 270-10-50-1, a public business entity, a not-for-profit entity that has issued,
or is a conduit bond obligor for, securities that are traded, listed, or quoted on an exchange or an over-
the-counter market, or an employee benefit plan that files or furnishes financial statements with or to
the Securities and Exchange Commission, shall disclose all of the following information about revenue
from contracts with customers consistent with the guidance in Topic 606:
a. A disaggregation of revenue for the period, see paragraphs 606-10-50-5 through 50-6 and
paragraphs 606-10-55-89 through 55-91.
b. The opening and closing balances of receivables, contract assets, and contract liabilities from
contracts with customers (if not otherwise separately presented or disclosed), see paragraph 606-
10-50-8(a).
c. Revenue recognized in the reporting period that was included in the contract liability balance at the
beginning of the period, see paragraph 606-10-50-8(b).
d. Revenue recognized in the reporting period from performance obligations satisfied (or partially
satisfied) in previous periods (for example, changes in transaction price), see paragraph 606-10-
50-12A.
e. Information about the entity’s remaining performance obligations as of the end of the reporting
period, see paragraphs 606-10-50-13 through 50-15.
13.2 Nonpublic entity disclosures
Nonpublic entities are allowed to make all disclosures required for public business entities; however, they
are provided certain relief, primarily because the costs of providing this information outweigh the
benefits.
112
Disaggregation of revenue
A nonpublic entity should distinguish the amount of revenue recognized from contracts with customers
separately from other sources of revenue either in the notes to the financial statements or within the
income statement. A nonpublic entity is also required to disclose impairment losses from contracts with
customers separately from other impairment losses if they are not separately presented in the income
statement.
112
BC506, ASU 2014-09.
Disclosure 329
ASC 606-10-50-4
An entity shall disclose all of the following amounts for the reporting period unless those amounts are
presented separately in the statement of comprehensive income (statement of activities) in accordance
with other Topics:
a. Revenue recognized from contracts with customers, which the entity shall disclose separately from
its other sources of revenue
b. Any impairment losses recognized (in accordance with Topic 310 on receivables) on any
receivables or contract assets arising from an entity’s contracts with customers, which the entity
shall disclose separately from impairment losses from other contracts.
The Boards explained in BC336 of ASU 2014-09 that they did not want to be overly specific in prescribing
how all entities should disaggregate their revenue from contracts with customers. Rather, the Boards
provided a disclosure objective for entities to keep in mind as they consider their own businesses and
determine what disaggregation categories make the most sense for users: to provide a clear, transparent,
and consistent picture for financial statement users to understand the nature, amount, timing, and
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.
ASC 606-10-50-5
An entity shall disaggregate revenue recognized from contracts with customers into categories that
depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by
economic factors. An entity shall apply the guidance in paragraphs 606-10-55-89 through 55-91 when
selecting the categories to use to disaggregate revenue.
ASC 606-10-50-6
In addition, an entity shall disclose sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to
understand the relationship between the disclosure of disaggregated revenue (in accordance with
paragraph 606-10-50-5) and revenue information that is disclosed for each reportable segment, if the
entity applies Topic 280 on segment reporting.
The guidance offers the following considerations and examples to help entities determine the most
appropriate level of disaggregation for their business.
ASC 606-10-55-89
Paragraph 606-10-50-5 requires an entity to disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers into
categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are
affected by economic factors. Consequently, the extent to which an entity’s revenue is disaggregated
for the purposes of this disclosure depends on the facts and circumstances that pertain to the entity’s
contracts with customers. Some entities may need to use more than one type of category to meet the
Disclosure 330
objective in paragraph 606-10-50-5 for disaggregating revenue. Other entities may meet the objective
by using only one type of category to disaggregate revenue.
ASC 606-10-55-90
When selecting the type of category (or categories) to use to disaggregate revenue, an entity should
consider how information about the entity’s revenue has been presented for other purposes, including
all of the following:
a. Disclosures presented outside the financial statements (for example, in earnings releases, annual
reports, or investor presentations)
b. Information regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker for evaluating the financial
performance of operating segments
c. Other information that is similar to the types of information identified in (a) and (b) and that is used
by the entity or users of the entity’s financial statements to evaluate the entity’s financial
performance or make resource allocation decisions.
ASC 606-10-55-91
Examples of categories that might be appropriate include, but are not limited to, all of the following:
a. Type of good or service (for example, major product lines)
b. Geographical region (for example, country or region)
c. Market or type of customer (for example, government and nongovernment customers)
d. Type of contract (for example, fixed-price and time-and-materials contracts)
e. Contract duration (for example, short-term and long-term contracts)
f. Timing of transfer of goods or services (for example, revenue from goods or services transferred to
customers at a point in time and revenue from goods or services transferred over time)
g. Sales channels (for example, goods sold directly to consumers and goods sold through
intermediaries).
A nonpublic entity is permitted to achieve the requirements in ASC 606-10-50-5 and 50-6 through
qualitative disclosure, with limited quantitative information.
ASC 606-10-50-7
An entity, except for a public business entity, a not-for-profit entity that has issued, or is a conduit bond
obligor for, securities that are traded, listed, or quoted on an exchange or an over-the-counter market,
or an employee benefit plan that files or furnishes financial statements with or to the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC), may elect not to apply the quantitative disaggregation disclosure
guidance in paragraphs 606-10-50-5 through 50-6 and 606-10-55-89 through 55-91. If an entity elects
not to provide those disclosures, the entity shall disclose, at a minimum, revenue disaggregated
according to the timing of transfer of goods or services (for example, revenue from goods or services
transferred to customers at a point in time and revenue from goods or services transferred to
customers over time) and qualitative information about how economic factors (such as type of
Disclosure 331
customer, geographical location of customers, and type of contract) affect the nature, amount, timing,
and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows.
Example 41 in ASC 606 illustrates how the entity may satisfy the quantitative disclosure requirements
related to disaggregated revenue balances for a nonpublic entity that does not make the election
described above.
Contract balances
The goal of the disclosure requirements about contract balances is to help financial statement users
understand the relationship between the revenue recognized and changes in the overall contract
balances (contract assets and liabilities) during the reporting period. Users want to know when contract
assets will convert into accounts receivable or cash and when contract liabilities will convert into revenue.
Entities can meet the disclosure requirements through a combination of tabular and narrative information.
Nonpublic business entities are exempt from the disclosures required in ASC 606-10-50-8 through 50-10
about contract balances, with the exception of those outlined in 606-10-50-8(a). Most entities will already
have the necessary information for these disclosures because it is needed to apply the accounting
guidance in ASC 606. Accordingly, the cost to provide such disclosure is not expected to be incremental.
ASC 606-10-50-8 (excerpt)
An entity shall disclose
a. The opening and closing balances of receivables, contract assets, and contract liabilities from
contracts with customers, if not otherwise separately presented or disclosed.
Performance obligations
To address financial statement user criticism that most entities’ revenue disclosures under legacy GAAP
were “boilerplate” and did not describe how the policies related to customer contracts, the Boards decided
to require detailed information about an entity’s performance obligations, as prescribed below.
113
ASC 606-10-50-12
An entity shall disclose information about its performance obligations in contracts with customers,
including a description of all of the following:
a. When the entity typically satisfies its performance obligations (for example, upon shipment, upon
delivery, as services are rendered, or upon completion of service) including when performance
obligations are satisfied in a bill-and-hold arrangement
b. The significant payment terms (for example, when payment typically is due, whether the contract
has a significant financing component, whether the consideration amount is variable, and whether
113
BC354, ASU 2014-09.
Disclosure 332
the estimate of variable consideration is typically constrained in accordance with paragraphs 606-
10-32-11 through 32-13)
c. The nature of the goods or services that the entity has promised to transfer, highlighting any
performance obligations to arrange for another party to transfer goods or services (that is, if the
entity is acting as an agent)
d. Obligations for returns, refunds, and other similar obligations
e. Types of warranties and related obligations.
ASC 606-10-50-12A
An entity shall disclose revenue recognized in the reporting period from performance obligations
satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods (for example, changes in transaction price).
Significant judgments
Because ASC 606 requires entities to exercise considerably more judgment and to make numerous
estimates (specifically around the timing of satisfying performance obligations, determining the
transaction price, and allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations) the Boards
decided
114
to require specific disclosures around these judgments and estimates that are above and
beyond the general existing requirements in legacy GAAP.
ASC 606-10-50-17
An entity shall disclose the judgments, and changes in the judgments, made in applying the guidance
in this Topic that significantly affect the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from
contracts with customers. In particular, an entity shall explain the judgments, and changes in the
judgments, used in determining both of the following:
a. The timing of satisfaction of performance obligations (see paragraphs 606-10-50-18 through 50-19)
b. The transaction price and the amounts allocated to performance obligations (see paragraph 606-
10-50-20).
Nonpublic entities are required to disclose the significant judgments used in determining the timing of
when a performance obligation is satisfied, which differs for performance obligations satisfied over time
and for those satisfied at a point in time.
114
BC355, ASC 2014-09.
Disclosure 333
ASC 606-10-50-18 (excerpt)
For performance obligations that an entity satisfies over time, an entity shall disclose
a. The methods used to recognize revenue (for example, a description of the output methods or input
methods used and how those methods are applied).
Nonpublic business entities are also required to disclose information about the methods, inputs, and
assumptions used in assessing whether an estimate of variable consideration is constrained in ASC 606-
10-50-20(b).
ASC 606-10-50-20 (excerpt)
An entity shall disclose information about the methods, inputs, and assumptions used for…
b. Assessing whether an estimate of variable consideration is constrained
334
14. U.S. GAAP and IFRS comparison
While the core revenue recognition principles, including the general 5 Step model, in ASC 606 and
ASC 340-40 and IFRS 15 are largely converged, some differences exist.
Some of the differences exist due to the overall differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS (for example,
U.S. GAAP does not allow for reversals of impairment while IFRS does and U.S. GAAP differentiates
between public business entities and non-public business entities while IFRS does not).
Other differences exist due to the amendments made by one or both Boards. When the TRG raised
issues to the FASB and IASB, the FASB generally addressed the issues raised through standard setting,
while the IASB made fewer amendments. As a result, ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 contain additional
illustrative examples and clarifying guidance not found in IFRS 15.
The following table provides a summary of the main areas that may result in different accounting.
Topic
ASC 606 and
ASC 340-40
IFRS 15
Cross-
reference
The definition of
“probable” is
different for
purposes of the
collectibility
assessment in
Step 1
Probable means the future
event or events are likely to
occur.
Probable means the future
event or events are more likely
than not to occur.
Section 3.1.5
Additional
requirement for
“cash basis”
When a contract with a
customer does not meet the
Step 1 criteria and the entity
receives nonrefundable
consideration from the
customer, the entity
recognizes the consideration
as revenue when the entity
has transferred control of the
goods or services to which the
consideration that has been
received relates; has stopped
transferring the goods or
services to the customer; and
has no obligation under the
The IASB did not add this third
event to its list of when an
entity may recognize revenue
for nonrefundable consideration
received from the customer.
Section 3.2
335
Topic
ASC 606 and
ASC 340-40
IFRS 15
Cross-
reference
contract to transfer additional
goods or services.
Policy election for
shipping and
handling activities
ASC 606 provides an election
to account for shipping and
handling activities that occur
after the customer has
obtained control of a good as
an activity to fulfill the promise
to transfer the good, rather
than as an additional promised
service.
IFRS does not allow an entity to
make the same policy election.
Section 4.1.2
Measurement
date for noncash
consideration
ASC 606 clarifies that noncash
consideration should be
measured at contract
inception.
IFRS 15 does not specify a
measurement date.
Section 5.3
Subsequent
measurement
of noncash
consideration
If the fair value of the noncash
consideration changes for
reasons other than the form of
the consideration, the entity is
required to apply the guidance
on variable consideration and
the constraint only to the
variability resulting from
reasons other than the form of
the consideration. For
example, if an entity receives
an additional 100 shares
because its performance
meets certain quality ratings,
the entity would apply the
guidance related to variable
consideration only to the
variability related to the
increase in the number of
shares related to the
performance bonus.
There is no such clarification in
IFRS 15.
Section 5.3.1
Policy election for
sales and other
similar taxes
ASC 606 provides a policy
election to exclude all sales
and other similar taxes from
the transaction price.
IFRS 15 does not provide a
similar policy election.
Section 5.6
336
Topic
ASC 606 and
ASC 340-40
IFRS 15
Cross-
reference
Bill-and-hold
guidance for
vaccine stockpiles
The SEC issued a release to
update its 2005 Commission
Guidance Regarding
Accounting for Sales of
Vaccines and Bioterror
Countermeasures to the
Federal Government for
Placement into the Pediatric
Vaccine Stockpile or the
Strategic National
Stockpile. The release states
that manufacturers should
recognize revenue for
vaccines within the scope of
the release when the vaccines
are placed in the stockpile,
because at that time, control
has transferred to the
customer and the bill-and-hold
criteria in ASC 606 are met.
The IASB has not issued
similar guidance to date.
Section 7.5
Enforceable right
to payment
It is reasonable to presume
115
that an enforceable right to
payment does not exist if a
written contract is silent
about whether there is an
enforceable right to payment
when a customer cancels the
contract.
This conclusion may not be
appropriate for entities
reporting under IFRS 15 if
well-known laws in certain
jurisdictions could override
silent contract terms.
Section 7.1.1
License renewals
Revenue related to a renewal
or extension of a license of
functional IP will result in
revenue recognition at the
beginning of the renewal
period.
Revenue related to a renewal
or extension of a license may
be recognized either when the
parties agree to the renewal or
extension or when the renewal
period begins, depending upon
the facts and circumstances.
Section 8.4.1
Disclosure of
remaining
ASC 606 provides optional
exemptions from the
requirement to disclose
IFRS 15 does not include the
same disclosure relief.
Section
13.1.3
115
Private Company Council Memo No. 3, Definition of an Accounting Contract and Short Cycle
Manufacturing (Right to Payment).
337
Topic
ASC 606 and
ASC 340-40
IFRS 15
Cross-
reference
performance
obligations
remaining performance
obligations in situations in
which an entity does not
need to estimate variable
consideration to recognize
revenue (for example, when
consideration is in the form of
a sales-based or usage-
based royalty in exchange
for a license, or variable
consideration is allocated
entirely to a wholly unsatisfied
performance obligation or to a
wholly unsatisfied promise to
transfer a distinct good or
service that forms part of a
series).
Interim disclosure
requirements
ASC 270 is amended to
require entities to disclose:
Disaggregated revenue
balances
Opening and closing
balances of receivables,
contract assets, and
contract liabilities from
contracts with customers
Revenue recognized in the
period that was included
in the contract liability
balance at the beginning
of the period
Revenue recognized in
the reporting period from
performance obligations
satisfied (or partially
satisfied) in a previous
period
Information about the
entity’s remaining
performance obligations
as of the end of the
reporting period
IAS 34, Interim Financial
Reporting, is amended to
require entities to disclose
information about
disaggregated revenue
balances.
Section
13.1.7
338
Topic
ASC 606 and
ASC 340-40
IFRS 15
Cross-
reference
This guidance applies to public
business entities, not-for-profit
entities that have issued or are
a conduit bond obligor for
securities that are traded,
listed, or quoted on an
exchange or an over-the-
counter market, or employee
benefit plans that file or furnish
financial statements with or to
the SEC.
Effective date
The guidance is effective for
public business entities for
annual reporting periods
beginning on or after
December 15, 2017, including
interim periods within those
reporting periods. The
effective date for all other
entities is annual reporting
periods beginning after
December 15, 2018 and
interim periods in annual
reporting periods beginning
after December 15, 2019.
The guidance is effective for
annual reporting periods
beginning on or after
January 1, 2018.
Section 14.1
Early adoption
A public business entity can
adopt the new standard as
early as the annual reporting
period beginning after
December 15, 2016, including
interim periods within that
reporting period. All other
entities choosing to adopt
have an additional option to
apply the new guidance as
early as annual reporting
periods beginning after
December 15, 2016 and
interim periods within annual
periods beginning one year
after the year of adoption.
Entities may apply the
requirements early.
Section 14.1
Practical
expedient for
ASC 606 provides a practical
expedient that permits an
IFRS provides the same
practical expedient but allows
Section
14.2.1 and
339
Topic
ASC 606 and
ASC 340-40
IFRS 15
Cross-
reference
contract
modifications
upon transition
entity to determine and
allocate the transaction price
on the basis of all satisfied and
unsatisfied performance
obligations in a modified
contract upon transition.
ASC 606 requires that an
entity apply the expedient as
of the beginning of the earliest
period presented.
an entity that elects to apply the
new guidance on a modified
retrospective basis the option
to apply the expedient at the
beginning of the earliest period
presented or the date of initial
application of IFRS 15.
Section
14.2.2
The definition of
a completed
contract
ASC 606 defines a completed
contract as a contract for
which all (or substantially all)
of the revenue has been
recognized under legacy
GAAP before the date of initial
application.
IFRS 15 defines a completed
contract as one for which an
entity has transferred all goods
or services identified in
accordance with existing IFRS.
Section 14.2
Practical
expedient for
completed
contracts
ASC 606 does not provide the
same practical expedient to
entities electing the full
retrospective method.
IFRS 15 provides a practical
expedient that permits an entity
electing the full retrospective
method to apply IFRS 15
retrospectively only to contracts
that are not completed
contracts as of the beginning of
the earliest period presented.
Not
applicable
Impairment loss
reversal
An entity is not permitted to
reverse an impairment loss on
an asset that is recognized in
accordance with the guidance
in ASC 340-40.
Consistent with IAS 36,
Impairment of Assets, an entity
must reverse an impairment
loss when required by the
guidance.
Not
applicable
Guidance for non-
public business
entities
U.S. GAAP differentiates
between public business
entities and all other entities
for purposes of disclosure
requirements and the effective
date of the guidance.
IFRS does not differentiate
between public business
entities and non-public
business entities. IFRS for
Small and Medium-sized
Entities is available for entities
that do not have public
accountability.
Not
applicable
340
Appendix A: Guidance abbreviations
Abbreviation
Title
ASC 210-20
Balance Sheet: Offsetting
ASC 250
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections
ASC 270
Interim Reporting
ASC 280
Segment Reporting
ASC 310
Receivables
ASC 320
Investments Debt and Equity Securities
ASC 323
Investments Equity Method and Joint Ventures
ASC 325
Investments Other
ASC 330
Inventory
ASC 340-10
Other Assets and Deferred Costs: Overall
ASC 340-40
Other Assets and Deferred Costs: Contracts with Customers
ASC 350
Intangibles: Goodwill and Other
ASC 360
Property, Plant, and Equipment
ASC 405
Liabilities
ASC 460
Guarantees
ASC 470
Debt
ASC 480
Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity
ASC 505-50
Equity: Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees
341
ASC 605-35
Revenue Recognition: Construction-Type and Production-Type
Contracts
ASC 605-45
Revenue Recognition: Principal Agent Considerations
ASC 606, ASU 2014-09,
IFRS 15
Revenue from Contracts with Customers
ASC 610-20
Other Income: Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of
Nonfinancial Assets
ASC 815
Derivatives and Hedging
ASC 825
Financial Instruments
ASC 835-30
Interest: Imputation of Interest
ASC 840, ASC 842
Leases
ASC 860
Transfers and Servicing
ASC 924-815
Entertainment Casinos: Derivatives and Hedging
ASC 944
Financial Services Insurance
ASC 952-606
Franchisors: Revenue from Contracts with Customers
ASU 2016-10
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying
Performance Obligations and Licensing
ASU 2016-20
Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue
from Contracts with Customers
ASU 2018-07
Compensation Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to
Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting
ASU 2018-08
Not-For-Profit Entities (Topic 958): Clarifying the Scope and the
Accounting Guidance for Contributions Received and Contributions
Made
ASU 2018-18
Collaborative Arrangements (Topic 808): Clarifying the Interaction
between Topic 808 and Topic 606
342
ASU 2019-08
Compensation Stock Compensation (Topic 718) and Revenue
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Codification
Improvements Share-Based Consideration Payable to a Customer
ASU 2021-02
Franchisors Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Subtopic
952-606): Practical Expedient
EITF Issue 19-B
Revenue Recognition Contract Modifications of Licenses of
Intellectual Property
FASB Statement of Financial
Accounting Concepts 6
Elements of Financial Statements
SEC Accounting and Auditing
Enforcement Release 108
In the Matter of Stewart Parness
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin
Topic 13
Revenue Recognition
SEC Regulation S-X,
Rule 5-03
Statements of comprehensive income
343
Appendix B: Changes in this edition
3
rd
Edition of Navigating the Guidance in ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 (as of January 2022)
Section added/
modified
Topic
Description of change
4.1
Administrative services
Clarifies the accounting for administrative services that
do not transfer a good or service to the customer.
4.1.1
Immaterial promises
Adds insights and an example outlining considerations
for an entity when determining if promises are
immaterial in the context of the contract, emphasizing
that this assessment is both a quantitative and
qualitative assessment.
4.2.2
Distinct within the
context of the contract
Adds insights for determining if an entity is providing a
significant integration service.
4.5
Private franchisor
practical expedient
Incorporates amendments from ASU 2021-02, which
allows nonpublic franchisors to account for pre-opening
services provided to a franchisee as distinct from the
franchise license if the services are included in a
predefined list set forth in the guidance.
5.1
Variable consideration
Adds insight for selecting the best method for estimating
variable consideration.
5.1.6
Reassessing variable
consideration
Adds insight for reassessing variable consideration for
an in-process contract.
5.4
Consideration payable
to a customer
Incorporates discussion related to ASU 2018-07, which
expanded the scope of ASC 718 to include share-based
payment transactions for acquiring goods and services
from nonemployees, simultaneously superseding the
guidance in ASC 505-50. This section also incorporates
amendments and examples related to ASU 2019-08,
which require an entity to initially and subsequently
measure and classify share-based payment awards
granted to a customer by applying the guidance in
ASC 718, unless the share-based payment award is
subsequently modified and the grantee is no longer a
customer.
344
3
rd
Edition of Navigating the Guidance in ASC 606 and ASC 340-40 (as of January 2022)
Section added/
modified
Topic
Description of change
6.1
Determining stand-alone
selling price
Adds insight that provides factors for entities to consider
when determining the stand-alone selling price of a
good or service, beyond a standard list price.
6.1.3
Residual approach
Adds examples to illustrate application of the residual
approach and when using the residual approach may
not be appropriate.
8.4.1
License renewals
Adds summary of EITF Issue 19-B and an illustrative
example to demonstrate accounting policy choice for an
extension of an existing IP license while simultaneously
adding rights.
8.5
Sales-based and
usage-based royalties
Adds insight related to an entity’s use of the “royalty
exception”- and specifically reminds entities that the
exception does not absolve entities from any further
refinements to estimated sales data provided by third-
parties in certain circumstances.
9.1
Identifying the specified
goods or services
Adds insights and an example of considerations for
identifying the specified goods or services when a third
party is legally required to provide certain services in
the contract.
9.4
Drop-ship arrangements
Adds insight outlining considerations for an entity when
evaluating if it is acting as a principal or an agent in a
drop-ship or flash-title arrangement
10.2.2
Modifications that do
not constitute separate
contracts
Adds examples of (a) a modification to a service
contract for performance issues; (b) a modification
when the remaining goods or services are a
combination of those that are distinct from the goods or
services transferred on or before the modification as
well as those that are not distinct; and (c) a modification
that results in the reduction of goods or services
provided
345
Contacts
Lynne Triplett
Partner-in-Charge
Accounting Principles Group
T +1 312 602 8060
Susan Mercier
Partner
Accounting Principles Group
T +1 312.602.8084
Katie Makar
Senior Manager
Accounting Principles Group
T +1 216-858-3661
Sandy Heuer
Partner
Accounting Principles Group
T +1 612 677 5122